# HG changeset patch
# User Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
# Date 1327918993 -3600
# Node ID 845cebf281aaacf62806c94ff93de71e916eb7f8
# Parent  ba360324035e330eb3c7266327fc4d24a67b1f9a
Added files of QConsole.

diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/BlockArray.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/BlockArray.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "BlockArray.h"
-
-#include <QtCore>
-
-// System
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-
-static int blocksize = 0;
-
-BlockArray::BlockArray()
-    : size(0),
-      current(size_t(-1)),
-      index(size_t(-1)),
-      lastmap(0),
-      lastmap_index(size_t(-1)),
-      lastblock(0), ion(-1),
-      length(0)
-{
-    // lastmap_index = index = current = size_t(-1);
-    if (blocksize == 0)
-        blocksize = ((sizeof(Block) / getpagesize()) + 1) * getpagesize();
-
-}
-
-BlockArray::~BlockArray()
-{
-    setHistorySize(0);
-    assert(!lastblock);
-}
-
-size_t BlockArray::append(Block *block)
-{
-    if (!size)
-        return size_t(-1);
-
-    ++current;
-    if (current >= size) current = 0;
-
-    int rc;
-    rc = lseek(ion, current * blocksize, SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.seek"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); }
-    rc = write(ion, block, blocksize); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.write"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); }
-
-    length++;
-    if (length > size) length = size;
-
-    ++index;
-
-    delete block;
-    return current;
-}
-
-size_t BlockArray::newBlock()
-{
-    if (!size)
-        return size_t(-1);
-    append(lastblock);
-
-    lastblock = new Block();
-    return index + 1;
-}
-
-Block *BlockArray::lastBlock() const
-{
-    return lastblock;
-}
-
-bool BlockArray::has(size_t i) const
-{
-    if (i == index + 1)
-        return true;
-
-    if (i > index)
-        return false;
-    if (index - i >= length)
-        return false;
-    return true;
-}
-
-const Block* BlockArray::at(size_t i)
-{
-    if (i == index + 1)
-        return lastblock;
-
-    if (i == lastmap_index)
-        return lastmap;
-
-    if (i > index) {
-        qDebug() << "BlockArray::at() i > index\n";
-        return 0;
-    }
-    
-//     if (index - i >= length) {
-//         kDebug(1211) << "BlockArray::at() index - i >= length\n";
-//         return 0;
-//     }
-
-    size_t j = i; // (current - (index - i) + (index/size+1)*size) % size ;
-
-    assert(j < size);
-    unmap();
-
-    Block *block = (Block*)mmap(0, blocksize, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, ion, j * blocksize);
-
-    if (block == (Block*)-1) { perror("mmap"); return 0; }
-
-    lastmap = block;
-    lastmap_index = i;
-
-    return block;
-}
-
-void BlockArray::unmap()
-{
-    if (lastmap) {
-        int res = munmap((char*)lastmap, blocksize);
-        if (res < 0) perror("munmap");
-    }
-    lastmap = 0;
-    lastmap_index = size_t(-1);
-}
-
-bool BlockArray::setSize(size_t newsize)
-{
-    return setHistorySize(newsize * 1024 / blocksize);
-}
-
-bool BlockArray::setHistorySize(size_t newsize)
-{
-//    kDebug(1211) << "setHistorySize " << size << " " << newsize;
-
-    if (size == newsize)
-        return false;
-
-    unmap();
-
-    if (!newsize) {
-        delete lastblock;
-        lastblock = 0;
-        if (ion >= 0) close(ion);
-        ion = -1;
-        current = size_t(-1);
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    if (!size) {
-        FILE* tmp = tmpfile();
-        if (!tmp) {
-            perror("konsole: cannot open temp file.\n");
-        } else {
-            ion = dup(fileno(tmp));
-            if (ion<0) {
-                perror("konsole: cannot dup temp file.\n");
-                fclose(tmp);
-            }
-        }
-        if (ion < 0)
-            return false;
-
-        assert(!lastblock);
-
-        lastblock = new Block();
-        size = newsize;
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    if (newsize > size) {
-        increaseBuffer();
-        size = newsize;
-        return false;
-    } else {
-        decreaseBuffer(newsize);
-        if (ftruncate(ion, length*blocksize) == -1)
-		  perror("ftruncate");
-        size = newsize;
-
-        return true;
-    }
-}
-
-void moveBlock(FILE *fion, int cursor, int newpos, char *buffer2)
-{
-    int res = fseek(fion, cursor * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
-    if (res)
-        perror("fseek");
-    res = fread(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion);
-    if (res != 1)
-        perror("fread");
-
-    res = fseek(fion, newpos * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
-    if (res)
-        perror("fseek");
-    res = fwrite(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion);
-    if (res != 1)
-        perror("fwrite");
-    //    printf("moving block %d to %d\n", cursor, newpos);
-}
-
-void BlockArray::decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize)
-{
-    if (index < newsize) // still fits in whole
-        return;
-
-    int offset = (current - (newsize - 1) + size) % size;
-
-    if (!offset)
-        return;
-
-    // The Block constructor could do somthing in future...
-    char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize];
-
-    FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b");
-    if (!fion) {
-        delete [] buffer1;
-        perror("fdopen/dup");
-        return;
-    }
-
-    int firstblock;
-    if (current <= newsize) {
-        firstblock = current + 1;
-    } else {
-        firstblock = 0;
-    }
-
-    size_t oldpos;
-    for (size_t i = 0, cursor=firstblock; i < newsize; i++) {
-        oldpos = (size + cursor + offset) % size;
-        moveBlock(fion, oldpos, cursor, buffer1);
-        if (oldpos < newsize) {
-            cursor = oldpos;
-        } else
-            cursor++;
-    }
-
-    current = newsize - 1;
-    length = newsize;
-
-    delete [] buffer1;
-
-    fclose(fion);
-
-}
-
-void BlockArray::increaseBuffer()
-{
-    if (index < size) // not even wrapped once
-        return;
-
-    int offset = (current + size + 1) % size;
-    if (!offset) // no moving needed
-        return;
-
-    // The Block constructor could do somthing in future...
-    char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize];
-    char *buffer2 = new char[blocksize];
-
-    int runs = 1;
-    int bpr = size; // blocks per run
-
-    if (size % offset == 0) {
-        bpr = size / offset;
-        runs = offset;
-    }
-
-    FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b");
-    if (!fion) {
-        perror("fdopen/dup");
-	delete [] buffer1;
-	delete [] buffer2;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    int res;
-    for (int i = 0; i < runs; i++)
-    {
-        // free one block in chain
-        int firstblock = (offset + i) % size;
-        res = fseek(fion, firstblock * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
-        if (res)
-            perror("fseek");
-        res = fread(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion);
-        if (res != 1)
-            perror("fread");
-        int newpos = 0;
-        for (int j = 1, cursor=firstblock; j < bpr; j++)
-        {
-            cursor = (cursor + offset) % size;
-            newpos = (cursor - offset + size) % size;
-            moveBlock(fion, cursor, newpos, buffer2);
-        }
-        res = fseek(fion, i * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
-        if (res)
-            perror("fseek");
-        res = fwrite(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion);
-        if (res != 1)
-            perror("fwrite");
-    }
-    current = size - 1;
-    length = size;
-
-    delete [] buffer1;
-    delete [] buffer2;
-
-    fclose(fion);
-
-}
-
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/BlockArray.h
--- a/libqterminal/BlockArray.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
-   
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef BLOCKARRAY_H
-#define BLOCKARRAY_H
-
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#define BlockSize (1 << 12)
-#define ENTRIES   ((BlockSize - sizeof(size_t) ) / sizeof(unsigned char))
-
-struct Block {
-    Block() { size = 0; }
-    unsigned char data[ENTRIES];
-    size_t size;
-};
-
-// ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-class BlockArray {
-public:
-    /**
-    * Creates a history file for holding
-    * maximal size blocks. If more blocks
-    * are requested, then it drops earlier
-    * added ones.
-    */
-    BlockArray();
-
-    /// destructor
-    ~BlockArray();
-
-    /**
-    * adds the Block at the end of history.
-    * This may drop other blocks.
-    *
-    * The ownership on the block is transfered.
-    * An unique index number is returned for accessing
-    * it later (if not yet dropped then)
-    *
-    * Note, that the block may be dropped completely
-    * if history is turned off.
-    */
-    size_t append(Block *block);
-
-    /**
-    * gets the block at the index. Function may return
-    * 0 if the block isn't available any more.
-    *
-    * The returned block is strictly readonly as only
-    * maped in memory - and will be invalid on the next
-    * operation on this class.
-    */
-    const Block *at(size_t index);
-
-    /**
-    * reorders blocks as needed. If newsize is null,
-    * the history is emptied completely. The indices
-    * returned on append won't change their semantic,
-    * but they may not be valid after this call.
-    */
-    bool setHistorySize(size_t newsize);
-
-    size_t newBlock();
-
-    Block *lastBlock() const;
-
-    /**
-    * Convenient function to set the size in KBytes
-    * instead of blocks
-    */
-    bool setSize(size_t newsize);
-
-    size_t len() const { return length; }
-
-    bool has(size_t index) const;
-
-    size_t getCurrent() const { return current; }
-
-private:
-    void unmap();
-    void increaseBuffer();
-    void decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize);
-
-    size_t size;
-    // current always shows to the last inserted block
-    size_t current;
-    size_t index;
-
-    Block *lastmap;
-    size_t lastmap_index;
-    Block *lastblock;
-
-    int ion;
-    size_t length;
-
-};
-
-#endif
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/Character.h
--- a/libqterminal/Character.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal.
-    
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef CHARACTER_H
-#define CHARACTER_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QHash>
-
-// Local
-#include "CharacterColor.h"
-
-typedef unsigned char LineProperty;
-
-static const int LINE_DEFAULT		= 0;
-static const int LINE_WRAPPED 	 	= (1 << 0);
-static const int LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH  	= (1 << 1);
-static const int LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT	= (1 << 2);
-
-#define DEFAULT_RENDITION  0
-#define RE_BOLD            (1 << 0)
-#define RE_BLINK           (1 << 1)
-#define RE_UNDERLINE       (1 << 2)
-#define RE_REVERSE         (1 << 3) // Screen only
-#define RE_INTENSIVE       (1 << 3) // Widget only
-#define RE_CURSOR          (1 << 4)
-#define RE_EXTENDED_CHAR   (1 << 5)
-
-/**
- * A single character in the terminal which consists of a unicode character
- * value, foreground and background colors and a set of rendition attributes
- * which specify how it should be drawn.
- */
-class Character
-{
-public:
-  /** 
-   * Constructs a new character.
-   *
-   * @param _c The unicode character value of this character.
-   * @param _f The foreground color used to draw the character.
-   * @param _b The color used to draw the character's background.
-   * @param _r A set of rendition flags which specify how this character is to be drawn.
-   */
-  inline Character(quint16 _c = ' ',
-            CharacterColor  _f = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR),
-            CharacterColor  _b = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR),
-            quint8  _r = DEFAULT_RENDITION)
-       : character(_c), rendition(_r), foregroundColor(_f), backgroundColor(_b) {}
-
-  union
-  {
-    /** The unicode character value for this character. */
-    quint16 character;
-    /** 
-     * Experimental addition which allows a single Character instance to contain more than
-     * one unicode character.
-     *
-     * charSequence is a hash code which can be used to look up the unicode
-     * character sequence in the ExtendedCharTable used to create the sequence.
-     */
-    quint16 charSequence; 
-  };
-
-  /** A combination of RENDITION flags which specify options for drawing the character. */
-  quint8  rendition;
-
-  /** The foreground color used to draw this character. */
-  CharacterColor  foregroundColor; 
-  /** The color used to draw this character's background. */
-  CharacterColor  backgroundColor;
-
-  /** 
-   * Returns true if this character has a transparent background when
-   * it is drawn with the specified @p palette.
-   */
-  bool   isTransparent(const ColorEntry* palette) const;
-  /**
-   * Returns true if this character should always be drawn in bold when
-   * it is drawn with the specified @p palette, independent of whether
-   * or not the character has the RE_BOLD rendition flag. 
-   */
-  bool   isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const;
-  
-  /** 
-   * Compares two characters and returns true if they have the same unicode character value,
-   * rendition and colors.
-   */
-  friend bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b);
-  /**
-   * Compares two characters and returns true if they have different unicode character values,
-   * renditions or colors.
-   */
-  friend bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b);
-};
-
-inline bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b)
-{ 
-  return a.character == b.character && 
-         a.rendition == b.rendition && 
-         a.foregroundColor == b.foregroundColor && 
-         a.backgroundColor == b.backgroundColor;
-}
-
-inline bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b)
-{
-  return    a.character != b.character || 
-            a.rendition != b.rendition || 
-            a.foregroundColor != b.foregroundColor || 
-            a.backgroundColor != b.backgroundColor;
-}
-
-inline bool Character::isTransparent(const ColorEntry* base) const
-{
-  return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && 
-          base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent)
-      || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && 
-          base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent);
-}
-
-inline bool Character::isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const
-{
-  return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) &&
-            base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold)
-      || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) &&
-            base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold);
-}
-
-extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32];
-
-
-/**
- * A table which stores sequences of unicode characters, referenced
- * by hash keys.  The hash key itself is the same size as a unicode
- * character ( ushort ) so that it can occupy the same space in
- * a structure.
- */
-class ExtendedCharTable
-{
-public:
-    /** Constructs a new character table. */
-    ExtendedCharTable();
-    ~ExtendedCharTable();
-
-    /**
-     * Adds a sequences of unicode characters to the table and returns
-     * a hash code which can be used later to look up the sequence
-     * using lookupExtendedChar()
-     *
-     * If the same sequence already exists in the table, the hash
-     * of the existing sequence will be returned.
-     *
-     * @param unicodePoints An array of unicode character points
-     * @param length Length of @p unicodePoints
-     */
-    ushort createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length);
-    /**
-     * Looks up and returns a pointer to a sequence of unicode characters
-     * which was added to the table using createExtendedChar().
-     *
-     * @param hash The hash key returned by createExtendedChar()
-     * @param length This variable is set to the length of the 
-     * character sequence.
-     *
-     * @return A unicode character sequence of size @p length.
-     */
-    ushort* lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const;
-
-    /** The global ExtendedCharTable instance. */
-    static ExtendedCharTable instance;
-private:
-    // calculates the hash key of a sequence of unicode points of size 'length'
-    ushort extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const;
-    // tests whether the entry in the table specified by 'hash' matches the 
-    // character sequence 'unicodePoints' of size 'length'
-    bool extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const;
-    // internal, maps hash keys to character sequence buffers.  The first ushort
-    // in each value is the length of the buffer, followed by the ushorts in the buffer
-    // themselves.
-    QHash<ushort,ushort*> extendedCharTable;
-};
-
-#endif // CHARACTER_H
-
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/CharacterColor.h
--- a/libqterminal/CharacterColor.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal.
-    
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef CHARACTERCOLOR_H
-#define CHARACTERCOLOR_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QColor>
-
-/** 
- * An entry in a terminal display's color palette. 
- *
- * A color palette is an array of 16 ColorEntry instances which map
- * system color indexes (from 0 to 15) into actual colors.
- *
- * Each entry can be set as bold, in which case any text
- * drawn using the color should be drawn in bold.  
- *
- * Each entry can also be transparent, in which case the terminal
- * display should avoid drawing the background for any characters
- * using the entry as a background.
- */
-class ColorEntry
-{
-public:
-  /** 
-   * Constructs a new color palette entry.
-   *
-   * @param c The color value for this entry.
-   * @param tr Specifies that the color should be transparent when used as a background color.
-   * @param b Specifies that text drawn with this color should be bold.
-   */
-  ColorEntry(QColor c, bool tr, bool b) : color(c), transparent(tr), bold(b) {}
-
-  /**
-   * Constructs a new color palette entry with an undefined color, and
-   * with the transparent and bold flags set to false.
-   */ 
-  ColorEntry() : transparent(false), bold(false) {} 
- 
-  /**
-   * Sets the color, transparency and boldness of this color to those of @p rhs.
-   */ 
-  void operator=(const ColorEntry& rhs) 
-  { 
-       color = rhs.color; 
-       transparent = rhs.transparent; 
-       bold = rhs.bold; 
-  }
-
-  /** The color value of this entry for display. */
-  QColor color;
-
-  /** 
-   * If true character backgrounds using this color should be transparent. 
-   * This is not applicable when the color is used to render text.
-   */
-  bool   transparent;
-  /**
-   * If true characters drawn using this color should be bold.
-   * This is not applicable when the color is used to draw a character's background.
-   */
-  bool   bold;        
-};
-
-
-// Attributed Character Representations ///////////////////////////////
-
-// Colors
-
-#define BASE_COLORS   (2+8)
-#define INTENSITIES   2
-#define TABLE_COLORS  (INTENSITIES*BASE_COLORS)
-
-#define DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR 0
-#define DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR 1
-
-//a standard set of colors using black text on a white background.
-//defined in TerminalDisplay.cpp
-
-static const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] =
-{
-    // normal
-    ColorEntry(QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback
-    ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red
-    ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow
-    ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue, Magenta
-    ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan, White
-    // intensiv
-    ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ),
-    ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ),
-    ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ),
-    ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ),
-    ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 )
-};
-
-/* CharacterColor is a union of the various color spaces.
-
-   Assignment is as follows:
-
-   Type  - Space        - Values
-
-   0     - Undefined   - u:  0,      v:0        w:0
-   1     - Default     - u:  0..1    v:intense  w:0
-   2     - System      - u:  0..7    v:intense  w:0
-   3     - Index(256)  - u: 16..255  v:0        w:0
-   4     - RGB         - u:  0..255  v:0..256   w:0..256
-
-   Default colour space has two separate colours, namely
-   default foreground and default background colour.
-*/
-
-#define COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED   0
-#define COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT     1
-#define COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM      2
-#define COLOR_SPACE_256         3
-#define COLOR_SPACE_RGB         4
-
-/**
- * Describes the color of a single character in the terminal.
- */
-class CharacterColor
-{
-    friend class Character;
-
-public:
-  /** Constructs a new CharacterColor whoose color and color space are undefined. */
-  CharacterColor() 
-      : _colorSpace(COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED), 
-        _u(0), 
-        _v(0), 
-        _w(0) 
-  {}
-
-  /** 
-   * Constructs a new CharacterColor using the specified @p colorSpace and with 
-   * color value @p co
-   *
-   * The meaning of @p co depends on the @p colorSpace used.
-   *
-   * TODO : Document how @p co relates to @p colorSpace
-   *
-   * TODO : Add documentation about available color spaces.
-   */
-  CharacterColor(quint8 colorSpace, int co) 
-      : _colorSpace(colorSpace), 
-        _u(0), 
-        _v(0), 
-        _w(0)
-  {
-    switch (colorSpace)
-    {
-        case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT:
-            _u = co & 1;
-            break;
-        case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM:
-            _u = co & 7;
-            _v = (co >> 3) & 1;
-            break;
-        case COLOR_SPACE_256:  
-            _u = co & 255;
-            break;
-        case COLOR_SPACE_RGB:
-            _u = co >> 16;
-            _v = co >> 8;
-            _w = co;
-            break;
-        default:
-            _colorSpace = COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /** 
-   * Returns true if this character color entry is valid.
-   */
-  bool isValid() 
-  {
-        return _colorSpace != COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED;
-  }
-    
-  /** 
-   * Toggles the value of this color between a normal system color and the corresponding intensive
-   * system color.
-   * 
-   * This is only applicable if the color is using the COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT or COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM
-   * color spaces.
-   */
-  void toggleIntensive();
-
-  /** 
-   * Returns the color within the specified color @palette
-   *
-   * The @p palette is only used if this color is one of the 16 system colors, otherwise
-   * it is ignored.
-   */
-  QColor color(const ColorEntry* palette) const;
- 
-  /** 
-   * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent the same color value and
-   * use the same color space.
-   */
-  friend bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b);
-  /**
-   * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent different color values
-   * or use different color spaces.
-   */
-  friend bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b);
-
-private:
-  quint8 _colorSpace;
-
-  // bytes storing the character color 
-  quint8 _u; 
-  quint8 _v; 
-  quint8 _w; 
-};
-
-inline bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b)
-{ 
-    return a._colorSpace == b._colorSpace &&
-	       a._u == b._u &&
-	       a._v == b._v &&
-           a._w == b._w;
-}
-
-inline bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b)
-{
-    return !operator==(a,b);
-}
-
-inline const QColor color256(quint8 u, const ColorEntry* base)
-{
-  //   0.. 16: system colors
-  if (u <   8) return base[u+2            ].color; u -= 8;
-  if (u <   8) return base[u+2+BASE_COLORS].color; u -= 8;
-
-  //  16..231: 6x6x6 rgb color cube
-  if (u < 216) return QColor(255*((u/36)%6)/5,
-                             255*((u/ 6)%6)/5,
-                             255*((u/ 1)%6)/5); u -= 216;
-  
-  // 232..255: gray, leaving out black and white
-  int gray = u*10+8; return QColor(gray,gray,gray);
-}
-
-inline QColor CharacterColor::color(const ColorEntry* base) const
-{
-  switch (_colorSpace)
-  {
-    case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: return base[_u+0+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color;
-    case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: return base[_u+2+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color;
-    case COLOR_SPACE_256: return color256(_u,base);
-    case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: return QColor(_u,_v,_w);
-    case COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED: return QColor();
-  }
-
-  Q_ASSERT(false); // invalid color space
-
-  return QColor();
-}
-
-inline void CharacterColor::toggleIntensive()
-{
-  if (_colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM || _colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT)
-  {
-    _v = !_v;
-  }
-}
-
-#endif // CHARACTERCOLOR_H
-
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/Emulation.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/Emulation.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,426 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-
-    Copyright (C) 2007 Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> 
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-    Copyright (C) 1996 by Matthias Ettrich <ettrich@kde.org>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "Emulation.h"
-
-// System
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QApplication>
-#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
-#include <QtCore/QHash>
-#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-#include <QtCore/QThread>
-
-#include <QtCore/QTime>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "KeyboardTranslator.h"
-#include "Screen.h"
-#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
-#include "ScreenWindow.h"
-
-Emulation::Emulation() :
-  _currentScreen(0),
-  _codec(0),
-  _decoder(0),
-  _keyTranslator(0),
-  _usesMouse(false)
-{
-
-  // create screens with a default size
-  _screen[0] = new Screen(40,80);
-  _screen[1] = new Screen(40,80);
-  _currentScreen = _screen[0];
-
-  QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer1, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) );
-  QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer2, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) );
-   
-  // listen for mouse status changes
-  connect( this , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , 
-           SLOT(usesMouseChanged(bool)) );
-}
-
-bool Emulation::programUsesMouse() const
-{
-    return _usesMouse;
-}
-
-void Emulation::usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse)
-{
-    _usesMouse = usesMouse;
-}
-
-ScreenWindow* Emulation::createWindow()
-{
-    ScreenWindow* window = new ScreenWindow();
-    window->setScreen(_currentScreen);
-    _windows << window;
-
-    connect(window , SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
-            this , SLOT(bufferedUpdate()));
-
-    connect(this , SIGNAL(outputChanged()),
-            window , SLOT(notifyOutputChanged()) );
-    return window;
-}
-
-/*!
-*/
-
-Emulation::~Emulation()
-{
-  QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows);
-
-  while (windowIter.hasNext())
-  {
-    delete windowIter.next();
-  }
-
-  delete _screen[0];
-  delete _screen[1];
-  delete _decoder;
-}
-
-/*! change between primary and alternate _screen
-*/
-
-void Emulation::setScreen(int n)
-{
-  Screen *old = _currentScreen;
-  _currentScreen = _screen[n&1];
-  if (_currentScreen != old) 
-  {
-     old->setBusySelecting(false);
-
-     // tell all windows onto this emulation to switch to the newly active _screen
-     QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows);
-     while ( windowIter.hasNext() )
-     {
-         windowIter.next()->setScreen(_currentScreen);
-     }
-  }
-}
-
-void Emulation::clearHistory()
-{
-    _screen[0]->setScroll( _screen[0]->getScroll() , false );
-}
-void Emulation::setHistory(const HistoryType& t)
-{
-  _screen[0]->setScroll(t);
-
-  showBulk();
-}
-
-const HistoryType& Emulation::history()
-{
-  return _screen[0]->getScroll();
-}
-
-void Emulation::setCodec(const QTextCodec * qtc)
-{
-  Q_ASSERT( qtc );
-
-  _codec = qtc;
-  delete _decoder;
-  _decoder = _codec->makeDecoder();
-
-  emit useUtf8Request(utf8());
-}
-
-void Emulation::setCodec(EmulationCodec codec)
-{
-    if ( codec == Utf8Codec )
-        setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8") );
-    else if ( codec == LocaleCodec )
-        setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForLocale() );
-}
-
-void Emulation::setKeyBindings(const QString& name)
-{
-  _keyTranslator = KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance()->findTranslator(name);
-}
-
-QString Emulation::keyBindings()
-{
-  return _keyTranslator->name();
-}
-
-
-// Interpreting Codes ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-   This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream.
-   Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens'
-   which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the
-   `Screen' class.
-*/
-
-/*!
-*/
-
-void Emulation::receiveChar(int c)
-// process application unicode input to terminal
-// this is a trivial scanner
-{
-  c &= 0xff;
-  switch (c)
-  {
-    case '\b'      : _currentScreen->BackSpace();                 break;
-    case '\t'      : _currentScreen->Tabulate();                  break;
-    case '\n'      : _currentScreen->NewLine();                   break;
-    case '\r'      : _currentScreen->Return();                    break;
-    case 0x07      : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL);
-                     break;
-    default        : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter(c);            break;
-  };
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                             Keyboard Handling                             */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*!
-*/
-
-void Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* ev )
-{
-  emit stateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL);
-  
-  if (!ev->text().isEmpty())
-  { // A block of text
-    // Note that the text is proper unicode.
-    // We should do a conversion here, but since this
-    // routine will never be used, we simply emit plain ascii.
-    //emit sendBlock(ev->text().toAscii(),ev->text().length());
-    emit sendData(ev->text().toUtf8(),ev->text().length());
-  }
-}
-
-void Emulation::sendString(const char*,int)
-{
-    // default implementation does nothing
-}
-
-void Emulation::sendMouseEvent(int /*buttons*/, int /*column*/, int /*row*/, int /*eventType*/)
-{
-    // default implementation does nothing
-}
-
-// Unblocking, Byte to Unicode translation --------------------------------- --
-
-/*
-   We are doing code conversion from locale to unicode first.
-TODO: Character composition from the old code.  See #96536
-*/
-
-void Emulation::receiveData(const char* text, int length)
-{
-	emit stateSet(NOTIFYACTIVITY);
-
-	bufferedUpdate();
-    	
-        QString unicodeText = _decoder->toUnicode(text,length);
-
-	//send characters to terminal emulator
-        for (int i=0;i<unicodeText.length();i++)
-	{
-                receiveChar(unicodeText[i].unicode());
-	}
-}
-
-// Selection --------------------------------------------------------------- --
-
-void Emulation::writeToStream( TerminalCharacterDecoder* _decoder , 
-                               int startLine ,
-                               int endLine) 
-{
-  _currentScreen->writeToStream(_decoder,startLine,endLine);
-}
-
-int Emulation::lineCount()
-{
-    // sum number of lines currently on _screen plus number of lines in history
-    return _currentScreen->getLines() + _currentScreen->getHistLines();
-}
-
-// Refreshing -------------------------------------------------------------- --
-
-#define BULK_TIMEOUT1 10
-#define BULK_TIMEOUT2 40
-
-/*!
-*/
-void Emulation::showBulk()
-{
-    _bulkTimer1.stop();
-    _bulkTimer2.stop();
-
-    emit outputChanged();
-
-    _currentScreen->resetScrolledLines();
-    _currentScreen->resetDroppedLines();
-}
-
-void Emulation::bufferedUpdate()
-{
-   _bulkTimer1.setSingleShot(true);
-   _bulkTimer1.start(BULK_TIMEOUT1);
-   if (!_bulkTimer2.isActive())
-   {
-      _bulkTimer2.setSingleShot(true);
-      _bulkTimer2.start(BULK_TIMEOUT2);
-   }
-}
-
-char Emulation::getErase() const
-{
-  return '\b';
-}
-
-void Emulation::setImageSize(int lines, int columns)
-{
-  //kDebug() << "Resizing image to: " << lines << "by" << columns << QTime::currentTime().msec();
-  Q_ASSERT( lines > 0 );
-  Q_ASSERT( columns > 0 );
-
-  _screen[0]->resizeImage(lines,columns);
-  _screen[1]->resizeImage(lines,columns);
-
-  emit imageSizeChanged(lines,columns);
-
-  bufferedUpdate();
-}
-
-QSize Emulation::imageSize()
-{
-  return QSize(_currentScreen->getColumns(), _currentScreen->getLines());
-}
-
-ushort ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const
-{
-    ushort hash = 0;
-    for ( ushort i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ )
-    {
-        hash = 31*hash + unicodePoints[i];
-    }
-    return hash;
-}
-bool ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const
-{
-    ushort* entry = extendedCharTable[hash];
-
-    // compare given length with stored sequence length ( given as the first ushort in the 
-    // stored buffer ) 
-    if ( entry == 0 || entry[0] != length ) 
-       return false;
-    // if the lengths match, each character must be checked.  the stored buffer starts at
-    // entry[1]
-    for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ )
-    {
-        if ( entry[i+1] != unicodePoints[i] )
-           return false; 
-    } 
-    return true;
-}
-ushort ExtendedCharTable::createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length)
-{
-    // look for this sequence of points in the table
-    ushort hash = extendedCharHash(unicodePoints,length);
-
-    // check existing entry for match
-    while ( extendedCharTable.contains(hash) )
-    {
-        if ( extendedCharMatch(hash,unicodePoints,length) )
-        {
-            // this sequence already has an entry in the table, 
-            // return its hash
-            return hash;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            // if hash is already used by another, different sequence of unicode character
-            // points then try next hash
-            hash++;
-        }
-    }    
-
-    
-     // add the new sequence to the table and
-     // return that index
-    ushort* buffer = new ushort[length+1];
-    buffer[0] = length;
-    for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ )
-       buffer[i+1] = unicodePoints[i]; 
-    
-    extendedCharTable.insert(hash,buffer);
-
-    return hash;
-}
-
-ushort* ExtendedCharTable::lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const
-{
-    // lookup index in table and if found, set the length
-    // argument and return a pointer to the character sequence
-
-    ushort* buffer = extendedCharTable[hash];
-    if ( buffer )
-    {
-        length = buffer[0];
-        return buffer+1;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        length = 0;
-        return 0;
-    }
-}
-
-ExtendedCharTable::ExtendedCharTable()
-{
-}
-ExtendedCharTable::~ExtendedCharTable()
-{
-    // free all allocated character buffers
-    QHashIterator<ushort,ushort*> iter(extendedCharTable);
-    while ( iter.hasNext() )
-    {
-        iter.next();
-        delete[] iter.value();
-    }
-}
-
-// global instance
-ExtendedCharTable ExtendedCharTable::instance;
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/Emulation.h
--- a/libqterminal/Emulation.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,456 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef EMULATION_H
-#define EMULATION_H
-
-// System
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// Qt 
-#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
-
-#include <QtCore/QTextCodec>
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-#include <QtCore/QTimer>
-
-class KeyboardTranslator;
-class HistoryType;
-class Screen;
-class ScreenWindow;
-class TerminalCharacterDecoder;
-
-/** 
- * This enum describes the available states which 
- * the terminal emulation may be set to.
- *
- * These are the values used by Emulation::stateChanged() 
- */
-enum 
-{ 
-    /** The emulation is currently receiving user input. */
-    NOTIFYNORMAL=0, 
-    /** 
-     * The terminal program has triggered a bell event
-     * to get the user's attention.
-     */
-    NOTIFYBELL=1, 
-    /** 
-     * The emulation is currently receiving data from its 
-     * terminal input.
-     */
-    NOTIFYACTIVITY=2,
-
-    // unused here? 
-    NOTIFYSILENCE=3 
-};
-
-/**
- * Base class for terminal emulation back-ends.
- *
- * The back-end is responsible for decoding an incoming character stream and 
- * producing an output image of characters.
- *
- * When input from the terminal is received, the receiveData() slot should be called with
- * the data which has arrived.  The emulation will process the data and update the 
- * screen image accordingly.  The codec used to decode the incoming character stream
- * into the unicode characters used internally can be specified using setCodec() 
- *
- * The size of the screen image can be specified by calling setImageSize() with the 
- * desired number of lines and columns.  When new lines are added, old content
- * is moved into a history store, which can be set by calling setHistory(). 
- *
- * The screen image can be accessed by creating a ScreenWindow onto this emulation 
- * by calling createWindow().  Screen windows provide access to a section of the 
- * output.  Each screen window covers the same number of lines and columns as the 
- * image size returned by imageSize().  The screen window can be moved up and down
- * and provides transparent access to both the current on-screen image and the 
- * previous output.  The screen windows emit an outputChanged signal
- * when the section of the image they are looking at changes.
- * Graphical views can then render the contents of a screen window, listening for notifications
- * of output changes from the screen window which they are associated with and updating 
- * accordingly. 
- *
- * The emulation also is also responsible for converting input from the connected views such
- * as keypresses and mouse activity into a character string which can be sent
- * to the terminal program.  Key presses can be processed by calling the sendKeyEvent() slot,
- * while mouse events can be processed using the sendMouseEvent() slot.  When the character
- * stream has been produced, the emulation will emit a sendData() signal with a pointer
- * to the character buffer.  This data should be fed to the standard input of the terminal
- * process.  The translation of key presses into an output character stream is performed
- * using a lookup in a set of key bindings which map key sequences to output
- * character sequences.  The name of the key bindings set used can be specified using
- * setKeyBindings()
- *
- * The emulation maintains certain state information which changes depending on the 
- * input received.  The emulation can be reset back to its starting state by calling 
- * reset().  
- *
- * The emulation also maintains an activity state, which specifies whether
- * terminal is currently active ( when data is received ), normal
- * ( when the terminal is idle or receiving user input ) or trying
- * to alert the user ( also known as a "Bell" event ).  The stateSet() signal
- * is emitted whenever the activity state is set.  This can be used to determine
- * how long the emulation has been active/idle for and also respond to
- * a 'bell' event in different ways.
- */
-class Emulation : public QObject
-{ 
-Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- 
-   /** Constructs a new terminal emulation */ 
-   Emulation();
-  ~Emulation();
-
-  /**
-   * Creates a new window onto the output from this emulation.  The contents
-   * of the window are then rendered by views which are set to use this window using the
-   * TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow() method.
-   */
-  ScreenWindow* createWindow();
-
-  /** Returns the size of the screen image which the emulation produces */
-  QSize imageSize();
-
-  /**
-   * Returns the total number of lines, including those stored in the history.
-   */ 
-  int lineCount();
-
-  
-  /** 
-   * Sets the history store used by this emulation.  When new lines
-   * are added to the output, older lines at the top of the screen are transferred to a history
-   * store.   
-   *
-   * The number of lines which are kept and the storage location depend on the 
-   * type of store.
-   */
-  void setHistory(const HistoryType&);
-  /** Returns the history store used by this emulation.  See setHistory() */
-  const HistoryType& history();
-  /** Clears the history scroll. */
-  void clearHistory();
-
-  /** 
-   * Copies the output history from @p startLine to @p endLine 
-   * into @p stream, using @p decoder to convert the terminal
-   * characters into text. 
-   *
-   * @param decoder A decoder which converts lines of terminal characters with 
-   * appearance attributes into output text.  PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly
-   * used decoder.
-   * @param startLine The first
-   */
-  virtual void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,int startLine,int endLine);
-  
-  
-  /** Returns the codec used to decode incoming characters.  See setCodec() */
-  const QTextCodec* codec() { return _codec; }
-  /** Sets the codec used to decode incoming characters.  */
-  void setCodec(const QTextCodec*);
-
-  /** 
-   * Convenience method.  
-   * Returns true if the current codec used to decode incoming
-   * characters is UTF-8
-   */
-  bool utf8() { Q_ASSERT(_codec); return _codec->mibEnum() == 106; }
-  
-
-  /** TODO Document me */
-  virtual char getErase() const;
-
-  /** 
-   * Sets the key bindings used to key events
-   * ( received through sendKeyEvent() ) into character
-   * streams to send to the terminal.
-   */
-  void setKeyBindings(const QString& name);
-  /** 
-   * Returns the name of the emulation's current key bindings.
-   * See setKeyBindings()
-   */
-  QString keyBindings();
-
-  /** 
-   * Copies the current image into the history and clears the screen.
-   */
-  virtual void clearEntireScreen() =0;
-
-  /** Resets the state of the terminal. */
-  virtual void reset() =0;
-
-  /** 
-   * Returns true if the active terminal program wants
-   * mouse input events.
-   *
-   * The programUsesMouseChanged() signal is emitted when this
-   * changes.
-   */
-  bool programUsesMouse() const;
-
-public slots: 
-
-  /** Change the size of the emulation's image */
-  virtual void setImageSize(int lines, int columns);
-  
-  /** 
-   * Interprets a sequence of characters and sends the result to the terminal.
-   * This is equivalent to calling sendKeyEvent() for each character in @p text in succession.
-   */
-  virtual void sendText(const QString& text) = 0;
-
-  /** 
-   * Interprets a key press event and emits the sendData() signal with
-   * the resulting character stream. 
-   */
-  virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*);
- 
-  /** 
-   * Converts information about a mouse event into an xterm-compatible escape
-   * sequence and emits the character sequence via sendData()
-   */
-  virtual void sendMouseEvent(int buttons, int column, int line, int eventType);
-  
-  /**
-   * Sends a string of characters to the foreground terminal process. 
-   *
-   * @param string The characters to send.  
-   * @param length Length of @p string or if set to a negative value, @p string will
-   * be treated as a null-terminated string and its length will be determined automatically.
-   */
-  virtual void sendString(const char* string, int length = -1) = 0;
-
-  /** 
-   * Processes an incoming stream of characters.  receiveData() decodes the incoming
-   * character buffer using the current codec(), and then calls receiveChar() for
-   * each unicode character in the resulting buffer.  
-   *
-   * receiveData() also starts a timer which causes the outputChanged() signal
-   * to be emitted when it expires.  The timer allows multiple updates in quick
-   * succession to be buffered into a single outputChanged() signal emission.
-   *
-   * @param buffer A string of characters received from the terminal program.
-   * @param len The length of @p buffer
-   */
-  void receiveData(const char* buffer,int len);
-
-signals:
-
-  /** 
-   * Emitted when a buffer of data is ready to send to the 
-   * standard input of the terminal.
-   *
-   * @param data The buffer of data ready to be sent
-   * @paran len The length of @p data in bytes
-   */
-  void sendData(const char* data,int len);
-
-  /** 
-   * Requests that sending of input to the emulation
-   * from the terminal process be suspended or resumed.
-   *
-   * @param suspend If true, requests that sending of 
-   * input from the terminal process' stdout be 
-   * suspended.  Otherwise requests that sending of
-   * input be resumed. 
-   */
-  void lockPtyRequest(bool suspend);
-
-  /**
-   * Requests that the pty used by the terminal process
-   * be set to UTF 8 mode.  
-   *
-   * TODO: More documentation
-   */
-  void useUtf8Request(bool);
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when the activity state of the emulation is set.
-   *
-   * @param state The new activity state, one of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYACTIVITY
-   * or NOTIFYBELL
-   */
-  void stateSet(int state);
-
-
-  /**
-   * Requests that the color of the text used
-   * to represent the tabs associated with this
-   * emulation be changed.  This is a Konsole-specific
-   * extension from pre-KDE 4 times.
-   *
-   * TODO: Document how the parameter works.
-   */
-  void changeTabTextColorRequest(int color);
-
-  /** 
-   * This is emitted when the program running in the shell indicates whether or
-   * not it is interested in mouse events.
-   *
-   * @param usesMouse This will be true if the program wants to be informed about
-   * mouse events or false otherwise.
-   */
-  void programUsesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse);
-
-  /** 
-   * Emitted when the contents of the screen image change.
-   * The emulation buffers the updates from successive image changes,
-   * and only emits outputChanged() at sensible intervals when
-   * there is a lot of terminal activity.
-   *
-   * Normally there is no need for objects other than the screen windows
-   * created with createWindow() to listen for this signal.
-   *
-   * ScreenWindow objects created using createWindow() will emit their
-   * own outputChanged() signal in response to this signal. 
-   */
-  void outputChanged();
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when the program running in the terminal wishes to update the 
-   * session's title.  This also allows terminal programs to customize other
-   * aspects of the terminal emulation display. 
-   *
-   * This signal is emitted when the escape sequence "\033]ARG;VALUE\007"
-   * is received in the input string, where ARG is a number specifying what
-   * should change and VALUE is a string specifying the new value.
-   *
-   * TODO:  The name of this method is not very accurate since this method
-   * is used to perform a whole range of tasks besides just setting
-   * the user-title of the session.    
-   *
-   * @param title Specifies what to change.
-   * <ul>
-   * <li>0 - Set window icon text and session title to @p newTitle</li>
-   * <li>1 - Set window icon text to @p newTitle</li>
-   * <li>2 - Set session title to @p newTitle</li>
-   * <li>11 - Set the session's default background color to @p newTitle,
-   *         where @p newTitle can be an HTML-style string (#RRGGBB) or a named
-   *         color (eg 'red', 'blue').  
-   *         See http://doc.trolltech.com/4.2/qcolor.html#setNamedColor for more
-   *         details.
-   * </li>
-   * <li>31 - Supposedly treats @p newTitle as a URL and opens it (NOT IMPLEMENTED)</li>
-   * <li>32 - Sets the icon associated with the session.  @p newTitle is the name 
-   *    of the icon to use, which can be the name of any icon in the current KDE icon
-   *    theme (eg: 'konsole', 'kate', 'folder_home')</li>
-   * </ul>
-   * @param newTitle Specifies the new title 
-   */
-
-  void titleChanged(int title,const QString& newTitle);
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when the program running in the terminal changes the
-   * screen size.
-   */
-  void imageSizeChanged(int lineCount , int columnCount);
-
-  /** 
-   * Emitted when the terminal program requests to change various properties
-   * of the terminal display.  
-   *
-   * A profile change command occurs when a special escape sequence, followed
-   * by a string containing a series of name and value pairs is received.
-   * This string can be parsed using a ProfileCommandParser instance.
-   *
-   * @param text A string expected to contain a series of key and value pairs in
-   * the form:  name=value;name2=value2 ...
-   */
-  void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text);
-
-protected:
-  virtual void setMode  (int mode) = 0;
-  virtual void resetMode(int mode) = 0;
-   
- /** 
-   * Processes an incoming character.  See receiveData()
-   * @p ch A unicode character code. 
-   */
-  virtual void receiveChar(int ch);
-
-  /** 
-   * Sets the active screen.  The terminal has two screens, primary and alternate.
-   * The primary screen is used by default.  When certain interactive programs such
-   * as Vim are run, they trigger a switch to the alternate screen.
-   *
-   * @param index 0 to switch to the primary screen, or 1 to switch to the alternate screen
-   */
-  void setScreen(int index); 
-
-  enum EmulationCodec
-  {
-      LocaleCodec = 0,
-      Utf8Codec   = 1
-  };
-  void setCodec(EmulationCodec codec); // codec number, 0 = locale, 1=utf8
-
-
-  QList<ScreenWindow*> _windows;
-  
-  Screen* _currentScreen;  // pointer to the screen which is currently active, 
-                            // this is one of the elements in the screen[] array
-
-  Screen* _screen[2];      // 0 = primary screen ( used by most programs, including the shell
-                            //                      scrollbars are enabled in this mode )
-                            // 1 = alternate      ( used by vi , emacs etc.
-                            //                      scrollbars are not enabled in this mode )
-                            
-  
-  //decodes an incoming C-style character stream into a unicode QString using 
-  //the current text codec.  (this allows for rendering of non-ASCII characters in text files etc.)
-  const QTextCodec* _codec;
-  QTextDecoder* _decoder;
-
-  const KeyboardTranslator* _keyTranslator; // the keyboard layout
-
-protected slots:
-  /** 
-   * Schedules an update of attached views.
-   * Repeated calls to bufferedUpdate() in close succession will result in only a single update,
-   * much like the Qt buffered update of widgets. 
-   */
-  void bufferedUpdate();
-
-private slots: 
-
-  // triggered by timer, causes the emulation to send an updated screen image to each
-  // view
-  void showBulk(); 
-
-  void usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse);
-
-private:
-
-  bool _usesMouse;
-  QTimer _bulkTimer1;
-  QTimer _bulkTimer2;
-  
-};
-
-#endif // ifndef EMULATION_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h
--- a/libqterminal/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-"keyboard \"Default (XFree 4)\""
-"key Escape             : \"\\E\""
-"key Tab   -Shift       : \"\\t\"\n"
-"key Tab   +Shift+Ansi  : \"\\E[Z\"\n"
-"key Tab   +Shift-Ansi  : \"\\t\"\n"
-"key Backtab     +Ansi  : \"\\E[Z\"\n"
-"key Backtab     -Ansi  : \"\\t\"\n"
-"key Return-Shift-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n"
-"key Return-Shift+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n"
-"key Return+Shift         : \"\\EOM\"\n"
-"key Backspace      : \"\\x7f\"\n"
-"key Up   -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EA\"\n"
-"key Down -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EB\"\n"
-"key Right-Shift-Ansi : \"\\EC\"\n"
-"key Left -Shift-Ansi : \"\\ED\"\n"
-"key Up    -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOA\"\n"
-"key Down  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOB\"\n"
-"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOC\"\n"
-"key Left  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOD\"\n"
-"key Up    -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[A\"\n"
-"key Down  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[B\"\n"
-"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[C\"\n"
-"key Left  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[D\"\n"
-"key Up    -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*A\"\n"
-"key Down  -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*B\"\n"
-"key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*C\"\n"
-"key Left  -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*D\"\n"
-"key Enter+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n"
-"key Enter-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n"
-"key Home        -AnyMod     -AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[H\"  \n"
-"key End         -AnyMod     -AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[F\"  \n"
-"key Home        -AnyMod     +AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOH\"  \n"
-"key End         -AnyMod     +AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOF\"  \n"
-"key Home        +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[1;*H\"\n"
-"key End         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[1;*F\"\n"
-"key Insert      -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[2~\"\n"
-"key Delete      -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[3~\"\n"
-"key Insert      +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[2;*~\"\n"
-"key Delete      +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[3;*~\"\n"
-"key Prior -Shift-AnyMod                          : \"\\E[5~\"\n"
-"key Next  -Shift-AnyMod                          : \"\\E[6~\"\n"
-"key Prior -Shift+AnyMod                          : \"\\E[5;*~\"\n"
-"key Next  -Shift+AnyMod                          : \"\\E[6;*~\"\n"
-"key F1          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOP\"\n"
-"key F2          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOQ\"\n"
-"key F3          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOR\"\n"
-"key F4          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOS\"\n"
-"key F5          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[15~\"\n"
-"key F6          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[17~\"\n"
-"key F7          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[18~\"\n"
-"key F8          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[19~\"\n"
-"key F9          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[20~\"\n"
-"key F10         -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[21~\"\n"
-"key F11         -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[23~\"\n"
-"key F12         -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[24~\"\n"
-"key F1          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*P\"\n"
-"key F2          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*Q\"\n"
-"key F3          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*R\"\n"
-"key F4          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*S\"\n"
-"key F5          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[15;*~\"\n"
-"key F6          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[17;*~\"\n"
-"key F7          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[18;*~\"\n"
-"key F8          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[19;*~\"\n"
-"key F9          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[20;*~\"\n"
-"key F10         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[21;*~\"\n"
-"key F11         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[23;*~\"\n"
-"key F12         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[24;*~\"\n"
-"key Space +Control : \"\\x00\"\n"
-"key Up    +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollLineUp\n"
-"key Prior +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollPageUp\n"
-"key Down  +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollLineDown\n"
-"key Next  +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollPageDown\n"
-"key ScrollLock     : scrollLock\n"
-"\0"
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/Filter.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/Filter.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,556 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "Filter.h"
-
-// System
-#include <iostream>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QAction>
-#include <QtGui/QApplication>
-#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
-#include <QtCore/QString>
-
-#include <QtCore/QSharedData>
-#include <QtCore>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
-
-FilterChain::~FilterChain()
-{
-    QMutableListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
-    
-    while ( iter.hasNext() )
-    {
-        Filter* filter = iter.next();
-        iter.remove();
-        delete filter;
-    }
-}
-
-void FilterChain::addFilter(Filter* filter)
-{
-    append(filter);
-}
-void FilterChain::removeFilter(Filter* filter)
-{
-    removeAll(filter);
-}
-bool FilterChain::containsFilter(Filter* filter)
-{
-    return contains(filter);
-}
-void FilterChain::reset()
-{
-    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
-    while (iter.hasNext())
-        iter.next()->reset();
-}
-void FilterChain::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions)
-{
-    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
-    while (iter.hasNext())
-        iter.next()->setBuffer(buffer,linePositions);
-}
-void FilterChain::process()
-{
-    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
-    while (iter.hasNext())
-        iter.next()->process();
-}
-void FilterChain::clear()
-{
-    QList<Filter*>::clear();
-}
-Filter::HotSpot* FilterChain::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const
-{
-    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
-    while (iter.hasNext())
-    {
-        Filter* filter = iter.next();
-        Filter::HotSpot* spot = filter->hotSpotAt(line,column);
-        if ( spot != 0 )
-        {
-            return spot;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpots() const
-{
-    QList<Filter::HotSpot*> list;
-    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
-    while (iter.hasNext())
-    {
-        Filter* filter = iter.next();
-        list << filter->hotSpots();
-    }
-    return list;
-}
-//QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const;
-
-TerminalImageFilterChain::TerminalImageFilterChain()
-: _buffer(0)
-, _linePositions(0)
-{
-}
-
-TerminalImageFilterChain::~TerminalImageFilterChain()
-{
-    delete _buffer;
-    delete _linePositions;
-}
-
-void TerminalImageFilterChain::setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties)
-{
-//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-    if (empty())
-        return;
-//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-
-    // reset all filters and hotspots
-    reset();
-//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-
-    PlainTextDecoder decoder;
-    decoder.setTrailingWhitespace(false);
-    
-//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-    // setup new shared buffers for the filters to process on
-    QString* newBuffer = new QString();
-    QList<int>* newLinePositions = new QList<int>();
-    setBuffer( newBuffer , newLinePositions );
-
-    // free the old buffers
-    delete _buffer;
-    delete _linePositions;
-
-    _buffer = newBuffer;
-    _linePositions = newLinePositions;
-
-    QTextStream lineStream(_buffer);
-    decoder.begin(&lineStream);
-
-    for (int i=0 ; i < lines ; i++)
-    {
-        _linePositions->append(_buffer->length());
-        decoder.decodeLine(image + i*columns,columns,LINE_DEFAULT);
-
-        // pretend that each line ends with a newline character.
-        // this prevents a link that occurs at the end of one line
-        // being treated as part of a link that occurs at the start of the next line
-        //
-        // the downside is that links which are spread over more than one line are not
-        // highlighted.  
-        //
-        // TODO - Use the "line wrapped" attribute associated with lines in a
-        // terminal image to avoid adding this imaginary character for wrapped
-        // lines
-        if ( !(lineProperties.value(i,LINE_DEFAULT) & LINE_WRAPPED) )
-        	lineStream << QChar('\n');
-    }
-    decoder.end();
-//    qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-}
-
-Filter::Filter() :
-_linePositions(0),
-_buffer(0)
-{
-}
-
-Filter::~Filter()
-{
-    QListIterator<HotSpot*> iter(_hotspotList);
-    while (iter.hasNext())
-    {
-        delete iter.next();
-    }
-}
-void Filter::reset()
-{
-    _hotspots.clear();
-    _hotspotList.clear();
-}
-
-void Filter::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions)
-{
-    _buffer = buffer;
-    _linePositions = linePositions;
-}
-
-void Filter::getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT( _linePositions );
-    Q_ASSERT( _buffer );
-
-
-    for (int i = 0 ; i < _linePositions->count() ; i++)
-    {
-        //kDebug() << "line position at " << i << " = " << _linePositions[i];
-        int nextLine = 0;
-
-        if ( i == _linePositions->count()-1 )
-        {
-            nextLine = _buffer->length() + 1;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            nextLine = _linePositions->value(i+1);
-        }
-
-       // kDebug() << "pos - " << position << " line pos(" << i<< ") " << _linePositions->value(i) << 
-       //     " next = " << nextLine << " buffer len = " << _buffer->length();
-
-        if ( _linePositions->value(i) <= position && position < nextLine ) 
-        {
-            startLine = i;
-            startColumn = position - _linePositions->value(i);
-            return;
-        }
-    }
-}
-    
-
-/*void Filter::addLine(const QString& text)
-{
-    _linePositions << _buffer.length();
-    _buffer.append(text);
-}*/
-
-const QString* Filter::buffer()
-{
-    return _buffer;
-}
-Filter::HotSpot::~HotSpot()
-{
-}
-void Filter::addHotSpot(HotSpot* spot)
-{
-    _hotspotList << spot;
-
-    for (int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++)
-    {
-        _hotspots.insert(line,spot);
-    }    
-}
-QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpots() const
-{
-    return _hotspotList;
-}
-QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const
-{
-    return _hotspots.values(line);
-}
-
-Filter::HotSpot* Filter::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const
-{
-    QListIterator<HotSpot*> spotIter(_hotspots.values(line));
-
-    while (spotIter.hasNext())
-    {
-        HotSpot* spot = spotIter.next();
-        
-        if ( spot->startLine() == line && spot->startColumn() > column )
-            continue;
-        if ( spot->endLine() == line && spot->endColumn() < column )
-            continue;
-       
-        return spot;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-Filter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn)
-    : _startLine(startLine)
-    , _startColumn(startColumn)
-    , _endLine(endLine)
-    , _endColumn(endColumn)
-    , _type(NotSpecified)
-{
-}
-QString Filter::HotSpot::tooltip() const
-{
-    return QString();
-}
-QList<QAction*> Filter::HotSpot::actions()
-{
-    return QList<QAction*>();
-}
-int Filter::HotSpot::startLine() const
-{
-    return _startLine;
-}
-int Filter::HotSpot::endLine() const
-{
-    return _endLine;
-}
-int Filter::HotSpot::startColumn() const
-{
-    return _startColumn;
-}
-int Filter::HotSpot::endColumn() const
-{
-    return _endColumn;
-}
-Filter::HotSpot::Type Filter::HotSpot::type() const
-{
-    return _type;
-}
-void Filter::HotSpot::setType(Type type)
-{
-    _type = type;
-}
-
-RegExpFilter::RegExpFilter()
-{
-}
-
-RegExpFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn)
-    : Filter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn)
-{
-    setType(Marker);
-}
-
-void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject*)
-{
-}
-
-void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts)
-{
-    _capturedTexts = texts;
-}
-QStringList RegExpFilter::HotSpot::capturedTexts() const
-{
-    return _capturedTexts;
-}
-
-void RegExpFilter::setRegExp(const QRegExp& regExp) 
-{
-    _searchText = regExp;
-}
-QRegExp RegExpFilter::regExp() const
-{
-    return _searchText;
-}
-/*void RegExpFilter::reset(int)
-{
-    _buffer = QString();
-}*/
-void RegExpFilter::process()
-{
-    int pos = 0;
-    const QString* text = buffer();
-
-    Q_ASSERT( text );
-
-    // ignore any regular expressions which match an empty string.
-    // otherwise the while loop below will run indefinitely
-    static const QString emptyString("");
-    if ( _searchText.exactMatch(emptyString) )
-        return;
-
-    while(pos >= 0)
-    {
-        pos = _searchText.indexIn(*text,pos);
-
-        if ( pos >= 0 )
-        {
-
-            int startLine = 0;
-            int endLine = 0;
-            int startColumn = 0;
-            int endColumn = 0;
-
-            
-            //kDebug() << "pos from " << pos << " to " << pos + _searchText.matchedLength();
-            
-            getLineColumn(pos,startLine,startColumn);
-            getLineColumn(pos + _searchText.matchedLength(),endLine,endColumn);
-
-            //kDebug() << "start " << startLine << " / " << startColumn;
-            //kDebug() << "end " << endLine << " / " << endColumn;
-
-            RegExpFilter::HotSpot* spot = newHotSpot(startLine,startColumn,
-                                           endLine,endColumn);
-            spot->setCapturedTexts(_searchText.capturedTexts());
-
-            addHotSpot( spot );  
-            pos += _searchText.matchedLength();
-
-            // if matchedLength == 0, the program will get stuck in an infinite loop
-            Q_ASSERT( _searchText.matchedLength() > 0 );
-        }
-    }    
-}
-
-RegExpFilter::HotSpot* RegExpFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,
-                                                int endLine,int endColumn)
-{
-    return new RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,
-                                                  endLine,endColumn);
-}
-RegExpFilter::HotSpot* UrlFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,
-                                                    int endColumn)
-{
-    return new UrlFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,
-                                               endLine,endColumn);
-}
-UrlFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn)
-: RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn)
-, _urlObject(new FilterObject(this))
-{
-    setType(Link);
-}
-QString UrlFilter::HotSpot::tooltip() const
-{
-    QString url = capturedTexts().first();
-
-    const UrlType kind = urlType();
-
-    if ( kind == StandardUrl )
-        return QString(); 
-    else if ( kind == Email )
-        return QString(); 
-    else
-        return QString();
-}
-UrlFilter::HotSpot::UrlType UrlFilter::HotSpot::urlType() const
-{
-    QString url = capturedTexts().first();
-    
-    if ( FullUrlRegExp.exactMatch(url) )
-        return StandardUrl;
-    else if ( EmailAddressRegExp.exactMatch(url) )
-        return Email;
-    else
-        return Unknown;
-}
-
-void UrlFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject* object)
-{
-    QString url = capturedTexts().first();
-
-    const UrlType kind = urlType();
-
-    const QString& actionName = object ? object->objectName() : QString();
-
-    if ( actionName == "copy-action" )
-    {
-        //kDebug() << "Copying url to clipboard:" << url;
-
-        QApplication::clipboard()->setText(url);
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if ( !object || actionName == "open-action" )
-    {
-        if ( kind == StandardUrl )
-        {
-            // if the URL path does not include the protocol ( eg. "www.kde.org" ) then
-            // prepend http:// ( eg. "www.kde.org" --> "http://www.kde.org" )
-            if (!url.contains("://"))
-            {
-                url.prepend("http://");
-            }
-        } 
-        else if ( kind == Email )
-        {
-            url.prepend("mailto:");
-        }
-    
-//        new KRun(url,QApplication::activeWindow());
-    }
-}
-
-// Note:  Altering these regular expressions can have a major effect on the performance of the filters 
-// used for finding URLs in the text, especially if they are very general and could match very long
-// pieces of text.
-// Please be careful when altering them.
-
-//regexp matches:
-// full url:  
-// protocolname:// or www. followed by anything other than whitespaces, <, >, ' or ", and ends before whitespaces, <, >, ', ", ], !, comma and dot
-const QRegExp UrlFilter::FullUrlRegExp("(www\\.(?!\\.)|[a-z][a-z0-9+.-]*://)[^\\s<>'\"]+[^!,\\.\\s<>'\"\\]]");
-// email address:
-// [word chars, dots or dashes]@[word chars, dots or dashes].[word chars]
-const QRegExp UrlFilter::EmailAddressRegExp("\\b(\\w|\\.|-)+@(\\w|\\.|-)+\\.\\w+\\b");
-
-// matches full url or email address
-const QRegExp UrlFilter::CompleteUrlRegExp('('+FullUrlRegExp.pattern()+'|'+
-                                            EmailAddressRegExp.pattern()+')');
-
-UrlFilter::UrlFilter()
-{
-    setRegExp( CompleteUrlRegExp );
-}
-UrlFilter::HotSpot::~HotSpot()
-{
-    delete _urlObject;
-}
-void FilterObject::activated()
-{
-    _filter->activate(sender());
-}
-QList<QAction*> UrlFilter::HotSpot::actions()
-{
-    QList<QAction*> list;
-
-    const UrlType kind = urlType();
-
-    QAction* openAction = new QAction(_urlObject);
-    QAction* copyAction = new QAction(_urlObject);;
-
-    Q_ASSERT( kind == StandardUrl || kind == Email );
-
-    if ( kind == StandardUrl )
-    {
-        openAction->setText(("Open Link"));
-        copyAction->setText(("Copy Link Address"));
-    }
-    else if ( kind == Email )
-    {
-        openAction->setText(("Send Email To..."));
-        copyAction->setText(("Copy Email Address"));
-    }
-
-    // object names are set here so that the hotspot performs the
-    // correct action when activated() is called with the triggered
-    // action passed as a parameter.
-    openAction->setObjectName("open-action");
-    copyAction->setObjectName("copy-action");
-
-    QObject::connect( openAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) );
-    QObject::connect( copyAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) );
-
-    list << openAction;
-    list << copyAction;
-
-    return list; 
-}
-
-//#include "moc_Filter.cpp"
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/Filter.h
--- a/libqterminal/Filter.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,379 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef FILTER_H
-#define FILTER_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QAction>
-#include <QtCore/QList>
-#include <QtCore/QObject>
-#include <QtCore/QStringList>
-#include <QtCore/QHash>
-#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
-
-// Local
-#include "Character.h"
-
-/**
- * A filter processes blocks of text looking for certain patterns (such as URLs or keywords from a list)
- * and marks the areas which match the filter's patterns as 'hotspots'.
- *
- * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ),
- * and an action.  When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact
- * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's
- * activate() method should be called.  Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response.
- *
- * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser.
- * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the 
- * actions() method.
- *
- * Different subclasses of filter will return different types of hotspot.
- * Subclasses must reimplement the process() method to examine a block of text and identify sections of interest.
- * When processing the text they should create instances of Filter::HotSpot subclasses for sections of interest
- * and add them to the filter's list of hotspots using addHotSpot()
- */
-class Filter
-{
-public:
-    /**
-    * Represents an area of text which matched the pattern a particular filter has been looking for.
-    *
-    * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ),
-    * and an action.  When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact
-    * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's
-    * activate() method should be called.  Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response.
-    *
-    * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser.
-    * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the 
-    * actions() method.  These actions may then be displayed in a popup menu or toolbar for example. 
-    */
-    class HotSpot
-    {
-    public:
-       /** 
-        * Constructs a new hotspot which covers the area from (@p startLine,@p startColumn) to (@p endLine,@p endColumn)
-        * in a block of text.
-        */
-       HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn);
-       virtual ~HotSpot();
-
-       enum Type
-       {
-            // the type of the hotspot is not specified
-            NotSpecified,
-            // this hotspot represents a clickable link
-            Link,
-            // this hotspot represents a marker
-            Marker
-       }; 
-
-       /** Returns the line when the hotspot area starts */
-       int startLine() const;
-       /** Returns the line where the hotspot area ends */
-       int endLine() const;
-       /** Returns the column on startLine() where the hotspot area starts */
-       int startColumn() const;
-       /** Returns the column on endLine() where the hotspot area ends */
-       int endColumn() const;
-       /** 
-        * Returns the type of the hotspot.  This is usually used as a hint for views on how to represent
-        * the hotspot graphically.  eg.  Link hotspots are typically underlined when the user mouses over them
-        */
-       Type type() const;
-       /** 
-        * Causes the an action associated with a hotspot to be triggered. 
-        *
-        * @param object The object which caused the hotspot to be triggered.  This is
-        * typically null ( in which case the default action should be performed ) or
-        * one of the objects from the actions() list.  In which case the associated
-        * action should be performed. 
-        */
-       virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0) = 0; 
-       /** 
-        * Returns a list of actions associated with the hotspot which can be used in a 
-        * menu or toolbar 
-        */
-       virtual QList<QAction*> actions();
-
-       /** 
-        * Returns the text of a tooltip to be shown when the mouse moves over the hotspot, or
-        * an empty string if there is no tooltip associated with this hotspot.
-        *
-        * The default implementation returns an empty string. 
-        */
-       virtual QString tooltip() const;
-
-    protected:
-       /** Sets the type of a hotspot.  This should only be set once */
-       void setType(Type type);
-
-    private:
-       int    _startLine;
-       int    _startColumn;
-       int    _endLine;
-       int    _endColumn;
-       Type _type;
-    
-    };
-
-    /** Constructs a new filter. */
-    Filter();
-    virtual ~Filter();
-
-    /** Causes the filter to process the block of text currently in its internal buffer */
-    virtual void process() = 0;
-
-    /** 
-     * Empties the filters internal buffer and resets the line count back to 0.
-     * All hotspots are deleted. 
-     */
-    void reset();
-
-    /** Adds a new line of text to the filter and increments the line count */
-    //void addLine(const QString& string);
-
-    /** Returns the hotspot which covers the given @p line and @p column, or 0 if no hotspot covers that area */
-    HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const;
-
-    /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter */
-    QList<HotSpot*> hotSpots() const;
-
-    /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter which occur on a given line */
-    QList<HotSpot*> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const;
-
-    /** 
-     * TODO: Document me
-     */
-    void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions);
-
-protected:
-    /** Adds a new hotspot to the list */
-    void addHotSpot(HotSpot*);
-    /** Returns the internal buffer */
-    const QString* buffer();
-    /** Converts a character position within buffer() to a line and column */
-    void getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn);
-
-private:
-    QMultiHash<int,HotSpot*> _hotspots;
-    QList<HotSpot*> _hotspotList;
-    
-    const QList<int>* _linePositions;
-    const QString* _buffer;
-};
-
-/** 
- * A filter which searches for sections of text matching a regular expression and creates a new RegExpFilter::HotSpot 
- * instance for them.
- *
- * Subclasses can reimplement newHotSpot() to return custom hotspot types when matches for the regular expression
- * are found. 
- */
-class RegExpFilter : public Filter
-{
-public:
-    /** 
-     * Type of hotspot created by RegExpFilter.  The capturedTexts() method can be used to find the text
-     * matched by the filter's regular expression.
-     */
-    class HotSpot : public Filter::HotSpot
-    {
-    public:
-        HotSpot(int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine , int endColumn);
-        virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0);
-
-        /** Sets the captured texts associated with this hotspot */
-        void setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts);
-        /** Returns the texts found by the filter when matching the filter's regular expression */
-        QStringList capturedTexts() const;
-    private:
-        QStringList _capturedTexts;
-    };
-
-    /** Constructs a new regular expression filter */
-    RegExpFilter();
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text. 
-     *
-     * Regular expressions which match the empty string are treated as not matching
-     * anything. 
-     */
-    void setRegExp(const QRegExp& text);
-    /** Returns the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text */
-    QRegExp regExp() const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Reimplemented to search the filter's text buffer for text matching regExp() 
-     *
-     * If regexp matches the empty string, then process() will return immediately
-     * without finding results. 
-     */
-    virtual void process();
-
-protected:
-    /** 
-     * Called when a match for the regular expression is encountered.  Subclasses should reimplement this
-     * to return custom hotspot types
-     */
-    virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,
-                                    int endLine,int endColumn);
-
-private:
-    QRegExp _searchText;
-};
-
-class FilterObject;
-
-/** A filter which matches URLs in blocks of text */
-class UrlFilter : public RegExpFilter 
-{
-public:
-    /** 
-     * Hotspot type created by UrlFilter instances.  The activate() method opens a web browser 
-     * at the given URL when called.
-     */
-    class HotSpot : public RegExpFilter::HotSpot 
-    {
-    public:
-        HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn);
-        virtual ~HotSpot();
-
-        virtual QList<QAction*> actions();
-
-        /** 
-         * Open a web browser at the current URL.  The url itself can be determined using
-         * the capturedTexts() method.
-         */
-        virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0);
-
-        virtual QString tooltip() const;
-    private:
-        enum UrlType
-        {
-            StandardUrl,
-            Email,
-            Unknown
-        };
-        UrlType urlType() const;
-
-        FilterObject* _urlObject;
-    };
-
-    UrlFilter();
-
-protected:
-    virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int,int,int,int);
-
-private:
-    
-    static const QRegExp FullUrlRegExp;
-    static const QRegExp EmailAddressRegExp;
-
-    // combined OR of FullUrlRegExp and EmailAddressRegExp
-    static const QRegExp CompleteUrlRegExp; 
-};
-
-class FilterObject : public QObject
-{
-Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    FilterObject(Filter::HotSpot* filter) : _filter(filter) {}
-private slots:
-    void activated();
-private:
-    Filter::HotSpot* _filter;
-};
-
-/** 
- * A chain which allows a group of filters to be processed as one. 
- * The chain owns the filters added to it and deletes them when the chain itself is destroyed.
- *
- * Use addFilter() to add a new filter to the chain.  
- * When new text to be filtered arrives, use addLine() to add each additional
- * line of text which needs to be processed and then after adding the last line, use
- * process() to cause each filter in the chain to process the text.
- *
- * After processing a block of text, the reset() method can be used to set the filter chain's
- * internal cursor back to the first line.
- *
- * The hotSpotAt() method will return the first hotspot which covers a given position.
- *
- * The hotSpots() and hotSpotsAtLine() method return all of the hotspots in the text and on
- * a given line respectively.
- */
-class FilterChain : protected QList<Filter*>
-{
-public:
-    virtual ~FilterChain();
-
-    /** Adds a new filter to the chain.  The chain will delete this filter when it is destroyed */
-    void addFilter(Filter* filter);
-    /** Removes a filter from the chain.  The chain will no longer delete the filter when destroyed */
-    void removeFilter(Filter* filter);
-    /** Returns true if the chain contains @p filter */
-    bool containsFilter(Filter* filter);
-    /** Removes all filters from the chain */
-    void clear();
-
-    /** Resets each filter in the chain */
-    void reset();
-    /**
-     * Processes each filter in the chain 
-     */
-    void process();
-
-    /** Sets the buffer for each filter in the chain to process. */
-    void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions); 
-
-    /** Returns the first hotspot which occurs at @p line, @p column or 0 if no hotspot was found */
-    Filter::HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const;
-    /** Returns a list of all the hotspots in all the chain's filters */
-    QList<Filter::HotSpot*> hotSpots() const;
-    /** Returns a list of all hotspots at the given line in all the chain's filters */
-    QList<Filter::HotSpot> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const;
-
-};
-
-/** A filter chain which processes character images from terminal displays */
-class TerminalImageFilterChain : public FilterChain
-{
-public:
-    TerminalImageFilterChain();
-    virtual ~TerminalImageFilterChain();
-
-    /**
-     * Set the current terminal image to @p image.
-     *
-     * @param image The terminal image
-     * @param lines The number of lines in the terminal image
-     * @param columns The number of columns in the terminal image
-     */
-    void setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns,
-				  const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties);  
-
-private:
-    QString* _buffer;
-    QList<int>* _linePositions;
-};
-
-#endif //FILTER_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/History.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/History.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,696 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "History.h"
-
-// System
-#include <iostream>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-
-// Reasonable line size
-#define LINE_SIZE	1024
-
-/*
-   An arbitrary long scroll.
-
-   One can modify the scroll only by adding either cells
-   or newlines, but access it randomly.
-
-   The model is that of an arbitrary wide typewriter scroll
-   in that the scroll is a serie of lines and each line is
-   a serie of cells with no overwriting permitted.
-
-   The implementation provides arbitrary length and numbers
-   of cells and line/column indexed read access to the scroll
-   at constant costs.
-
-KDE4: Can we use QTemporaryFile here, instead of KTempFile?
-
-FIXME: some complain about the history buffer comsuming the
-       memory of their machines. This problem is critical
-       since the history does not behave gracefully in cases
-       where the memory is used up completely.
-
-       I put in a workaround that should handle it problem
-       now gracefully. I'm not satisfied with the solution.
-
-FIXME: Terminating the history is not properly indicated
-       in the menu. We should throw a signal.
-
-FIXME: There is noticeable decrease in speed, also. Perhaps,
-       there whole feature needs to be revisited therefore.
-       Disadvantage of a more elaborated, say block-oriented
-       scheme with wrap around would be it's complexity.
-*/
-
-//FIXME: tempory replacement for tmpfile
-//       this is here one for debugging purpose.
-
-//#define tmpfile xTmpFile
-
-// History File ///////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-  A Row(X) data type which allows adding elements to the end.
-*/
-
-HistoryFile::HistoryFile()
-  : ion(-1),
-    length(0),
-	fileMap(0)
-{
-  if (tmpFile.open())
-  { 
-    tmpFile.setAutoRemove(true);
-    ion = tmpFile.handle();
-  }
-}
-
-HistoryFile::~HistoryFile()
-{
-	if (fileMap)
-		unmap();
-}
-
-//TODO:  Mapping the entire file in will cause problems if the history file becomes exceedingly large,
-//(ie. larger than available memory).  HistoryFile::map() should only map in sections of the file at a time,
-//to avoid this.
-void HistoryFile::map()
-{
-	assert( fileMap == 0 );
-
-	fileMap = (char*)mmap( 0 , length , PROT_READ , MAP_PRIVATE , ion , 0 );
-
-    //if mmap'ing fails, fall back to the read-lseek combination
-    if ( fileMap == MAP_FAILED )
-    {
-            readWriteBalance = 0; 
-            fileMap = 0;
-            qDebug() << ": mmap'ing history failed.  errno = " << errno;
-    }
-}
-
-void HistoryFile::unmap()
-{
-	int result = munmap( fileMap , length );
-	assert( result == 0 );
-
-	fileMap = 0;
-}
-
-bool HistoryFile::isMapped()
-{
-	return (fileMap != 0);
-}
-
-void HistoryFile::add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len)
-{
-  if ( fileMap )
-		  unmap();
-		
-  readWriteBalance++;
-
-  int rc = 0;
-
-  rc = lseek(ion,length,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.seek"); return; }
-  rc = write(ion,bytes,len);       if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.write"); return; }
-  length += rc;
-}
-
-void HistoryFile::get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc)
-{
-  //count number of get() calls vs. number of add() calls.  
-  //If there are many more get() calls compared with add() 
-  //calls (decided by using MAP_THRESHOLD) then mmap the log
-  //file to improve performance.
-  readWriteBalance--;
-  if ( !fileMap && readWriteBalance < MAP_THRESHOLD )
-		  map();
-
-  if ( fileMap )
-  {
-	for (int i=0;i<len;i++)
-			bytes[i]=fileMap[loc+i];
-  }
-  else
-  {	
-  	int rc = 0;
-
-  	if (loc < 0 || len < 0 || loc + len > length)
-    	fprintf(stderr,"getHist(...,%d,%d): invalid args.\n",len,loc);
-  	rc = lseek(ion,loc,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.seek"); return; }
-  	rc = read(ion,bytes,len);     if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.read"); return; }
-  }
-}
-
-int HistoryFile::len()
-{
-  return length;
-}
-
-
-// History Scroll abstract base class //////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-HistoryScroll::HistoryScroll(HistoryType* t)
-  : m_histType(t)
-{
-}
-
-HistoryScroll::~HistoryScroll()
-{
-  delete m_histType;
-}
-
-bool HistoryScroll::hasScroll()
-{
-  return true;
-}
-
-// History Scroll File //////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* 
-   The history scroll makes a Row(Row(Cell)) from
-   two history buffers. The index buffer contains
-   start of line positions which refere to the cells
-   buffer.
-
-   Note that index[0] addresses the second line
-   (line #1), while the first line (line #0) starts
-   at 0 in cells.
-*/
-
-HistoryScrollFile::HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName)
-  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeFile(logFileName)),
-  m_logFileName(logFileName)
-{
-}
-
-HistoryScrollFile::~HistoryScrollFile()
-{
-}
- 
-int HistoryScrollFile::getLines()
-{
-  return index.len() / sizeof(int);
-}
-
-int HistoryScrollFile::getLineLen(int lineno)
-{
-  return (startOfLine(lineno+1) - startOfLine(lineno)) / sizeof(Character);
-}
-
-bool HistoryScrollFile::isWrappedLine(int lineno)
-{
-  if (lineno>=0 && lineno <= getLines()) {
-    unsigned char flag;
-    lineflags.get((unsigned char*)&flag,sizeof(unsigned char),(lineno)*sizeof(unsigned char));
-    return flag;
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-int HistoryScrollFile::startOfLine(int lineno)
-{
-  if (lineno <= 0) return 0;
-  if (lineno <= getLines())
-    { 
-	
-	if (!index.isMapped())
-			index.map();
-	
-	int res;
-    index.get((unsigned char*)&res,sizeof(int),(lineno-1)*sizeof(int));
-    return res;
-    }
-  return cells.len();
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollFile::getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[])
-{
-  cells.get((unsigned char*)res,count*sizeof(Character),startOfLine(lineno)+colno*sizeof(Character));
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollFile::addCells(const Character text[], int count)
-{
-  cells.add((unsigned char*)text,count*sizeof(Character));
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollFile::addLine(bool previousWrapped)
-{
-  if (index.isMapped())
-		  index.unmap();
-
-  int locn = cells.len();
-  index.add((unsigned char*)&locn,sizeof(int));
-  unsigned char flags = previousWrapped ? 0x01 : 0x00;
-  lineflags.add((unsigned char*)&flags,sizeof(unsigned char));
-}
-
-
-// History Scroll Buffer //////////////////////////////////////
-HistoryScrollBuffer::HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxLineCount)
-  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBuffer(maxLineCount))
-   ,_historyBuffer()
-   ,_maxLineCount(0)
-   ,_usedLines(0)
-   ,_head(0)
-{
-  setMaxNbLines(maxLineCount);
-}
-
-HistoryScrollBuffer::~HistoryScrollBuffer()
-{
-    delete[] _historyBuffer;
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells)
-{
-    _head++;
-    if ( _usedLines < _maxLineCount )
-        _usedLines++;
-
-    if ( _head >= _maxLineCount )
-    {
-        _head = 0;
-    }
-
-    _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = cells;
-    _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = false;
-}
-void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCells(const Character a[], int count)
-{
-  HistoryLine newLine(count);
-  qCopy(a,a+count,newLine.begin());
-
-  addCellsVector(newLine);
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollBuffer::addLine(bool previousWrapped)
-{
-    _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = previousWrapped;
-}
-
-int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLines()
-{
-    return _usedLines;
-}
-
-int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLineLen(int lineNumber)
-{
-  Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
-
-  if ( lineNumber < _usedLines )
-  {
-    return _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)].size();
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-bool HistoryScrollBuffer::isWrappedLine(int lineNumber)
-{
-  Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
-    
-  if (lineNumber < _usedLines)
-  {
-    //kDebug() << "Line" << lineNumber << "wrapped is" << _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)];
-    return _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)];
-  }
-  else
-    return false;
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollBuffer::getCells(int lineNumber, int startColumn, int count, Character* buffer)
-{
-  if ( count == 0 ) return;
-
-  Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
-
-  if (lineNumber >= _usedLines) 
-  {
-    memset(buffer, 0, count * sizeof(Character));
-    return;
-  }
-  
-  const HistoryLine& line = _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)];
-
-  //kDebug() << "startCol " << startColumn;
-  //kDebug() << "line.size() " << line.size();
-  //kDebug() << "count " << count;
-
-  Q_ASSERT( startColumn <= line.size() - count );
-    
-  memcpy(buffer, line.constData() + startColumn , count * sizeof(Character));
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollBuffer::setMaxNbLines(unsigned int lineCount)
-{
-    HistoryLine* oldBuffer = _historyBuffer;
-    HistoryLine* newBuffer = new HistoryLine[lineCount];
-    
-    for ( int i = 0 ; i < qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount) ; i++ )
-    {
-        newBuffer[i] = oldBuffer[bufferIndex(i)];
-    }
-    
-    _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount);
-    _maxLineCount = lineCount;
-    _head = ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) ? 0 : _usedLines-1;
-
-    _historyBuffer = newBuffer;
-    delete[] oldBuffer;
-
-    _wrappedLine.resize(lineCount);
-}
-
-int HistoryScrollBuffer::bufferIndex(int lineNumber)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 );
-    Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
-    Q_ASSERT( (_usedLines == _maxLineCount) || lineNumber <= _head );
-
-    if ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount )
-    {
-        return (_head+lineNumber+1) % _maxLineCount;
-    }
-    else
-    {   
-        return lineNumber;
-    }
-}
-
-
-// History Scroll None //////////////////////////////////////
-
-HistoryScrollNone::HistoryScrollNone()
-  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeNone())
-{
-}
-
-HistoryScrollNone::~HistoryScrollNone()
-{
-}
-
-bool HistoryScrollNone::hasScroll()
-{
-  return false;
-}
-
-int  HistoryScrollNone::getLines()
-{
-  return 0;
-}
-
-int  HistoryScrollNone::getLineLen(int)
-{
-  return 0;
-}
-
-bool HistoryScrollNone::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/)
-{
-  return false;
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollNone::getCells(int, int, int, Character [])
-{
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollNone::addCells(const Character [], int)
-{
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollNone::addLine(bool)
-{
-}
-
-// History Scroll BlockArray //////////////////////////////////////
-
-HistoryScrollBlockArray::HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size)
-  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBlockArray(size))
-{
-  m_blockArray.setHistorySize(size); // nb. of lines.
-}
-
-HistoryScrollBlockArray::~HistoryScrollBlockArray()
-{
-}
-
-int  HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLines()
-{
-  return m_lineLengths.count();
-}
-
-int  HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLineLen(int lineno)
-{
-    if ( m_lineLengths.contains(lineno) )
-        return m_lineLengths[lineno];
-    else
-        return 0;
-}
-
-bool HistoryScrollBlockArray::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/)
-{
-  return false;
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollBlockArray::getCells(int lineno, int colno,
-                                       int count, Character res[])
-{
-  if (!count) return;
-
-  const Block *b = m_blockArray.at(lineno);
-
-  if (!b) {
-    memset(res, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); // still better than random data
-    return;
-  }
-
-  assert(((colno + count) * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES);
-  memcpy(res, b->data + (colno * sizeof(Character)), count * sizeof(Character));
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addCells(const Character a[], int count)
-{
-  Block *b = m_blockArray.lastBlock();
-  
-  if (!b) return;
-
-  // put cells in block's data
-  assert((count * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES);
-
-  memset(b->data, 0, ENTRIES);
-
-  memcpy(b->data, a, count * sizeof(Character));
-  b->size = count * sizeof(Character);
-
-  size_t res = m_blockArray.newBlock();
-  assert (res > 0);
-  Q_UNUSED( res );
-
-  m_lineLengths.insert(m_blockArray.getCurrent(), count);
-}
-
-void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addLine(bool)
-{
-}
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// History Types
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-HistoryType::HistoryType()
-{
-}
-
-HistoryType::~HistoryType()
-{
-}
-
-//////////////////////////////
-
-HistoryTypeNone::HistoryTypeNone()
-{
-}
-
-bool HistoryTypeNone::isEnabled() const
-{
-  return false;
-}
-
-HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeNone::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
-{
-  delete old;
-  return new HistoryScrollNone();
-}
-
-int HistoryTypeNone::maximumLineCount() const
-{
-  return 0;
-}
-
-//////////////////////////////
-
-HistoryTypeBlockArray::HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size)
-  : m_size(size)
-{
-}
-
-bool HistoryTypeBlockArray::isEnabled() const
-{
-  return true;
-}
-
-int HistoryTypeBlockArray::maximumLineCount() const
-{
-  return m_size;
-}
-
-HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBlockArray::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
-{
-  delete old;
-  return new HistoryScrollBlockArray(m_size);
-}
-
-
-//////////////////////////////
-
-HistoryTypeBuffer::HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines)
-  : m_nbLines(nbLines)
-{
-}
-
-bool HistoryTypeBuffer::isEnabled() const
-{
-  return true;
-}
-
-int HistoryTypeBuffer::maximumLineCount() const
-{
-  return m_nbLines;
-}
-
-HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBuffer::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
-{
-  if (old)
-  {
-    HistoryScrollBuffer *oldBuffer = dynamic_cast<HistoryScrollBuffer*>(old);
-    if (oldBuffer)
-    {
-       oldBuffer->setMaxNbLines(m_nbLines);
-       return oldBuffer;
-    }
-
-    HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines);
-    int lines = old->getLines();
-    int startLine = 0;
-    if (lines > (int) m_nbLines)
-       startLine = lines - m_nbLines;
-
-    Character line[LINE_SIZE];
-    for(int i = startLine; i < lines; i++)
-    {
-       int size = old->getLineLen(i);
-       if (size > LINE_SIZE)
-       {
-          Character *tmp_line = new Character[size];
-          old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line);
-          newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size);
-          newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
-          delete [] tmp_line;
-       }
-       else
-       {
-          old->getCells(i, 0, size, line);
-          newScroll->addCells(line, size);
-          newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
-       }
-    }
-    delete old;
-    return newScroll;
-  }
-  return new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines);
-}
-
-//////////////////////////////
-
-HistoryTypeFile::HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName)
-  : m_fileName(fileName)
-{
-}
-
-bool HistoryTypeFile::isEnabled() const
-{
-  return true;
-}
-
-const QString& HistoryTypeFile::getFileName() const
-{
-  return m_fileName;
-}
-
-HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeFile::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
-{
-  if (dynamic_cast<HistoryFile *>(old)) 
-     return old; // Unchanged.
-
-  HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollFile(m_fileName);
-
-  Character line[LINE_SIZE];
-  int lines = (old != 0) ? old->getLines() : 0;
-  for(int i = 0; i < lines; i++)
-  {
-     int size = old->getLineLen(i);
-     if (size > LINE_SIZE)
-     {
-        Character *tmp_line = new Character[size];
-        old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line);
-        newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size);
-        newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
-        delete [] tmp_line;
-     }
-     else
-     {
-        old->getCells(i, 0, size, line);
-        newScroll->addCells(line, size);
-        newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
-     }
-  }
-
-  delete old;
-  return newScroll; 
-}
-
-int HistoryTypeFile::maximumLineCount() const
-{
-  return 0;
-}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/History.h
--- a/libqterminal/History.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,330 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef HISTORY_H
-#define HISTORY_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QBitRef>
-#include <QtCore/QHash>
-#include <QtCore>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "BlockArray.h"
-#include "Character.h"
-
-
-class HistoryFile
-{
-public:
-  HistoryFile();
-  virtual ~HistoryFile();
-
-  virtual void add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len);
-  virtual void get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc);
-  virtual int  len();
-
-  //mmaps the file in read-only mode
-  void map();
-  //un-mmaps the file
-  void unmap();
-  //returns true if the file is mmap'ed
-  bool isMapped();
-
-
-private:
-  int  ion;
-  int  length;
-  QTemporaryFile tmpFile;
-
-  //pointer to start of mmap'ed file data, or 0 if the file is not mmap'ed
-  char* fileMap;
- 
-  //incremented whenver 'add' is called and decremented whenever
-  //'get' is called.
-  //this is used to detect when a large number of lines are being read and processed from the history
-  //and automatically mmap the file for better performance (saves the overhead of many lseek-read calls).
-  int readWriteBalance;
-
-  //when readWriteBalance goes below this threshold, the file will be mmap'ed automatically
-  static const int MAP_THRESHOLD = -1000;
-};
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Abstract base class for file and buffer versions
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-class HistoryType;
-
-class HistoryScroll
-{
-public:
-  HistoryScroll(HistoryType*);
- virtual ~HistoryScroll();
-
-  virtual bool hasScroll();
-
-  // access to history
-  virtual int  getLines() = 0;
-  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno) = 0;
-  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) = 0;
-  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno) = 0;
-
-  // backward compatibility (obsolete)
-  Character   getCell(int lineno, int colno) { Character res; getCells(lineno,colno,1,&res); return res; }
-
-  // adding lines.
-  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count) = 0;
-  // convenience method - this is virtual so that subclasses can take advantage
-  // of QVector's implicit copying
-  virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells)
-  {
-    addCells(cells.data(),cells.size());
-  }
-
-  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false) = 0;
-
-  //
-  // FIXME:  Passing around constant references to HistoryType instances
-  // is very unsafe, because those references will no longer
-  // be valid if the history scroll is deleted.
-  //
-  const HistoryType& getType() { return *m_histType; }
-
-protected:
-  HistoryType* m_histType;
-
-};
-
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// File-based history (e.g. file log, no limitation in length)
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-class HistoryScrollFile : public HistoryScroll
-{
-public:
-  HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName);
-  virtual ~HistoryScrollFile();
-
-  virtual int  getLines();
-  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
-  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
-  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
-
-  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
-  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
-
-private:
-  int startOfLine(int lineno);
-
-  QString m_logFileName;
-  HistoryFile index; // lines Row(int)
-  HistoryFile cells; // text  Row(Character)
-  HistoryFile lineflags; // flags Row(unsigned char)
-};
-
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Buffer-based history (limited to a fixed nb of lines)
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-class HistoryScrollBuffer : public HistoryScroll
-{
-public:
-  typedef QVector<Character> HistoryLine;
-
-  HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxNbLines = 1000);
-  virtual ~HistoryScrollBuffer();
-
-  virtual int  getLines();
-  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
-  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
-  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
-
-  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
-  virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells);
-  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
-
-  void setMaxNbLines(unsigned int nbLines);
-  unsigned int maxNbLines() { return _maxLineCount; }
-  
-
-private:
-  int bufferIndex(int lineNumber);
-
-  HistoryLine* _historyBuffer;
-  QBitArray _wrappedLine;
-  int _maxLineCount;
-  int _usedLines;  
-  int _head;
-  
-  //QVector<histline*> m_histBuffer;
-  //QBitArray m_wrappedLine;
-  //unsigned int m_maxNbLines;
-  //unsigned int m_nbLines;
-  //unsigned int m_arrayIndex;
-  //bool         m_buffFilled;
-};
-
-/*class HistoryScrollBufferV2 : public HistoryScroll
-{
-public:
-  virtual int  getLines();
-  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
-  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
-  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
-
-  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
-  virtual void addCells(const QVector<Character>& cells);
-  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
-
-};*/
-
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Nothing-based history (no history :-)
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-class HistoryScrollNone : public HistoryScroll
-{
-public:
-  HistoryScrollNone();
-  virtual ~HistoryScrollNone();
-
-  virtual bool hasScroll();
-
-  virtual int  getLines();
-  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
-  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
-  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
-
-  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
-  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
-};
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// BlockArray-based history
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-class HistoryScrollBlockArray : public HistoryScroll
-{
-public:
-  HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size);
-  virtual ~HistoryScrollBlockArray();
-
-  virtual int  getLines();
-  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
-  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
-  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
-
-  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
-  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
-
-protected:
-  BlockArray m_blockArray;
-  QHash<int,size_t> m_lineLengths;
-};
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// History type
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-class HistoryType
-{
-public:
-  HistoryType();
-  virtual ~HistoryType();
-
-  /**
-   * Returns true if the history is enabled ( can store lines of output )
-   * or false otherwise. 
-   */
-  virtual bool isEnabled()           const = 0;
-  /**
-   * Returns true if the history size is unlimited.
-   */
-  bool isUnlimited() const { return maximumLineCount() == 0; }
-  /**
-   * Returns the maximum number of lines which this history type
-   * can store or 0 if the history can store an unlimited number of lines.
-   */
-  virtual int maximumLineCount()    const = 0;
-
-  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const = 0;
-};
-
-class HistoryTypeNone : public HistoryType
-{
-public:
-  HistoryTypeNone();
-
-  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
-  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
-
-  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
-};
-
-class HistoryTypeBlockArray : public HistoryType
-{
-public:
-  HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size);
-  
-  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
-  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
-
-  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
-
-protected:
-  size_t m_size;
-};
-
-
-class HistoryTypeFile : public HistoryType
-{
-public:
-  HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName=QString());
-
-  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
-  virtual const QString& getFileName() const;
-  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
-
-  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
-
-protected:
-  QString m_fileName;
-};
-
-
-class HistoryTypeBuffer : public HistoryType
-{
-public:
-  HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines);
-  
-  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
-  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
-
-  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
-
-protected:
-  unsigned int m_nbLines;
-};
-
-#endif // HISTORY_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/KeyboardTranslator.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/KeyboardTranslator.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,888 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This source file was part of Konsole, a terminal emulator.
-
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "KeyboardTranslator.h"
-
-// System
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QBuffer>
-#include <QtCore/QFile>
-#include <QtCore/QFileInfo>
-#include <QtCore>
-#include <QtGui>
-
-//and this is default now translator - default.keytab from original Konsole
-const char* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslatorText = 
-#include "ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h"
-;
-
-KeyboardTranslatorManager::KeyboardTranslatorManager()
-    : _haveLoadedAll(false)
-{
-}
-KeyboardTranslatorManager::~KeyboardTranslatorManager()
-{
-    qDeleteAll(_translators.values());
-}
-QString KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslatorPath(const QString& name)
-{
-    return QString("kb-layouts/" + name + ".keytab");
-}
-void KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslators()
-{
-    QDir dir("kb-layouts/");
-    QStringList filters;
-    filters << "*.keytab";
-    dir.setNameFilters(filters);
-    QStringList list = dir.entryList(filters); //(".keytab"); // = KGlobal::dirs()->findAllResources("data",
-    //                                 "konsole/*.keytab",
-    //                                 KStandardDirs::NoDuplicates);
-    list = dir.entryList(filters);
-    // add the name of each translator to the list and associated
-    // the name with a null pointer to indicate that the translator
-    // has not yet been loaded from disk
-    QStringListIterator listIter(list);
-    while (listIter.hasNext())
-    {
-        QString translatorPath = listIter.next();
-
-        QString name = QFileInfo(translatorPath).baseName();
-
-        if ( !_translators.contains(name) ) {
-            _translators.insert(name,0);
-	}
-    }
-    _haveLoadedAll = true;
-}
-
-const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslator(const QString& name)
-{
-    if ( name.isEmpty() )
-        return defaultTranslator();
-
-    //here was smth wrong in original Konsole source
-    findTranslators();
-
-    if ( _translators.contains(name) && _translators[name] != 0 ) {
-        return _translators[name];
-    }
-
-    KeyboardTranslator* translator = loadTranslator(name);
-
-    if ( translator != 0 )
-        _translators[name] = translator;
-    else if ( !name.isEmpty() )
-        qWarning() << "Unable to load translator" << name;
-
-    return translator;
-}
-
-bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator)
-{
-    const QString path = ".keytab";// = KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation("data","konsole/")+translator->name()
-    //           +".keytab";
-
-    qDebug() << "Saving translator to" << path;
-
-    QFile destination(path);
-    
-    if (!destination.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text))
-    {
-        qWarning() << "Unable to save keyboard translation:" 
-                   << destination.errorString();
-
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    {
-        KeyboardTranslatorWriter writer(&destination);
-        writer.writeHeader(translator->description());
-
-        QListIterator<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> iter(translator->entries());
-        while ( iter.hasNext() )
-            writer.writeEntry(iter.next());
-    }
-
-    destination.close();
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(const QString& name)
-{
-    const QString& path = findTranslatorPath(name);
-
-    QFile source(path); 
-    
-    if (name.isEmpty() || !source.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text))
-        return 0;
-
-    return loadTranslator(&source,name);
-}
-
-const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslator()
-{
-    QBuffer textBuffer;
-    textBuffer.setData(defaultTranslatorText,strlen(defaultTranslatorText));
-
-    if (!textBuffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
-        return 0;
-
-    return loadTranslator(&textBuffer,"fallback");
-}
-
-KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(QIODevice* source,const QString& name)
-{
-    KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator(name);
-    KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source);
-    translator->setDescription( reader.description() );
-    
-    while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) {
-        translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry());
-    }	
-
-    source->close();
-
-    if ( !reader.parseError() )
-    {
-        return translator;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        delete translator;
-        return 0;
-    }
-}
-
-KeyboardTranslatorWriter::KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination)
-    : _destination(destination)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT( destination && destination->isWritable() );
-
-    _writer = new QTextStream(_destination);
-}
-KeyboardTranslatorWriter::~KeyboardTranslatorWriter()
-{
-    delete _writer;
-}
-void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeHeader( const QString& description )
-{
-    *_writer << "keyboard \"" << description << '\"' << '\n';
-}
-void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry )
-{
-    QString result;
-
-    if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand )
-        result = entry.resultToString();
-    else
-        result = '\"' + entry.resultToString() + '\"';
-
-    *_writer << "key " << entry.conditionToString() << " : " << result << '\n';
-}
-
-
-// each line of the keyboard translation file is one of:
-//
-// - keyboard "name"
-// - key KeySequence : "characters"
-// - key KeySequence : CommandName
-//
-// KeySequence begins with the name of the key ( taken from the Qt::Key enum )
-// and is followed by the keyboard modifiers and state flags ( with + or - in front
-// of each modifier or flag to indicate whether it is required ).  All keyboard modifiers
-// and flags are optional, if a particular modifier or state is not specified it is 
-// assumed not to be a part of the sequence.  The key sequence may contain whitespace
-//
-// eg:  "key Up+Shift : scrollLineUp"
-//      "key Next-Shift : "\E[6~"
-//
-// (lines containing only whitespace are ignored, parseLine assumes that comments have
-// already been removed)
-//
-
-KeyboardTranslatorReader::KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source )
-    : _source(source)
-    , _hasNext(false)
-{
-    // read input until we find the description
-    while ( _description.isEmpty() && !source->atEnd() )
-    {
-        const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(source->readLine()) );
-
-        if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::TitleKeyword )
-        {
-            _description = (tokens[1].text.toUtf8());
-        }
-    }
-
-    readNext();
-}
-void KeyboardTranslatorReader::readNext() 
-{
-    // find next entry
-    while ( !_source->atEnd() )
-    {
-        const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(_source->readLine()) );
-        if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::KeyKeyword )
-        {
-            KeyboardTranslator::States flags = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
-            KeyboardTranslator::States flagMask = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
-            Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier;
-            Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask = Qt::NoModifier;
-
-            int keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown;
-
-            decodeSequence(tokens[1].text.toLower(),
-                           keyCode,
-                           modifiers,
-                           modifierMask,
-                           flags,
-                           flagMask); 
-
-            KeyboardTranslator::Command command = KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand;
-            QByteArray text;
-
-            // get text or command
-            if ( tokens[2].type == Token::OutputText )
-            {
-                text = tokens[2].text.toLocal8Bit();
-            }
-            else if ( tokens[2].type == Token::Command )
-            {
-                // identify command
-                if (!parseAsCommand(tokens[2].text,command))
-                    qWarning() << "Command" << tokens[2].text << "not understood.";
-            }
-
-            KeyboardTranslator::Entry newEntry;
-            newEntry.setKeyCode( keyCode );
-            newEntry.setState( flags );
-            newEntry.setStateMask( flagMask );
-            newEntry.setModifiers( modifiers );
-            newEntry.setModifierMask( modifierMask );
-            newEntry.setText( text );
-            newEntry.setCommand( command );
-
-            _nextEntry = newEntry;
-
-            _hasNext = true;
-
-            return;
-        }
-    } 
-
-    _hasNext = false;
-}
-
-bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsCommand(const QString& text,KeyboardTranslator::Command& command) 
-{
-    if ( text.compare("erase",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
-        command = KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand;
-    else if ( text.compare("scrollpageup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
-        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageUpCommand;
-    else if ( text.compare("scrollpagedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
-        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageDownCommand;
-    else if ( text.compare("scrolllineup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
-        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineUpCommand;
-    else if ( text.compare("scrolllinedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
-        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineDownCommand;
-    else if ( text.compare("scrolllock",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
-        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLockCommand;
-    else
-    	return false;
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::decodeSequence(const QString& text,
-                                              int& keyCode,
-                                              Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers,
-                                              Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask,
-                                              KeyboardTranslator::States& flags,
-                                              KeyboardTranslator::States& flagMask)
-{
-    bool isWanted = true; 
-    bool endOfItem = false;
-    QString buffer;
-
-    Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifiers = modifiers;
-    Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifierMask = modifierMask;
-    KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlags = flags;
-    KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlagMask = flagMask;
-
-    for ( int i = 0 ; i < text.count() ; i++ )
-    {
-        const QChar& ch = text[i];
-        bool isLastLetter = ( i == text.count()-1 );
-
-        endOfItem = true;
-        if ( ch.isLetterOrNumber() )
-        {
-            endOfItem = false;
-            buffer.append(ch);
-        }
-
-        if ( (endOfItem || isLastLetter) && !buffer.isEmpty() )
-        {
-            Qt::KeyboardModifier itemModifier = Qt::NoModifier;
-            int itemKeyCode = 0;
-            KeyboardTranslator::State itemFlag = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
-
-            if ( parseAsModifier(buffer,itemModifier) )
-            {
-                tempModifierMask |= itemModifier;
-
-                if ( isWanted )
-                    tempModifiers |= itemModifier;
-            }
-            else if ( parseAsStateFlag(buffer,itemFlag) )
-            {
-                tempFlagMask |= itemFlag;
-
-                if ( isWanted )
-                    tempFlags |= itemFlag;
-            }
-            else if ( parseAsKeyCode(buffer,itemKeyCode) )
-                keyCode = itemKeyCode;
-            else
-                qDebug() << "Unable to parse key binding item:" << buffer;
-
-            buffer.clear();
-        }
-
-        // check if this is a wanted / not-wanted flag and update the 
-        // state ready for the next item
-        if ( ch == '+' )
-            isWanted = true;
-        else if ( ch == '-' )
-            isWanted = false;
-    } 
-
-    modifiers = tempModifiers;
-    modifierMask = tempModifierMask;
-    flags = tempFlags;
-    flagMask = tempFlagMask;
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier)
-{
-    if ( item == "shift" )
-        modifier = Qt::ShiftModifier;
-    else if ( item == "ctrl" || item == "control" )
-        modifier = Qt::ControlModifier;
-    else if ( item == "alt" )
-        modifier = Qt::AltModifier;
-    else if ( item == "meta" )
-        modifier = Qt::MetaModifier;
-    else if ( item == "keypad" )
-        modifier = Qt::KeypadModifier;
-    else
-        return false;
-
-    return true;
-}
-bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& flag)
-{
-    if ( item == "appcukeys" )
-        flag = KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState;
-    else if ( item == "ansi" )
-        flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState;
-    else if ( item == "newline" )
-        flag = KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState;
-    else if ( item == "appscreen" )
-        flag = KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState;
-    else if ( item == "anymod" )
-        flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState;
-    else
-        return false;
-
-    return true;
-}
-bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode)
-{
-    QKeySequence sequence = QKeySequence::fromString(item);
-    if ( !sequence.isEmpty() )
-    {
-        keyCode = sequence[0];
-
-        if ( sequence.count() > 1 )
-        {
-            qDebug() << "Unhandled key codes in sequence: " << item;
-        }
-    }
-    // additional cases implemented for backwards compatibility with KDE 3
-    else if ( item == "prior" )
-        keyCode = Qt::Key_PageUp;
-    else if ( item == "next" )
-        keyCode = Qt::Key_PageDown;
-    else
-        return false;
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-QString KeyboardTranslatorReader::description() const
-{
-    return _description;
-}
-bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::hasNextEntry()
-{
-    return _hasNext;
-}
-KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::createEntry( const QString& condition , 
-                                                                 const QString& result )
-{
-    QString entryString("keyboard \"temporary\"\nkey ");
-    entryString.append(condition);
-    entryString.append(" : ");
-
-    // if 'result' is the name of a command then the entry result will be that command,
-    // otherwise the result will be treated as a string to echo when the key sequence
-    // specified by 'condition' is pressed
-    KeyboardTranslator::Command command;
-    if (parseAsCommand(result,command))
-    	entryString.append(result);
-    else
-        entryString.append('\"' + result + '\"');
-
-    QByteArray array = entryString.toUtf8();
-
-    KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry;
-
-    QBuffer buffer(&array);
-    buffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly);
-    KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(&buffer);
-
-    if ( reader.hasNextEntry() )
-        entry = reader.nextEntry();
-
-    return entry;
-}
-
-KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::nextEntry() 
-{
-    Q_ASSERT( _hasNext );
-
-
-    KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _nextEntry;
-
-    readNext();
-
-    return entry;
-}
-bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseError()
-{
-    return false;
-}
-QList<KeyboardTranslatorReader::Token> KeyboardTranslatorReader::tokenize(const QString& line)
-{
-    QString text = line.simplified();
-
-    // comment line: # comment
-    static QRegExp comment("\\#.*");
-    // title line: keyboard "title"
-    static QRegExp title("keyboard\\s+\"(.*)\"");
-    // key line: key KeySequence : "output"
-    // key line: key KeySequence : command
-    static QRegExp key("key\\s+([\\w\\+\\s\\-]+)\\s*:\\s*(\"(.*)\"|\\w+)");
-
-    QList<Token> list;
-
-    if ( text.isEmpty() || comment.exactMatch(text) )
-    {
-        return list;
-    }
-
-    if ( title.exactMatch(text) )
-    {
-        Token titleToken = { Token::TitleKeyword , QString() };
-        Token textToken = { Token::TitleText , title.capturedTexts()[1] };
-
-        list << titleToken << textToken;
-    }
-    else if  ( key.exactMatch(text) )
-    {
-        Token keyToken = { Token::KeyKeyword , QString() };
-        Token sequenceToken = { Token::KeySequence , key.capturedTexts()[1].remove(' ') };
-
-        list << keyToken << sequenceToken;
-
-        if ( key.capturedTexts()[3].isEmpty() )
-        {
-            // capturedTexts()[2] is a command
-            Token commandToken = { Token::Command , key.capturedTexts()[2] };
-            list << commandToken;    
-        }   
-        else
-        {
-            // capturedTexts()[3] is the output string
-            Token outputToken = { Token::OutputText , key.capturedTexts()[3] };
-            list << outputToken;
-        }     
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        qWarning() << "Line in keyboard translator file could not be understood:" << text;
-    }
-
-    return list;
-}
-
-QList<QString> KeyboardTranslatorManager::allTranslators() 
-{
-    if ( !_haveLoadedAll )
-    {
-        findTranslators();
-    }
-
-    return _translators.keys();
-}
-
-KeyboardTranslator::Entry::Entry()
-    : _keyCode(0)
-    , _modifiers(Qt::NoModifier)
-    , _modifierMask(Qt::NoModifier)
-    , _state(NoState)
-    , _stateMask(NoState)
-    , _command(NoCommand)
-{
-}
-
-bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::operator==(const Entry& rhs) const
-{
-    return _keyCode == rhs._keyCode &&
-            _modifiers == rhs._modifiers &&
-            _modifierMask == rhs._modifierMask &&
-            _state == rhs._state &&
-            _stateMask == rhs._stateMask &&
-            _command == rhs._command &&
-            _text == rhs._text;
-}
-
-bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::matches(int keyCode , 
-                                        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers,
-                                        States state) const
-{
-    if ( _keyCode != keyCode )
-        return false;
-
-    if ( (modifiers & _modifierMask) != (_modifiers & _modifierMask) ) 
-        return false;
-
-    // if modifiers is non-zero, the 'any modifier' state is implicit
-    if ( modifiers != 0 )
-        state |= AnyModifierState;
-
-    if ( (state & _stateMask) != (_state & _stateMask) )
-        return false;
-
-    // special handling for the 'Any Modifier' state, which checks for the presence of 
-    // any or no modifiers.  In this context, the 'keypad' modifier does not count.
-    bool anyModifiersSet = modifiers != 0 && modifiers != Qt::KeypadModifier;
-    if ( _stateMask & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState )
-    {
-        // test fails if any modifier is required but none are set
-        if ( (_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && !anyModifiersSet )
-            return false;
-
-        // test fails if no modifier is allowed but one or more are set
-        if ( !(_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && anyModifiersSet )
-            return false;
-    }
-
-    return true;
-}
-QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::escapedText(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const
-{
-    QByteArray result(text(expandWildCards,modifiers));
-
-    for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count() ; i++ )
-    {
-        char ch = result[i];
-        char replacement = 0;
-
-        switch ( ch )
-        {
-        case 27 : replacement = 'E'; break;
-        case 8  : replacement = 'b'; break;
-        case 12 : replacement = 'f'; break;
-        case 9  : replacement = 't'; break;
-        case 13 : replacement = 'r'; break;
-        case 10 : replacement = 'n'; break;
-        default:
-            // any character which is not printable is replaced by an equivalent
-            // \xhh escape sequence (where 'hh' are the corresponding hex digits)
-            if ( !QChar(ch).isPrint() )
-                replacement = 'x';
-        }
-
-        if ( replacement == 'x' )
-        {
-            result.replace(i,1,"\\x"+QByteArray(1,ch).toInt(0, 16)); 
-        } else if ( replacement != 0 )
-        {
-            result.remove(i,1);
-            result.insert(i,'\\');
-            result.insert(i+1,replacement);
-        }
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}
-QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::unescape(const QByteArray& input) const
-{
-    QByteArray result(input);
-
-    for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count()-1 ; i++ )
-    {
-
-        QByteRef ch = result[i];
-        if ( ch == '\\' )
-        {
-            char replacement[2] = {0,0};
-            int charsToRemove = 2;
-            bool escapedChar = true;
-
-            switch ( result[i+1] )
-            {
-            case 'E' : replacement[0] = 27; break;
-            case 'b' : replacement[0] = 8 ; break;
-            case 'f' : replacement[0] = 12; break;
-            case 't' : replacement[0] = 9 ; break;
-            case 'r' : replacement[0] = 13; break;
-            case 'n' : replacement[0] = 10; break;
-            case 'x' :
-            {
-                // format is \xh or \xhh where 'h' is a hexadecimal
-                // digit from 0-9 or A-F which should be replaced
-                // with the corresponding character value
-                char hexDigits[3] = {0};
-
-                if ( (i < result.count()-2) && isxdigit(result[i+2]) )
-                    hexDigits[0] = result[i+2];
-                if ( (i < result.count()-3) && isxdigit(result[i+3]) )
-                    hexDigits[1] = result[i+3];
-
-                int charValue = 0;
-                sscanf(hexDigits,"%x",&charValue);
-
-                replacement[0] = (char)charValue;
-
-                charsToRemove = 2 + strlen(hexDigits);
-            }
-            break;
-            default:
-                escapedChar = false;
-            }
-
-            if ( escapedChar )
-                result.replace(i,charsToRemove,replacement);
-        }
-    }
-    
-    return result;
-}
-
-void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const
-{
-    if ( !(modifier & _modifierMask) )
-        return;
-
-    if ( modifier & _modifiers )
-        item += '+';
-    else
-        item += '-';
-
-    if ( modifier == Qt::ShiftModifier )
-        item += "Shift";
-    else if ( modifier == Qt::ControlModifier )
-        item += "Ctrl";
-    else if ( modifier == Qt::AltModifier )
-        item += "Alt";
-    else if ( modifier == Qt::MetaModifier )
-        item += "Meta";
-    else if ( modifier == Qt::KeypadModifier )
-        item += "KeyPad";
-}
-void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertState( QString& item , int state ) const
-{
-    if ( !(state & _stateMask) )
-        return;
-
-    if ( state & _state )
-        item += '+' ;
-    else
-        item += '-' ;
-
-    if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState )
-        item += "AppScreen";
-    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState )
-        item += "NewLine";
-    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState )
-        item += "Ansi";
-    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState )
-        item += "AppCuKeys";
-    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState )
-        item += "AnyMod";
-}
-QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::resultToString(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const
-{
-    if ( !_text.isEmpty() )
-        return escapedText(expandWildCards,modifiers);
-    else if ( _command == EraseCommand )
-        return "Erase";
-    else if ( _command == ScrollPageUpCommand )
-        return "ScrollPageUp";
-    else if ( _command == ScrollPageDownCommand )
-        return "ScrollPageDown";
-    else if ( _command == ScrollLineUpCommand )
-        return "ScrollLineUp";
-    else if ( _command == ScrollLineDownCommand )
-        return "ScrollLineDown";
-    else if ( _command == ScrollLockCommand )
-        return "ScrollLock";
-
-    return QString();
-}
-QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::conditionToString() const
-{
-    QString result = QKeySequence(_keyCode).toString();
-
-    // add modifiers
-    insertModifier( result , Qt::ShiftModifier );
-    insertModifier( result , Qt::ControlModifier );
-    insertModifier( result , Qt::AltModifier );
-    insertModifier( result , Qt::MetaModifier ); 
-
-    // add states
-    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState );
-    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState );
-    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState );
-    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState );
-    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState );
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-KeyboardTranslator::KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name)
-    : _name(name)
-{
-}
-
-void KeyboardTranslator::setDescription(const QString& description) 
-{
-    _description = description;
-}
-QString KeyboardTranslator::description() const
-{
-    return _description;
-}
-void KeyboardTranslator::setName(const QString& name)
-{
-    _name = name;
-}
-QString KeyboardTranslator::name() const
-{
-    return _name;
-}
-
-QList<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> KeyboardTranslator::entries() const
-{
-    return _entries.values();
-}
-
-void KeyboardTranslator::addEntry(const Entry& entry)
-{
-    const int keyCode = entry.keyCode();
-    _entries.insertMulti(keyCode,entry);
-}
-void KeyboardTranslator::replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement)
-{
-    if ( !existing.isNull() )
-        _entries.remove(existing.keyCode());
-    _entries.insertMulti(replacement.keyCode(),replacement);
-}
-void KeyboardTranslator::removeEntry(const Entry& entry)
-{
-    _entries.remove(entry.keyCode());
-}
-KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslator::findEntry(int keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, States state) const
-{
-    if ( _entries.contains(keyCode) )
-    {
-        QList<Entry> entriesForKey = _entries.values(keyCode);
-        
-        QListIterator<Entry> iter(entriesForKey);
-
-        while (iter.hasNext())
-        {
-            const Entry& next = iter.next();
-            if ( next.matches(keyCode,modifiers,state) )
-                return next;
-        }
-
-        return Entry(); // entry not found
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        return Entry();
-    }
-    
-}
-void KeyboardTranslatorManager::addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator)
-{
-    _translators.insert(translator->name(),translator);
-
-    if ( !saveTranslator(translator) )
-        qWarning() << "Unable to save translator" << translator->name()
-                   << "to disk.";
-}
-bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::deleteTranslator(const QString& name)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT( _translators.contains(name) );
-
-    // locate and delete
-    QString path = findTranslatorPath(name);
-    if ( QFile::remove(path) )
-    {
-        _translators.remove(name);
-        return true; 
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        qWarning() << "Failed to remove translator - " << path;
-        return false;
-    }
-}
-K_GLOBAL_STATIC( KeyboardTranslatorManager , theKeyboardTranslatorManager )
-KeyboardTranslatorManager* KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance()
-{
-    return theKeyboardTranslatorManager;
-}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/KeyboardTranslator.h
--- a/libqterminal/KeyboardTranslator.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,650 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This source file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator.
-
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H
-#define KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QHash>
-#include <QtCore/QList>
-#include <QtGui/QKeySequence>
-#include <QtCore/QMetaType>
-#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray>
-#include <QtCore>
-
-typedef void (*CleanUpFunction)();
-
-/**
- * @internal
- *
- * Helper class for K_GLOBAL_STATIC to clean up the object on library unload or application
- * shutdown.
- */
-class CleanUpGlobalStatic
-{
-    public:
-        CleanUpFunction func;
-
-        inline ~CleanUpGlobalStatic() { func(); }
-};
-
-
-//these directives are taken from the heart of kdecore
-
-# define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME)
-
-#if QT_VERSION < 0x040400
-# define Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER     Q_ATOMIC_INIT
-# define testAndSetOrdered              testAndSet
-#endif
-
-#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC(TYPE, NAME) K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ())
-
-#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ARGS)                            \
-static QBasicAtomicPointer<TYPE > _k_static_##NAME = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0); \
-static bool _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed;                                      \
-static struct K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME)                                \
-{                                                                              \
-    bool isDestroyed()                                                         \
-    {                                                                          \
-        return _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed;                                   \
-    }                                                                          \
-    inline operator TYPE*()                                                    \
-    {                                                                          \
-        return operator->();                                                   \
-    }                                                                          \
-    inline TYPE *operator->()                                                  \
-    {                                                                          \
-        if (!_k_static_##NAME) {                                               \
-            if (isDestroyed()) {                                               \
-            qFatal("Fatal Error: Accessed global static '%s *%s()' after destruction. " \
-             "Defined at %s:%d", #TYPE, #NAME, __FILE__, __LINE__);		\
-	     }                                                                  \
-	     TYPE *x = new TYPE ARGS;                                           \
-	     if (!_k_static_##NAME.testAndSetOrdered(0, x)                      \
-	         && _k_static_##NAME != x ) {                                   \
-	         delete x;                                                      \
-	     } else { 								\
-		static CleanUpGlobalStatic cleanUpObject = { destroy };	\
-	     }   								\
-	 }                                                                      \
-         return _k_static_##NAME;                                               \
-    }            								\
-    inline TYPE &operator*()                                                   \
-    {                                                                          \
-        return *operator->();                                                  \
-    }                                                                          \
-    static void destroy()                                                      \
-    {                                                                          \
-        _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed = true;                                   \
-        TYPE *x = _k_static_##NAME;                                            \
-        _k_static_##NAME = 0;                                                  \
-        delete x;                                                              \
-    }                                                                          \
-} NAME;
-								
-								
-
-
-
-class QIODevice;
-class QTextStream;
-
-/** 
- * A convertor which maps between key sequences pressed by the user and the
- * character strings which should be sent to the terminal and commands
- * which should be invoked when those character sequences are pressed.
- *
- * Konsole supports multiple keyboard translators, allowing the user to
- * specify the character sequences which are sent to the terminal
- * when particular key sequences are pressed.
- *
- * A key sequence is defined as a key code, associated keyboard modifiers
- * (Shift,Ctrl,Alt,Meta etc.) and state flags which indicate the state
- * which the terminal must be in for the key sequence to apply.
- */
-class KeyboardTranslator
-{
-public:
-    /** 
-     * The meaning of a particular key sequence may depend upon the state which
-     * the terminal emulation is in.  Therefore findEntry() may return a different
-     * Entry depending upon the state flags supplied.
-     *
-     * This enum describes the states which may be associated with with a particular
-     * entry in the keyboard translation entry.
-     */
-    enum State
-    {
-        /** Indicates that no special state is active */
-        NoState = 0,
-        /**
-         * TODO More documentation
-         */
-        NewLineState = 1,
-        /** 
-         * Indicates that the terminal is in 'Ansi' mode.
-         * TODO: More documentation
-         */
-        AnsiState = 2,
-        /**
-         * TODO More documentation
-         */
-        CursorKeysState = 4,
-        /**
-         * Indicates that the alternate screen ( typically used by interactive programs
-         * such as screen or vim ) is active 
-         */
-        AlternateScreenState = 8,
-        /** Indicates that any of the modifier keys is active. */ 
-        AnyModifierState = 16
-    };
-    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(States,State)
-
-    /**
-     * This enum describes commands which are associated with particular key sequences.
-     */
-    enum Command
-    {
-        /** Indicates that no command is associated with this command sequence */
-        NoCommand = 0,
-        /** TODO Document me */
-        SendCommand = 1,
-        /** Scroll the terminal display up one page */
-        ScrollPageUpCommand = 2,
-        /** Scroll the terminal display down one page */
-        ScrollPageDownCommand = 4,
-        /** Scroll the terminal display up one line */
-        ScrollLineUpCommand = 8,
-        /** Scroll the terminal display down one line */
-        ScrollLineDownCommand = 16,
-        /** Toggles scroll lock mode */
-        ScrollLockCommand = 32,
-		/** Echos the operating system specific erase character. */
-		EraseCommand = 64
-    };
-    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Commands,Command)
-
-    /**
-     * Represents an association between a key sequence pressed by the user
-     * and the character sequence and commands associated with it for a particular
-     * KeyboardTranslator.
-     */
-    class Entry
-    {
-    public:
-        /** 
-         * Constructs a new entry for a keyboard translator.
-         */
-        Entry();
-
-        /** 
-         * Returns true if this entry is null.
-         * This is true for newly constructed entries which have no properties set. 
-         */
-        bool isNull() const;
-
-        /** Returns the commands associated with this entry */
-        Command command() const;
-        /** Sets the command associated with this entry. */
-        void setCommand(Command command);
-
-        /** 
-         * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, optionally replacing 
-         * wildcard '*' characters with numbers to indicate the keyboard modifiers being pressed.
-         *
-         * TODO: The numbers used to replace '*' characters are taken from the Konsole/KDE 3 code.
-         * Document them. 
-         *
-         * @param expandWildCards Specifies whether wild cards (occurrences of the '*' character) in
-         * the entry should be replaced with a number to indicate the modifier keys being pressed. 
-         *
-         * @param modifiers The keyboard modifiers being pressed.
-         */
-        QByteArray text(bool expandWildCards = false,
-                        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const;
-
-        /** Sets the character sequence associated with this entry */
-        void setText(const QByteArray& text);
-
-        /** 
-         * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry,
-         * with any non-printable characters replaced with escape sequences.
-         *
-         * eg. \\E for Escape, \\t for tab, \\n for new line.
-         *
-         * @param expandWildCards See text()
-         * @param modifiers See text()
-         */
-        QByteArray escapedText(bool expandWildCards = false,
-                               Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const;
-
-        /** Returns the character code ( from the Qt::Key enum ) associated with this entry */
-        int keyCode() const;
-        /** Sets the character code associated with this entry */
-        void setKeyCode(int keyCode);
-
-        /** 
-         * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled keyboard modifiers associated with this entry. 
-         * If a modifier is set in modifierMask() but not in modifiers(), this means that the entry
-         * only matches when that modifier is NOT pressed.
-         *
-         * If a modifier is not set in modifierMask() then the entry matches whether the modifier
-         * is pressed or not. 
-         */
-        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers() const;
-
-        /** Returns the keyboard modifiers which are valid in this entry.  See modifiers() */
-        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask() const;
-
-        /** See modifiers() */
-        void setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers );
-        /** See modifierMask() and modifiers() */
-        void setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers );
-
-        /** 
-         * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled state flags associated with this entry. 
-         * If flag is set in stateMask() but not in state(), this means that the entry only 
-         * matches when the terminal is NOT in that state.
-         *
-         * If a state is not set in stateMask() then the entry matches whether the terminal
-         * is in that state or not. 
-         */
-        States state() const;
-
-        /** Returns the state flags which are valid in this entry.  See state() */
-        States stateMask() const;
-
-        /** See state() */
-        void setState( States state );
-        /** See stateMask() */
-        void setStateMask( States mask );
-
-        /** 
-         * Returns the key code and modifiers associated with this entry 
-         * as a QKeySequence
-         */
-        //QKeySequence keySequence() const;
-
-        /** 
-         * Returns this entry's conditions ( ie. its key code, modifier and state criteria )
-         * as a string.
-         */
-        QString conditionToString() const;
-
-        /**
-         * Returns this entry's result ( ie. its command or character sequence )
-         * as a string.
-         *
-         * @param expandWildCards See text()
-         * @param modifiers See text()
-         */
-        QString resultToString(bool expandWildCards = false,
-                               Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const;
-
-        /** 
-         * Returns true if this entry matches the given key sequence, specified
-         * as a combination of @p keyCode , @p modifiers and @p state.
-         */
-        bool matches( int keyCode , 
-                      Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , 
-                      States flags ) const;
-
-        bool operator==(const Entry& rhs) const;
-       
-    private:
-        void insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const;
-        void insertState( QString& item , int state ) const;
-        QByteArray unescape(const QByteArray& text) const;
-
-        int _keyCode;
-        Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifiers;
-        Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifierMask;
-        States _state;
-        States _stateMask;
-
-        Command _command;
-        QByteArray _text;
-    };
-
-    /** Constructs a new keyboard translator with the given @p name */
-    KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name);
-   
-    //KeyboardTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator& other);
-
-    /** Returns the name of this keyboard translator */
-    QString name() const;
-
-    /** Sets the name of this keyboard translator */
-    void setName(const QString& name);
-
-    /** Returns the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */
-    QString description() const;
-
-    /** Sets the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */
-    void setDescription(const QString& description);
-
-    /**
-     * Looks for an entry in this keyboard translator which matches the given
-     * key code, keyboard modifiers and state flags.
-     * 
-     * Returns the matching entry if found or a null Entry otherwise ( ie.
-     * entry.isNull() will return true )
-     *
-     * @param keyCode A key code from the Qt::Key enum
-     * @param modifiers A combination of modifiers
-     * @param state Optional flags which specify the current state of the terminal
-     */
-    Entry findEntry(int keyCode , 
-                    Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , 
-                    States state = NoState) const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Adds an entry to this keyboard translator's table.  Entries can be looked up according
-     * to their key sequence using findEntry()
-     */
-    void addEntry(const Entry& entry);
-
-    /**
-     * Replaces an entry in the translator.  If the @p existing entry is null,
-     * then this is equivalent to calling addEntry(@p replacement)
-     */
-    void replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement);
-
-    /**
-     * Removes an entry from the table.
-     */
-    void removeEntry(const Entry& entry);
-
-    /** Returns a list of all entries in the translator. */
-    QList<Entry> entries() const;
-
-private:
-
-    QHash<int,Entry> _entries; // entries in this keyboard translation,
-                                                 // entries are indexed according to
-                                                 // their keycode
-    QString _name;
-    QString _description;
-};
-Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::States)
-Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::Commands)
-
-/** 
- * Parses the contents of a Keyboard Translator (.keytab) file and 
- * returns the entries found in it.
- *
- * Usage example:
- *
- * @code
- *  QFile source( "/path/to/keytab" );
- *  source.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly );
- *
- *  KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator( "name-of-translator" );
- *
- *  KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source);
- *  while ( reader.hasNextEntry() )
- *      translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry());
- *
- *  source.close();
- *
- *  if ( !reader.parseError() )
- *  {
- *      // parsing succeeded, do something with the translator
- *  } 
- *  else
- *  {
- *      // parsing failed
- *  }
- * @endcode
- */
-class KeyboardTranslatorReader
-{
-public:
-    /** Constructs a new reader which parses the given @p source */
-    KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source );
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the description text. 
-     * TODO: More documentation 
-     */
-    QString description() const;
-
-    /** Returns true if there is another entry in the source stream */
-    bool hasNextEntry();
-    /** Returns the next entry found in the source stream */
-    KeyboardTranslator::Entry nextEntry(); 
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns true if an error occurred whilst parsing the input or
-     * false if no error occurred.
-     */
-    bool parseError();
-
-    /**
-     * Parses a condition and result string for a translator entry
-     * and produces a keyboard translator entry.
-     *
-     * The condition and result strings are in the same format as in  
-     */
-    static KeyboardTranslator::Entry createEntry( const QString& condition ,
-                                                  const QString& result );
-private:
-    struct Token
-    {
-        enum Type
-        {
-            TitleKeyword,
-            TitleText,
-            KeyKeyword,
-            KeySequence,
-            Command,
-            OutputText
-        };
-        Type type;
-        QString text;
-    };
-    QList<Token> tokenize(const QString&);
-    void readNext();
-    bool decodeSequence(const QString& , 
-                                int& keyCode,
-                                Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers,
-                                Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask,
-                                KeyboardTranslator::States& state,
-                                KeyboardTranslator::States& stateFlags);
-
-    static bool parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier);
-    static bool parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& state);
-    static bool parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode);
-   	static bool parseAsCommand(const QString& text , KeyboardTranslator::Command& command);
-
-    QIODevice* _source;
-    QString _description;
-    KeyboardTranslator::Entry _nextEntry;
-    bool _hasNext;
-};
-
-/** Writes a keyboard translation to disk. */
-class KeyboardTranslatorWriter
-{
-public:
-    /** 
-     * Constructs a new writer which saves data into @p destination.
-     * The caller is responsible for closing the device when writing is complete.
-     */
-    KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination);
-    ~KeyboardTranslatorWriter();
-
-    /** 
-     * Writes the header for the keyboard translator. 
-     * @param description Description of the keyboard translator. 
-     */
-    void writeHeader( const QString& description );
-    /** Writes a translator entry. */
-    void writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ); 
-
-private:
-    QIODevice* _destination;  
-    QTextStream* _writer;
-};
-
-/**
- * Manages the keyboard translations available for use by terminal sessions,
- * see KeyboardTranslator.
- */
-class KeyboardTranslatorManager
-{
-public:
-    /** 
-     * Constructs a new KeyboardTranslatorManager and loads the list of
-     * available keyboard translations.
-     *
-     * The keyboard translations themselves are not loaded until they are
-     * first requested via a call to findTranslator()
-     */
-    KeyboardTranslatorManager();
-    ~KeyboardTranslatorManager();
-
-    /**
-     * Adds a new translator.  If a translator with the same name 
-     * already exists, it will be replaced by the new translator.
-     *
-     * TODO: More documentation.
-     */
-    void addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator);
-
-    /**
-     * Deletes a translator.  Returns true on successful deletion or false otherwise.
-     *
-     * TODO: More documentation
-     */
-    bool deleteTranslator(const QString& name);
-
-    /** Returns the default translator for Konsole. */
-    const KeyboardTranslator* defaultTranslator();
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the keyboard translator with the given name or 0 if no translator
-     * with that name exists.
-     *
-     * The first time that a translator with a particular name is requested,
-     * the on-disk .keyboard file is loaded and parsed.  
-     */
-    const KeyboardTranslator* findTranslator(const QString& name);
-    /**
-     * Returns a list of the names of available keyboard translators.
-     *
-     * The first time this is called, a search for available 
-     * translators is started.
-     */
-    QList<QString> allTranslators();
-
-    /** Returns the global KeyboardTranslatorManager instance. */
-   static KeyboardTranslatorManager* instance();
-
-private:
-    static const char* defaultTranslatorText;
-    
-    void findTranslators(); // locate the available translators
-    KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(const QString& name); // loads the translator 
-                                                             // with the given name
-    KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(QIODevice* device,const QString& name);
-
-    bool saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator);
-    QString findTranslatorPath(const QString& name);
-    
-    QHash<QString,KeyboardTranslator*> _translators; // maps translator-name -> KeyboardTranslator
-                                                     // instance
-    bool _haveLoadedAll;
-};
-
-inline int KeyboardTranslator::Entry::keyCode() const { return _keyCode; }
-inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setKeyCode(int keyCode) { _keyCode = keyCode; }
-
-inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifier ) 
-{ 
-    _modifiers = modifier;
-}
-inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifiers() const { return _modifiers; }
-
-inline void  KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers mask ) 
-{ 
-   _modifierMask = mask; 
-}
-inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifierMask() const { return _modifierMask; }
-
-inline bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::isNull() const
-{
-    return ( *this == Entry() );
-}
-
-inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setCommand( Command command )
-{ 
-    _command = command; 
-}
-inline KeyboardTranslator::Command KeyboardTranslator::Entry::command() const { return _command; }
-
-inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setText( const QByteArray& text )
-{ 
-    _text = unescape(text);
-}
-inline int oneOrZero(int value)
-{
-    return value ? 1 : 0;
-}
-inline QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::text(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const 
-{
-    QByteArray expandedText = _text;
-    
-    if (expandWildCards)
-    {
-        int modifierValue = 1;
-        modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier);
-        modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::AltModifier)     << 1;
-        modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) << 2;
-
-        for (int i=0;i<_text.length();i++) 
-        {
-            if (expandedText[i] == '*')
-                expandedText[i] = '0' + modifierValue;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return expandedText; 
-}
-
-inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setState( States state )
-{ 
-    _state = state; 
-}
-inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::state() const { return _state; }
-
-inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setStateMask( States stateMask )
-{ 
-    _stateMask = stateMask; 
-}
-inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::stateMask() const { return _stateMask; }
-
-
-#endif // KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H
-
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/LineFont.h
--- a/libqterminal/LineFont.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-// WARNING: Autogenerated by "fontembedder ./linefont.src".
-// You probably do not want to hand-edit this!
-
-static const quint32 LineChars[] = {
-	0x00007c00, 0x000fffe0, 0x00421084, 0x00e739ce, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 
-	0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00427000, 0x004e7380, 0x00e77800, 0x00ef7bc0, 
-	0x00421c00, 0x00439ce0, 0x00e73c00, 0x00e7bde0, 0x00007084, 0x000e7384, 0x000079ce, 0x000f7bce, 
-	0x00001c84, 0x00039ce4, 0x00003dce, 0x0007bdee, 0x00427084, 0x004e7384, 0x004279ce, 0x00e77884, 
-	0x00e779ce, 0x004f7bce, 0x00ef7bc4, 0x00ef7bce, 0x00421c84, 0x00439ce4, 0x00423dce, 0x00e73c84, 
-	0x00e73dce, 0x0047bdee, 0x00e7bde4, 0x00e7bdee, 0x00427c00, 0x0043fce0, 0x004e7f80, 0x004fffe0, 
-	0x004fffe0, 0x00e7fde0, 0x006f7fc0, 0x00efffe0, 0x00007c84, 0x0003fce4, 0x000e7f84, 0x000fffe4, 
-	0x00007dce, 0x0007fdee, 0x000f7fce, 0x000fffee, 0x00427c84, 0x0043fce4, 0x004e7f84, 0x004fffe4, 
-	0x00427dce, 0x00e77c84, 0x00e77dce, 0x0047fdee, 0x004e7fce, 0x00e7fde4, 0x00ef7f84, 0x004fffee, 
-	0x00efffe4, 0x00e7fdee, 0x00ef7fce, 0x00efffee, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 
-	0x000f83e0, 0x00a5294a, 0x004e1380, 0x00a57800, 0x00ad0bc0, 0x004390e0, 0x00a53c00, 0x00a5a1e0, 
-	0x000e1384, 0x0000794a, 0x000f0b4a, 0x000390e4, 0x00003d4a, 0x0007a16a, 0x004e1384, 0x00a5694a, 
-	0x00ad2b4a, 0x004390e4, 0x00a52d4a, 0x00a5a16a, 0x004f83e0, 0x00a57c00, 0x00ad83e0, 0x000f83e4, 
-	0x00007d4a, 0x000f836a, 0x004f93e4, 0x00a57d4a, 0x00ad836a, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 
-	0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00001c00, 0x00001084, 0x00007000, 0x00421000, 
-	0x00039ce0, 0x000039ce, 0x000e7380, 0x00e73800, 0x000e7f80, 0x00e73884, 0x0003fce0, 0x004239ce
-};
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/QTerminal
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/QTerminal	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,1 @@
+#include <QTerminal.h>
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/QTerminal.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/QTerminal.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net)
-    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-		
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Library General Public License for more details.
-				
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
-    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
-    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-						
-#include <QDebug>
-
-#include "QTerminal.h"
-#include "kpty.h"
-
-#include <termios.h>
-
-QTerminal::QTerminal(QWidget *parent)
-    : QWidget(parent) {
-    setMinimumSize(600, 400);
-    initialize();
-}
-
-void QTerminal::initialize()
-{
-    m_kpty = new KPty();
-    m_kpty->open();
-
-    m_sessionModel = new TerminalModel(m_kpty);
-
-    m_sessionModel->setAutoClose(true);
-    m_sessionModel->setCodec(QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8"));
-    m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(1000));
-    m_sessionModel->setDarkBackground(true);
-    m_sessionModel->setKeyBindings("");
-
-    m_sessionView = new TerminalView(this);
-    m_sessionView->setBellMode(TerminalView::NotifyBell);
-    m_sessionView->setTerminalSizeHint(true);
-    m_sessionView->setTripleClickMode(TerminalView::SelectWholeLine);
-    m_sessionView->setTerminalSizeStartup(true);
-    m_sessionView->setSize(80, 40);
-    
-    QFont font = QApplication::font(); 
-    font.setFamily("Monospace");
-    font.setPointSize(10);
-    font.setStyleHint(QFont::TypeWriter);
-    setTerminalFont(font);  
-
-    m_sessionModel->run();
-    m_sessionModel->addView(m_sessionView);
-    m_sessionView->setScrollBarPosition(TerminalView::ScrollBarRight);
-
-    connect(m_sessionModel, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(sessionFinished()));
-    setFocusProxy(m_sessionView);
-
-    setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason);
-    m_sessionView->resize(this->size());
-
-    connectToPty();
-}
-
-void QTerminal::connectToPty()
-{
-    int fds = m_kpty->slaveFd();
-
-    dup2 (fds, STDIN_FILENO);
-    dup2 (fds, STDOUT_FILENO);
-    dup2 (fds, STDERR_FILENO);
-
-    if(!isatty(STDIN_FILENO)) {
-        qDebug("Error: stdin is not a tty.");
-    }
-
-    if(!isatty(STDOUT_FILENO)) {
-        qDebug("Error: stdout is not a tty.");
-    }
-
-    if(!isatty(STDERR_FILENO)) {
-        qDebug("Error: stderr is not a tty.");
-    }
-}
-
-QTerminal::~QTerminal()
-{
-    emit destroyed();
-}
-
-void QTerminal::setTerminalFont(QFont &font)
-{
-    if(!m_sessionView)
-	return;
-    m_sessionView->setVTFont(font);
-}
-
-void QTerminal::setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec)
-{
-    if(!m_sessionModel)
-	return;
-    m_sessionModel->setCodec(codec);
-}
-
-void QTerminal::setSize(int h, int v)
-{
-    if(!m_sessionView)
-	return;
-    m_sessionView->setSize(h, v);
-}
-
-void QTerminal::setHistorySize(int lines)
-{
-    if(lines < 0)
-        m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeFile());
-    else
-        m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(lines));
-}
-
-void QTerminal::setReadOnly(bool readonly)
-{
-    m_sessionView->setReadOnly(readonly);
-}
-
-void QTerminal::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *focusEvent)
-{
-    Q_UNUSED(focusEvent);
-    m_sessionView->updateImage();
-    m_sessionView->repaint();
-    m_sessionView->update();
-}
-
-void QTerminal::showEvent(QShowEvent *)
-{
-    m_sessionView->updateImage();
-    m_sessionView->repaint();
-    m_sessionView->update();
-}
-
-void QTerminal::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
-{
-    m_sessionView->resize(this->size());
-    m_sessionView->updateImage();
-    m_sessionView->repaint();
-    m_sessionView->update();
-}
-
-void QTerminal::sessionFinished()
-{
-    emit finished();
-}
-
-void QTerminal::copyClipboard()
-{
-    m_sessionView->copyClipboard();
-}
-
-void QTerminal::pasteClipboard()
-{
-    m_sessionView->pasteClipboard();
-}
-
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/QTerminal.h
--- a/libqterminal/QTerminal.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ b/libqterminal/QTerminal.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -1,67 +1,32 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net)
-    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
+/*
+
+Copyright (C) 2012 Michael Goffioul.
+Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid.
 
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-		    
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Library General Public License for more details.
-			    
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
-    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
-    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-						    
+This file is part of QTerminal.
 
-#ifndef Q_TERMINAL
-#define Q_TERMINAL
-
-#include <QtGui>
-#include "kpty.h"
-#include "TerminalModel.h"
-#include "TerminalView.h"
+Foobar is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
 
-class QTerminal : public QWidget
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    QTerminal(QWidget *parent = 0);
-    ~QTerminal();
-    
-    void setTerminalFont(QFont &font); 
-    void setArgs(QStringList &args);
-    void setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec);
-    void setSize(int h, int v);
-    void setHistorySize(int lines);
-    void setReadOnly(bool);
-            
-signals:
-    void finished();
+QTerminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Foobar.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+*/
 
-public slots:
-    void copyClipboard();
-    void pasteClipboard();
-        
-protected:
-    void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *focusEvent);
-    void showEvent(QShowEvent *);
-    virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *);
-    
-protected slots:
-    void sessionFinished();        
-    
-private:
-    void initialize();
-    void connectToPty();
+#ifndef QTERMINAL_H
+#define QTERMINAL_H
 
-    TerminalView *m_sessionView;
-    TerminalModel *m_sessionModel;
-    KPty *m_kpty;
-};
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+	#include "unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.h"
+#else
+	#include "win32/QWinTerminalImpl.h"
+#endif
 
-#endif // Q_TERMINAL
+#endif // QTERMINAL_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/Screen.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/Screen.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1566 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "Screen.h"
-
-// Standard
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-#include <QtCore/QDate>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
-#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
-
-//FIXME: this is emulation specific. Use false for xterm, true for ANSI.
-//FIXME: see if we can get this from terminfo.
-#define BS_CLEARS false
-
-//Macro to convert x,y position on screen to position within an image.
-//
-//Originally the image was stored as one large contiguous block of 
-//memory, so a position within the image could be represented as an
-//offset from the beginning of the block.  For efficiency reasons this
-//is no longer the case.  
-//Many internal parts of this class still use this representation for parameters and so on,
-//notably moveImage() and clearImage().
-//This macro converts from an X,Y position into an image offset.
-#ifndef loc
-#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*columns+(X))
-#endif
-
-
-Character Screen::defaultChar = Character(' ',
-					  CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR),
-					  CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR),
-					  DEFAULT_RENDITION);
-
-//#define REVERSE_WRAPPED_LINES  // for wrapped line debug
-
-Screen::Screen(int l, int c)
-  : lines(l),
-    columns(c),
-    screenLines(new ImageLine[lines+1] ),
-    _scrolledLines(0),
-    _droppedLines(0),
-    hist(new HistoryScrollNone()),
-    cuX(0), cuY(0),
-    cu_re(0),
-    tmargin(0), bmargin(0),
-    tabstops(0),
-    sel_begin(0), sel_TL(0), sel_BR(0),
-    sel_busy(false),
-    columnmode(false),
-    ef_fg(CharacterColor()), ef_bg(CharacterColor()), ef_re(0),
-    sa_cuX(0), sa_cuY(0),
-    sa_cu_re(0),
-    lastPos(-1)
-{
-  lineProperties.resize(lines+1);
-  for (int i=0;i<lines+1;i++)
-          lineProperties[i]=LINE_DEFAULT;
-
-  initTabStops();
-  clearSelection();
-  reset();
-}
-
-/*! Destructor
-*/
-
-Screen::~Screen()
-{
-  delete[] screenLines;
-  delete[] tabstops;
-  delete hist;
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* Normalized                    Screen Operations                           */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-// Cursor Setting --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*! \section Cursor
-
-    The `cursor' is a location within the screen that is implicitely used in
-    many operations. The operations within this section allow to manipulate
-    the cursor explicitly and to obtain it's value.
-
-    The position of the cursor is guarantied to be between (including) 0 and
-    `columns-1' and `lines-1'.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Move the cursor up.
-
-    The cursor will not be moved beyond the top margin.
-*/
-
-void Screen::cursorUp(int n)
-//=CUU
-{
-  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
-  int stop = cuY < tmargin ? 0 : tmargin;
-  cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap!
-  cuY = qMax(stop,cuY-n);
-}
-
-/*!
-    Move the cursor down.
-
-    The cursor will not be moved beyond the bottom margin.
-*/
-
-void Screen::cursorDown(int n)
-//=CUD
-{
-  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
-  int stop = cuY > bmargin ? lines-1 : bmargin;
-  cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap!
-  cuY = qMin(stop,cuY+n);
-}
-
-/*!
-    Move the cursor left.
-
-    The cursor will not move beyond the first column.
-*/
-
-void Screen::cursorLeft(int n)
-//=CUB
-{
-  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
-  cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap!
-  cuX = qMax(0,cuX-n);
-}
-
-/*!
-    Move the cursor left.
-
-    The cursor will not move beyond the rightmost column.
-*/
-
-void Screen::cursorRight(int n)
-//=CUF
-{
-  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
-  cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX+n);
-}
-
-void Screen::setMargins(int top, int bot)
-//=STBM
-{
-  if (top == 0) top = 1;      // Default
-  if (bot == 0) bot = lines;  // Default
-  top = top - 1;              // Adjust to internal lineno
-  bot = bot - 1;              // Adjust to internal lineno
-  if ( !( 0 <= top && top < bot && bot < lines ) )
-  { qDebug()<<" setRegion("<<top<<","<<bot<<") : bad range.";
-    return;                   // Default error action: ignore
-  }
-  tmargin = top;
-  bmargin = bot;
-  cuX = 0;
-  cuY = getMode(MODE_Origin) ? top : 0;
-
-}
-
-int Screen::topMargin() const
-{
-    return tmargin;
-}
-int Screen::bottomMargin() const
-{
-    return bmargin;
-}
-
-void Screen::index()
-//=IND
-{
-  if (cuY == bmargin)
-  {
-    scrollUp(1);
-  }
-  else if (cuY < lines-1)
-    cuY += 1;
-}
-
-void Screen::reverseIndex()
-//=RI
-{
-  if (cuY == tmargin)
-     scrollDown(tmargin,1);
-  else if (cuY > 0)
-    cuY -= 1;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Move the cursor to the begin of the next line.
-
-    If cursor is on bottom margin, the region between the
-    actual top and bottom margin is scrolled up.
-*/
-
-void Screen::NextLine()
-//=NEL
-{
-  Return(); index();
-}
-
-void Screen::eraseChars(int n)
-{
-  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
-  int p = qMax(0,qMin(cuX+n-1,columns-1));
-  clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(p,cuY),' ');
-}
-
-void Screen::deleteChars(int n)
-{
-  Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 );
-
-  // always delete at least one char
-  if (n == 0) 
-      n = 1; 
-
-  // if cursor is beyond the end of the line there is nothing to do
-  if ( cuX >= screenLines[cuY].count() )
-      return;
-
-  if ( cuX+n >= screenLines[cuY].count() ) 
-       n = screenLines[cuY].count() - 1 - cuX;
-
-  Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 );
-  Q_ASSERT( cuX+n < screenLines[cuY].count() );
-
-  screenLines[cuY].remove(cuX,n);
-}
-
-void Screen::insertChars(int n)
-{
-  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
-
-  if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX )
-    screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX);
-
-  screenLines[cuY].insert(cuX,n,' ');
-
-  if ( screenLines[cuY].count() > columns )
-      screenLines[cuY].resize(columns);
-}
-
-void Screen::deleteLines(int n)
-{
-  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
-  scrollUp(cuY,n);
-}
-
-/*! insert `n' lines at the cursor position.
-
-    The cursor is not moved by the operation.
-*/
-
-void Screen::insertLines(int n)
-{
-  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
-  scrollDown(cuY,n);
-}
-
-// Mode Operations -----------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*! Set a specific mode. */
-
-void Screen::setMode(int m)
-{
-  currParm.mode[m] = true;
-  switch(m)
-  {
-    case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = tmargin; break; //FIXME: home
-  }
-}
-
-/*! Reset a specific mode. */
-
-void Screen::resetMode(int m)
-{
-  currParm.mode[m] = false;
-  switch(m)
-  {
-    case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = 0; break; //FIXME: home
-  }
-}
-
-/*! Save a specific mode. */
-
-void Screen::saveMode(int m)
-{
-  saveParm.mode[m] = currParm.mode[m];
-}
-
-/*! Restore a specific mode. */
-
-void Screen::restoreMode(int m)
-{
-  currParm.mode[m] = saveParm.mode[m];
-}
-
-bool Screen::getMode(int m) const
-{
-  return currParm.mode[m];
-}
-
-void Screen::saveCursor()
-{
-  sa_cuX     = cuX;
-  sa_cuY     = cuY;
-  sa_cu_re   = cu_re;
-  sa_cu_fg   = cu_fg;
-  sa_cu_bg   = cu_bg;
-}
-
-void Screen::restoreCursor()
-{
-  cuX     = qMin(sa_cuX,columns-1);
-  cuY     = qMin(sa_cuY,lines-1);
-  cu_re   = sa_cu_re;
-  cu_fg   = sa_cu_fg;
-  cu_bg   = sa_cu_bg;
-  effectiveRendition();
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                             Screen Operations                             */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*! Resize the screen image
-
-    The topmost left position is maintained, while lower lines
-    or right hand side columns might be removed or filled with
-    spaces to fit the new size.
-
-    The region setting is reset to the whole screen and the
-    tab positions reinitialized.
-
-    If the new image is narrower than the old image then text on lines
-    which extends past the end of the new image is preserved so that it becomes
-    visible again if the screen is later resized to make it larger.
-*/
-
-void Screen::resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns)
-{
-  if ((new_lines==lines) && (new_columns==columns)) return;
-
-  if (cuY > new_lines-1)
-  { // attempt to preserve focus and lines
-    bmargin = lines-1; //FIXME: margin lost
-    for (int i = 0; i < cuY-(new_lines-1); i++)
-    {
-      addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // create new screen lines and copy from old to new
-  
-   ImageLine* newScreenLines = new ImageLine[new_lines+1];
-   for (int i=0; i < qMin(lines-1,new_lines+1) ;i++)
-           newScreenLines[i]=screenLines[i];
-   for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i<new_lines+1);i++)
-           newScreenLines[i].resize( new_columns );
-   
-  lineProperties.resize(new_lines+1);
-  for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i<new_lines+1);i++)
-          lineProperties[i] = LINE_DEFAULT;
-
-  clearSelection();
- 
-  delete[] screenLines; 
-  screenLines = newScreenLines;
-
-  lines = new_lines;
-  columns = new_columns;
-  cuX = qMin(cuX,columns-1);
-  cuY = qMin(cuY,lines-1);
-
-  // FIXME: try to keep values, evtl.
-  tmargin=0;
-  bmargin=lines-1;
-  initTabStops();
-  clearSelection();
-}
-
-void Screen::setDefaultMargins()
-{
-	tmargin = 0;
-	bmargin = lines-1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-   Clarifying rendition here and in the display.
-
-   currently, the display's color table is
-     0       1       2 .. 9    10 .. 17
-     dft_fg, dft_bg, dim 0..7, intensive 0..7
-
-   cu_fg, cu_bg contain values 0..8;
-   - 0    = default color
-   - 1..8 = ansi specified color
-
-   re_fg, re_bg contain values 0..17
-   due to the TerminalDisplay's color table
-
-   rendition attributes are
-
-      attr           widget screen
-      -------------- ------ ------
-      RE_UNDERLINE     XX     XX    affects foreground only
-      RE_BLINK         XX     XX    affects foreground only
-      RE_BOLD          XX     XX    affects foreground only
-      RE_REVERSE       --     XX
-      RE_TRANSPARENT   XX     --    affects background only
-      RE_INTENSIVE     XX     --    affects foreground only
-
-   Note that RE_BOLD is used in both widget
-   and screen rendition. Since xterm/vt102
-   is to poor to distinguish between bold
-   (which is a font attribute) and intensive
-   (which is a color attribute), we translate
-   this and RE_BOLD in falls eventually appart
-   into RE_BOLD and RE_INTENSIVE.
-*/
-
-void Screen::reverseRendition(Character& p) const
-{ 
-	CharacterColor f = p.foregroundColor; 
-	CharacterColor b = p.backgroundColor;
-  	
-	p.foregroundColor = b; 
-	p.backgroundColor = f; //p->r &= ~RE_TRANSPARENT;
-}
-
-void Screen::effectiveRendition()
-// calculate rendition
-{
-  //copy "current rendition" straight into "effective rendition", which is then later copied directly
-  //into the image[] array which holds the characters and their appearance properties.
-  //- The old version below filtered out all attributes other than underline and blink at this stage,
-  //so that they would not be copied into the image[] array and hence would not be visible by TerminalDisplay
-  //which actually paints the screen using the information from the image[] array.  
-  //I don't know why it did this, but I'm fairly sure it was the wrong thing to do.  The net result
-  //was that bold text wasn't printed in bold by Konsole.
-  ef_re = cu_re;
-  
-  //OLD VERSION:
-  //ef_re = cu_re & (RE_UNDERLINE | RE_BLINK);
-  
-  if (cu_re & RE_REVERSE)
-  {
-    ef_fg = cu_bg;
-    ef_bg = cu_fg;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    ef_fg = cu_fg;
-    ef_bg = cu_bg;
-  }
- 
-  if (cu_re & RE_BOLD)
-    ef_fg.toggleIntensive();
-}
-
-/*!
-    returns the image.
-
-    Get the size of the image by \sa getLines and \sa getColumns.
-
-    NOTE that the image returned by this function must later be
-    freed.
-
-*/
-
-void Screen::copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const
-{
-  Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= hist->getLines() );
-
-  for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + count; line++) 
-  {
-    const int length = qMin(columns,hist->getLineLen(line));
-    const int destLineOffset  = (line-startLine)*columns;
-
-    hist->getCells(line,0,length,dest + destLineOffset);
-
-    for (int column = length; column < columns; column++) 
-		dest[destLineOffset+column] = defaultChar;
-    
-	// invert selected text
-	if (sel_begin !=-1)
-	{
-    	for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++)
-    	{
-        	if (isSelected(column,line)) 
-			{
-          		reverseRendition(dest[destLineOffset + column]); 
-    		}
-  		}
-	}
-  }
-}
-
-void Screen::copyFromScreen(Character* dest , int startLine , int count) const
-{
-	Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= lines );
-
-    for (int line = startLine; line < (startLine+count) ; line++)
-    {
-       int srcLineStartIndex  = line*columns;
-	   int destLineStartIndex = (line-startLine)*columns;
-
-       for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++)
-       { 
-		 int srcIndex = srcLineStartIndex + column; 
-		 int destIndex = destLineStartIndex + column;
-
-         dest[destIndex] = screenLines[srcIndex/columns].value(srcIndex%columns,defaultChar);
-
-	     // invert selected text
-         if (sel_begin != -1 && isSelected(column,line + hist->getLines()))
-           reverseRendition(dest[destIndex]); 
-       }
-
-    }
-}
-
-void Screen::getImage( Character* dest, int size, int startLine, int endLine ) const
-{
-  Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); 
-  Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines );
-
-  const int mergedLines = endLine - startLine + 1;
-
-  Q_ASSERT( size >= mergedLines * columns ); 
-  Q_UNUSED( size );
-
-  const int linesInHistoryBuffer = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines);
-  const int linesInScreenBuffer = mergedLines - linesInHistoryBuffer;
-
-  // copy lines from history buffer
-  if (linesInHistoryBuffer > 0) {
-  	copyFromHistory(dest,startLine,linesInHistoryBuffer); 
-    }
-
-  // copy lines from screen buffer
-  if (linesInScreenBuffer > 0) {
-  	copyFromScreen(dest + linesInHistoryBuffer*columns,
-				   startLine + linesInHistoryBuffer - hist->getLines(),
-				   linesInScreenBuffer);
-    }				
- 
-  // invert display when in screen mode
-  if (getMode(MODE_Screen))
-  {  
-    for (int i = 0; i < mergedLines*columns; i++)
-      reverseRendition(dest[i]); // for reverse display
-  }
-
-  // mark the character at the current cursor position
-  int cursorIndex = loc(cuX, cuY + linesInHistoryBuffer);
-  if(getMode(MODE_Cursor) && cursorIndex < columns*mergedLines)
-    dest[cursorIndex].rendition |= RE_CURSOR;
-}
-
-QVector<LineProperty> Screen::getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const
-{
-  Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); 
-  Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines );
-
-	const int mergedLines = endLine-startLine+1;
-	const int linesInHistory = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines);
-  const int linesInScreen = mergedLines - linesInHistory;
-
-  QVector<LineProperty> result(mergedLines);
-  int index = 0;
-
-  // copy properties for lines in history
-  for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + linesInHistory; line++) 
-  {
-		//TODO Support for line properties other than wrapped lines
-	  if (hist->isWrappedLine(line))
-	  {
-	  	result[index] = (LineProperty)(result[index] | LINE_WRAPPED);
-	  }
-    index++;
-  }
-  
-  // copy properties for lines in screen buffer
-  const int firstScreenLine = startLine + linesInHistory - hist->getLines();
-  for (int line = firstScreenLine; line < firstScreenLine+linesInScreen; line++)
-	{
-    result[index]=lineProperties[line];
-  	index++;
-	}
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-/*!
-*/
-
-void Screen::reset(bool clearScreen)
-{
-    setMode(MODE_Wrap  ); saveMode(MODE_Wrap  );  // wrap at end of margin
-  resetMode(MODE_Origin); saveMode(MODE_Origin);  // position refere to [1,1]
-  resetMode(MODE_Insert); saveMode(MODE_Insert);  // overstroke
-    setMode(MODE_Cursor);                         // cursor visible
-  resetMode(MODE_Screen);                         // screen not inverse
-  resetMode(MODE_NewLine);
-
-  tmargin=0;
-  bmargin=lines-1;
-
-  setDefaultRendition();
-  saveCursor();
-
-  if ( clearScreen )
-    clear();
-}
-
-/*! Clear the entire screen and home the cursor.
-*/
-
-void Screen::clear()
-{
-  clearEntireScreen();
-  home();
-}
-
-void Screen::BackSpace()
-{
-  cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap!
-  cuX = qMax(0,cuX-1);
- // if (BS_CLEARS) image[loc(cuX,cuY)].character = ' ';
-
-  if (screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX+1)
-          screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+1);
-
-  if (BS_CLEARS) screenLines[cuY][cuX].character = ' ';
-}
-
-void Screen::Tabulate(int n)
-{
-  // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' ');
-  if (n == 0) n = 1;
-  while((n > 0) && (cuX < columns-1))
-  {
-    cursorRight(1); while((cuX < columns-1) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorRight(1);
-    n--;
-  }
-}
-
-void Screen::backTabulate(int n)
-{
-  // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' ');
-  if (n == 0) n = 1;
-  while((n > 0) && (cuX > 0))
-  {
-     cursorLeft(1); while((cuX > 0) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorLeft(1);
-     n--;
-  }
-}
-
-void Screen::clearTabStops()
-{
-  for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = false;
-}
-
-void Screen::changeTabStop(bool set)
-{
-  if (cuX >= columns) return;
-  tabstops[cuX] = set;
-}
-
-void Screen::initTabStops()
-{
-  delete[] tabstops;
-  tabstops = new bool[columns];
-
-  // Arrg! The 1st tabstop has to be one longer than the other.
-  // i.e. the kids start counting from 0 instead of 1.
-  // Other programs might behave correctly. Be aware.
-  for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = (i%8 == 0 && i != 0);
-}
-
-/*!
-   This behaves either as IND (Screen::Index) or as NEL (Screen::NextLine)
-   depending on the NewLine Mode (LNM). This mode also
-   affects the key sequence returned for newline ([CR]LF).
-*/
-
-void Screen::NewLine()
-{
-  if (getMode(MODE_NewLine)) Return();
-  index();
-}
-
-/*! put `c' literally onto the screen at the current cursor position.
-
-    VT100 uses the convention to produce an automatic newline (am)
-    with the *first* character that would fall onto the next line (xenl).
-*/
-
-void Screen::checkSelection(int from, int to)
-{
-  if (sel_begin == -1) return;
-  int scr_TL = loc(0, hist->getLines());
-  //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region [from, to]
-  if ( (sel_BR > (from+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (to+scr_TL)) )
-  {
-    clearSelection();
-  }
-}
-
-void Screen::ShowCharacter(unsigned short c)
-{
-  // Note that VT100 does wrapping BEFORE putting the character.
-  // This has impact on the assumption of valid cursor positions.
-  // We indicate the fact that a newline has to be triggered by
-  // putting the cursor one right to the last column of the screen.
-
-  int w = konsole_wcwidth(c);
-
-  if (w <= 0)
-     return;
-
-  if (cuX+w > columns) {
-    if (getMode(MODE_Wrap)) {
-      lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | LINE_WRAPPED);
-      NextLine();
-    }
-    else
-      cuX = columns-w;
-  }
-
-  // ensure current line vector has enough elements
-  int size = screenLines[cuY].size();
-  if (size == 0 && cuY > 0)
-  {
-          screenLines[cuY].resize( qMax(screenLines[cuY-1].size() , cuX+w) );
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    if (size < cuX+w)
-    {
-          screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+w);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (getMode(MODE_Insert)) insertChars(w);
-
-  lastPos = loc(cuX,cuY);
-
-  // check if selection is still valid.
-  checkSelection(cuX,cuY);
-
-  Character& currentChar = screenLines[cuY][cuX];
-
-  currentChar.character = c;
-  currentChar.foregroundColor = ef_fg;
-  currentChar.backgroundColor = ef_bg;
-  currentChar.rendition = ef_re;
-
-  int i = 0;
-  int newCursorX = cuX + w--;
-  while(w)
-  {
-     i++;
-   
-     if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX + i + 1 )
-         screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+i+1);
-     
-     Character& ch = screenLines[cuY][cuX + i];
-     ch.character = 0;
-     ch.foregroundColor = ef_fg;
-     ch.backgroundColor = ef_bg;
-     ch.rendition = ef_re;
-
-     w--;
-  }
-  cuX = newCursorX;
-}
-
-void Screen::compose(const QString& /*compose*/)
-{
-   Q_ASSERT( 0 /*Not implemented yet*/ );
-
-/*  if (lastPos == -1)
-     return;
-     
-  QChar c(image[lastPos].character);
-  compose.prepend(c);
-  //compose.compose(); ### FIXME!
-  image[lastPos].character = compose[0].unicode();*/
-}
-
-int Screen::scrolledLines() const
-{
-        return _scrolledLines;
-}
-int Screen::droppedLines() const
-{
-    return _droppedLines;
-}
-void Screen::resetDroppedLines()
-{
-    _droppedLines = 0;
-}
-void Screen::resetScrolledLines()
-{
-    //kDebug() << "scrolled lines reset";
-
-    _scrolledLines = 0;
-}
-
-// Region commands -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Screen::scrollUp(int n)
-{
-   if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
-   if (tmargin == 0) addHistLine(); // hist.history
-   scrollUp(tmargin, n);
-}
-
-/*! scroll up `n' lines within current region.
-    The `n' new lines are cleared.
-    \sa setRegion \sa scrollDown
-*/
-
-QRect Screen::lastScrolledRegion() const
-{
-    return _lastScrolledRegion;
-}
-
-void Screen::scrollUp(int from, int n)
-{
-  if (n <= 0 || from + n > bmargin) return;
-
-  _scrolledLines -= n;
-  _lastScrolledRegion = QRect(0,tmargin,columns-1,(bmargin-tmargin));
-
-  //FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds.
-  moveImage(loc(0,from),loc(0,from+n),loc(columns-1,bmargin));
-  clearImage(loc(0,bmargin-n+1),loc(columns-1,bmargin),' ');
-}
-
-void Screen::scrollDown(int n)
-{
-   if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
-   scrollDown(tmargin, n);
-}
-
-/*! scroll down `n' lines within current region.
-    The `n' new lines are cleared.
-    \sa setRegion \sa scrollUp
-*/
-
-void Screen::scrollDown(int from, int n)
-{
-
-  //kDebug() << "Screen::scrollDown( from: " << from << " , n: " << n << ")";
-  
-  _scrolledLines += n;
-
-//FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds.
-  if (n <= 0) return;
-  if (from > bmargin) return;
-  if (from + n > bmargin) n = bmargin - from;
-  moveImage(loc(0,from+n),loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,bmargin-n));
-  clearImage(loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,from+n-1),' ');
-}
-
-void Screen::setCursorYX(int y, int x)
-{
-  setCursorY(y); setCursorX(x);
-}
-
-void Screen::setCursorX(int x)
-{
-  if (x == 0) x = 1; // Default
-  x -= 1; // Adjust
-  cuX = qMax(0,qMin(columns-1, x));
-}
-
-void Screen::setCursorY(int y)
-{
-  if (y == 0) y = 1; // Default
-  y -= 1; // Adjust
-  cuY = qMax(0,qMin(lines  -1, y + (getMode(MODE_Origin) ? tmargin : 0) ));
-}
-
-void Screen::home()
-{
-  cuX = 0;
-  cuY = 0;
-}
-
-void Screen::Return()
-{
-  cuX = 0;
-}
-
-int Screen::getCursorX() const
-{
-  return cuX;
-}
-
-int Screen::getCursorY() const
-{
-  return cuY;
-}
-
-// Erasing ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*! \section Erasing
-
-    This group of operations erase parts of the screen contents by filling
-    it with spaces colored due to the current rendition settings.
-
-    Althought the cursor position is involved in most of these operations,
-    it is never modified by them.
-*/
-
-/*! fill screen between (including) `loca' (start) and `loce' (end) with spaces.
-
-    This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal
-    addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the
-    screen matrix is mapped to the image vector.
-*/
-
-void Screen::clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c)
-{ 
-  int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines());
-  //FIXME: check positions
-
-  //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region to be moved...
-  if ( (sel_BR > (loca+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (loce+scr_TL)) )
-  {
-    clearSelection();
-  }
-
-  int topLine = loca/columns;
-  int bottomLine = loce/columns;
-
-  Character clearCh(c,cu_fg,cu_bg,DEFAULT_RENDITION);
-  
-  //if the character being used to clear the area is the same as the
-  //default character, the affected lines can simply be shrunk.
-  bool isDefaultCh = (clearCh == Character());
-
-  for (int y=topLine;y<=bottomLine;y++)
-  {
-        lineProperties[y] = 0;
-
-        int endCol = ( y == bottomLine) ? loce%columns : columns-1;
-        int startCol = ( y == topLine ) ? loca%columns : 0;
-
-        QVector<Character>& line = screenLines[y];
-
-        if ( isDefaultCh && endCol == columns-1 )
-        {
-            line.resize(startCol);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-            if (line.size() < endCol + 1)
-                line.resize(endCol+1);
-
-            Character* data = line.data();
-            for (int i=startCol;i<=endCol;i++)
-                data[i]=clearCh;
-        }
-  }
-}
-
-/*! move image between (including) `sourceBegin' and `sourceEnd' to 'dest'.
-    
-    The 'dest', 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' parameters can be generated using
-    the loc(column,line) macro.
-
-NOTE:  moveImage() can only move whole lines.
-
-    This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal
-    addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the
-    screen matrix is mapped to the image vector.
-*/
-
-void Screen::moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd)
-{
-  //kDebug() << "moving image from (" << (sourceBegin/columns) 
-  //    << "," << (sourceEnd/columns) << ") to " <<
-  //    (dest/columns);
-
-  Q_ASSERT( sourceBegin <= sourceEnd );
- 
-  int lines=(sourceEnd-sourceBegin)/columns;
-
-  //move screen image and line properties:
-  //the source and destination areas of the image may overlap, 
-  //so it matters that we do the copy in the right order - 
-  //forwards if dest < sourceBegin or backwards otherwise.
-  //(search the web for 'memmove implementation' for details)
-  if (dest < sourceBegin)
-  {
-    for (int i=0;i<=lines;i++)
-    {
-        screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ];
-        lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i];
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    for (int i=lines;i>=0;i--)
-    {
-        screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ];
-        lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i];
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (lastPos != -1)
-  {
-     int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount
-     lastPos += diff;
-     if ((lastPos < 0) || (lastPos >= (lines*columns)))
-        lastPos = -1;
-  }
-     
-  // Adjust selection to follow scroll.
-  if (sel_begin != -1)
-  {
-     bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL);
-     int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount
-     int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines());
-     int srca = sourceBegin+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global
-     int srce = sourceEnd+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global
-     int desta = srca+diff;
-     int deste = srce+diff;
-
-     if ((sel_TL >= srca) && (sel_TL <= srce))
-        sel_TL += diff;
-     else if ((sel_TL >= desta) && (sel_TL <= deste))
-        sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below)
-
-     if ((sel_BR >= srca) && (sel_BR <= srce))
-        sel_BR += diff;
-     else if ((sel_BR >= desta) && (sel_BR <= deste))
-        sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below)
-
-     if (sel_BR < 0)
-     {
-        clearSelection();
-     }
-     else
-     {
-        if (sel_TL < 0)
-           sel_TL = 0;
-     }
-
-     if (beginIsTL)
-        sel_begin = sel_TL;
-     else
-        sel_begin = sel_BR;
-  }
-}
-
-void Screen::clearToEndOfScreen()
-{
-  clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' ');
-}
-
-void Screen::clearToBeginOfScreen()
-{
-  clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(cuX,cuY),' ');
-}
-
-void Screen::clearEntireScreen()
-{
-  // Add entire screen to history
-  for (int i = 0; i < (lines-1); i++)
-  {
-    addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1);
-  }
-
-  clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' ');
-}
-
-/*! fill screen with 'E'
-    This is to aid screen alignment
-*/
-
-void Screen::helpAlign()
-{
-  clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),'E');
-}
-
-void Screen::clearToEndOfLine()
-{
-  clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' ');
-}
-
-void Screen::clearToBeginOfLine()
-{
-  clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(cuX,cuY),' ');
-}
-
-void Screen::clearEntireLine()
-{
-  clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' ');
-}
-
-void Screen::setRendition(int re)
-{
-  cu_re |= re;
-  effectiveRendition();
-}
-
-void Screen::resetRendition(int re)
-{
-  cu_re &= ~re;
-  effectiveRendition();
-}
-
-void Screen::setDefaultRendition()
-{
-  setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR);
-  setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR);
-  cu_re   = DEFAULT_RENDITION;
-  effectiveRendition();
-}
-
-void Screen::setForeColor(int space, int color)
-{
-  cu_fg = CharacterColor(space, color);
-
-  if ( cu_fg.isValid() ) 
-    effectiveRendition();
-  else 
-    setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR);
-}
-
-void Screen::setBackColor(int space, int color)
-{
-  cu_bg = CharacterColor(space, color);
-
-  if ( cu_bg.isValid() ) 
-    effectiveRendition();
-  else
-    setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR);
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                            Marking & Selection                            */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-void Screen::clearSelection()
-{
-  sel_BR = -1;
-  sel_TL = -1;
-  sel_begin = -1;
-}
-
-void Screen::getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line)
-{
-    if ( sel_TL != -1 )
-    {
-        column = sel_TL % columns;
-        line = sel_TL / columns; 
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        column = cuX + getHistLines();
-        line = cuY + getHistLines();
-    }
-}
-void Screen::getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line)
-{
-    if ( sel_BR != -1 )
-    {
-        column = sel_BR % columns;
-        line = sel_BR / columns;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        column = cuX + getHistLines();
-        line = cuY + getHistLines();
-    } 
-}
-void Screen::setSelectionStart(/*const ScreenCursor& viewCursor ,*/ const int x, const int y, const bool mode)
-{
-//  kDebug(1211) << "setSelBeginXY(" << x << "," << y << ")";
-  sel_begin = loc(x,y); //+histCursor) ;
-
-  /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */
-  if (x == columns) sel_begin--;
-
-  sel_BR = sel_begin;
-  sel_TL = sel_begin;
-  columnmode = mode;
-}
-
-void Screen::setSelectionEnd( const int x, const int y)
-{
-//  kDebug(1211) << "setSelExtentXY(" << x << "," << y << ")";
-  if (sel_begin == -1) return;
-  int l =  loc(x,y); // + histCursor);
-
-  if (l < sel_begin)
-  {
-    sel_TL = l;
-    sel_BR = sel_begin;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */
-    if (x == columns) l--;
-
-    sel_TL = sel_begin;
-    sel_BR = l;
-  }
-}
-
-bool Screen::isSelected( const int x,const int y) const
-{
-  if (columnmode) {
-    int sel_Left,sel_Right;
-    if ( sel_TL % columns < sel_BR % columns ) {
-      sel_Left = sel_TL; sel_Right = sel_BR;
-    } else {
-      sel_Left = sel_BR; sel_Right = sel_TL;
-    }
-    return ( x >= sel_Left % columns ) && ( x <= sel_Right % columns ) &&
-           ( y >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y <= sel_BR / columns );
-            //( y+histCursor >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y+histCursor <= sel_BR / columns );
-  }
-  else {
-  //int pos = loc(x,y+histCursor);
-  int pos = loc(x,y);
-  return ( pos >= sel_TL && pos <= sel_BR );
-  }
-}
-
-QString Screen::selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks)
-{
-  QString result;
-  QTextStream stream(&result, QIODevice::ReadWrite);
-  
-  PlainTextDecoder decoder;
-  decoder.begin(&stream);
-  writeSelectionToStream(&decoder , preserveLineBreaks);
-  decoder.end();
-  
-  return result;
-}
-
-bool Screen::isSelectionValid() const
-{
-    return ( sel_TL >= 0 && sel_BR >= 0 );
-}
-
-void Screen::writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , 
-                                    bool preserveLineBreaks)
-{
-    // do nothing if selection is invalid
-    if ( !isSelectionValid() )
-        return;
-
-	int top = sel_TL / columns;	
-	int left = sel_TL % columns;
-
-	int bottom = sel_BR / columns;
-	int right = sel_BR % columns;
-
-    Q_ASSERT( top >= 0 && left >= 0 && bottom >= 0 && right >= 0 );
-
-    //kDebug() << "sel_TL = " << sel_TL;
-    //kDebug() << "columns = " << columns;
-
-	for (int y=top;y<=bottom;y++)
-	{
-			int start = 0;
-			if ( y == top || columnmode ) start = left;
-		
-			int count = -1;
-			if ( y == bottom || columnmode ) count = right - start + 1;
-
-            const bool appendNewLine = ( y != bottom );
-			copyLineToStream( y,
-                              start,
-                              count,
-                              decoder, 
-                              appendNewLine,
-                              preserveLineBreaks );
-	}	
-}
-
-
-void Screen::copyLineToStream(int line , 
-                              int start, 
-                              int count,
-                              TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,
-                              bool appendNewLine,
-                              bool preserveLineBreaks)
-{
-		//buffer to hold characters for decoding
-		//the buffer is static to avoid initialising every 
-        //element on each call to copyLineToStream
-		//(which is unnecessary since all elements will be overwritten anyway)
-		static const int MAX_CHARS = 1024;
-		static Character characterBuffer[MAX_CHARS];
-		
-		assert( count < MAX_CHARS );
-
-        LineProperty currentLineProperties = 0;
-
-		//determine if the line is in the history buffer or the screen image
-		if (line < hist->getLines())
-		{
-            const int lineLength = hist->getLineLen(line);
-
-            // ensure that start position is before end of line
-            start = qMin(start,qMax(0,lineLength-1));
-
-			//retrieve line from history buffer
-			if (count == -1)
-            {
-					count = lineLength-start;
-            }
-			else
-            {
-					count = qMin(start+count,lineLength)-start;
-            }
-
-            // safety checks
-            assert( start >= 0 );
-            assert( count >= 0 );    
-            assert( (start+count) <= hist->getLineLen(line) );
-
-			hist->getCells(line,start,count,characterBuffer);
-
-            if ( hist->isWrappedLine(line) )
-                currentLineProperties |= LINE_WRAPPED;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if ( count == -1 )
-					count = columns - start;
-
-            assert( count >= 0 );
-
-            const int screenLine = line-hist->getLines();
-
-            Character* data = screenLines[screenLine].data();
-            int length = screenLines[screenLine].count();
-
-			//retrieve line from screen image
-			for (int i=start;i < qMin(start+count,length);i++)
-			{
-			    characterBuffer[i-start] = data[i];
-            }
-
-            // count cannot be any greater than length
-			count = qBound(0,count,length-start);
-
-            Q_ASSERT( screenLine < lineProperties.count() );
-            currentLineProperties |= lineProperties[screenLine]; 
-		}
-
-		//do not decode trailing whitespace characters
-		for (int i=count-1 ; i >= 0; i--)
-				if (QChar(characterBuffer[i].character).isSpace())
-						count--;
-				else
-						break;
-
-        // add new line character at end
-        const bool omitLineBreak = (currentLineProperties & LINE_WRAPPED) ||
-                                   !preserveLineBreaks;
-
-        if ( !omitLineBreak && appendNewLine && (count+1 < MAX_CHARS) )
-        {
-            characterBuffer[count] = '\n';
-            count++;
-        }
-
-		//decode line and write to text stream	
-		decoder->decodeLine( (Character*) characterBuffer , 
-                             count, currentLineProperties );
-}
-
-// Method below has been removed because of its reliance on 'histCursor'
-// and I want to restrict the methods which have knowledge of the scroll position
-// to just those which deal with selection and supplying final screen images.
-//
-/*void Screen::writeToStream(QTextStream* stream , TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder) {
-  sel_begin = 0;
-  sel_BR = sel_begin;
-  sel_TL = sel_begin;
-  setSelectionEnd(columns-1,lines-1+hist->getLines()-histCursor);
-  
-  writeSelectionToStream(stream,decoder);
-  
-  clearSelection();
-}*/
-
-void Screen::writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to)
-{
-	sel_begin = loc(0,from);
-	sel_TL = sel_begin;
-	sel_BR = loc(columns-1,to);
-	writeSelectionToStream(decoder);
-	clearSelection();
-}
-
-QString Screen::getHistoryLine(int no)
-{
-  sel_begin = loc(0,no);
-  sel_TL = sel_begin;
-  sel_BR = loc(columns-1,no);
-  return selectedText(false);
-}
-
-void Screen::addHistLine()
-{
-  // add line to history buffer
-  // we have to take care about scrolling, too...
-
-  if (hasScroll())
-  {
-    int oldHistLines = hist->getLines();
-
-    hist->addCellsVector(screenLines[0]);
-    hist->addLine( lineProperties[0] & LINE_WRAPPED );
-
-    int newHistLines = hist->getLines();
-
-    bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL);
-
-    // If the history is full, increment the count
-    // of dropped lines
-    if ( newHistLines == oldHistLines )
-        _droppedLines++;
-
-    // Adjust selection for the new point of reference
-    if (newHistLines > oldHistLines)
-    {
-       if (sel_begin != -1)
-       {
-          sel_TL += columns;
-          sel_BR += columns;
-       }
-    }
-
-    if (sel_begin != -1)
-    {
-       // Scroll selection in history up
-       int top_BR = loc(0, 1+newHistLines);
-
-       if (sel_TL < top_BR)
-          sel_TL -= columns;
-
-       if (sel_BR < top_BR)
-          sel_BR -= columns;
-
-       if (sel_BR < 0)
-       {
-          clearSelection();
-       }
-       else
-       {
-          if (sel_TL < 0)
-             sel_TL = 0;
-       }
-
-       if (beginIsTL)
-          sel_begin = sel_TL;
-       else
-          sel_begin = sel_BR;
-    }
-  }
-
-}
-
-int Screen::getHistLines()
-{
-  return hist->getLines();
-}
-
-void Screen::setScroll(const HistoryType& t , bool copyPreviousScroll)
-{
-  clearSelection();
-
-  if ( copyPreviousScroll )
-    hist = t.scroll(hist);
-  else
-  {
-      HistoryScroll* oldScroll = hist;
-      hist = t.scroll(0);
-      delete oldScroll;
-  }
-}
-
-bool Screen::hasScroll()
-{
-  return hist->hasScroll();
-}
-
-const HistoryType& Screen::getScroll()
-{
-  return hist->getType();
-}
-
-void Screen::setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable)
-{
-	if ( enable )
-	{
-		lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | property);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] & ~property);
-	}
-}
-void Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count)
-{
-	for (int i=0;i<count;i++)
-		dest[i] = defaultChar;
-}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/Screen.h
--- a/libqterminal/Screen.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,655 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal.
-
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SCREEN_H
-#define SCREEN_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QRect>
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "Character.h"
-#include "History.h"
-
-#define MODE_Origin    0
-#define MODE_Wrap      1
-#define MODE_Insert    2
-#define MODE_Screen    3
-#define MODE_Cursor    4
-#define MODE_NewLine   5
-#define MODES_SCREEN   6
-
-struct ScreenParm
-{
-  int mode[MODES_SCREEN];
-};
-
-class TerminalCharacterDecoder;
-
-/**
-    \brief An image of characters with associated attributes.
-
-    The terminal emulation ( Emulation ) receives a serial stream of
-    characters from the program currently running in the terminal.
-    From this stream it creates an image of characters which is ultimately
-    rendered by the display widget ( TerminalDisplay ).  Some types of emulation
-    may have more than one screen image. 
-
-    getImage() is used to retrieve the currently visible image
-    which is then used by the display widget to draw the output from the
-    terminal. 
-
-    The number of lines of output history which are kept in addition to the current
-    screen image depends on the history scroll being used to store the output.  
-    The scroll is specified using setScroll()
-    The output history can be retrieved using writeToStream()
-
-    The screen image has a selection associated with it, specified using 
-    setSelectionStart() and setSelectionEnd().  The selected text can be retrieved
-    using selectedText().  When getImage() is used to retrieve the the visible image,
-    characters which are part of the selection have their colours inverted.   
-*/
-class Screen
-{
-public:
-    /** Construct a new screen image of size @p lines by @p columns. */
-    Screen(int lines, int columns);
-    ~Screen();
-
-    // VT100/2 Operations 
-    // Cursor Movement
-    
-    /** Move the cursor up by @p n lines. */
-    void cursorUp    (int n);
-    /** Move the cursor down by @p n lines. */
-    void cursorDown  (int n);
-    /** Move the cursor to the left by @p n columns. */
-    void cursorLeft  (int n);
-    /** Move the cursor to the right by @p n columns. */
-    void cursorRight (int n);
-    /** Position the cursor on line @p y. */
-    void setCursorY  (int y);
-    /** Position the cursor at column @p x. */
-    void setCursorX  (int x);
-    /** Position the cursor at line @p y, column @p x. */
-    void setCursorYX (int y, int x);
-    /**
-     * Sets the margins for scrolling the screen.
-     *
-     * @param topLine The top line of the new scrolling margin. 
-     * @param bottomLine The bottom line of the new scrolling margin. 
-     */
-    void setMargins  (int topLine , int bottomLine);
-    /** Returns the top line of the scrolling region. */ 
-    int topMargin() const;
-    /** Returns the bottom line of the scrolling region. */
-    int bottomMargin() const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Resets the scrolling margins back to the top and bottom lines
-     * of the screen.
-     */
-    void setDefaultMargins();
-    
-    /** 
-     * Moves the cursor down one line, if the MODE_NewLine mode 
-     * flag is enabled then the cursor is returned to the leftmost
-     * column first.
-     *
-     * Equivalent to NextLine() if the MODE_NewLine flag is set
-     * or index() otherwise. 
-     */
-    void NewLine     ();
-    /**
-     * Moves the cursor down one line and positions it at the beginning
-     * of the line.
-     */
-    void NextLine    ();
-
-    /** 
-     * Move the cursor down one line.  If the cursor is on the bottom
-     * line of the scrolling region (as returned by bottomMargin()) the
-     * scrolling region is scrolled up by one line instead.
-     */
-    void index       ();
-    /**
-     * Move the cursor up one line.  If the cursor is on the top line
-     * of the scrolling region (as returned by topMargin()) the scrolling
-     * region is scrolled down by one line instead.
-     */
-    void reverseIndex();
-    
-    /** 
-     * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen up by @p n lines. 
-     * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed 
-     * using setMargins()
-     */ 
-    void scrollUp(int n);
-    /**
-     * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen down by @p n lines.
-     * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed
-     * using setMargins()
-     */
-    void scrollDown(int n);
-    
-    /** 
-     * Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line. 
-     * Equivalent to setCursorX(0)
-     */
-    void Return      ();
-    /** 
-     * Moves the cursor one column to the left and erases the character
-     * at the new cursor position.
-     */
-    void BackSpace   ();
-    /** 
-     * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the right.
-     */
-    void Tabulate    (int n = 1);
-    /** 
-     * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the left. 
-     */
-    void backTabulate(int n);
-    
-    // Editing
-    
-    /** 
-     * Erase @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. 
-     * This is equivalent to over-writing @p n characters starting with the current
-     * cursor position with spaces.
-     * If @p n is 0 then one character is erased. 
-     */
-    void eraseChars  (int n);
-    /** 
-     * Delete @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. 
-     * If @p n is 0 then one character is deleted. 
-     */
-    void deleteChars (int n);
-    /**
-     * Insert @p n blank characters beginning from the current cursor position.
-     * The position of the cursor is not altered.  
-     * If @p n is 0 then one character is inserted.
-     */
-    void insertChars (int n);
-    /** 
-     * Removes @p n lines beginning from the current cursor position.
-     * The position of the cursor is not altered.
-     * If @p n is 0 then one line is removed.
-     */
-    void deleteLines (int n);
-    /**
-     * Inserts @p lines beginning from the current cursor position.
-     * The position of the cursor is not altered.
-     * If @p n is 0 then one line is inserted.
-     */
-    void insertLines (int n);
-    /** Clears all the tab stops. */
-    void clearTabStops();
-    /**  Sets or removes a tab stop at the cursor's current column. */ 
-    void changeTabStop(bool set);
-   
-    /** Resets (clears) the specified screen @p mode. */
-    void resetMode   (int mode);
-    /** Sets (enables) the specified screen @p mode. */
-    void setMode     (int mode);
-    /** 
-     * Saves the state of the specified screen @p mode.  It can be restored
-     * using restoreMode()
-     */
-    void saveMode    (int mode);
-    /** Restores the state of a screen @p mode saved by calling saveMode() */
-    void restoreMode (int mode);
-    /** Returns whether the specified screen @p mode is enabled or not .*/
-    bool getMode     (int mode) const;
-   
-    /** 
-     * Saves the current position and appearence (text color and style) of the cursor. 
-     * It can be restored by calling restoreCursor() 
-     */ 
-    void saveCursor  ();
-    /** Restores the position and appearence of the cursor.  See saveCursor() */
-    void restoreCursor();
-   
-    /** Clear the whole screen, moving the current screen contents into the history first. */ 
-    void clearEntireScreen();
-    /** 
-     * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the end of 
-     * the screen.
-     */
-    void clearToEndOfScreen();
-    /**
-     * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the start
-     * of the screen.
-     */
-    void clearToBeginOfScreen();
-    /** Clears the whole of the line on which the cursor is currently positioned. */
-    void clearEntireLine();
-    /** Clears from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */
-    void clearToEndOfLine();
-    /** Clears from the current cursor position to the beginning of the line. */
-    void clearToBeginOfLine();
-    
-    /** Fills the entire screen with the letter 'E' */
-    void helpAlign   ();
-       
-    /** 
-     * Enables the given @p rendition flag.  Rendition flags control the appearence 
-     * of characters on the screen.
-     *
-     * @see Character::rendition
-     */  
-    void setRendition  (int rendition);
-    /**
-     * Disables the given @p rendition flag.  Rendition flags control the appearence
-     * of characters on the screen.
-     *
-     * @see Character::rendition
-     */
-    void resetRendition(int rendition);
-    
-    /** 
-     * Sets the cursor's foreground color.
-     * @param space The color space used by the @p color argument
-     * @param color The new foreground color.  The meaning of this depends on
-     * the color @p space used.
-     *
-     * @see CharacterColor
-     */
-    void setForeColor  (int space, int color);
-    /**
-     * Sets the cursor's background color.
-     * @param space The color space used by the @p color argumnet.
-     * @param color The new background color.  The meaning of this depends on
-     * the color @p space used.
-     *
-     * @see CharacterColor
-     */
-    void setBackColor  (int space, int color);
-    /** 
-     * Resets the cursor's color back to the default and sets the 
-     * character's rendition flags back to the default settings.
-     */
-    void setDefaultRendition();
-    
-    /** Returns the column which the cursor is positioned at. */
-    int  getCursorX() const;
-    /** Returns the line which the cursor is positioned on. */
-    int  getCursorY() const;
-   
-	/** TODO Document me */ 
-	void clear();
-    /** 
-     * Sets the position of the cursor to the 'home' position at the top-left
-     * corner of the screen (0,0) 
-     */
-    void home();
-    /**
-     * Resets the state of the screen.  This resets the various screen modes
-     * back to their default states.  The cursor style and colors are reset
-     * (as if setDefaultRendition() had been called)
-     *
-     * <ul>
-     * <li>Line wrapping is enabled.</li>
-     * <li>Origin mode is disabled.</li>
-     * <li>Insert mode is disabled.</li>
-     * <li>Cursor mode is enabled.  TODO Document me</li>
-     * <li>Screen mode is disabled. TODO Document me</li>
-     * <li>New line mode is disabled.  TODO Document me</li>
-     * </ul>
-     *
-     * If @p clearScreen is true then the screen contents are erased entirely, 
-     * otherwise they are unaltered.
-     */
-    void reset(bool clearScreen = true);
-   
-    /** 
-     * Displays a new character at the current cursor position. 
-     * 
-     * If the cursor is currently positioned at the right-edge of the screen and
-     * line wrapping is enabled then the character is added at the start of a new 
-     * line below the current one.
-     *
-     * If the MODE_Insert screen mode is currently enabled then the character 
-     * is inserted at the current cursor position, otherwise it will replace the 
-     * character already at the current cursor position.  
-     */ 
-    void ShowCharacter(unsigned short c);
-    
-    // Do composition with last shown character FIXME: Not implemented yet for KDE 4
-    void compose(const QString& compose);
-    
-    /** 
-     * Resizes the image to a new fixed size of @p new_lines by @p new_columns.  
-     * In the case that @p new_columns is smaller than the current number of columns,
-     * existing lines are not truncated.  This prevents characters from being lost
-     * if the terminal display is resized smaller and then larger again.
-     *
-     * (note that in versions of Konsole prior to KDE 4, existing lines were
-     *  truncated when making the screen image smaller)
-     */
-    void resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns);
-    
-    /**
-     * Returns the current screen image.  
-     * The result is an array of Characters of size [getLines()][getColumns()] which
-     * must be freed by the caller after use.
-     *
-     * @param dest Buffer to copy the characters into
-     * @param size Size of @p dest in Characters
-     * @param startLine Index of first line to copy
-     * @param endLine Index of last line to copy
-     */
-    void getImage( Character* dest , int size , int startLine , int endLine ) const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the additional attributes associated with lines in the image.
-     * The most important attribute is LINE_WRAPPED which specifies that the 
-     * line is wrapped,
-     * other attributes control the size of characters in the line.
-     */
-    QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const;
-	
-
-    /** Return the number of lines. */
-    int  getLines()   { return lines; }
-    /** Return the number of columns. */
-    int  getColumns() { return columns; }
-    /** Return the number of lines in the history buffer. */
-    int  getHistLines ();
-    /** 
-     * Sets the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. 
-     * If @p copyPreviousScroll is true then the contents of the previous 
-     * history buffer are copied into the new scroll.
-     */
-    void setScroll(const HistoryType& , bool copyPreviousScroll = true);
-    /** Returns the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. */
-    const HistoryType& getScroll();
-    /** 
-     * Returns true if this screen keeps lines that are scrolled off the screen
-     * in a history buffer.
-     */
-    bool hasScroll();
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the start of the selection.
-     *
-     * @param column The column index of the first character in the selection.
-     * @param line The line index of the first character in the selection.
-     * @param columnmode True if the selection is in column mode.
-     */
-    void setSelectionStart(const int column, const int line, const bool columnmode);
-    
-    /**
-     * Sets the end of the current selection.
-     *
-     * @param column The column index of the last character in the selection.
-     * @param line The line index of the last character in the selection. 
-     */ 
-    void setSelectionEnd(const int column, const int line);
-   
-    /**
-     * Retrieves the start of the selection or the cursor position if there
-     * is no selection.
-     */
-    void getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line);
-    
-    /**
-     * Retrieves the end of the selection or the cursor position if there
-     * is no selection.
-     */
-    void getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line);
-
-    /** Clears the current selection */
-    void clearSelection();
-
-    void setBusySelecting(bool busy) { sel_busy = busy; }
-
-    /** 
- 	 * 	Returns true if the character at (@p column, @p line) is part of the
- 	 *  current selection. 
- 	 */ 
-    bool isSelected(const int column,const int line) const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Convenience method.  Returns the currently selected text. 
-     * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should 
-     * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line.
-     */
-    QString selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks);
-	    
-	/**
-	 * Copies part of the output to a stream.
-	 *
-	 * @param decoder A decoder which coverts terminal characters into text
-	 * @param from The first line in the history to retrieve
-	 * @param to The last line in the history to retrieve
-	 */
-	void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to);
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the selection to line @p no in the history and returns
-     * the text of that line from the history buffer.
-     */
-    QString getHistoryLine(int no);
-
-	/**
-	 * Copies the selected characters, set using @see setSelBeginXY and @see setSelExtentXY
-	 * into a stream.
-	 *
-	 * @param decoder A decoder which converts terminal characters into text.  
-	 * PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly used decoder which coverts characters 
-	 * into plain text with no formatting.
-     * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should 
-     * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. 
-	 */
-	void writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , bool
-                                preserveLineBreaks = true);
-
-    /** TODO Document me */
-    void checkSelection(int from, int to);
-
-	/** 
-	 * Sets or clears an attribute of the current line.
-	 * 
-	 * @param property The attribute to set or clear
-	 * Possible properties are:
-	 * LINE_WRAPPED:	 Specifies that the line is wrapped.
-	 * LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH: Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal width.
-	 * LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT:Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal height.
-     *                   Double-height lines are formed of two lines containing the same characters,
-     *                   with both having the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute.  This allows other parts of the 
-     *                   code to work on the assumption that all lines are the same height.
-	 *
-	 * @param enable true to apply the attribute to the current line or false to remove it
-	 */
-	void setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable);
-
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by,
-     * since the last call to resetScrolledLines().
-     *
-     * a positive return value indicates that the image has been scrolled up,
-     * a negative return value indicates that the image has been scrolled down. 
-     */
-    int scrolledLines() const;
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the region of the image which was last scrolled.
-     *
-     * This is the area of the image from the top margin to the 
-     * bottom margin when the last scroll occurred.
-     */
-    QRect lastScrolledRegion() const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Resets the count of the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by,
-     * see scrolledLines()
-     */
-    void resetScrolledLines();
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the number of lines of output which have been
-     * dropped from the history since the last call
-     * to resetDroppedLines()
-     *
-     * If the history is not unlimited then it will drop
-     * the oldest lines of output if new lines are added when
-     * it is full.  
-     */
-    int droppedLines() const;
-
-    /**
-     * Resets the count of the number of lines dropped from
-     * the history.
-     */
-    void resetDroppedLines();
-
-	/** 
- 	 * Fills the buffer @p dest with @p count instances of the default (ie. blank)
- 	 * Character style.
- 	 */
-	static void fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count);
-
-private: 
-
-	//copies a line of text from the screen or history into a stream using a 
-	//specified character decoder
-	//line - the line number to copy, from 0 (the earliest line in the history) up to 
-	//		 hist->getLines() + lines - 1
-	//start - the first column on the line to copy
-	//count - the number of characters on the line to copy
-	//decoder - a decoder which coverts terminal characters (an Character array) into text
-    //appendNewLine - if true a new line character (\n) is appended to the end of the line
-	void copyLineToStream(int line, 
-                          int start, 
-                          int count, 
-                          TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,
-                          bool appendNewLine,
-                          bool preserveLineBreaks);
-	
-    //fills a section of the screen image with the character 'c'
-    //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image.
-    //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair.
-    void clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c);
-
-    //move screen image between 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' to 'dest'.
-    //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image.
-    //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair.
-    void moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd);
-    
-    void scrollUp(int from, int i);
-    void scrollDown(int from, int i);
-
-    void addHistLine();
-
-    void initTabStops();
-
-    void effectiveRendition();
-    void reverseRendition(Character& p) const;
-
-    bool isSelectionValid() const;
-
-	// copies 'count' lines from the screen buffer into 'dest',
-	// starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the screen buffer
-	void copyFromScreen(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const;
-	// copies 'count' lines from the history buffer into 'dest',
-	// starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the history
-	void copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const;
-
-
-    // screen image ----------------
-    int lines;
-    int columns;
-
-    typedef QVector<Character> ImageLine;      // [0..columns]
-    ImageLine*          screenLines;    // [lines]
-
-    int _scrolledLines;
-    QRect _lastScrolledRegion;
-
-    int _droppedLines;
-
-    QVarLengthArray<LineProperty,64> lineProperties;    
-	
-    // history buffer ---------------
-    HistoryScroll *hist;
-    
-    // cursor location
-    int cuX;
-    int cuY;
-
-    // cursor color and rendition info
-    CharacterColor cu_fg;      // foreground
-    CharacterColor cu_bg;      // background
-    quint8 cu_re;      // rendition
-
-    // margins ----------------
-    int tmargin;      // top margin
-    int bmargin;      // bottom margin
-
-    // states ----------------
-    ScreenParm currParm;
-
-    // ----------------------------
-
-    bool* tabstops;
-
-    // selection -------------------
-    int sel_begin; // The first location selected.
-    int sel_TL;    // TopLeft Location.
-    int sel_BR;    // Bottom Right Location.
-    bool sel_busy; // Busy making a selection.
-    bool columnmode;  // Column selection mode
-
-    // effective colors and rendition ------------
-    CharacterColor ef_fg;      // These are derived from
-    CharacterColor ef_bg;      // the cu_* variables above
-    quint8 ef_re;      // to speed up operation
-
-    //
-    // save cursor, rendition & states ------------
-    // 
-
-    // cursor location
-    int sa_cuX;
-    int sa_cuY;
-
-    // rendition info
-    quint8 sa_cu_re;
-    CharacterColor sa_cu_fg;
-    CharacterColor sa_cu_bg;
-    
-    // last position where we added a character
-    int lastPos;
-
-    // modes
-    ScreenParm saveParm;
-
-    static Character defaultChar;
-};
-
-#endif // SCREEN_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/ScreenWindow.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/ScreenWindow.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "ScreenWindow.h"
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "Screen.h"
-
-ScreenWindow::ScreenWindow(QObject* parent)
-    : QObject(parent)
-	, _windowBuffer(0)
-	, _windowBufferSize(0)
-	, _bufferNeedsUpdate(true)
-	, _windowLines(1)
-    , _currentLine(0)
-    , _trackOutput(true)
-    , _scrollCount(0)
-{
-}
-
-ScreenWindow::~ScreenWindow()
-{
-	delete[] _windowBuffer;
-}
-void ScreenWindow::setScreen(Screen* screen)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT( screen );
-
-    _screen = screen;
-}
-
-Screen* ScreenWindow::screen() const
-{
-    return _screen;
-}
-
-Character* ScreenWindow::getImage()
-{
-	// reallocate internal buffer if the window size has changed
-	int size = windowLines() * windowColumns();
-	if (_windowBuffer == 0 || _windowBufferSize != size) 
-	{
-		delete[] _windowBuffer;
-		_windowBufferSize = size;
-		_windowBuffer = new Character[size];
-		_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
-	}
-
-	 if (!_bufferNeedsUpdate)
-		return _windowBuffer;
- 
-	_screen->getImage(_windowBuffer,size,
-					  currentLine(),endWindowLine());
-
-	// this window may look beyond the end of the screen, in which 
-	// case there will be an unused area which needs to be filled
-	// with blank characters
-	fillUnusedArea();
-
-	_bufferNeedsUpdate = false;
-	return _windowBuffer;
-}
-
-void ScreenWindow::fillUnusedArea()
-{
-	int screenEndLine = _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines() - 1;
-	int windowEndLine = currentLine() + windowLines() - 1;
-
-	int unusedLines = windowEndLine - screenEndLine;
-	int charsToFill = unusedLines * windowColumns();
-
-	Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(_windowBuffer + _windowBufferSize - charsToFill,charsToFill); 
-}
-
-// return the index of the line at the end of this window, or if this window 
-// goes beyond the end of the screen, the index of the line at the end
-// of the screen.
-//
-// when passing a line number to a Screen method, the line number should
-// never be more than endWindowLine()
-//
-int ScreenWindow::endWindowLine() const
-{
-	return qMin(currentLine() + windowLines() - 1,
-				lineCount() - 1);
-}
-QVector<LineProperty> ScreenWindow::getLineProperties()
-{
-    QVector<LineProperty> result = _screen->getLineProperties(currentLine(),endWindowLine());
-	
-	if (result.count() != windowLines())
-		result.resize(windowLines());
-
-	return result;
-}
-
-QString ScreenWindow::selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const
-{
-    return _screen->selectedText( preserveLineBreaks );
-}
-
-void ScreenWindow::getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line )
-{
-    _screen->getSelectionStart(column,line);
-    line -= currentLine();
-}
-void ScreenWindow::getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line )
-{
-    _screen->getSelectionEnd(column,line);
-    line -= currentLine();
-}
-void ScreenWindow::setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode )
-{
-    _screen->setSelectionStart( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine())  , columnMode);
-	
-	_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
-    emit selectionChanged();
-}
-
-void ScreenWindow::setSelectionEnd( int column , int line )
-{
-    _screen->setSelectionEnd( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) );
-
-	_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
-    emit selectionChanged();
-}
-
-bool ScreenWindow::isSelected( int column , int line )
-{
-    return _screen->isSelected( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) );
-}
-
-void ScreenWindow::clearSelection()
-{
-    _screen->clearSelection();
-
-    emit selectionChanged();
-}
-
-void ScreenWindow::setWindowLines(int lines)
-{
-	Q_ASSERT(lines > 0);
-	_windowLines = lines;
-}
-int ScreenWindow::windowLines() const
-{
-	return _windowLines;		
-}
-
-int ScreenWindow::windowColumns() const
-{
-    return _screen->getColumns();
-}
-
-int ScreenWindow::lineCount() const
-{
-    return _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines();
-}
-
-int ScreenWindow::columnCount() const
-{
-    return _screen->getColumns();
-}
-
-QPoint ScreenWindow::cursorPosition() const
-{
-    QPoint position;
-    
-    position.setX( _screen->getCursorX() );
-    position.setY( _screen->getCursorY() );
-
-    return position; 
-}
-
-int ScreenWindow::currentLine() const
-{
-    return qBound(0,_currentLine,lineCount()-windowLines());
-}
-
-void ScreenWindow::scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount )
-{
-    if ( mode == ScrollLines )
-    {
-        scrollTo( currentLine() + amount );
-    }
-    else if ( mode == ScrollPages )
-    {
-        scrollTo( currentLine() + amount * ( windowLines() / 2 ) ); 
-    }
-}
-
-bool ScreenWindow::atEndOfOutput() const
-{
-    return currentLine() == (lineCount()-windowLines());
-}
-
-void ScreenWindow::scrollTo( int line )
-{
-	int maxCurrentLineNumber = lineCount() - windowLines();
-	line = qBound(0,line,maxCurrentLineNumber);
-
-    const int delta = line - _currentLine;
-    _currentLine = line;
-
-    // keep track of number of lines scrolled by,
-    // this can be reset by calling resetScrollCount()
-    _scrollCount += delta;
-
-    _bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
-
-    emit scrolled(_currentLine);
-}
-
-void ScreenWindow::setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput)
-{
-    _trackOutput = trackOutput;
-}
-
-bool ScreenWindow::trackOutput() const
-{
-    return _trackOutput;
-}
-
-int ScreenWindow::scrollCount() const
-{
-    return _scrollCount;
-}
-
-void ScreenWindow::resetScrollCount() 
-{
-    _scrollCount = 0;
-}
-
-QRect ScreenWindow::scrollRegion() const
-{
-	bool equalToScreenSize = windowLines() == _screen->getLines();
-
-	if ( atEndOfOutput() && equalToScreenSize )
-    	return _screen->lastScrolledRegion();
-	else
-		return QRect(0,0,windowColumns(),windowLines());
-}
-
-void ScreenWindow::notifyOutputChanged()
-{
-    // move window to the bottom of the screen and update scroll count
-    // if this window is currently tracking the bottom of the screen
-    if ( _trackOutput )
-    { 
-        _scrollCount -= _screen->scrolledLines();
-        _currentLine = qMax(0,_screen->getHistLines() - (windowLines()-_screen->getLines()));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // if the history is not unlimited then it may 
-        // have run out of space and dropped the oldest
-        // lines of output - in this case the screen
-        // window's current line number will need to 
-        // be adjusted - otherwise the output will scroll
-        _currentLine = qMax(0,_currentLine - 
-                              _screen->droppedLines());
-
-        // ensure that the screen window's current position does
-        // not go beyond the bottom of the screen
-        _currentLine = qMin( _currentLine , _screen->getHistLines() );
-    }
-
-	_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
-
-    emit outputChanged(); 
-}
-
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/ScreenWindow.h
--- a/libqterminal/ScreenWindow.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SCREENWINDOW_H
-#define SCREENWINDOW_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QObject>
-#include <QtCore/QPoint>
-#include <QtCore/QRect>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "Character.h"
-
-class Screen;
-
-/**
- * Provides a window onto a section of a terminal screen.
- * This window can then be rendered by a terminal display widget ( TerminalDisplay ).
- *
- * To use the screen window, create a new ScreenWindow() instance and associated it with 
- * a terminal screen using setScreen().
- * Use the scrollTo() method to scroll the window up and down on the screen.
- * Call the getImage() method to retrieve the character image which is currently visible in the window.
- *
- * setTrackOutput() controls whether the window moves to the bottom of the associated screen when new
- * lines are added to it.
- *
- * Whenever the output from the underlying screen is changed, the notifyOutputChanged() slot should
- * be called.  This in turn will update the window's position and emit the outputChanged() signal
- * if necessary.
- */
-class ScreenWindow : public QObject
-{
-Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
-    /** 
-     * Constructs a new screen window with the given parent.
-     * A screen must be specified by calling setScreen() before calling getImage() or getLineProperties().
-     *
-     * You should not call this constructor directly, instead use the Emulation::createWindow() method
-     * to create a window on the emulation which you wish to view.  This allows the emulation
-     * to notify the window when the associated screen has changed and synchronize selection updates
-     * between all views on a session.
-     */
-    ScreenWindow(QObject* parent = 0);
-	virtual ~ScreenWindow();
-
-    /** Sets the screen which this window looks onto */
-    void setScreen(Screen* screen);
-    /** Returns the screen which this window looks onto */
-    Screen* screen() const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the image of characters which are currently visible through this window
-     * onto the screen.
-     *
-     * The buffer is managed by the ScreenWindow instance and does not need to be
-     * deleted by the caller.
-     */
-    Character* getImage();
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the line attributes associated with the lines of characters which
-     * are currently visible through this window
-     */
-    QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties();
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the number of lines which the region of the window
-     * specified by scrollRegion() has been scrolled by since the last call 
-     * to resetScrollCount().  scrollRegion() is in most cases the 
-     * whole window, but will be a smaller area in, for example, applications
-     * which provide split-screen facilities.
-     *
-     * This is not guaranteed to be accurate, but allows views to optimise
-     * rendering by reducing the amount of costly text rendering that
-     * needs to be done when the output is scrolled. 
-     */
-    int scrollCount() const;
-
-    /**
-     * Resets the count of scrolled lines returned by scrollCount()
-     */
-    void resetScrollCount();
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the area of the window which was last scrolled, this is 
-     * usually the whole window area.
-     *
-     * Like scrollCount(), this is not guaranteed to be accurate,
-     * but allows views to optimise rendering.
-     */
-    QRect scrollRegion() const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the start of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within 
-     * the window.
-     */
-    void setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode );
-    /**
-     * Sets the end of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within
-     * the window.
-     */
-    void setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ); 
-    /**
-     * Retrieves the start of the selection within the window.
-     */
-    void getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line );
-    /**
-     * Retrieves the end of the selection within the window.
-     */
-    void getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line );
-    /**
-     * Returns true if the character at @p line , @p column is part of the selection.
-     */
-    bool isSelected( int column , int line );
-    /** 
-     * Clears the current selection
-     */
-    void clearSelection();
-
-	/** Sets the number of lines in the window */
-	void setWindowLines(int lines);
-    /** Returns the number of lines in the window */
-    int windowLines() const;
-    /** Returns the number of columns in the window */
-    int windowColumns() const;
-    
-    /** Returns the total number of lines in the screen */
-    int lineCount() const;
-    /** Returns the total number of columns in the screen */
-    int columnCount() const;
-
-    /** Returns the index of the line which is currently at the top of this window */
-    int currentLine() const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the position of the cursor 
-     * within the window.
-     */
-    QPoint cursorPosition() const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Convenience method. Returns true if the window is currently at the bottom
-     * of the screen.
-     */
-    bool atEndOfOutput() const;
-
-    /** Scrolls the window so that @p line is at the top of the window */
-    void scrollTo( int line );
-
-    enum RelativeScrollMode
-    {
-        ScrollLines,
-        ScrollPages
-    };
-
-    /** 
-     * Scrolls the window relative to its current position on the screen.
-     *
-     * @param mode Specifies whether @p amount refers to the number of lines or the number
-     * of pages to scroll.    
-     * @param amount The number of lines or pages ( depending on @p mode ) to scroll by.  If
-     * this number is positive, the view is scrolled down.  If this number is negative, the view
-     * is scrolled up.
-     */
-    void scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount );
-
-    /** 
-     * Specifies whether the window should automatically move to the bottom
-     * of the screen when new output is added.
-     *
-     * If this is set to true, the window will be moved to the bottom of the associated screen ( see 
-     * screen() ) when the notifyOutputChanged() method is called.
-     */
-    void setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput);
-    /** 
-     * Returns whether the window automatically moves to the bottom of the screen as
-     * new output is added.  See setTrackOutput()
-     */
-    bool trackOutput() const;
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the text which is currently selected.
-     *
-     * @param preserveLineBreaks See Screen::selectedText()
-     */
-    QString selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const;
-
-public slots:
-    /** 
-     * Notifies the window that the contents of the associated terminal screen have changed.
-     * This moves the window to the bottom of the screen if trackOutput() is true and causes
-     * the outputChanged() signal to be emitted.
-     */
-    void notifyOutputChanged();
-
-signals:
-    /**
-     * Emitted when the contents of the associated terminal screen ( see screen() ) changes. 
-     */
-    void outputChanged();
-
-    /**
-     * Emitted when the screen window is scrolled to a different position.
-     * 
-     * @param line The line which is now at the top of the window.
-     */
-    void scrolled(int line);
-
-    /**
-     * Emitted when the selection is changed.
-     */
-    void selectionChanged();
-
-private:
-	int endWindowLine() const;
-	void fillUnusedArea();
-
-    Screen* _screen; // see setScreen() , screen()
-	Character* _windowBuffer;
-	int _windowBufferSize;
-	bool _bufferNeedsUpdate;
-
-	int  _windowLines;
-    int  _currentLine; // see scrollTo() , currentLine()
-    bool _trackOutput; // see setTrackOutput() , trackOutput() 
-    int  _scrollCount; // count of lines which the window has been scrolled by since
-                       // the last call to resetScrollCount()
-};
-
-#endif // SCREENWINDOW_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/SelfListener.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/SelfListener.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-#include "SelfListener.h"
-
-SelfListener::SelfListener(int a, QObject *parent) :
-    QThread(parent) {
-    _a = a;
-}
-
-void SelfListener::run() {
-    char buf[1025];
-    int len;
-
-    while(1) {
-        len = ::read(_a, buf, 1024);
-        if (len > 0) {
-           buf[len] = 0; // Just in case.
-           emit recvData(buf, len);
-        }
-    }
-}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/SelfListener.h
--- a/libqterminal/SelfListener.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef SELFLISTENER_H
-#define SELFLISTENER_H
-
-#include <QThread>
-
-class SelfListener : public QThread
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    explicit SelfListener(int a, QObject *parent = 0);
-
-signals:
-    void recvData(const char* stdOutBuffer, int stdOutlen);
-
-public slots:
-
-protected:
-    void run();
-    int _a;
-};
-
-#endif // SELFLISTENER_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    
-    Copyright (C) 2006 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
-
-PlainTextDecoder::PlainTextDecoder()
- : _output(0)
- , _includeTrailingWhitespace(true)
-{
-
-}
-void PlainTextDecoder::setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable)
-{
-    _includeTrailingWhitespace = enable;
-}
-bool PlainTextDecoder::trailingWhitespace() const
-{
-    return _includeTrailingWhitespace;
-}
-void PlainTextDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output)
-{
-   _output = output; 
-}
-void PlainTextDecoder::end()
-{
-    _output = 0;
-}
-void PlainTextDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/
-							 )
-{
-    Q_ASSERT( _output );
-
-	//TODO should we ignore or respect the LINE_WRAPPED line property?
-
-	//note:  we build up a QString and send it to the text stream rather writing into the text
-	//stream a character at a time because it is more efficient.
-	//(since QTextStream always deals with QStrings internally anyway)
-	QString plainText;
-	plainText.reserve(count);
-   
-    int outputCount = count;
-
-    // if inclusion of trailing whitespace is disabled then find the end of the
-    // line
-    if ( !_includeTrailingWhitespace )
-    {
-        for (int i = count-1 ; i >= 0 ; i--)
-        {
-            if ( characters[i].character != ' '  )
-                break;
-            else
-                outputCount--;
-        }
-    }
-
-	for (int i=0;i<outputCount;i++)
-	{
-		plainText.append( QChar(characters[i].character) );
-	}
-
-	*_output << plainText;
-}
-
-HTMLDecoder::HTMLDecoder() :
-        _output(0)
-	   ,_colorTable(base_color_table)
-       ,_innerSpanOpen(false)
-       ,_lastRendition(DEFAULT_RENDITION)
-{
-	
-}
-
-void HTMLDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output)
-{
-    _output = output;
-
-    QString text;
-
-	//open monospace span
-    openSpan(text,"font-family:monospace");
-
-    *output << text;
-}
-
-void HTMLDecoder::end()
-{
-    Q_ASSERT( _output );
-
-    QString text;
-
-    closeSpan(text);
-
-    *_output << text;
-
-    _output = 0;
-
-}
-
-//TODO: Support for LineProperty (mainly double width , double height)
-void HTMLDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/
-							)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT( _output );
-
-	QString text;
-
-	int spaceCount = 0;
-		
-	for (int i=0;i<count;i++)
-	{
-		QChar ch(characters[i].character);
-
-		//check if appearance of character is different from previous char
-		if ( characters[i].rendition != _lastRendition  ||
-		     characters[i].foregroundColor != _lastForeColor  ||
-			 characters[i].backgroundColor != _lastBackColor )
-		{
-			if ( _innerSpanOpen )
-					closeSpan(text);
-
-			_lastRendition = characters[i].rendition;
-			_lastForeColor = characters[i].foregroundColor;
-			_lastBackColor = characters[i].backgroundColor;
-			
-			//build up style string
-			QString style;
-
-			if ( _lastRendition & RE_BOLD ||
-                             (_colorTable && characters[i].isBold(_colorTable)) )
-					style.append("font-weight:bold;");
-
-
-			if ( _lastRendition & RE_UNDERLINE )
-					style.append("font-decoration:underline;");
-		
-			//colours - a colour table must have been defined first
-			if ( _colorTable )	
-			{
-				style.append( QString("color:%1;").arg(_lastForeColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) );
-
-				if (!characters[i].isTransparent(_colorTable))
-				{
-					style.append( QString("background-color:%1;").arg(_lastBackColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) );
-				}
-			}
-		
-			//open the span with the current style	
-			openSpan(text,style);
-			_innerSpanOpen = true;
-		}
-
-		//handle whitespace
-		if (ch.isSpace())
-			spaceCount++;
-		else
-			spaceCount = 0;
-		
-
-		//output current character
-		if (spaceCount < 2)
-		{
-			//escape HTML tag characters and just display others as they are
-			if ( ch == '<' )
-				text.append("&lt;");
-			else if (ch == '>')
-					text.append("&gt;");
-			else	
-					text.append(ch);
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			text.append("&nbsp;"); //HTML truncates multiple spaces, so use a space marker instead
-		}
-		
-	}
-
-	//close any remaining open inner spans
-	if ( _innerSpanOpen )
-		closeSpan(text);
-
-	//start new line
-	text.append("<br>");
-	
-	*_output << text;
-}
-
-void HTMLDecoder::openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style)
-{
-	text.append( QString("<span style=\"%1\">").arg(style) );
-}
-
-void HTMLDecoder::closeSpan(QString& text)
-{
-	text.append("</span>");
-}
-
-void HTMLDecoder::setColorTable(const ColorEntry* table)
-{
-	_colorTable = table;
-}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h
--- a/libqterminal/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    
-    Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H
-#define TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H
-
-#include "Character.h"
-
-class QTextStream;
-
-/**
- * Base class for terminal character decoders
- *
- * The decoder converts lines of terminal characters which consist of a unicode character, foreground
- * and background colours and other appearance-related properties into text strings.
- *
- * Derived classes may produce either plain text with no other colour or appearance information, or
- * they may produce text which incorporates these additional properties. 
- */
-class TerminalCharacterDecoder
-{
-public:
-	virtual ~TerminalCharacterDecoder() {}
-
-    /** Begin decoding characters.  The resulting text is appended to @p output. */
-    virtual void begin(QTextStream* output) = 0;
-    /** End decoding. */
-    virtual void end() = 0;
-
-	/**
-	 * Converts a line of terminal characters with associated properties into a text string
-	 * and writes the string into an output QTextStream.
-	 *
-	 * @param characters An array of characters of length @p count.
-	 * @param properties Additional properties which affect all characters in the line
-	 * @param output The output stream which receives the decoded text
-	 */
-	virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, 
-							int count,
-							LineProperty properties) = 0; 
-};
-
-/**
- * A terminal character decoder which produces plain text, ignoring colours and other appearance-related
- * properties of the original characters.
- */
-class PlainTextDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder
-{
-public:
-	PlainTextDecoder(); 
-
-    /** 
-     * Set whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines should be included 
-     * in the output.
-     * Defaults to true.
-     */
-    void setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable);
-    /**
-     * Returns whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines is included
-     * in the output.
-     */
-    bool trailingWhitespace() const;
-
-    virtual void begin(QTextStream* output);
-    virtual void end();
-
-	virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters,
-							int count,
-							LineProperty properties);	
-
-    
-private:
-    QTextStream* _output;
-    bool _includeTrailingWhitespace;
-};
-
-/**
- * A terminal character decoder which produces pretty HTML markup
- */
-class HTMLDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder
-{
-public:
-	/** 
-	 * Constructs an HTML decoder using a default black-on-white color scheme.
-	 */
-	HTMLDecoder();
-
-	/**
-	 * Sets the colour table which the decoder uses to produce the HTML colour codes in its
-	 * output
-	 */
-	void setColorTable( const ColorEntry* table );
-		
-	virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters,
-							int count,
-							LineProperty properties);
-
-    virtual void begin(QTextStream* output);
-    virtual void end();
-
-private:
-	void openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style);
-	void closeSpan(QString& text);
-
-    QTextStream* _output;
-	const ColorEntry* _colorTable;
-    bool _innerSpanOpen; 
-	quint8 _lastRendition;
-	CharacterColor _lastForeColor;
-	CharacterColor _lastBackColor;
-
-};
-
-#endif
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/TerminalModel.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/TerminalModel.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,413 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole
-
-    Copyright (C) 2006-2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "TerminalModel.h"
-
-// Standard
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QApplication>
-#include <QtCore/QByteRef>
-#include <QtCore/QDir>
-#include <QtCore/QFile>
-#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
-#include <QtCore/QStringList>
-#include <QtCore>
-
-#include "TerminalView.h"
-#include "Vt102Emulation.h"
-
-TerminalModel::TerminalModel(KPty *kpty) :
-    _shellProcess(0)
-  , _emulation(0)
-  , _monitorActivity(false)
-  , _monitorSilence(false)
-  , _notifiedActivity(false)
-  , _autoClose(true)
-  , _wantedClose(false)
-  , _silenceSeconds(10)
-  , _addToUtmp(false)
-  , _fullScripting(false)
-  , _hasDarkBackground(false)
-{
-    _kpty = kpty;
-
-    //create emulation backend
-    _emulation = new Vt102Emulation();
-    connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( stateSet(int) ),
-             this, SLOT( activityStateSet(int) ) );
-    connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ),
-             this, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ) );
-    connect( _emulation, SIGNAL(profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)),
-             this, SIGNAL( profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)) );
-    // TODO
-    // connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(imageSizeChanged(int,int)) , this ,
-    //        SLOT(onEmulationSizeChange(int,int)) );
-
-    _selfListener = new SelfListener(kpty->masterFd());
-    _selfListener->start();
-    connect( _selfListener, SIGNAL(recvData(const char*,int)),
-             this, SLOT(onReceiveBlock(const char*,int)), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
-
-    connect( _emulation, SIGNAL(sendData(const char*,int))
-             ,this,SLOT(sendData(const char*,int)));
-
-    //connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(lockPtyRequest(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(lockPty(bool)) );
-    //connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(useUtf8Request(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(setUtf8Mode(bool)) );
-
-
-    //connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(done(int)), this, SLOT(done(int)) );
-
-    //setup timer for monitoring session activity
-    _monitorTimer = new QTimer(this);
-    _monitorTimer->setSingleShot(true);
-    connect(_monitorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(monitorTimerDone()));
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground)
-{
-    _hasDarkBackground = darkBackground;
-}
-bool TerminalModel::hasDarkBackground() const
-{
-    return _hasDarkBackground;
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::setCodec(QTextCodec* codec)
-{
-    emulation()->setCodec(codec);
-}
-
-QList<TerminalView*> TerminalModel::views() const
-{
-    return _views;
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::addView(TerminalView* widget)
-{
-    Q_ASSERT( !_views.contains(widget) );
-
-    _views.append(widget);
-
-    if ( _emulation != 0 )
-    {
-        // connect emulation - view signals and slots
-        connect( widget , SIGNAL(keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent*)) , _emulation ,
-                 SLOT(sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*)) );
-        connect( widget , SIGNAL(mouseSignal(int,int,int,int)) , _emulation ,
-                 SLOT(sendMouseEvent(int,int,int,int)) );
-        connect( widget , SIGNAL(sendStringToEmu(const char*)) , _emulation ,
-                 SLOT(sendString(const char*)) );
-
-        // allow emulation to notify view when the foreground process
-        // indicates whether or not it is interested in mouse signals
-        connect( _emulation , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , widget ,
-                 SLOT(setUsesMouse(bool)) );
-
-        widget->setUsesMouse( _emulation->programUsesMouse() );
-
-        widget->setScreenWindow(_emulation->createWindow());
-    }
-
-    //connect view signals and slots
-    QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(changedContentSizeSignal(int,int)),this,
-                      SLOT(onViewSizeChange(int,int)));
-
-    QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)) , this ,
-                      SLOT(viewDestroyed(QObject*)) );
-    //slot for close
-    //QObject::connect(this, SIGNAL(finished()), widget, SLOT(close()));
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::viewDestroyed(QObject* view)
-{
-    TerminalView* display = (TerminalView*)view;
-
-    Q_ASSERT( _views.contains(display) );
-
-    removeView(display);
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::sendData(const char *buf, int len)
-{
-    ssize_t bytesWritten = ::write(_kpty->masterFd(), buf, len);
-    (void)bytesWritten;
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::removeView(TerminalView* widget)
-{
-    _views.removeAll(widget);
-
-    disconnect(widget,0,this,0);
-
-    if ( _emulation != 0 )
-    {
-        // disconnect
-        //  - key presses signals from widget
-        //  - mouse activity signals from widget
-        //  - string sending signals from widget
-        //
-        //  ... and any other signals connected in addView()
-        disconnect( widget, 0, _emulation, 0);
-
-        // disconnect state change signals emitted by emulation
-        disconnect( _emulation , 0 , widget , 0);
-    }
-
-    // close the session automatically when the last view is removed
-    if ( _views.count() == 0 )
-    {
-        close();
-    }
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::run()
-{
-    emit started();
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::monitorTimerDone()
-{
-    //FIXME: The idea here is that the notification popup will appear to tell the user than output from
-    //the terminal has stopped and the popup will disappear when the user activates the session.
-    //
-    //This breaks with the addition of multiple views of a session.  The popup should disappear
-    //when any of the views of the session becomes active
-
-
-    //FIXME: Make message text for this notification and the activity notification more descriptive.
-    if (_monitorSilence) {
-        //    KNotification::event("Silence", ("Silence in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(),
-        //                    QApplication::activeWindow(),
-        //                    KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated);
-        emit stateChanged(NOTIFYSILENCE);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        emit stateChanged(NOTIFYNORMAL);
-    }
-
-    _notifiedActivity=false;
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::activityStateSet(int state)
-{
-    if (state==NOTIFYBELL)
-    {
-        emit bellRequest("");
-    }
-    else if (state==NOTIFYACTIVITY)
-    {
-        if (_monitorSilence) {
-            _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000);
-        }
-
-        if ( _monitorActivity ) {
-            //FIXME:  See comments in Session::monitorTimerDone()
-            if (!_notifiedActivity) {
-                //        KNotification::event("Activity", ("Activity in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(),
-                //                        QApplication::activeWindow(),
-                //        KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated);
-                _notifiedActivity=true;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ( state==NOTIFYACTIVITY && !_monitorActivity )
-        state = NOTIFYNORMAL;
-    if ( state==NOTIFYSILENCE && !_monitorSilence )
-        state = NOTIFYNORMAL;
-
-    emit stateChanged(state);
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::onViewSizeChange(int /*height*/, int /*width*/)
-{
-    updateTerminalSize();
-}
-void TerminalModel::onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns)
-{
-    setSize( QSize(lines,columns) );
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::updateTerminalSize()
-{
-    QListIterator<TerminalView*> viewIter(_views);
-
-    int minLines = -1;
-    int minColumns = -1;
-
-    // minimum number of lines and columns that views require for
-    // their size to be taken into consideration ( to avoid problems
-    // with new view widgets which haven't yet been set to their correct size )
-    const int VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD = 2;
-    const int VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD = 2;
-
-    //select largest number of lines and columns that will fit in all visible views
-    while ( viewIter.hasNext() )
-    {
-        TerminalView* view = viewIter.next();
-        if ( view->isHidden() == false &&
-             view->lines() >= VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD &&
-             view->columns() >= VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD )
-        {
-            minLines = (minLines == -1) ? view->lines() : qMin( minLines , view->lines() );
-            minColumns = (minColumns == -1) ? view->columns() : qMin( minColumns , view->columns() );
-        }
-    }
-
-    // backend emulation must have a _terminal of at least 1 column x 1 line in size
-    if ( minLines > 0 && minColumns > 0 )
-    {
-        _emulation->setImageSize( minLines , minColumns );
-        //_shellProcess->setWindowSize( minLines , minColumns );
-    }
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::refresh()
-{
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::close()
-{
-    _autoClose = true;
-    _wantedClose = true;
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::sendText(const QString &text) const
-{
-    _emulation->sendText(text);
-}
-
-TerminalModel::~TerminalModel()
-{
-    delete _emulation;
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::setProfileKey(const QString& key)
-{
-    _profileKey = key;
-    emit profileChanged(key);
-}
-QString TerminalModel::profileKey() const { return _profileKey; }
-
-void TerminalModel::done(int)
-{
-    emit finished();
-}
-
-Emulation* TerminalModel::emulation() const
-{
-    return _emulation;
-}
-
-QString TerminalModel::keyBindings() const
-{
-    return _emulation->keyBindings();
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::setKeyBindings(const QString &id)
-{
-    _emulation->setKeyBindings(id);
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::setHistoryType(const HistoryType &hType)
-{
-    _emulation->setHistory(hType);
-}
-
-const HistoryType& TerminalModel::historyType() const
-{
-    return _emulation->history();
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::clearHistory()
-{
-    _emulation->clearHistory();
-}
-
-// unused currently
-bool TerminalModel::isMonitorActivity() const { return _monitorActivity; }
-// unused currently
-bool TerminalModel::isMonitorSilence()  const { return _monitorSilence; }
-
-void TerminalModel::setMonitorActivity(bool _monitor)
-{
-    _monitorActivity=_monitor;
-    _notifiedActivity=false;
-
-    activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL);
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::setMonitorSilence(bool _monitor)
-{
-    if (_monitorSilence==_monitor)
-        return;
-
-    _monitorSilence=_monitor;
-    if (_monitorSilence)
-    {
-        _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000);
-    }
-    else
-        _monitorTimer->stop();
-
-    activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL);
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds)
-{
-    _silenceSeconds=seconds;
-    if (_monitorSilence) {
-        _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000);
-    }
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::setAddToUtmp(bool set)
-{
-    _addToUtmp = set;
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::onReceiveBlock(const char* buf, int len )
-{
-    _emulation->receiveData( buf, len );
-    emit receivedData( QString::fromLatin1( buf, len ) );
-}
-
-QSize TerminalModel::size()
-{
-    return _emulation->imageSize();
-}
-
-void TerminalModel::setSize(const QSize& size)
-{
-    if ((size.width() <= 1) || (size.height() <= 1))
-        return;
-
-    emit resizeRequest(size);
-}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/TerminalModel.h
--- a/libqterminal/TerminalModel.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,371 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef TERMINALMODEL_H
-#define TERMINALMODEL_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QStringList>
-#include <QtCore>
-#include <QWidget>
-
-#include "SelfListener.h"
-
-// Konsole
-#include "History.h"
-#include "kpty.h"
-
-class KProcess;
-
-class Emulation;
-class PseudoTerminal;
-class TerminalView;
-
-/**
- * Represents a terminal session consisting of a pseudo-teletype and a terminal emulation.
- * The pseudo-teletype (or PTY) handles I/O between the terminal process and Konsole.
- * The terminal emulation ( Emulation and subclasses ) processes the output stream from the
- * PTY and produces a character image which is then shown on views connected to the session.
- *
- * Each Session can be connected to one or more views by using the addView() method.
- * The attached views can then display output from the program running in the terminal
- * or send input to the program in the terminal in the form of keypresses and mouse
- * activity.
- */
-class TerminalModel : public QObject {
-Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
-  Q_PROPERTY(QString keyBindings READ keyBindings WRITE setKeyBindings)
-  Q_PROPERTY(QSize size READ size WRITE setSize)
-
-  /**
-   * Constructs a new session.
-   *
-   * To start the terminal process, call the run() method,
-   * after specifying the program and arguments
-   * using setProgram() and setArguments()
-   *
-   * If no program or arguments are specified explicitly, the Session
-   * falls back to using the program specified in the SHELL environment
-   * variable.
-   */
-  TerminalModel(KPty *kpty);
-  ~TerminalModel();
-
-
-  /**
-   * Sets the profile associated with this session.
-   *
-   * @param profileKey A key which can be used to obtain the current
-   * profile settings from the SessionManager
-   */
-  void setProfileKey(const QString& profileKey);
-  /**
-   * Returns the profile key associated with this session.
-   * This can be passed to the SessionManager to obtain the current
-   * profile settings.
-   */
-  QString profileKey() const;
-
-  /**
-   * Adds a new view for this session.
-   *
-   * The viewing widget will display the output from the terminal and
-   * input from the viewing widget (key presses, mouse activity etc.)
-   * will be sent to the terminal.
-   *
-   * Views can be removed using removeView().  The session is automatically
-   * closed when the last view is removed.
-   */
-  void addView(TerminalView* widget);
-  /**
-   * Removes a view from this session.  When the last view is removed,
-   * the session will be closed automatically.
-   *
-   * @p widget will no longer display output from or send input
-   * to the terminal
-   */
-  void removeView(TerminalView* widget);
-
-  /**
-   * Returns the views connected to this session
-   */
-  QList<TerminalView*> views() const;
-
-  /**
-   * Returns the terminal emulation instance being used to encode / decode
-   * characters to / from the process.
-   */
-  Emulation*  emulation() const;
-
-
-
-  /**
-   * Sets the type of history store used by this session.
-   * Lines of output produced by the terminal are added
-   * to the history store.  The type of history store
-   * used affects the number of lines which can be
-   * remembered before they are lost and the storage
-   * (in memory, on-disk etc.) used.
-   */
-  void setHistoryType(const HistoryType& type);
-  /**
-   * Returns the type of history store used by this session.
-   */
-  const HistoryType& historyType() const;
-  /**
-   * Clears the history store used by this session.
-   */
-  void clearHistory();
-
-  /**
-   * Enables monitoring for activity in the session.
-   * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted
-   * with the NOTIFYACTIVITY state flag when output is
-   * received from the terminal.
-   */
-  void setMonitorActivity(bool);
-  /** Returns true if monitoring for activity is enabled. */
-  bool isMonitorActivity() const;
-
-  /**
-   * Enables monitoring for silence in the session.
-   * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted
-   * with the NOTIFYSILENCE state flag when output is not
-   * received from the terminal for a certain period of
-   * time, specified with setMonitorSilenceSeconds()
-   */
-  void setMonitorSilence(bool);
-  /**
-   * Returns true if monitoring for inactivity (silence)
-   * in the session is enabled.
-   */
-  bool isMonitorSilence()  const;
-  /** See setMonitorSilence() */
-  void setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds);
-
-  /**
-   * Sets the key bindings used by this session.  The bindings
-   * specify how input key sequences are translated into
-   * the character stream which is sent to the terminal.
-   *
-   * @param id The name of the key bindings to use.  The
-   * names of available key bindings can be determined using the
-   * KeyboardTranslatorManager class.
-   */
-  void setKeyBindings(const QString& id);
-  /** Returns the name of the key bindings used by this session. */
-  QString keyBindings() const;
-
-
-  /** Specifies whether a utmp entry should be created for the pty used by this session. */
-  void setAddToUtmp(bool);
-
-  /**
-   * Specifies whether to close the session automatically when the terminal
-   * process terminates.
-   */
-  void setAutoClose(bool b) { _autoClose = b; }
-
-  /**
-   * Sends @p text to the current foreground terminal program.
-   */
-  void sendText(const QString& text) const;
-
-
-  /** Returns the terminal session's window size in lines and columns. */
-  QSize size();
-  /**
-   * Emits a request to resize the session to accommodate
-   * the specified window size.
-   *
-   * @param size The size in lines and columns to request.
-   */
-  void setSize(const QSize& size);
-
-  /** Sets the text codec used by this session's terminal emulation. */
-  void setCodec(QTextCodec* codec);
-
-  /**
-   * Sets whether the session has a dark background or not.  The session
-   * uses this information to set the COLORFGBG variable in the process's
-   * environment, which allows the programs running in the terminal to determine
-   * whether the background is light or dark and use appropriate colors by default.
-   *
-   * This has no effect once the session is running.
-   */
-  void setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground);
-  /**
-   * Returns true if the session has a dark background.
-   * See setDarkBackground()
-   */
-  bool hasDarkBackground() const;
-
-  /**
-   * Attempts to get the shell program to redraw the current display area.
-   * This can be used after clearing the screen, for example, to get the
-   * shell to redraw the prompt line.
-   */
-  void refresh();
-
-public slots:
-
-  /**
-   * Starts the terminal session.
-   *
-   * This creates the terminal process and connects the teletype to it.
-   */
-  void run();
-
-  /**
-   * Closes the terminal session.  This sends a hangup signal
-   * (SIGHUP) to the terminal process and causes the done(Session*)
-   * signal to be emitted.
-   */
-  void close();
-
-signals:
-
-  /** Emitted when the terminal process starts. */
-  void started();
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when the terminal process exits.
-   */
-  void finished();
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when output is received from the terminal process.
-   */
-  void receivedData( const QString& text );
-
-  /** Emitted when the session's title has changed. */
-  void titleChanged();
-
-  /** Emitted when the session's profile has changed. */
-  void profileChanged(const QString& profile);
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when the activity state of this session changes.
-   *
-   * @param state The new state of the session.  This may be one
-   * of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYSILENCE or NOTIFYACTIVITY
-   */
-  void stateChanged(int state);
-
-  /** Emitted when a bell event occurs in the session. */
-  void bellRequest( const QString& message );
-
-  /**
-   * Requests that the color the text for any tabs associated with
-   * this session should be changed;
-   *
-   * TODO: Document what the parameter does
-   */
-  void changeTabTextColorRequest(int);
-
-  /**
-   * Requests that the background color of views on this session
-   * should be changed.
-   */
-  void changeBackgroundColorRequest(const QColor&);
-
-  /** TODO: Document me. */
-  void openUrlRequest(const QString& url);
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when the terminal process requests a change
-   * in the size of the terminal window.
-   *
-   * @param size The requested window size in terms of lines and columns.
-   */
-  void resizeRequest(const QSize& size);
-
-  /**
-   * Emitted when a profile change command is received from the terminal.
-   *
-   * @param text The text of the command.  This is a string of the form
-   * "PropertyName=Value;PropertyName=Value ..."
-   */
-  void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text);
-
-private slots:
-  void done(int);
-
-  void onReceiveBlock(const char* buffer, int len );
-  void monitorTimerDone();
-
-  void onViewSizeChange(int height, int width);
-  void onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns);
-
-  void activityStateSet(int);
-
-  //automatically detach views from sessions when view is destroyed
-  void viewDestroyed(QObject* view);
-
-  void sendData(const char* buf, int len);
-
-private:
-
-  void updateTerminalSize();
-  WId windowId() const;
-
-  int            _uniqueIdentifier;
-
-  PseudoTerminal* _shellProcess;
-  Emulation*    _emulation;
-
-  QList<TerminalView*> _views;
-
-  bool           _monitorActivity;
-  bool           _monitorSilence;
-  bool           _notifiedActivity;
-  bool           _masterMode;
-  bool           _autoClose;
-  bool           _wantedClose;
-  QTimer*        _monitorTimer;
-
-  int            _silenceSeconds;
-
-  bool           _addToUtmp;
-  bool           _fullScripting;
-
-  int            _masterFd;
-  int            _slaveFd;
-
-  SelfListener  *_selfListener;
-  KPty         * _kpty;
-
-
-  QColor         _modifiedBackground; // as set by: echo -en '\033]11;Color\007
-
-  QString        _profileKey;
-
-  bool _hasDarkBackground;
-};
-
-
-#endif // TERMINALMODEL_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/TerminalView.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/TerminalView.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,2716 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator for KDE.
-    
-    Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-    
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "TerminalView.h"
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QApplication>
-#include <QtGui/QBoxLayout>
-#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
-#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QTime>
-#include <QtCore/QFile>
-#include <QtGui/QGridLayout>
-#include <QtGui/QLabel>
-#include <QtGui/QLayout>
-#include <QtGui/QPainter>
-#include <QtGui/QPixmap>
-#include <QtGui/QScrollBar>
-#include <QtGui/QStyle>
-#include <QtCore>
-#include <QtGui>
-
-#include "Filter.h"
-#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
-#include "ScreenWindow.h"
-#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
-
-#ifndef loc
-#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*_columns+(X))
-#endif
-
-#define yMouseScroll 1
-
-#define REPCHAR   "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" \
-                  "abcdefgjijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \
-                  "0123456789./+@"
-
-// scroll increment used when dragging selection at top/bottom of window.
-
-// static
-bool TerminalView::_antialiasText = true;
-bool TerminalView::HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = false;
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                Colors                                     */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Note that we use ANSI color order (bgr), while IBMPC color order is (rgb)
-
-   Code        0       1       2       3       4       5       6       7
-   ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
-   ANSI  (bgr) Black   Red     Green   Yellow  Blue    Magenta Cyan    White
-   IBMPC (rgb) Black   Blue    Green   Cyan    Red     Magenta Yellow  White
-*/
-
-ScreenWindow* TerminalView::screenWindow() const
-{
-    return _screenWindow;
-}
-void TerminalView::setScreenWindow(ScreenWindow* window)
-{
-    // disconnect existing screen window if any
-    if ( _screenWindow )
-    {
-        disconnect( _screenWindow , 0 , this , 0 );
-    }
-
-    _screenWindow = window;
-
-    if ( window )
-    {
-//#warning "The order here is not specified - does it matter whether updateImage or updateLineProperties comes first?"
-        connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateLineProperties()) );
-        connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateImage()) );
-	window->setWindowLines(_lines);
-    }
-}
-
-const ColorEntry* TerminalView::colorTable() const
-{
-  return _colorTable;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[])
-{
-  for (int i = 0; i < TABLE_COLORS; i++)
-      _colorTable[i] = table[i];
-
-  QPalette p = palette();
-  p.setColor( backgroundRole(), _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color );
-  setPalette( p );
-
-  // Avoid propagating the palette change to the scroll bar 
-  _scrollBar->setPalette( QApplication::palette() );  
-
-  update();
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                   Font                                    */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*
-   The VT100 has 32 special graphical characters. The usual vt100 extended
-   xterm fonts have these at 0x00..0x1f.
-
-   QT's iso mapping leaves 0x00..0x7f without any changes. But the graphicals
-   come in here as proper unicode characters.
-
-   We treat non-iso10646 fonts as VT100 extended and do the requiered mapping
-   from unicode to 0x00..0x1f. The remaining translation is then left to the
-   QCodec.
-*/
-
-static inline bool isLineChar(quint16 c) { return ((c & 0xFF80) == 0x2500);}
-static inline bool isLineCharString(const QString& string)
-{
-		return (string.length() > 0) && (isLineChar(string.at(0).unicode()));
-}
-						
-
-// assert for i in [0..31] : vt100extended(vt100_graphics[i]) == i.
-
-unsigned short vt100_graphics[32] =
-{ // 0/8     1/9    2/10    3/11    4/12    5/13    6/14    7/15
-  0x0020, 0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240c, 0x240d, 0x240a, 0x00b0,
-  0x00b1, 0x2424, 0x240b, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, 0x253c,
-  0xF800, 0xF801, 0x2500, 0xF803, 0xF804, 0x251c, 0x2524, 0x2534,
-  0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03C0, 0x2260, 0x00A3, 0x00b7
-};
-
-void TerminalView::fontChange(const QFont&)
-{
-  QFontMetrics fm(font());
-  _fontHeight = fm.height() + _lineSpacing;
-
-
-  // waba TerminalDisplay 1.123:
-  // "Base character width on widest ASCII character. This prevents too wide
-  //  characters in the presence of double wide (e.g. Japanese) characters."
-  // Get the width from representative normal width characters
-  _fontWidth = qRound((double)fm.width(REPCHAR)/(double)strlen(REPCHAR));
-
-  _fixedFont = true;
-
-  int fw = fm.width(REPCHAR[0]);
-  for(unsigned int i=1; i< strlen(REPCHAR); i++)
-  {
-    if (fw != fm.width(REPCHAR[i]))
-    {
-      _fixedFont = false;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (_fontWidth < 1)
-    _fontWidth=1;
-
-  _fontAscent = fm.ascent();
-
-  emit changedFontMetricSignal( _fontHeight, _fontWidth );
-  propagateSize();
-  update();
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setVTFont(const QFont& f)
-{
-  QFont font = f;
-
-  QFontMetrics metrics(font);
-
-  if ( metrics.height() < height() && metrics.maxWidth() < width() )
-  {
-    // hint that text should be drawn without anti-aliasing.  
-    // depending on the user's font configuration, this may not be respected
-    if (!_antialiasText)
-        font.setStyleStrategy( QFont::NoAntialias );
- 
-    // experimental optimization.  Konsole assumes that the terminal is using a 
-    // mono-spaced font, in which case kerning information should have an effect.
-    // Disabling kerning saves some computation when rendering text. 
-    font.setKerning(false);
-
-    QWidget::setFont(font);
-    fontChange(font);
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setFont(const QFont &)
-{
-  // ignore font change request if not coming from konsole itself
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                         Constructor / Destructor                          */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-TerminalView::TerminalView(QWidget *parent)
-:QWidget(parent)
-,_screenWindow(0)
-,_allowBell(true)
-,_gridLayout(0)
-,_fontHeight(1)
-,_fontWidth(1)
-,_fontAscent(1)
-,_lines(1)
-,_columns(1)
-,_usedLines(1)
-,_usedColumns(1)
-,_contentHeight(1)
-,_contentWidth(1)
-,_image(0)
-,_randomSeed(0)
-,_resizing(false)
-,_terminalSizeHint(false)
-,_terminalSizeStartup(true)
-,_bidiEnabled(false)
-,_actSel(0)
-,_wordSelectionMode(false)
-,_lineSelectionMode(false)
-,_preserveLineBreaks(false)
-,_columnSelectionMode(false)
-,_scrollbarLocation(NoScrollBar)
-,_wordCharacters(":@-./_~")
-,_bellMode(SystemBeepBell)
-,_blinking(false)
-,_cursorBlinking(false)
-,_hasBlinkingCursor(false)
-,_ctrlDrag(false)
-,_tripleClickMode(SelectWholeLine)
-,_isFixedSize(false)
-,_possibleTripleClick(false)
-,_resizeWidget(0)
-,_resizeTimer(0)
-,_outputSuspendedLabel(0)
-,_lineSpacing(0)
-,_colorsInverted(false)
-,_blendColor(qRgba(0,0,0,0xff))
-,_filterChain(new TerminalImageFilterChain())
-,_cursorShape(BlockCursor)
-,_readonly(false)
-{
-  // terminal applications are not designed with Right-To-Left in mind,
-  // so the layout is forced to Left-To-Right
-  setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight);
-
-  // The offsets are not yet calculated.
-  // Do not calculate these too often to be more smoothly when resizing
-  // konsole in opaque mode.
-  _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN;
-  _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
-
-  // create scroll bar for scrolling output up and down
-  // set the scroll bar's slider to occupy the whole area of the scroll bar initially
-  _scrollBar = new QScrollBar(this);
-  setScroll(0,0); 
-  _scrollBar->setCursor( Qt::ArrowCursor );
-  connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, 
-  					  SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int)));
-
-  // setup timers for blinking cursor and text
-  _blinkTimer   = new QTimer(this);
-  connect(_blinkTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkEvent()));
-  _blinkCursorTimer   = new QTimer(this);
-  connect(_blinkCursorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkCursorEvent()));
-
-//  QCursor::setAutoHideCursor( this, true );
-  
-  setUsesMouse(true);
-  setColorTable(base_color_table);
-  setMouseTracking(true);
-
-  // Enable drag and drop 
-  setAcceptDrops(true); // attempt
-  dragInfo.state = diNone;
-
-  setFocusPolicy( Qt::WheelFocus );
-
-  // enable input method support
-  setAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, true);
-
-  // this is an important optimization, it tells Qt
-  // that TerminalDisplay will handle repainting its entire area.
-  setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent);
-
-  _gridLayout = new QGridLayout(this);
-  _gridLayout->setMargin(0);
-
-  setLayout( _gridLayout ); 
-}
-
-TerminalView::~TerminalView()
-{
-  qApp->removeEventFilter( this );
-  
-  delete[] _image;
-
-  delete _gridLayout;
-  delete _outputSuspendedLabel;
-  delete _filterChain;
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                             Display Operations                            */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/**
- A table for emulating the simple (single width) unicode drawing chars.
- It represents the 250x - 257x glyphs. If it's zero, we can't use it.
- if it's not, it's encoded as follows: imagine a 5x5 grid where the points are numbered
- 0 to 24 left to top, top to bottom. Each point is represented by the corresponding bit.
-
- Then, the pixels basically have the following interpretation:
- _|||_
- -...-
- -...-
- -...-
- _|||_
-
-where _ = none
-      | = vertical line.
-      - = horizontal line.
- */
-
-
-enum LineEncode
-{
-    TopL  = (1<<1),
-    TopC  = (1<<2),
-    TopR  = (1<<3),
-
-    LeftT = (1<<5),
-    Int11 = (1<<6),
-    Int12 = (1<<7),
-    Int13 = (1<<8),
-    RightT = (1<<9),
-
-    LeftC = (1<<10),
-    Int21 = (1<<11),
-    Int22 = (1<<12),
-    Int23 = (1<<13),
-    RightC = (1<<14),
-
-    LeftB = (1<<15),
-    Int31 = (1<<16),
-    Int32 = (1<<17),
-    Int33 = (1<<18),
-    RightB = (1<<19),
-
-    BotL  = (1<<21),
-    BotC  = (1<<22),
-    BotR  = (1<<23)
-};
-
-#include "LineFont.h"
-
-static void drawLineChar(QPainter& paint, int x, int y, int w, int h, uchar code)
-{
-    //Calculate cell midpoints, end points.
-    int cx = x + w/2;
-    int cy = y + h/2;
-    int ex = x + w - 1;
-    int ey = y + h - 1;
-
-    quint32 toDraw = LineChars[code];
-
-    //Top _lines:
-    if (toDraw & TopL)
-        paint.drawLine(cx-1, y, cx-1, cy-2);
-    if (toDraw & TopC)
-        paint.drawLine(cx, y, cx, cy-2);
-    if (toDraw & TopR)
-        paint.drawLine(cx+1, y, cx+1, cy-2);
-
-    //Bot _lines:
-    if (toDraw & BotL)
-        paint.drawLine(cx-1, cy+2, cx-1, ey);
-    if (toDraw & BotC)
-        paint.drawLine(cx, cy+2, cx, ey);
-    if (toDraw & BotR)
-        paint.drawLine(cx+1, cy+2, cx+1, ey);
-
-    //Left _lines:
-    if (toDraw & LeftT)
-        paint.drawLine(x, cy-1, cx-2, cy-1);
-    if (toDraw & LeftC)
-        paint.drawLine(x, cy, cx-2, cy);
-    if (toDraw & LeftB)
-        paint.drawLine(x, cy+1, cx-2, cy+1);
-
-    //Right _lines:
-    if (toDraw & RightT)
-        paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy-1, ex, cy-1);
-    if (toDraw & RightC)
-        paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy, ex, cy);
-    if (toDraw & RightB)
-        paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy+1, ex, cy+1);
-
-    //Intersection points.
-    if (toDraw & Int11)
-        paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy-1);
-    if (toDraw & Int12)
-        paint.drawPoint(cx, cy-1);
-    if (toDraw & Int13)
-        paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy-1);
-
-    if (toDraw & Int21)
-        paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy);
-    if (toDraw & Int22)
-        paint.drawPoint(cx, cy);
-    if (toDraw & Int23)
-        paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy);
-
-    if (toDraw & Int31)
-        paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy+1);
-    if (toDraw & Int32)
-        paint.drawPoint(cx, cy+1);
-    if (toDraw & Int33)
-        paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy+1);
-
-}
-
-void TerminalView::drawLineCharString(	QPainter& painter, int x, int y, const QString& str,
-									const Character* attributes)
-{
-		const QPen& currentPen = painter.pen();
-		
-		if ( attributes->rendition & RE_BOLD )
-		{
-			QPen boldPen(currentPen);
-			boldPen.setWidth(3);
-			painter.setPen( boldPen );
-		}	
-		
-		for (int i=0 ; i < str.length(); i++)
-		{
-			uchar code = str[i].cell();
-        	if (LineChars[code])
-            	drawLineChar(painter, x + (_fontWidth*i), y, _fontWidth, _fontHeight, code);
-		}
-
-		painter.setPen( currentPen );
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape)
-{
-    _cursorShape = shape;
-}
-TerminalView::KeyboardCursorShape TerminalView::keyboardCursorShape() const
-{
-    return _cursorShape;
-}
-void TerminalView::setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor, const QColor& color)
-{
-    if (useForegroundColor)
-        _cursorColor = QColor(); // an invalid color means that
-                                 // the foreground color of the
-                                 // current character should
-                                 // be used
-
-    else
-        _cursorColor = color;
-}
-QColor TerminalView::keyboardCursorColor() const
-{
-    return _cursorColor;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setOpacity(qreal opacity)
-{
-    QColor color(_blendColor);
-    color.setAlphaF(opacity);
-
-    // enable automatic background filling to prevent the display
-    // flickering if there is no transparency
-    if ( color.alpha() == 255 ) 
-    {
-        setAutoFillBackground(true);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        setAutoFillBackground(false);
-    }
-
-    _blendColor = color.rgba();
-}
-
-void TerminalView::drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& backgroundColor, bool useOpacitySetting )
-{
-        // the area of the widget showing the contents of the terminal display is drawn
-        // using the background color from the color scheme set with setColorTable()
-        //
-        // the area of the widget behind the scroll-bar is drawn using the background
-        // brush from the scroll-bar's palette, to give the effect of the scroll-bar
-        // being outside of the terminal display and visual consistency with other KDE
-        // applications.  
-        //
-        QRect scrollBarArea = _scrollBar->isVisible() ? 
-                                    rect.intersected(_scrollBar->geometry()) :
-                                    QRect();
-        QRegion contentsRegion = QRegion(rect).subtracted(scrollBarArea);
-        QRect contentsRect = contentsRegion.boundingRect();
-
-        if ( HAVE_TRANSPARENCY && qAlpha(_blendColor) < 0xff && useOpacitySetting ) 
-        {
-            QColor color(backgroundColor);
-            color.setAlpha(qAlpha(_blendColor));
-
-            painter.save();
-            painter.setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source);
-            painter.fillRect(contentsRect, color);
-            painter.restore();
-        } 
-        else {
-	    painter.fillRect(contentsRect, backgroundColor);
-	}
-
-        painter.fillRect(scrollBarArea,_scrollBar->palette().background());
-}
-
-void TerminalView::drawCursor(QPainter& painter,
-                                 const QRect& rect,
-                                 const QColor& foregroundColor,
-                                 const QColor& /*backgroundColor*/,
-                                 bool& invertCharacterColor)
-{
-    QRect cursorRect = rect;
-    cursorRect.setHeight(_fontHeight - _lineSpacing - 1);
-    
-    if (!_cursorBlinking)
-    {
-       if ( _cursorColor.isValid() )
-           painter.setPen(_cursorColor);
-       else {
-    	    painter.setPen(foregroundColor);
-	}
-
-       if ( _cursorShape == BlockCursor )
-       {
-            // draw the cursor outline, adjusting the area so that
-            // it is draw entirely inside 'rect'
-            int penWidth = qMax(1,painter.pen().width());
-
-            painter.drawRect(cursorRect.adjusted(penWidth/2,
-                                                 penWidth/2,
-                                                 - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2,
-                                                 - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2));
-            if ( hasFocus() )
-            {
-                painter.fillRect(cursorRect, _cursorColor.isValid() ? _cursorColor : foregroundColor);
-	    
-                if ( !_cursorColor.isValid() )
-                {
-                    // invert the colour used to draw the text to ensure that the character at
-                    // the cursor position is readable
-                    invertCharacterColor = true;
-                }
-            }
-       }
-       else if ( _cursorShape == UnderlineCursor )
-            painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(),
-                             cursorRect.bottom(),
-                             cursorRect.right(),
-                             cursorRect.bottom());
-       else if ( _cursorShape == IBeamCursor )
-            painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(),
-                             cursorRect.top(),
-                             cursorRect.left(),
-                             cursorRect.bottom());
-    
-    }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::drawCharacters(QPainter& painter,
-                                     const QRect& rect,
-                                     const QString& text,
-                                     const Character* style,
-                                     bool invertCharacterColor)
-{
-    // don't draw text which is currently blinking
-    if ( _blinking && (style->rendition & RE_BLINK) )
-            return;
-   
-    // setup bold and underline
-    bool useBold = style->rendition & RE_BOLD || style->isBold(_colorTable) || font().bold();
-    bool useUnderline = style->rendition & RE_UNDERLINE || font().underline();
-
-    QFont font = painter.font();
-    if (    font.bold() != useBold 
-         || font.underline() != useUnderline )
-    {
-       font.setBold(useBold);
-       font.setUnderline(useUnderline);
-       painter.setFont(font);
-    }
-
-    const CharacterColor& textColor = ( invertCharacterColor ? style->backgroundColor : style->foregroundColor );
-    const QColor color = textColor.color(_colorTable);
-
-    QPen pen = painter.pen();
-    if ( pen.color() != color )
-    {
-        pen.setColor(color);
-        painter.setPen(color);
-    }
-    // draw text
-    if ( isLineCharString(text) ) {
-	  	drawLineCharString(painter,rect.x(),rect.y(),text,style);
-    }
-    else
-	{
-		// the drawText(rect,flags,string) overload is used here with null flags
-		// instead of drawText(rect,string) because the (rect,string) overload causes 
-		// the application's default layout direction to be used instead of 
-		// the widget-specific layout direction, which should always be
-		// Qt::LeftToRight for this widget
-        painter.drawText(rect,0,text);
-	}
-}
-
-void TerminalView::drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter ,
-                                       const QRect& rect,
-                                       const QString& text, 
-                                       const Character* style)
-{
-    painter.save();
-
-    // setup painter 
-    const QColor foregroundColor = style->foregroundColor.color(_colorTable);
-    const QColor backgroundColor = style->backgroundColor.color(_colorTable);
-    
-    // draw background if different from the display's background color
-    if ( backgroundColor != palette().background().color() )
-        drawBackground(painter,rect,backgroundColor, false /* do not use transparency */);
-
-    // draw cursor shape if the current character is the cursor
-    // this may alter the foreground and background colors
-    bool invertCharacterColor = false;
-
-    if ( style->rendition & RE_CURSOR )
-        drawCursor(painter,rect,foregroundColor,backgroundColor,invertCharacterColor);
-    // draw text
-    drawCharacters(painter,rect,text,style,invertCharacterColor);
-
-    painter.restore();
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setRandomSeed(uint randomSeed) { _randomSeed = randomSeed; }
-uint TerminalView::randomSeed() const { return _randomSeed; }
-
-#if 0
-/*!
-    Set XIM Position
-*/
-void TerminalDisplay::setCursorPos(const int curx, const int cury)
-{
-    QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
-    int    tLx = tL.x();
-    int    tLy = tL.y();
-
-    int xpos, ypos;
-    ypos = _topMargin + tLy + _fontHeight*(cury-1) + _fontAscent;
-    xpos = _leftMargin + tLx + _fontWidth*curx;
-    //setMicroFocusHint(xpos, ypos, 0, _fontHeight); //### ???
-    // fprintf(stderr, "x/y = %d/%d\txpos/ypos = %d/%d\n", curx, cury, xpos, ypos);
-    _cursorLine = cury;
-    _cursorCol = curx;
-}
-#endif
-
-// scrolls the image by 'lines', down if lines > 0 or up otherwise.
-//
-// the terminal emulation keeps track of the scrolling of the character 
-// image as it receives input, and when the view is updated, it calls scrollImage() 
-// with the final scroll amount.  this improves performance because scrolling the 
-// display is much cheaper than re-rendering all the text for the 
-// part of the image which has moved up or down.  
-// Instead only new lines have to be drawn
-//
-// note:  it is important that the area of the display which is 
-// scrolled aligns properly with the character grid - 
-// which has a top left point at (_leftMargin,_topMargin) , 
-// a cell width of _fontWidth and a cell height of _fontHeight).    
-void TerminalView::scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& screenWindowRegion)
-{
-	// if the flow control warning is enabled this will interfere with the 
-	// scrolling optimisations and cause artifacts.  the simple solution here
-	// is to just disable the optimisation whilst it is visible
-	if ( _outputSuspendedLabel && _outputSuspendedLabel->isVisible() ) {
-		return;
-	}
-
-    // constrain the region to the display
-    // the bottom of the region is capped to the number of lines in the display's
-    // internal image - 2, so that the height of 'region' is strictly less
-    // than the height of the internal image.
-    QRect region = screenWindowRegion;
-    region.setBottom( qMin(region.bottom(),this->_lines-2) ); 
-
-    if (    lines == 0 
-         || _image == 0
-         || !region.isValid() 
-         || (region.top() + abs(lines)) >= region.bottom() 
-         || this->_lines <= region.height() ) return;
-
-    QRect scrollRect;
-
-    void* firstCharPos = &_image[ region.top() * this->_columns ];
-    void* lastCharPos = &_image[ (region.top() + abs(lines)) * this->_columns ];
-
-    int top = _topMargin + (region.top() * _fontHeight);
-    int linesToMove = region.height() - abs(lines);
-    int bytesToMove = linesToMove * 
-                      this->_columns *
-                      sizeof(Character);
-
-    Q_ASSERT( linesToMove > 0 );
-    Q_ASSERT( bytesToMove > 0 );
-
-    //scroll internal image
-    if ( lines > 0 )
-    {
-        // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid
-        Q_ASSERT( (char*)lastCharPos + bytesToMove < 
-                  (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) );
-        
-        Q_ASSERT( (lines*this->_columns) < _imageSize ); 
-
-        //scroll internal image down
-        memmove( firstCharPos , lastCharPos , bytesToMove ); 
-      
-        //set region of display to scroll, making sure that
-        //the region aligns correctly to the character grid 
-        scrollRect = QRect( _leftMargin , top, 
-                            this->_usedColumns * _fontWidth , 
-                            linesToMove * _fontHeight );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid
-        Q_ASSERT( (char*)firstCharPos + bytesToMove < 
-                  (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) );
-
-        //scroll internal image up
-        memmove( lastCharPos , firstCharPos , bytesToMove ); 
-     
-        //set region of the display to scroll, making sure that
-        //the region aligns correctly to the character grid
-        QPoint topPoint( _leftMargin , top + abs(lines)*_fontHeight );
-
-        scrollRect = QRect( topPoint ,
-                     QSize( this->_usedColumns*_fontWidth , 
-                            linesToMove * _fontHeight ));
-    }
-
-    //scroll the display vertically to match internal _image
-    scroll( 0 , _fontHeight * (-lines) , scrollRect );
-}
-
-QRegion TerminalView::hotSpotRegion() const
-{
-	QRegion region;
-	foreach( Filter::HotSpot* hotSpot , _filterChain->hotSpots() )
-	{
-		QRect rect;
-		rect.setLeft(hotSpot->startColumn());
-		rect.setTop(hotSpot->startLine());
-		rect.setRight(hotSpot->endColumn());
-		rect.setBottom(hotSpot->endLine());
-
-		region |= imageToWidget(rect); 
-	}
-	return region;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::processFilters()
-{
-	if (!_screenWindow)
-		return;
-
-	QRegion preUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion();
-
-	// use _screenWindow->getImage() here rather than _image because
-	// other classes may call processFilters() when this display's
-	// ScreenWindow emits a scrolled() signal - which will happen before
-	// updateImage() is called on the display and therefore _image is 
-	// out of date at this point
-	_filterChain->setImage( _screenWindow->getImage(),
-							_screenWindow->windowLines(),
-							_screenWindow->windowColumns(),
-							_screenWindow->getLineProperties() );
-    _filterChain->process();
-
-	QRegion postUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion();
-
-	update( preUpdateHotSpots | postUpdateHotSpots );
-}
-
-void TerminalView::updateImage()
-{
-  if ( !_screenWindow )
-      return;
-
-  // optimization - scroll the existing image where possible and 
-  // avoid expensive text drawing for parts of the image that 
-  // can simply be moved up or down
-  scrollImage( _screenWindow->scrollCount() ,
-               _screenWindow->scrollRegion() );
-  _screenWindow->resetScrollCount();
-
-  Character* const newimg = _screenWindow->getImage();
-  int lines = _screenWindow->windowLines();
-  int columns = _screenWindow->windowColumns();
-
-  setScroll( _screenWindow->currentLine() , _screenWindow->lineCount() );
-
-  if (!_image)
-     updateImageSize(); // Create _image
-
-  Q_ASSERT( this->_usedLines <= this->_lines );
-  Q_ASSERT( this->_usedColumns <= this->_columns );
-
-  int y,x,len;
-
-  QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
-
-  int    tLx = tL.x();
-  int    tLy = tL.y();
-  _hasBlinker = false;
-
-  CharacterColor cf;       // undefined
-  CharacterColor _clipboard;       // undefined
-  int cr  = -1;   // undefined
-
-  const int linesToUpdate = qMin(this->_lines, qMax(0,lines  ));
-  const int columnsToUpdate = qMin(this->_columns,qMax(0,columns));
-
-  QChar *disstrU = new QChar[columnsToUpdate];
-  char *dirtyMask = new char[columnsToUpdate+2]; 
-  QRegion dirtyRegion;
-
-  // debugging variable, this records the number of lines that are found to
-  // be 'dirty' ( ie. have changed from the old _image to the new _image ) and
-  // which therefore need to be repainted
-  int dirtyLineCount = 0;
-
-  for (y = 0; y < linesToUpdate; y++)
-  {
-    const Character*       currentLine = &_image[y*this->_columns];
-    const Character* const newLine = &newimg[y*columns];
-
-    bool updateLine = false;
-    
-    // The dirty mask indicates which characters need repainting. We also
-    // mark surrounding neighbours dirty, in case the character exceeds
-    // its cell boundaries
-    memset(dirtyMask, 0, columnsToUpdate+2);
-   
-    for( x = 0 ; x < columnsToUpdate ; x++)
-    {
-        if ( newLine[x] != currentLine[x] ) 
-        {
-            dirtyMask[x] = true;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (!_resizing) // not while _resizing, we're expecting a paintEvent
-    for (x = 0; x < columnsToUpdate; x++)
-    {
-      _hasBlinker |= (newLine[x].rendition & RE_BLINK);
-    
-      // Start drawing if this character or the next one differs.
-      // We also take the next one into account to handle the situation
-      // where characters exceed their cell width.
-      if (dirtyMask[x])
-      {
-        quint16 c = newLine[x+0].character;
-        if ( !c )
-            continue;
-        int p = 0;
-        disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c);
-        bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c);
-        bool doubleWidth = (x+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+1].character == 0);
-        cr = newLine[x].rendition;
-        _clipboard = newLine[x].backgroundColor;
-        if (newLine[x].foregroundColor != cf) cf = newLine[x].foregroundColor;
-        int lln = columnsToUpdate - x;
-        for (len = 1; len < lln; len++)
-        {
-            const Character& ch = newLine[x+len];
-
-            if (!ch.character)
-                continue; // Skip trailing part of multi-col chars.
-
-			bool nextIsDoubleWidth = (x+len+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+len+1].character == 0);
-
-            if (  ch.foregroundColor != cf || 
-                  ch.backgroundColor != _clipboard || 
-                  ch.rendition != cr ||
-                  !dirtyMask[x+len] || 
-                  isLineChar(c) != lineDraw || 
-                  nextIsDoubleWidth != doubleWidth )
-            break;
-
-          disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c);
-        }
-
-        QString unistr(disstrU, p);
-
-        bool saveFixedFont = _fixedFont;
-        if (lineDraw)
-           _fixedFont = false;
-        if (doubleWidth)
-           _fixedFont = false;
-
-		updateLine = true;
-
-		_fixedFont = saveFixedFont;
-        x += len - 1;
-      }
-      
-    }
-
-	//both the top and bottom halves of double height _lines must always be redrawn
-	//although both top and bottom halves contain the same characters, only 
-    //the top one is actually 
-	//drawn.
-    if (_lineProperties.count() > y)
-        updateLine |= (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT);
-
-    // if the characters on the line are different in the old and the new _image
-    // then this line must be repainted.    
-    if (updateLine)
-    {
-        dirtyLineCount++;
-
-        // add the area occupied by this line to the region which needs to be
-        // repainted
-        QRect dirtyRect = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx , 
-                                 _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , 
-                                 _fontWidth * columnsToUpdate , 
-                                 _fontHeight ); 	
-
-        dirtyRegion |= dirtyRect;
-    }
-
-    // replace the line of characters in the old _image with the 
-    // current line of the new _image 
-    memcpy((void*)currentLine,(const void*)newLine,columnsToUpdate*sizeof(Character));
-  }
-
-  // if the new _image is smaller than the previous _image, then ensure that the area
-  // outside the new _image is cleared 
-  if ( linesToUpdate < _usedLines )
-  {
-    dirtyRegion |= QRect(   _leftMargin+tLx , 
-                            _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*linesToUpdate , 
-                            _fontWidth * this->_columns , 
-                            _fontHeight * (_usedLines-linesToUpdate) );
-  }
-  _usedLines = linesToUpdate;
-  
-  if ( columnsToUpdate < _usedColumns )
-  {
-    dirtyRegion |= QRect(   _leftMargin+tLx+columnsToUpdate*_fontWidth , 
-                            _topMargin+tLy , 
-                            _fontWidth * (_usedColumns-columnsToUpdate) , 
-                            _fontHeight * this->_lines );
-  }
-  _usedColumns = columnsToUpdate;
-
-  dirtyRegion |= _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect;
-
-  // update the parts of the display which have changed
-  update(dirtyRegion);
-
-  if ( _hasBlinker && !_blinkTimer->isActive()) _blinkTimer->start( BLINK_DELAY ); 
-  if (!_hasBlinker && _blinkTimer->isActive()) { _blinkTimer->stop(); _blinking = false; }
-  delete[] dirtyMask;
-  delete[] disstrU;
-
-}
-
-void TerminalView::showResizeNotification()
-{
-  if (_terminalSizeHint && isVisible())
-  {
-     if (_terminalSizeStartup) {
-       		_terminalSizeStartup=false;
-       return;
-     }
-     if (!_resizeWidget)
-     {
-        _resizeWidget = new QLabel(("Size: XXX x XXX"), this);
-        _resizeWidget->setMinimumWidth(_resizeWidget->fontMetrics().width(("Size: XXX x XXX")));
-        _resizeWidget->setMinimumHeight(_resizeWidget->sizeHint().height());
-		_resizeWidget->setAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter);
-
-        _resizeWidget->setStyleSheet("background-color:palette(window);border-style:solid;border-width:1px;border-color:palette(dark)");
-
-		_resizeTimer = new QTimer(this);
-		_resizeTimer->setSingleShot(true);
-        connect(_resizeTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), _resizeWidget, SLOT(hide()));
-
-     }
-     QString sizeStr;
-     sizeStr.sprintf("Size: %d x %d", _columns, _lines);
-     _resizeWidget->setText(sizeStr);
-     _resizeWidget->move((width()-_resizeWidget->width())/2,
-                         (height()-_resizeWidget->height())/2+20);
-     _resizeWidget->show();
-     _resizeTimer->start(1000);
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setBlinkingCursor(bool blink)
-{
-  _hasBlinkingCursor=blink;
-  
-  if (blink && !_blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) 
-      _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY);
-  
-  if (!blink && _blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) 
-  {
-    _blinkCursorTimer->stop();
-    if (_cursorBlinking)
-      blinkCursorEvent();
-    else
-      _cursorBlinking = false;
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::paintEvent( QPaintEvent* pe )
-{
-//qDebug("%s %d paintEvent", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-  QPainter paint(this);
-//qDebug("%s %d paintEvent %d %d", __FILE__, __LINE__, paint.window().top(), paint.window().right());
-
-  foreach (QRect rect, (pe->region() & contentsRect()).rects())
-  {
-    drawBackground(paint,rect,palette().background().color(),	true /* use opacity setting */);
-    drawContents(paint, rect);    
-  }
-//    drawBackground(paint,contentsRect(),palette().background().color(),	true /* use opacity setting */);
-//    drawContents(paint, contentsRect());    
-  drawInputMethodPreeditString(paint,preeditRect());
-  paintFilters(paint);
-
-  paint.end();
-}
-
-QPoint TerminalView::cursorPosition() const
-{
-	if (_screenWindow)
-		return _screenWindow->cursorPosition();
-	else
-		return QPoint(0,0);
-}
-
-QRect TerminalView::preeditRect() const
-{
-    const int preeditLength = string_width(_inputMethodData.preeditString);
-
-    if ( preeditLength == 0 )
-        return QRect();
-
-    return QRect(_leftMargin + _fontWidth*cursorPosition().x(),
-                 _topMargin + _fontHeight*cursorPosition().y(),
-                 _fontWidth*preeditLength,
-                 _fontHeight);
-}   
-
-void TerminalView::drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect)
-{
-    if ( _inputMethodData.preeditString.isEmpty() ) {
-        return;
-    }
-    const QPoint cursorPos = cursorPosition(); 
-
-    bool invertColors = false;
-    const QColor background = _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color;
-    const QColor foreground = _colorTable[DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR].color;
-    const Character* style = &_image[loc(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y())];
-
-    drawBackground(painter,rect,background,true);
-    drawCursor(painter,rect,foreground,background,invertColors);
-    drawCharacters(painter,rect,_inputMethodData.preeditString,style,invertColors);
-
-    _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect = rect; 
-}
-
-FilterChain* TerminalView::filterChain() const
-{
-    return _filterChain;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::paintFilters(QPainter& painter)
-{
-//qDebug("%s %d paintFilters", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-
-    // get color of character under mouse and use it to draw
-    // lines for filters
-    QPoint cursorPos = mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos());
-    int cursorLine;
-    int cursorColumn;
-    getCharacterPosition( cursorPos , cursorLine , cursorColumn );
-    Character cursorCharacter = _image[loc(cursorColumn,cursorLine)];
-
-    painter.setPen( QPen(cursorCharacter.foregroundColor.color(colorTable())) );
-
-    // iterate over hotspots identified by the display's currently active filters 
-    // and draw appropriate visuals to indicate the presence of the hotspot
-
-    QList<Filter::HotSpot*> spots = _filterChain->hotSpots();
-    QListIterator<Filter::HotSpot*> iter(spots);
-    while (iter.hasNext())
-    {
-        Filter::HotSpot* spot = iter.next();
-
-        for ( int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++ )
-        {
-            int startColumn = 0;
-            int endColumn = _columns-1; // TODO use number of _columns which are actually 
-                                        // occupied on this line rather than the width of the 
-                                        // display in _columns
-
-            // ignore whitespace at the end of the lines
-            while ( QChar(_image[loc(endColumn,line)].character).isSpace() && endColumn > 0 )
-                endColumn--;
-              
-            // increment here because the column which we want to set 'endColumn' to
-            // is the first whitespace character at the end of the line
-            endColumn++;
-
-            if ( line == spot->startLine() )
-                startColumn = spot->startColumn();
-            if ( line == spot->endLine() )
-                endColumn = spot->endColumn();
-
-            // subtract one pixel from
-            // the right and bottom so that
-            // we do not overdraw adjacent
-            // hotspots
-            //
-            // subtracting one pixel from all sides also prevents an edge case where
-            // moving the mouse outside a link could still leave it underlined 
-            // because the check below for the position of the cursor
-            // finds it on the border of the target area
-            QRect r;
-            r.setCoords( startColumn*_fontWidth + 1, line*_fontHeight + 1,
-                             endColumn*_fontWidth - 1, (line+1)*_fontHeight - 1 ); 
-                                                                           
-            // Underline link hotspots 
-            if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link )
-            {
-                QFontMetrics metrics(font());
-        
-                // find the baseline (which is the invisible line that the characters in the font sit on,
-                // with some having tails dangling below)
-                int baseline = r.bottom() - metrics.descent();
-                // find the position of the underline below that
-                int underlinePos = baseline + metrics.underlinePos();
-
-                if ( r.contains( mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()) ) )
-                    painter.drawLine( r.left() , underlinePos , 
-                                      r.right() , underlinePos );
-            }
-            // Marker hotspots simply have a transparent rectanglular shape
-            // drawn on top of them
-            else if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Marker )
-            {
-            //TODO - Do not use a hardcoded colour for this
-                painter.fillRect(r,QBrush(QColor(255,0,0,120)));
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-void TerminalView::drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect)
-{
-//qDebug("%s %d drawContents and rect x=%d y=%d w=%d h=%d", __FILE__, __LINE__, rect.x(), rect.y(),rect.width(),rect.height());
-
-  QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
-//  int    tLx = tL.x();
-  int    tLy = tL.y();
-
-  int tLx = (_contentWidth - _usedColumns * _fontWidth)/2;
-//  int tLy = (_contentHeight - _usedLines * _fontHeight)/2; 
-//qDebug("%d %d %d %d", tLx, tLy, _contentWidth, _usedColumns * _fontWidth);  
-
-  int lux = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0,(rect.left()   - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth));
-  int luy = qMin(_usedLines-1,  qMax(0, (rect.top()    - tLy - _topMargin  ) / _fontHeight));
-  int rlx = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0, (rect.right()  - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth));
-  int rly = qMin(_usedLines-1,  qMax(0, (rect.bottom() - tLy - _topMargin  ) / _fontHeight));
-
-  const int bufferSize = _usedColumns;
-  QChar *disstrU = new QChar[bufferSize];
-  for (int y = luy; y <= rly; y++)
-  {
-    quint16 c = _image[loc(lux,y)].character;
-    int x = lux;
-    if(!c && x)
-      x--; // Search for start of multi-column character
-    for (; x <= rlx; x++)
-    {
-      int len = 1;
-      int p = 0;
-
-      // is this a single character or a sequence of characters ?
-      if ( _image[loc(x,y)].rendition & RE_EXTENDED_CHAR )
-      {
-        // sequence of characters
-        ushort extendedCharLength = 0;
-        ushort* chars = ExtendedCharTable::instance
-                            .lookupExtendedChar(_image[loc(x,y)].charSequence,extendedCharLength);
-        for ( int index = 0 ; index < extendedCharLength ; index++ ) 
-        {
-            Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize );
-            disstrU[p++] = chars[index];
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        // single character
-        c = _image[loc(x,y)].character;
-        if (c)
-        {
-             Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize );
-             disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c);
-        }
-      }
-
-      bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c);
-      bool doubleWidth = (_image[ qMin(loc(x,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0);
-      CharacterColor currentForeground = _image[loc(x,y)].foregroundColor;
-      CharacterColor currentBackground = _image[loc(x,y)].backgroundColor;
-      quint8 currentRendition = _image[loc(x,y)].rendition;
-	  
-      while (x+len <= rlx &&
-             _image[loc(x+len,y)].foregroundColor == currentForeground &&
-             _image[loc(x+len,y)].backgroundColor == currentBackground &&
-             _image[loc(x+len,y)].rendition == currentRendition &&
-             (_image[ qMin(loc(x+len,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0) == doubleWidth &&
-             isLineChar( c = _image[loc(x+len,y)].character) == lineDraw) // Assignment!
-      {
-        if (c)
-          disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c);
-        if (doubleWidth) // assert((_image[loc(x+len,y)+1].character == 0)), see above if condition
-          len++; // Skip trailing part of multi-column character
-        len++;
-      }
-      if ((x+len < _usedColumns) && (!_image[loc(x+len,y)].character))
-        len++; // Adjust for trailing part of multi-column character
-
-   	     bool save__fixedFont = _fixedFont;
-         if (lineDraw)
-            _fixedFont = false;
-         if (doubleWidth)
-            _fixedFont = false;
-         QString unistr(disstrU,p);
-		 
-		 if (y < _lineProperties.size())
-		 {
-			if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH) {
-				paint.scale(2,1);
-			}
-			
-			if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT) {
-  		 		paint.scale(1,2);
-			}
-		 }
-
-		 //calculate the area in which the text will be drawn
-		 QRect textArea = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx+_fontWidth*x , 
-					_topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , 
-					_fontWidth*len, 
-					_fontHeight);
-		
-		 //move the calculated area to take account of scaling applied to the painter.
-		 //the position of the area from the origin (0,0) is scaled 
-         //by the opposite of whatever
-		 //transformation has been applied to the painter.  this ensures that 
-		 //painting does actually start from textArea.topLeft() 
-         //(instead of textArea.topLeft() * painter-scale)	
-		 QMatrix inverted = paint.matrix().inverted();
-//		 textArea.moveTopLeft( inverted.map(textArea.topLeft()) );
-		 textArea.moveCenter( inverted.map(textArea.center()) );
-
-		 
-		 //paint text fragment
-         drawTextFragment(	paint,
-                		    textArea,
-                		    unistr, 
-					    	&_image[loc(x,y)] ); //, 
-						    //0, 
-						    //!_isPrinting );
-         
-		 _fixedFont = save__fixedFont;
-     
-		 //reset back to single-width, single-height _lines 
-		 paint.resetMatrix();
-
-		 if (y < _lineProperties.size()-1)
-		 {
-			//double-height _lines are represented by two adjacent _lines 
-            //containing the same characters
-			//both _lines will have the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute.  
-            //If the current line has the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute, 
-            //we can therefore skip the next line
-			if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT)
-				y++;
-		 }
-		 
-	    x += len - 1;
-    }
-  }
-  delete [] disstrU;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::blinkEvent()
-{
-  _blinking = !_blinking;
-
-  //TODO:  Optimise to only repaint the areas of the widget 
-  // where there is blinking text
-  // rather than repainting the whole widget.
-  update();
-}
-
-QRect TerminalView::imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const
-{
-//qDebug("%s %d imageToWidget", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-    QRect result;
-    result.setLeft( _leftMargin + _fontWidth * imageArea.left() );
-    result.setTop( _topMargin + _fontHeight * imageArea.top() );
-    result.setWidth( _fontWidth * imageArea.width() );
-    result.setHeight( _fontHeight * imageArea.height() );
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::blinkCursorEvent()
-{
-  _cursorBlinking = !_cursorBlinking;
-
-  QRect cursorRect = imageToWidget( QRect(cursorPosition(),QSize(1,1)) ); 
-
-  update(cursorRect);
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                  Resizing                                 */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-void TerminalView::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
-{
-  updateImageSize();
-}
-
-void TerminalView::propagateSize()
-{
-  if (_isFixedSize)
-  {
-     setSize(_columns, _lines);
-     QWidget::setFixedSize(sizeHint());
-     parentWidget()->adjustSize();
-     parentWidget()->setFixedSize(parentWidget()->sizeHint());
-     return;
-  }
-  if (_image)
-     updateImageSize();
-}
-
-void TerminalView::updateImageSize()
-{
-//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-  Character* oldimg = _image;
-  int oldlin = _lines;
-  int oldcol = _columns;
-
-  makeImage();
-
-  
-  // copy the old image to reduce flicker
-  int lines = qMin(oldlin,_lines);
-  int columns = qMin(oldcol,_columns);
-
-//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-  if (oldimg)
-  {
-    for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) 
-    {
-      memcpy((void*)&_image[_columns*line],
-             (void*)&oldimg[oldcol*line],columns*sizeof(Character));
-    }
-    delete[] oldimg;
-  }
-
-//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-  if (_screenWindow)
-  	_screenWindow->setWindowLines(_lines);
-
-  _resizing = (oldlin!=_lines) || (oldcol!=_columns);
-
-  if ( _resizing )
-  {
-//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-  	showResizeNotification();
-    emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight, _contentWidth); // expose resizeEvent
-  }
-//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-  
-  _resizing = false;
-}
-
-//showEvent and hideEvent are reimplemented here so that it appears to other classes that the 
-//display has been resized when the display is hidden or shown.
-//
-//this allows  
-//TODO: Perhaps it would be better to have separate signals for show and hide instead of using
-//the same signal as the one for a content size change 
-void TerminalView::showEvent(QShowEvent*)
-{
-    emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth);
-}
-void TerminalView::hideEvent(QHideEvent*)
-{
-    emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth);
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                Scrollbar                                  */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-void TerminalView::scrollBarPositionChanged(int)
-{
-  if ( !_screenWindow ) 
-      return;
-
-  _screenWindow->scrollTo( _scrollBar->value() );
-
-  // if the thumb has been moved to the bottom of the _scrollBar then set
-  // the display to automatically track new output, 
-  // that is, scroll down automatically
-  // to how new _lines as they are added
-  const bool atEndOfOutput = (_scrollBar->value() == _scrollBar->maximum());
-  _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( atEndOfOutput );
-
-  updateImage();
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setScroll(int cursor, int slines)
-{
-//qDebug("%s %d setScroll", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-  // update _scrollBar if the range or value has changed,
-  // otherwise return
-  //
-  // setting the range or value of a _scrollBar will always trigger
-  // a repaint, so it should be avoided if it is not necessary
-  if ( _scrollBar->minimum() == 0                 &&
-       _scrollBar->maximum() == (slines - _lines) &&
-       _scrollBar->value()   == cursor )
-  {
-        return;
-  }
-
-  disconnect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int)));
-  _scrollBar->setRange(0,slines - _lines);
-  _scrollBar->setSingleStep(1);
-  _scrollBar->setPageStep(_lines);
-  _scrollBar->setValue(cursor);
-  connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int)));
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position)
-{
-  if (_scrollbarLocation == position) {
-//      return; 
-  }
- 
-  if ( position == NoScrollBar )
-     _scrollBar->hide();
-  else 
-     _scrollBar->show(); 
-
-  _topMargin = _leftMargin = 1;
-  _scrollbarLocation = position;
-  
-  propagateSize();
-  update();
-}
-
-void TerminalView::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
-{
-  if ( _possibleTripleClick && (ev->button()==Qt::LeftButton) ) {
-    mouseTripleClickEvent(ev);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return;
-  
-  if ( !_screenWindow ) return;
-
-  int charLine;
-  int charColumn;
-  getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn);
-  QPoint pos = QPoint(charColumn,charLine);
-
-  if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
-  {
-    _lineSelectionMode = false;
-    _wordSelectionMode = false;
-
-    emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady...
-    // Drag only when the Control key is hold
-    bool selected = false;
-    
-    // The receiver of the testIsSelected() signal will adjust
-    // 'selected' accordingly.
-    //emit testIsSelected(pos.x(), pos.y(), selected);
-    
-    selected =  _screenWindow->isSelected(pos.x(),pos.y());
-
-    if ((!_ctrlDrag || ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) && selected ) {
-      // The user clicked inside selected text
-      dragInfo.state = diPending;
-      dragInfo.start = ev->pos();
-    }
-    else {
-      // No reason to ever start a drag event
-      dragInfo.state = diNone;
-
-      _preserveLineBreaks = !( ( ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier ) && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) );
-      _columnSelectionMode = (ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier);
-
-      if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-      {
-         _screenWindow->clearSelection();
-
-        //emit clearSelectionSignal();
-        pos.ry() += _scrollBar->value();
-        _iPntSel = _pntSel = pos;
-        _actSel = 1; // left mouse button pressed but nothing selected yet.
-        
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        emit mouseSignal( 0, charColumn + 1, charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else if ( ev->button() == Qt::MidButton )
-  {
-    if ( _mouseMarks || (!_mouseMarks && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) )
-      emitSelection(true,ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier);
-    else
-      emit mouseSignal( 1, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0);
-  }
-  else if ( ev->button() == Qt::RightButton )
-  {
-    if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) 
-    {
-        emit configureRequest( this, 
-                               ev->modifiers() & (Qt::ShiftModifier|Qt::ControlModifier), 
-                               ev->pos()
-                             );
-    }
-    else
-      emit mouseSignal( 2, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0);
-  }
-}
-
-QList<QAction*> TerminalView::filterActions(const QPoint& position)
-{
-  int charLine, charColumn;
-  getCharacterPosition(position,charLine,charColumn);
-
-  Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn);
-
-  return spot ? spot->actions() : QList<QAction*>();
-}
-
-void TerminalView::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
-{
-  int charLine = 0;
-  int charColumn = 0;
-
-  getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); 
-
-  // handle filters
-  // change link hot-spot appearance on mouse-over
-  Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn);
-  if ( spot && spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link)
-  {
-    QRect previousHotspotArea = _mouseOverHotspotArea;
-    _mouseOverHotspotArea.setCoords( qMin(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontWidth,
-                                     spot->startLine() * _fontHeight,
-                                     qMax(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontHeight,
-                                     (spot->endLine()+1) * _fontHeight );
-
-    // display tooltips when mousing over links
-    // TODO: Extend this to work with filter types other than links
-    const QString& tooltip = spot->tooltip();
-    if ( !tooltip.isEmpty() )
-    {
-        QToolTip::showText( mapToGlobal(ev->pos()) , tooltip , this , _mouseOverHotspotArea );
-    }
-
-    update( _mouseOverHotspotArea | previousHotspotArea );
-  }
-  else if ( _mouseOverHotspotArea.isValid() )
-  {
-        update( _mouseOverHotspotArea );
-        // set hotspot area to an invalid rectangle
-        _mouseOverHotspotArea = QRect();
-  }
-  
-  // for auto-hiding the cursor, we need mouseTracking
-  if (ev->buttons() == Qt::NoButton ) return;
-
-  // if the terminal is interested in mouse movements 
-  // then emit a mouse movement signal, unless the shift
-  // key is being held down, which overrides this.
-  if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-  {
-	int button = 3;
-	if (ev->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton)
-		button = 0;
-	if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton)
-		button = 1;
-	if (ev->buttons() & Qt::RightButton)
-		button = 2;
-
-        
-        emit mouseSignal( button, 
-                        charColumn + 1,
-                        charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(),
-			 1 );
-      
-	return;
-  }
-      
-  if (dragInfo.state == diPending) 
-  {
-    // we had a mouse down, but haven't confirmed a drag yet
-    // if the mouse has moved sufficiently, we will confirm
-
-   int distance = 10; //KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay();
-   if ( ev->x() > dragInfo.start.x() + distance || ev->x() < dragInfo.start.x() - distance ||
-        ev->y() > dragInfo.start.y() + distance || ev->y() < dragInfo.start.y() - distance) 
-   {
-      // we've left the drag square, we can start a real drag operation now
-      emit isBusySelecting(false); // Ok.. we can breath again.
-      
-       _screenWindow->clearSelection();
-      doDrag();
-    }
-    return;
-  } 
-  else if (dragInfo.state == diDragging) 
-  {
-    // this isn't technically needed because mouseMoveEvent is suppressed during
-    // Qt drag operations, replaced by dragMoveEvent
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if (_actSel == 0) return;
-
- // don't extend selection while pasting
-  if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton) return;
-
-  extendSelection( ev->pos() );
-}
-
-#if 0
-void TerminalDisplay::setSelectionEnd()
-{
-  extendSelection( _configureRequestPoint );
-}
-#endif
-
-void TerminalView::extendSelection(const QPoint& position) {
-  QPoint pos = position;
-
-  if (!_screenWindow) {
-      return;
-  }
-
-  QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
-  int    tLx = tL.x();
-  int    tLy = tL.y();
-  int    scroll = _scrollBar->value();
-
-  // we're in the process of moving the mouse with the left button pressed
-  // the mouse cursor will kept caught within the bounds of the text in
-  // this widget.
-
-  // Adjust position within text area bounds. See FIXME above.
-  if (pos.x() < tLx + _leftMargin) {
-      pos.setX(tLx + _leftMargin);
-  }
-  if (pos.x() > tLx + _leftMargin + _usedColumns * _fontWidth - 1) {
-      pos.setX(tLx + _leftMargin + _usedColumns * _fontWidth);
-  }
-  if (pos.y() < tLy + _topMargin) {
-      pos.setY(tLy + _topMargin);
-  }
-  if (pos.y() > tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1) {
-      pos.setY(tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1);
-  }
-
-  if (pos.y() == tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1) {
-    _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value() + yMouseScroll); // scrollforward
-  }
-  if (pos.y() == tLy + _topMargin) {
-    _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value() - yMouseScroll); // scrollback
-  }
-
-  int charColumn = 0;
-  int charLine = 0;
-  getCharacterPosition(pos, charLine, charColumn);
-
-  QPoint here = QPoint(charColumn, charLine);
-  QPoint ohere(here);
-  QPoint _iPntSelCorr = _iPntSel;
-  _iPntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value();
-  QPoint _pntSelCorr = _pntSel;
-  _pntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value();
-  bool swapping = false;
-
-  if (_wordSelectionMode) {
-    // Extend to word boundaries
-    int i = 0;
-    int selClass = 0;
-
-    bool left_not_right = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() ||
-						   (here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()));
-    bool old_left_not_right = (_pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() ||
-							   (_pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && _pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()));
-    swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right;
-
-    // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start)
-    QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr;
-    i = loc(left.x(), left.y());
-    if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) {
-      selClass = charClass(_image[i].character);
-      while (((left.x() > 0) || (left.y() > 0 && (_lineProperties[left.y() - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED))) 
-					  && charClass(_image[i - 1].character) == selClass) {
-		i--;
-		if (left.x() > 0) {
-		  left.rx()--;
-		} else {
-		  left.rx() = _usedColumns - 1;
-		  left.ry()--;
-		}
-	  }
-    }
-
-    // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here)
-    QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
-    i = loc(right.x(), right.y());
-    if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) {
-      selClass = charClass(_image[i].character);
-      while (((right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) || (right.y() < _usedLines - 1 && (_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED))) 
-					  && charClass(_image[i + 1].character) == selClass) {
-		i++;
-		if (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) {
-		  right.rx()++;
-		} else {
-		  right.rx() = 0;
-		  right.ry()++;
-		}
-	  }
-    }
-
-    // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
-    if (left_not_right) {
-      here = left;
-	  ohere = right;
-    } else {
-      here = right;
-	  ohere = left;
-    }
-    ohere.rx()++;
-  }
-
-  if (_lineSelectionMode) {
-    // Extend to complete line
-    bool above_not_below = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y());
-
-    QPoint above = above_not_below ? here : _iPntSelCorr;
-    QPoint below = above_not_below ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
-
-    while (above.y() > 0 && (_lineProperties[above.y() - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED)) {
-      above.ry()--;
-	}
-    while (below.y() < _usedLines - 1 && (_lineProperties[below.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED)) {
-      below.ry()++;
-	}
-
-    above.setX(0);
-    below.setX(_usedColumns - 1);
-
-    // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
-    if (above_not_below) {
-      here = above;
-	  ohere = below;
-    } else {
-      here = below;
-	  ohere = above;
-    }
-
-    QPoint newSelBegin = QPoint(ohere.x(), ohere.y());
-    swapping = !(_tripleSelBegin == newSelBegin);
-    _tripleSelBegin = newSelBegin;
-
-    ohere.rx()++;
-  }
-
-  int offset = 0;
-  if (!_wordSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode) {
-    int i = 0;
-    int selClass = 0;
-
-    bool left_not_right = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() ||
-						   (here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()));
-    bool old_left_not_right = (_pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() ||
-							   (_pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && _pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()));
-    swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right;
-
-    // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start)
-    QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr;
-
-    // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here)
-    QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
-    if (right.x() > 0 && !_columnSelectionMode) {
-      i = loc(right.x(), right.y());
-      if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) {
-        selClass = charClass(_image[i - 1].character);
-        if (selClass == ' ') {
-          while (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1 && charClass(_image[i + 1].character) == selClass && (right.y() < _usedLines - 1) && 
-						  !(_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED)) {
-			i++;
-			right.rx()++;
-		  }
-          if (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) {
-            right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
-          } else {
-            right.rx()++;  // will be balanced later because of offset=-1;
-		  }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
-    if (left_not_right) {
-      here = left;
-	  ohere = right;
-	  offset = 0;
-    } else {
-      here = right;
-	  ohere = left;
-	  offset = -1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if ((here == _pntSelCorr) && (scroll == _scrollBar->value())) {
-	return; // not moved
-  }
-
-  if (here == ohere) {
-	return; // It's not left, it's not right.
-  }
-
-  if (_actSel < 2 || swapping) {
-    if (_columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode) {
-        _screenWindow->setSelectionStart(ohere.x(), ohere.y(), true);
-    } else {
-        _screenWindow->setSelectionStart(ohere.x() - 1 - offset , ohere.y(), false);
-    }
-
-  }
-
-  _actSel = 2; // within selection
-  _pntSel = here;
-  _pntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value();
-
-  if (_columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode) {
-     _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd(here.x(), here.y());
-  } else {
-     _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd(here.x() + offset, here.y());
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
-{
-    if ( !_screenWindow )
-        return;
-
-    int charLine;
-    int charColumn;
-    getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn);
-
-  if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
-  {
-    emit isBusySelecting(false); 
-    if(dragInfo.state == diPending)
-    {
-      // We had a drag event pending but never confirmed.  Kill selection
-       _screenWindow->clearSelection();
-      //emit clearSelectionSignal();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( _actSel > 1 )
-      {
-          setSelection(  _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks)  );
-      }
-
-      _actSel = 0;
-
-      //FIXME: emits a release event even if the mouse is
-      //       outside the range. The procedure used in `mouseMoveEvent'
-      //       applies here, too.
-
-      if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-        emit mouseSignal( 3, // release
-                        charColumn + 1,
-                        charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0);
-    }
-    dragInfo.state = diNone;
-  }
-  
-  
-  if ( !_mouseMarks && 
-       ((ev->button() == Qt::RightButton && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-                        || ev->button() == Qt::MidButton) ) 
-  {
-    emit mouseSignal( 3, 
-                      charColumn + 1, 
-                      charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 
-                      0);
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const
-{
-
-    column = (widgetPoint.x() + _fontWidth/2 -contentsRect().left()-_leftMargin) / _fontWidth;
-    line = (widgetPoint.y()-contentsRect().top()-_topMargin) / _fontHeight;
-
-    if ( line < 0 )
-        line = 0;
-    if ( column < 0 )
-        column = 0;
-
-    if ( line >= _usedLines )
-        line = _usedLines-1;
-
-    // the column value returned can be equal to _usedColumns, which
-    // is the position just after the last character displayed in a line.
-    //
-    // this is required so that the user can select characters in the right-most
-    // column (or left-most for right-to-left input)
-    if ( column > _usedColumns )
-        column = _usedColumns;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::updateLineProperties()
-{
-    if ( !_screenWindow ) 
-        return;
-
-    _lineProperties = _screenWindow->getLineProperties();    
-}
-
-void TerminalView::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
-{
-  if ( ev->button() != Qt::LeftButton) return;
-  if ( !_screenWindow ) return;
-
-  int charLine = 0;
-  int charColumn = 0;
-
-  getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn);
-
-  QPoint pos(charColumn,charLine);
-
-  // pass on double click as two clicks.
-  if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))
-  {
-    // Send just _ONE_ click event, since the first click of the double click
-    // was already sent by the click handler
-    emit mouseSignal( 0, 
-                      pos.x()+1, 
-                      pos.y()+1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(),
-                      0 ); // left button
-    return;
-  }
-
-  _screenWindow->clearSelection();
-  QPoint bgnSel = pos;
-  QPoint endSel = pos;
-  int i = loc(bgnSel.x(),bgnSel.y());
-  _iPntSel = bgnSel;
-  _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value();
-
-  _wordSelectionMode = true;
-
-  // find word boundaries...
-  int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character);
-  {
-     // find the start of the word
-     int x = bgnSel.x();
-     while ( ((x>0) || (bgnSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[bgnSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) 
-					 && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass )
-     {  
-       i--; 
-       if (x>0) 
-           x--; 
-       else 
-       {
-           x=_usedColumns-1; 
-           bgnSel.ry()--;
-       } 
-     }
-
-     bgnSel.setX(x);
-     _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( bgnSel.x() , bgnSel.y() , false );
-
-     // find the end of the word
-     i = loc( endSel.x(), endSel.y() );
-     x = endSel.x();
-     while( ((x<_usedColumns-1) || (endSel.y()<_usedLines-1 && (_lineProperties[endSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) 
-					 && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass )
-     { 
-         i++; 
-         if (x<_usedColumns-1) 
-             x++; 
-         else 
-         {  
-             x=0; 
-             endSel.ry()++; 
-         } 
-     }
-
-     endSel.setX(x);
-
-     // In word selection mode don't select @ (64) if at end of word.
-     if ( ( QChar( _image[i].character ) == '@' ) && ( ( endSel.x() - bgnSel.x() ) > 0 ) )
-       endSel.setX( x - 1 );
-
-
-     _actSel = 2; // within selection
-     
-     _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( endSel.x() , endSel.y() );
-    
-     setSelection( _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks) ); 
-   }
-
-  _possibleTripleClick=true;
-
-  QTimer::singleShot(QApplication::doubleClickInterval(),this,
-                     SLOT(tripleClickTimeout()));
-}
-
-void TerminalView::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* ev )
-{
-  if (ev->orientation() != Qt::Vertical)
-    return;
-
-  if ( _mouseMarks )
-    _scrollBar->event(ev);
-  else
-  {
-    int charLine;
-    int charColumn;
-    getCharacterPosition( ev->pos() , charLine , charColumn );
-    
-    emit mouseSignal( ev->delta() > 0 ? 4 : 5, 
-                      charColumn + 1, 
-                      charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 
-                      0);
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::tripleClickTimeout()
-{
-  _possibleTripleClick=false;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
-{
-  if ( !_screenWindow ) return;
-
-  int charLine;
-  int charColumn;
-  getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn);
-  _iPntSel = QPoint(charColumn,charLine);
-
-  _screenWindow->clearSelection();
-
-  _lineSelectionMode = true;
-  _wordSelectionMode = false;
-
-  _actSel = 2; // within selection
-  emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady...
-
-  while (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )
-    _iPntSel.ry()--;
-  
-  if (_tripleClickMode == SelectForwardsFromCursor) {
-    // find word boundary start
-    int i = loc(_iPntSel.x(),_iPntSel.y());
-    int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character);
-    int x = _iPntSel.x();
-    
-    while ( ((x>0) || 
-             (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )
-            ) 
-            && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass )
-    {
-        i--; 
-        if (x>0) 
-            x--; 
-        else 
-        {
-            x=_columns-1; 
-            _iPntSel.ry()--;
-        } 
-    }
-
-    _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( x , _iPntSel.y() , false );
-    _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( x, _iPntSel.y() );
-  }
-  else if (_tripleClickMode == SelectWholeLine) {
-    _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( 0 , _iPntSel.y() , false );
-    _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( 0, _iPntSel.y() );
-  }
-
-  while (_iPntSel.y()<_lines-1 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) )
-    _iPntSel.ry()++;
-  
-  _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( _columns - 1 , _iPntSel.y() );
-
-  setSelection(_screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks));
-
-  _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value();
-
-  emit tripleClicked( _screenWindow->selectedText( _preserveLineBreaks ) ); 
-}
-
-
-bool TerminalView::focusNextPrevChild( bool next )
-{
-  if (next)
-    return false; // This disables changing the active part in konqueror
-                  // when pressing Tab
-  return QWidget::focusNextPrevChild( next );
-}
-
-
-int TerminalView::charClass(quint16 ch) const
-{
-    QChar qch=QChar(ch);
-    if ( qch.isSpace() ) return ' ';
-
-    if ( qch.isLetterOrNumber() || _wordCharacters.contains(qch, Qt::CaseInsensitive ) )
-    return 'a';
-
-    // Everything else is weird
-    return 1;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setWordCharacters(const QString& wc)
-{
-	_wordCharacters = wc;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setUsesMouse(bool on)
-{
-  _mouseMarks = on;
-  setCursor( _mouseMarks ? Qt::IBeamCursor : Qt::ArrowCursor );
-}
-bool TerminalView::usesMouse() const
-{
-    return _mouseMarks;
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                               Clipboard                                   */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#undef KeyPress
-
-void TerminalView::emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn)
-{
-  if ( !_screenWindow ) 
-      return;
-
-  // Paste Clipboard by simulating keypress events
-  QString text = QApplication::clipboard()->text(useXselection ? QClipboard::Selection :
-                                                                 QClipboard::Clipboard);
-  if(appendReturn)
-    text.append("\r");
-  if ( ! text.isEmpty() )
-  {
-    text.replace("\n", "\r");
-    QKeyEvent e(QEvent::KeyPress, 0, Qt::NoModifier, text);
-    emit keyPressedSignal(&e); // expose as a big fat keypress event
-    
-    _screenWindow->clearSelection();
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setSelection(const QString& t)
-{
-  QApplication::clipboard()->setText(t, QClipboard::Selection);
-}
-
-void TerminalView::copyClipboard()
-{
-  if ( !_screenWindow )
-      return;
-
-  QString text = _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks);
-  QApplication::clipboard()->setText(text);
-}
-
-void TerminalView::pasteClipboard()
-{
-  emitSelection(false,false);
-}
-
-void TerminalView::pasteSelection()
-{
-  emitSelection(true,false);
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                Keyboard                                   */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-void TerminalView::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent* event )
-{
-//qDebug("%s %d keyPressEvent and key is %d", __FILE__, __LINE__, event->key());
-
-    bool emitKeyPressSignal = true;
-
-    // Keyboard-based navigation
-    if ( event->modifiers() == Qt::ShiftModifier )
-    {
-        bool update = true;
-
-        if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageUp )
-        {
-	    //qDebug("%s %d pageup", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-            _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , -1 );
-        }
-        else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageDown )
-        {
-	    //qDebug("%s %d pagedown", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-            _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , 1 );
-        }
-        else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Up )
-        {
-	    //qDebug("%s %d keyup", __FILE__, __LINE__);	
-            _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , -1 );
-        }
-        else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Down )
-        {
-	    //qDebug("%s %d keydown", __FILE__, __LINE__);	
-            _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , 1 );
-        }
-        else {
-            update = false;
-	}
-
-        if ( update )
-        {
-	    //qDebug("%s %d updating", __FILE__, __LINE__);	
-            _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( _screenWindow->atEndOfOutput() );
-            
-            updateLineProperties();
-            updateImage();
-
-            // do not send key press to terminal
-            emitKeyPressSignal = false;
-        }
-    }
-    
-    _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( true );
-    
-    _actSel=0; // Key stroke implies a screen update, so TerminalDisplay won't
-              // know where the current selection is.
-
-    if (_hasBlinkingCursor) 
-    {
-      _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY);
-      if (_cursorBlinking)
-        blinkCursorEvent();
-      else
-        _cursorBlinking = false;
-    }
-
-    if ( emitKeyPressSignal && !_readonly )
-        emit keyPressedSignal(event);
-
-    if (_readonly) {
-	event->ignore();
-    }
-    else {
-        event->accept();
-    }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::inputMethodEvent( QInputMethodEvent* event )
-{
-    QKeyEvent keyEvent(QEvent::KeyPress,0,Qt::NoModifier,event->commitString());
-    emit keyPressedSignal(&keyEvent);
-
-    _inputMethodData.preeditString = event->preeditString();
-    update(preeditRect() | _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect);
-    
-    event->accept();
-}
-QVariant TerminalView::inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const
-{
-    const QPoint cursorPos = _screenWindow ? _screenWindow->cursorPosition() : QPoint(0,0);
-    switch ( query ) 
-    {
-        case Qt::ImMicroFocus:
-                return imageToWidget(QRect(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y(),1,1));
-            break;
-        case Qt::ImFont:
-                return font();
-            break;
-        case Qt::ImCursorPosition:
-                // return the cursor position within the current line
-                return cursorPos.x();
-            break;
-        case Qt::ImSurroundingText:
-            {
-                // return the text from the current line
-                QString lineText;
-                QTextStream stream(&lineText);
-                PlainTextDecoder decoder;
-                decoder.begin(&stream);
-                decoder.decodeLine(&_image[loc(0,cursorPos.y())],_usedColumns,_lineProperties[cursorPos.y()]);
-                decoder.end();
-                return lineText;
-            }
-            break;
-        case Qt::ImCurrentSelection:
-                return QString();
-            break;
-	    default:
-	        break;
-    }
-
-    return QVariant();
-}
-
-bool TerminalView::event( QEvent *e )
-{
-  if ( e->type() == QEvent::ShortcutOverride )
-  {
-    QKeyEvent* keyEvent = static_cast<QKeyEvent *>( e );
-
-    // a check to see if keyEvent->text() is empty is used
-    // to avoid intercepting the press of the modifier key on its own.
-    //
-    // this is important as it allows a press and release of the Alt key
-    // on its own to focus the menu bar, making it possible to
-    // work with the menu without using the mouse
-    if ( (keyEvent->modifiers() == Qt::AltModifier) && 
-         !keyEvent->text().isEmpty() )
-    {
-    	keyEvent->accept();
-      	return true;
-    }
-
-    // Override any of the following shortcuts because
-    // they are needed by the terminal
-    int keyCode = keyEvent->key() | keyEvent->modifiers();
-    switch ( keyCode )
-    {
-      // list is taken from the QLineEdit::event() code
-      case Qt::Key_Tab:
-      case Qt::Key_Delete:
-      case Qt::Key_Home:
-      case Qt::Key_End:
-      case Qt::Key_Backspace:
-      case Qt::Key_Left:
-      case Qt::Key_Right:
-        keyEvent->accept();
-        return true;
-    }
-  }
-  return QWidget::event( e );
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setBellMode(int mode)
-{
-  _bellMode=mode;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::enableBell()
-{
-    _allowBell = true;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::bell(const QString&)
-{
-  if (_bellMode==NoBell) return;
-
-  //limit the rate at which bells can occur 
-  //...mainly for sound effects where rapid bells in sequence 
-  //produce a horrible noise
-  if ( _allowBell )
-  {
-    _allowBell = false;
-    QTimer::singleShot(500,this,SLOT(enableBell()));
- 
-    if (_bellMode==SystemBeepBell) 
-    {
-//        KNotification::beep();
-    } 
-    else if (_bellMode==NotifyBell) 
-    {
-//        KNotification::event("BellVisible", message,QPixmap(),this);
-    } 
-    else if (_bellMode==VisualBell) 
-    {
-        swapColorTable();
-        QTimer::singleShot(200,this,SLOT(swapColorTable()));
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::swapColorTable()
-{
-  ColorEntry color = _colorTable[1];
-  _colorTable[1]=_colorTable[0];
-  _colorTable[0]= color;
-  _colorsInverted = !_colorsInverted;
-  update();
-}
-
-void TerminalView::clearImage()
-{
-  // We initialize _image[_imageSize] too. See makeImage()
-  for (int i = 0; i <= _imageSize; i++)
-  {
-    _image[i].character = ' ';
-    _image[i].foregroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,
-                                               DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR);
-    _image[i].backgroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,
-                                               DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR);
-    _image[i].rendition = DEFAULT_RENDITION;
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::calcGeometry()
-{
-  _scrollBar->resize(QApplication::style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ScrollBarExtent),
-                    contentsRect().height());
-  switch(_scrollbarLocation)
-  {
-    case NoScrollBar :
-     _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
-     _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
-     break;
-    case ScrollBarLeft :
-     _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN + _scrollBar->width();
-     _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width();
-     _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topLeft());
-     break;
-    case ScrollBarRight:
-     _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
-     _contentWidth = contentsRect().width()  - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width();
-     _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topRight() - QPoint(_scrollBar->width()-1,0));
-     break;
-  }
-
-  _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN;
-  _contentHeight = contentsRect().height() - 2 * DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN + /* mysterious */ 1;
-
-  if (!_isFixedSize)
-  {
-     // ensure that display is always at least one column wide
-     _columns = qMax(1,_contentWidth / _fontWidth);
-     _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns);
-     
-     // ensure that display is always at least one line high
-     _lines = qMax(1,_contentHeight / _fontHeight);
-     _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines);
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::makeImage()
-{
-//qDebug("%s %d makeImage", __FILE__, __LINE__);
-  calcGeometry();
-
-  // confirm that array will be of non-zero size, since the painting code 
-  // assumes a non-zero array length
-  Q_ASSERT( _lines > 0 && _columns > 0 );
-  Q_ASSERT( _usedLines <= _lines && _usedColumns <= _columns );
-
-  _imageSize=_lines*_columns;
-  
-  // We over-commit one character so that we can be more relaxed in dealing with
-  // certain boundary conditions: _image[_imageSize] is a valid but unused position
-  _image = new Character[_imageSize+1];
-
-  clearImage();
-}
-
-// calculate the needed size
-void TerminalView::setSize(int columns, int lines)
-{
-  //FIXME - Not quite correct, a small amount of additional space
-  // will be used for margins, the scrollbar etc.
-  // we need to allow for this so that '_size' does allow
-  // enough room for the specified number of columns and lines to fit
-
-  QSize newSize = QSize( columns * _fontWidth  ,
-				 lines * _fontHeight   );
-
-  if ( newSize != size() )
-  {
-    _size = newSize;
-    updateGeometry();
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setFixedSize(int cols, int lins)
-{
-  _isFixedSize = true;
-  
-  //ensure that display is at least one line by one column in size
-  _columns = qMax(1,cols);
-  _lines = qMax(1,lins);
-  _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns);
-  _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines);
-
-  if (_image)
-  {
-     delete[] _image;
-     makeImage();
-  }
-  setSize(cols, lins);
-  QWidget::setFixedSize(_size);
-}
-
-QSize TerminalView::sizeHint() const
-{
-  return _size;
-}
-
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                       */
-/* Drag & Drop                                                           */
-/*                                                                       */
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-void TerminalView::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event)
-{
-  if (event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain"))
-      event->acceptProposedAction();
-}
-
-void TerminalView::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event)
-{
-//  KUrl::List urls = KUrl::List::fromMimeData(event->mimeData());
-
-  QString dropText;
-/*  if (!urls.isEmpty()) 
-  {
-    for ( int i = 0 ; i < urls.count() ; i++ ) 
-    {
-        KUrl url = KIO::NetAccess::mostLocalUrl( urls[i] , 0 );
-        QString urlText;
-
-        if (url.isLocalFile())
-            urlText = url.path(); 
-        else
-            urlText = url.url();
-    
-        // in future it may be useful to be able to insert file names with drag-and-drop
-        // without quoting them (this only affects paths with spaces in) 
-        urlText = KShell::quoteArg(urlText);
-      
-        dropText += urlText;
-
-        if ( i != urls.count()-1 ) 
-            dropText += ' ';
-    }
-  }
-  else 
-  {
-    dropText = event->mimeData()->text();
-  }
-*/
-  if(event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain")) 
-  {
-    emit sendStringToEmu(dropText.toLocal8Bit());
-  }
-}
-
-void TerminalView::doDrag()
-{
-  dragInfo.state = diDragging;
-  dragInfo.dragObject = new QDrag(this);
-  QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData;
-  mimeData->setText(QApplication::clipboard()->text(QClipboard::Selection));
-  dragInfo.dragObject->setMimeData(mimeData);
-  dragInfo.dragObject->start(Qt::CopyAction);
-  // Don't delete the QTextDrag object.  Qt will delete it when it's done with it.
-}
-
-void TerminalView::outputSuspended(bool suspended)
-{
-	//create the label when this function is first called
-	if (!_outputSuspendedLabel)
-	{
-            //This label includes a link to an English language website
-            //describing the 'flow control' (Xon/Xoff) feature found in almost 
-            //all terminal emulators.
-            //If there isn't a suitable article available in the target language the link
-            //can simply be removed.
-			_outputSuspendedLabel = new QLabel( ("<qt>Output has been "
-                                                "<a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XON\">suspended</a>"
-                                                " by pressing Ctrl+S."
-											   "  Press <b>Ctrl+Q</b> to resume.</qt>"),
-											   this );
-
-            QPalette palette(_outputSuspendedLabel->palette());
-	    
-	    palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::WindowText, QColor(Qt::white));
-	    palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::Window, QColor(Qt::black));
-//            KColorScheme::adjustForeground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralText);
-//		KColorScheme::adjustBackground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralBackground);
-    	    _outputSuspendedLabel->setPalette(palette);
-	    _outputSuspendedLabel->setAutoFillBackground(true);
-	    _outputSuspendedLabel->setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base);
-	    _outputSuspendedLabel->setFont(QApplication::font());
-            _outputSuspendedLabel->setMargin(5);
-
-            //enable activation of "Xon/Xoff" link in label
-            _outputSuspendedLabel->setTextInteractionFlags(Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse | 
-                                                          Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard);
-            _outputSuspendedLabel->setOpenExternalLinks(true);
-            _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(false);
-
-            _gridLayout->addWidget(_outputSuspendedLabel);       
-            _gridLayout->addItem( new QSpacerItem(0,0,QSizePolicy::Expanding,
-                                                      QSizePolicy::Expanding),
-                                 1,0);
-
-    }
-
-	_outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(suspended);
-}
-
-uint TerminalView::lineSpacing() const
-{
-  return _lineSpacing;
-}
-
-void TerminalView::setLineSpacing(uint i)
-{
-  _lineSpacing = i;
-  setVTFont(font()); // Trigger an update.
-}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/TerminalView.h
--- a/libqterminal/TerminalView.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,753 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef TERMINALVIEW_H
-#define TERMINALVIEW_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtGui/QColor>
-#include <QtCore/QPointer>
-#include <QtGui/QWidget>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "Filter.h"
-#include "Character.h"
-
-class QDrag;
-class QDragEnterEvent;
-class QDropEvent;
-class QLabel;
-class QTimer;
-class QEvent;
-class QFrame;
-class QGridLayout;
-class QKeyEvent;
-class QScrollBar;
-class QShowEvent;
-class QHideEvent;
-class QWidget;
-
-extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32];
-
-class ScreenWindow;
-
-/**
- * A widget which displays output from a terminal emulation and sends input keypresses and mouse activity
- * to the terminal.
- *
- * When the terminal emulation receives new output from the program running in the terminal, 
- * it will update the display by calling updateImage().
- *
- * TODO More documentation
- */
-class TerminalView : public QWidget
-{
-   Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
-    /** Constructs a new terminal display widget with the specified parent. */
-    TerminalView(QWidget *parent = 0);
-    virtual ~TerminalView();
-
-    /** Returns the terminal color palette used by the display. */
-    const ColorEntry* colorTable() const;
-    /** Sets the terminal color palette used by the display. */
-    void setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]);
-    /**
-     * Sets the seed used to generate random colors for the display
-     * (in color schemes that support them).
-     */
-    void setRandomSeed(uint seed);
-    /**
-     * Returns the seed used to generate random colors for the display
-     * (in color schemes that support them).
-     */
-    uint randomSeed() const;
-
-    /** Sets the opacity of the terminal display. */
-    void setOpacity(qreal opacity);
-
-    /** 
-     * This enum describes the location where the scroll bar is positioned in the display widget.
-     */
-    enum ScrollBarPosition 
-    { 
-        /** Do not show the scroll bar. */
-        NoScrollBar=0, 
-        /** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */
-        ScrollBarLeft=1, 
-        /** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */
-        ScrollBarRight=2 
-    };
-    /** 
-     * Specifies whether the terminal display has a vertical scroll bar, and if so whether it
-     * is shown on the left or right side of the display.
-     */
-    void setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position);
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the current position and range of the display's scroll bar.
-     *
-     * @param cursor The position of the scroll bar's thumb.
-     * @param lines The maximum value of the scroll bar.
-     */
-    void setScroll(int cursor, int lines);
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the display's filter chain.  When the image for the display is updated,
-     * the text is passed through each filter in the chain.  Each filter can define
-     * hotspots which correspond to certain strings (such as URLs or particular words).
-     * Depending on the type of the hotspots created by the filter ( returned by Filter::Hotspot::type() )
-     * the view will draw visual cues such as underlines on mouse-over for links or translucent
-     * rectangles for markers.
-     *
-     * To add a new filter to the view, call:
-     *      viewWidget->filterChain()->addFilter( filterObject );
-     */
-    FilterChain* filterChain() const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Updates the filters in the display's filter chain.  This will cause
-     * the hotspots to be updated to match the current image.
-     *
-     * WARNING:  This function can be expensive depending on the 
-     * image size and number of filters in the filterChain()
-     *
-     * TODO - This API does not really allow efficient usage.  Revise it so
-     * that the processing can be done in a better way.
-     *
-     * eg:
-     *      - Area of interest may be known ( eg. mouse cursor hovering
-     *      over an area )
-     */  
-    void processFilters();
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns a list of menu actions created by the filters for the content
-     * at the given @p position.
-     */
-    QList<QAction*> filterActions(const QPoint& position);
-
-    /** Returns true if the cursor is set to blink or false otherwise. */
-    bool blinkingCursor() { return _hasBlinkingCursor; }
-    /** Specifies whether or not the cursor blinks. */
-    void setBlinkingCursor(bool blink);
-
-    void setCtrlDrag(bool enable) { _ctrlDrag=enable; }
-    bool ctrlDrag() { return _ctrlDrag; }
-
-	/** 
-     *  This enum describes the methods for selecting text when
- 	 *  the user triple-clicks within the display. 
- 	 */
-	enum TripleClickMode
-	{
-		/** Select the whole line underneath the cursor. */
-		SelectWholeLine,
-		/** Select from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */
-		SelectForwardsFromCursor
-	};
-    /** Sets how the text is selected when the user triple clicks within the display. */	
-    void setTripleClickMode(TripleClickMode mode) { _tripleClickMode = mode; }
-	/** See setTripleClickSelectionMode() */
-    TripleClickMode tripleClickMode() { return _tripleClickMode; }
-
-    void setLineSpacing(uint);
-    uint lineSpacing() const;
-
-    void emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn);
-
-    /**
-     * This enum describes the available shapes for the keyboard cursor.
-     * See setKeyboardCursorShape()
-     */
-    enum KeyboardCursorShape
-    {
-        /** A rectangular block which covers the entire area of the cursor character. */
-        BlockCursor,
-        /** 
-         * A single flat line which occupies the space at the bottom of the cursor
-         * character's area.
-         */
-        UnderlineCursor,
-        /** 
-         * An cursor shaped like the capital letter 'I', similar to the IBeam 
-         * cursor used in Qt/KDE text editors.
-         */
-        IBeamCursor
-    };
-    /** 
-     * Sets the shape of the keyboard cursor.  This is the cursor drawn   
-     * at the position in the terminal where keyboard input will appear.
-     *
-     * In addition the terminal display widget also has a cursor for 
-     * the mouse pointer, which can be set using the QWidget::setCursor()
-     * method.
-     *
-     * Defaults to BlockCursor
-     */
-    void setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape);
-    /**
-     * Returns the shape of the keyboard cursor.  See setKeyboardCursorShape()
-     */
-    KeyboardCursorShape keyboardCursorShape() const;
-
-    /**
-     * Sets the color used to draw the keyboard cursor.  
-     *
-     * The keyboard cursor defaults to using the foreground color of the character
-     * underneath it.
-     *
-     * @param useForegroundColor If true, the cursor color will change to match
-     * the foreground color of the character underneath it as it is moved, in this
-     * case, the @p color parameter is ignored and the color of the character
-     * under the cursor is inverted to ensure that it is still readable.
-     * @param color The color to use to draw the cursor.  This is only taken into
-     * account if @p useForegroundColor is false.
-     */
-    void setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor , const QColor& color);
-
-    /** 
-     * Returns the color of the keyboard cursor, or an invalid color if the keyboard
-     * cursor color is set to change according to the foreground color of the character
-     * underneath it. 
-     */
-    QColor keyboardCursorColor() const;
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the number of lines of text which can be displayed in the widget.
-     *
-     * This will depend upon the height of the widget and the current font.
-     * See fontHeight()
-     */
-    int  lines()   { return _lines;   }
-    /**
-     * Returns the number of characters of text which can be displayed on
-     * each line in the widget.
-     *
-     * This will depend upon the width of the widget and the current font.
-     * See fontWidth()
-     */
-    int  columns() { return _columns; }
-
-    /**
-     * Returns the height of the characters in the font used to draw the text in the display.
-     */
-    int  fontHeight()   { return _fontHeight;   }
-    /**
-     * Returns the width of the characters in the display.  
-     * This assumes the use of a fixed-width font.
-     */
-    int  fontWidth()    { return _fontWidth; }
-
-    void setSize(int cols, int lins);
-    void setFixedSize(int cols, int lins);
-    
-    // reimplemented
-    QSize sizeHint() const;
-
-    /**
-     * Sets which characters, in addition to letters and numbers, 
-     * are regarded as being part of a word for the purposes
-     * of selecting words in the display by double clicking on them.
-     *
-     * The word boundaries occur at the first and last characters which
-     * are either a letter, number, or a character in @p wc
-     *
-     * @param wc An array of characters which are to be considered parts
-     * of a word ( in addition to letters and numbers ).
-     */
-    void setWordCharacters(const QString& wc);
-    /** 
-     * Returns the characters which are considered part of a word for the 
-     * purpose of selecting words in the display with the mouse.
-     *
-     * @see setWordCharacters()
-     */
-    QString wordCharacters() { return _wordCharacters; }
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the 
-     * terminal session.
-     *
-     * The terminal session can trigger the bell effect by calling bell() with
-     * the alert message.
-     */
-    void setBellMode(int mode);
-    /** 
-     * Returns the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in
-     * the terminal session.
-     * 
-     * See setBellMode()
-     */
-    int bellMode() { return _bellMode; }
-
-    /**
-     * This enum describes the different types of sounds and visual effects which
-     * can be used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the terminal
-     * session.
-     */
-    enum BellMode
-    { 
-        /** A system beep. */
-        SystemBeepBell=0, 
-        /** 
-         * KDE notification.  This may play a sound, show a passive popup
-         * or perform some other action depending on the user's settings.
-         */
-        NotifyBell=1, 
-        /** A silent, visual bell (eg. inverting the display's colors briefly) */
-        VisualBell=2, 
-        /** No bell effects */
-        NoBell=3 
-    };
-
-    void setSelection(const QString &t);
-
-    /** 
-     * Reimplemented.  Has no effect.  Use setVTFont() to change the font
-     * used to draw characters in the display.
-     */
-    virtual void setFont(const QFont &);
-
-
-    /** Returns the font used to draw characters in the display */
-    QFont getVTFont() { return font(); }
-
-    /** 
-     * Sets the font used to draw the display.  Has no effect if @p font
-     * is larger than the size of the display itself.    
-     */
-    void setVTFont(const QFont& font);
-
-
-    /**
-     * Specified whether terminal widget should be at read-only mode
-     * Defaults to false.
-     */
-    void setReadOnly( bool readonly) { _readonly = readonly; }
-
-    /**
-     * Specified whether anti-aliasing of text in the terminal display
-     * is enabled or not.  Defaults to enabled.
-     */
-    static void setAntialias( bool antialias ) { _antialiasText = antialias; }
-    /** 
-     * Returns true if anti-aliasing of text in the terminal is enabled.
-     */
-    static bool antialias()                 { return _antialiasText;   }
-    
-    /**
-     * Sets whether or not the current height and width of the 
-     * terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget
-     * is being resized.
-     */
-    void setTerminalSizeHint(bool on) { _terminalSizeHint=on; }
-    /** 
-     * Returns whether or not the current height and width of
-     * the terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget
-     * is being resized.
-     */
-    bool terminalSizeHint() { return _terminalSizeHint; }
-    /** 
-     * Sets whether the terminal size display is shown briefly
-     * after the widget is first shown.
-     *
-     * See setTerminalSizeHint() , isTerminalSizeHint()
-     */
-    void setTerminalSizeStartup(bool on) { _terminalSizeStartup=on; }
-
-    void setBidiEnabled(bool set) { _bidiEnabled=set; }
-    bool isBidiEnabled() { return _bidiEnabled; }
-
-    /**
-     * Sets the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget.
-     * When updateImage() is called, the display fetches the latest character image from the
-     * the associated terminal screen window.
-     *
-     * In terms of the model-view paradigm, the ScreenWindow is the model which is rendered
-     * by the TerminalDisplay.
-     */
-    void setScreenWindow( ScreenWindow* window );
-    /** Returns the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget.  See setScreenWindow() */
-    ScreenWindow* screenWindow() const;
-
-    static bool HAVE_TRANSPARENCY;
-
-public slots:
-
-    /** 
-     * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest character image from the associated
-     * terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ) and redraw the display.
-     */
-    void updateImage(); 
-    /**
-     * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest line status flags from the 
-     * associated terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ).  
-     */ 
-    void updateLineProperties();
-
-    /** Copies the selected text to the clipboard. */
-    void copyClipboard();
-    /** 
-     * Pastes the content of the clipboard into the 
-     * display.
-     */
-    void pasteClipboard();
-    /**
-     * Pastes the content of the selection into the
-     * display.
-     */
-    void pasteSelection();
-	
-    /** 
-	 * Causes the widget to display or hide a message informing the user that terminal
-	 * output has been suspended (by using the flow control key combination Ctrl+S)
-	 *
-	 * @param suspended True if terminal output has been suspended and the warning message should
-	 *				 	be shown or false to indicate that terminal output has been resumed and that
-	 *				 	the warning message should disappear.
-	 */ 
-	void outputSuspended(bool suspended);
-
-    /**
-     * Sets whether the program whoose output is being displayed in the view
-     * is interested in mouse events.
-     *
-     * If this is set to true, mouse signals will be emitted by the view when the user clicks, drags
-     * or otherwise moves the mouse inside the view.
-     * The user interaction needed to create selections will also change, and the user will be required
-     * to hold down the shift key to create a selection or perform other mouse activities inside the 
-     * view area - since the program running in the terminal is being allowed to handle normal mouse
-     * events itself.
-     *
-     * @param usesMouse Set to true if the program running in the terminal is interested in mouse events
-     * or false otherwise.
-     */
-    void setUsesMouse(bool usesMouse);
-  
-    /** See setUsesMouse() */
-    bool usesMouse() const;
-
-    /** 
-     * Shows a notification that a bell event has occurred in the terminal.
-     * TODO: More documentation here
-     */
-    void bell(const QString& message);
-
-signals:
-
-    /**
-     * Emitted when the user presses a key whilst the terminal widget has focus.
-     */
-    void keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent *e);
-
-    /**
-     * Emitted when the user presses the suspend or resume flow control key combinations 
-     * 
-     * @param suspend true if the user pressed Ctrl+S (the suspend output key combination) or
-     * false if the user pressed Ctrl+Q (the resume output key combination)
-     */
-    void flowControlKeyPressed(bool suspend);
-    
-    /** 
-     * A mouse event occurred.
-     * @param button The mouse button (0 for left button, 1 for middle button, 2 for right button, 3 for release)
-     * @param column The character column where the event occurred
-     * @param line The character row where the event occurred
-     * @param eventType The type of event.  0 for a mouse press / release or 1 for mouse motion
-     */
-    void mouseSignal(int button, int column, int line, int eventType);
-    void changedFontMetricSignal(int height, int width);
-    void changedContentSizeSignal(int height, int width);
-
-    /** 
-     * Emitted when the user right clicks on the display, or right-clicks with the Shift
-     * key held down if usesMouse() is true.
-     *
-     * This can be used to display a context menu.
-     */
-    void configureRequest( TerminalView*, int state, const QPoint& position );
-
-   void isBusySelecting(bool);
-   void sendStringToEmu(const char*);
-   
-   void tripleClicked( const QString& text );
-
-protected:
-    virtual bool event( QEvent * );
-
-    virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * );
-
-    virtual void showEvent(QShowEvent*);
-    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent*);
-    virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
-
-    virtual void fontChange(const QFont &font);
-
-    virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event);
-    virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev);
-    virtual void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent* );
-    virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent* );
-    virtual void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent* );
-    virtual void extendSelection( const QPoint& pos );
-    virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* );
-
-    virtual bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next );
-    
-    // drag and drop
-    virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event);
-    virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent* event);
-    void doDrag();
-    enum DragState { diNone, diPending, diDragging };
-
-    struct _dragInfo {
-      DragState       state;
-      QPoint          start;
-      QDrag           *dragObject;
-    } dragInfo;
-
-    virtual int charClass(quint16) const;
-
-    void clearImage();
-
-    void mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev);
-
-    // reimplemented
-    virtual void inputMethodEvent ( QInputMethodEvent* event );
-    virtual QVariant inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const;
-
-protected slots:
-
-    void scrollBarPositionChanged(int value);
-    void blinkEvent();
-    void blinkCursorEvent();
-    
-    //Renables bell noises and visuals.  Used to disable further bells for a short period of time
-    //after emitting the first in a sequence of bell events.
-    void enableBell();
-
-private slots:
-
-    void swapColorTable();
-    void tripleClickTimeout();  // resets possibleTripleClick
-
-private:
-
-    // -- Drawing helpers --
-
-    // divides the part of the display specified by 'rect' into
-    // fragments according to their colors and styles and calls
-    // drawTextFragment() to draw the fragments 
-    void drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect);
-    // draws a section of text, all the text in this section
-    // has a common color and style
-    void drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, 
-                          const QString& text, const Character* style); 
-    // draws the background for a text fragment
-    // if useOpacitySetting is true then the color's alpha value will be set to
-    // the display's transparency (set with setOpacity()), otherwise the background
-    // will be drawn fully opaque
-    void drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& color,
-						bool useOpacitySetting);
-    // draws the cursor character
-    void drawCursor(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect , const QColor& foregroundColor, 
-                                       const QColor& backgroundColor , bool& invertColors);
-    // draws the characters or line graphics in a text fragment
-    void drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect,  const QString& text, 
-                                           const Character* style, bool invertCharacterColor);
-    // draws a string of line graphics
-	void drawLineCharString(QPainter& painter, int x, int y, 
-                            const QString& str, const Character* attributes);
-
-    // draws the preedit string for input methods
-    void drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect);
-
-    // --
-
-    // maps an area in the character image to an area on the widget 
-    QRect imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const;
-
-    // maps a point on the widget to the position ( ie. line and column ) 
-    // of the character at that point.
-    void getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const;
-
-    // the area where the preedit string for input methods will be draw
-    QRect preeditRect() const;
-
-    // shows a notification window in the middle of the widget indicating the terminal's
-    // current size in columns and lines
-    void showResizeNotification();
-
-    // scrolls the image by a number of lines.  
-    // 'lines' may be positive ( to scroll the image down ) 
-    // or negative ( to scroll the image up )
-    // 'region' is the part of the image to scroll - currently only
-    // the top, bottom and height of 'region' are taken into account,
-    // the left and right are ignored.
-    void scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& region);
-
-    void calcGeometry();
-    void propagateSize();
-    void updateImageSize();
-    void makeImage();
-    
-    void paintFilters(QPainter& painter);
-
-	// returns a region covering all of the areas of the widget which contain
-	// a hotspot
-	QRegion hotSpotRegion() const;
-
-	// returns the position of the cursor in columns and lines
-	QPoint cursorPosition() const;
-
-    // the window onto the terminal screen which this display
-    // is currently showing.  
-    QPointer<ScreenWindow> _screenWindow;
-
-    bool _allowBell;
-
-    QGridLayout* _gridLayout;
-
-    bool _fixedFont; // has fixed pitch
-    int  _fontHeight;     // height
-    int  _fontWidth;     // width
-    int  _fontAscent;     // ascend
-
-    int _leftMargin;    // offset
-    int _topMargin;    // offset
-
-    int _lines;      // the number of lines that can be displayed in the widget
-    int _columns;    // the number of columns that can be displayed in the widget
-    
-    int _usedLines;  // the number of lines that are actually being used, this will be less
-                    // than 'lines' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller
-                    // than the maximum image size which can be displayed
-
-    int _usedColumns; // the number of columns that are actually being used, this will be less
-                     // than 'columns' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller
-                     // than the maximum image size which can be displayed
-    
-    int _contentHeight;
-    int _contentWidth;
-    Character* _image; // [lines][columns]
-               // only the area [usedLines][usedColumns] in the image contains valid data
-
-    int _imageSize;
-    QVector<LineProperty> _lineProperties;
-
-    ColorEntry _colorTable[TABLE_COLORS];
-    uint _randomSeed;
-
-    bool _resizing;
-    bool _terminalSizeHint;
-    bool _terminalSizeStartup;
-    bool _bidiEnabled;
-    bool _mouseMarks;
-
-    QPoint  _iPntSel; // initial selection point
-    QPoint  _pntSel; // current selection point
-    QPoint  _tripleSelBegin; // help avoid flicker
-    int     _actSel; // selection state
-    bool    _wordSelectionMode;
-    bool    _lineSelectionMode;
-    bool    _preserveLineBreaks;
-    bool    _columnSelectionMode;
-
-    QClipboard*  _clipboard;
-    QScrollBar* _scrollBar;
-    ScrollBarPosition _scrollbarLocation;
-    QString     _wordCharacters;
-    int         _bellMode;
-
-    bool _blinking;   // hide text in paintEvent
-    bool _hasBlinker; // has characters to blink
-    bool _cursorBlinking;     // hide cursor in paintEvent
-    bool _hasBlinkingCursor;  // has blinking cursor enabled
-    bool _ctrlDrag;           // require Ctrl key for drag
-    TripleClickMode _tripleClickMode;
-    bool _isFixedSize; //Columns / lines are locked.
-    QTimer* _blinkTimer;  // active when hasBlinker
-    QTimer* _blinkCursorTimer;  // active when hasBlinkingCursor
-
-//    KMenu* _drop;
-    QString _dropText;
-    int _dndFileCount;
-
-    bool _possibleTripleClick;  // is set in mouseDoubleClickEvent and deleted
-                               // after QApplication::doubleClickInterval() delay
-
-
-    QLabel* _resizeWidget;
-    QTimer* _resizeTimer;
-
-	bool _flowControlWarningEnabled;
-
-    //widgets related to the warning message that appears when the user presses Ctrl+S to suspend
-    //terminal output - informing them what has happened and how to resume output
-    QLabel* _outputSuspendedLabel; 
-    	
-    uint _lineSpacing;
-
-    bool _colorsInverted; // true during visual bell
-
-    QSize _size;
-	
-    QRgb _blendColor;
-
-    // list of filters currently applied to the display.  used for links and
-    // search highlight
-    TerminalImageFilterChain* _filterChain;
-    QRect _mouseOverHotspotArea;
-
-    KeyboardCursorShape _cursorShape;
-
-    // custom cursor color.  if this is invalid then the foreground
-    // color of the character under the cursor is used
-    QColor _cursorColor;  
-
-
-    struct InputMethodData
-    {
-        QString preeditString;
-        QRect previousPreeditRect;
-    };
-    InputMethodData _inputMethodData;
-
-    static bool _antialiasText;   // do we antialias or not
-
-    //the delay in milliseconds between redrawing blinking text
-    static const int BLINK_DELAY = 500;
-	static const int DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN = 1;
-	static const int DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN = 1;
-	
-    bool _readonly;
-
-public:
-    static void setTransparencyEnabled(bool enable)
-    {
-        HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = enable;
-    }
-};
-
-#endif // TERMINALVIEW_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/Vt102Emulation.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/Vt102Emulation.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1265 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-// Own
-#include "Vt102Emulation.h"
-
-#if defined(__osf__) || defined(__APPLE__)
-#define AVOID_XKB
-#endif
-
-// this allows konsole to be compiled without XKB and XTEST extensions
-// even though it might be available on a particular system.
-#if defined(AVOID_XKB)
-#undef HAVE_XKB
-#endif
-
-// Standard 
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QEvent>
-#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QByteRef>
-
-// KDE
-//#include <kdebug.h>
-//#include <klocale.h>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "KeyboardTranslator.h"
-#include "Screen.h"
-
-#if defined(HAVE_XKB)
-void scrolllock_set_off();
-void scrolllock_set_on();
-#endif
-
-
-/* VT102 Terminal Emulation
-
-   This class puts together the screens, the pty and the widget to a
-   complete terminal emulation. Beside combining it's componentes, it
-   handles the emulations's protocol.
-
-   This module consists of the following sections:
-
-   - Constructor/Destructor
-   - Incoming Bytes Event pipeline
-   - Outgoing Bytes
-     - Mouse Events
-     - Keyboard Events
-   - Modes and Charset State
-   - Diagnostics
-*/
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                       Constructor / Destructor                            */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-
-Vt102Emulation::Vt102Emulation() 
-    : Emulation(),
-     _titleUpdateTimer(new QTimer(this))
-{
-  _titleUpdateTimer->setSingleShot(true);
-
-  QObject::connect(_titleUpdateTimer , SIGNAL(timeout()) , this , SLOT(updateTitle()));
-
-  initTokenizer();
-  reset();
-}
-
-Vt102Emulation::~Vt102Emulation()
-{
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::clearEntireScreen()
-{
-  _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen();
-
-  bufferedUpdate(); 
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::reset()
-{
-  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetToken()";
-  resetToken();
-  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetModes()";
-  resetModes();
-  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()";
-  resetCharset(0);
-  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset screen0()";
-  _screen[0]->reset();
-  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()";
-  resetCharset(1);
-  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset _screen 1";
-  _screen[1]->reset();
-  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() setCodec()";
-  setCodec(LocaleCodec);
-  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() done";
- 
-  bufferedUpdate();
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                     Processing the incoming byte stream                   */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Incoming Bytes Event pipeline
-
-   This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream.
-   Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens'
-   which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the
-   `Screen' class or by the emulation class itself.
-
-   The pipeline proceeds as follows:
-
-   - Tokenizing the ESC codes (onReceiveChar)
-   - VT100 code page translation of plain characters (applyCharset)
-   - Interpretation of ESC codes (tau)
-
-   The escape codes and their meaning are described in the
-   technical reference of this program.
-*/
-
-// Tokens ------------------------------------------------------------------ --
-
-/*
-   Since the tokens are the central notion if this section, we've put them
-   in front. They provide the syntactical elements used to represent the
-   terminals operations as byte sequences.
-
-   They are encodes here into a single machine word, so that we can later
-   switch over them easily. Depending on the token itself, additional
-   argument variables are filled with parameter values.
-
-   The tokens are defined below:
-
-   - CHR        - Printable characters     (32..255 but DEL (=127))
-   - CTL        - Control characters       (0..31 but ESC (= 27), DEL)
-   - ESC        - Escape codes of the form <ESC><CHR but `[]()+*#'>
-   - ESC_DE     - Escape codes of the form <ESC><any of `()+*#%'> C
-   - CSI_PN     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'['     {Pn} ';' {Pn} C
-   - CSI_PS     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'['     {Pn} ';' ...  C
-   - CSI_PR     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '?' {Pn} ';' ...  C
-   - CSI_PE     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '!' {Pn} ';' ...  C
-   - VT52       - VT52 escape codes
-                  - <ESC><Chr>
-                  - <ESC>'Y'{Pc}{Pc}
-   - XTE_HA     - Xterm hacks              <ESC>`]' {Pn} `;' {Text} <BEL>
-                  note that this is handled differently
-
-   The last two forms allow list of arguments. Since the elements of
-   the lists are treated individually the same way, they are passed
-   as individual tokens to the interpretation. Further, because the
-   meaning of the parameters are names (althought represented as numbers),
-   they are includes within the token ('N').
-
-*/
-
-#define TY_CONSTR(T,A,N) ( ((((int)N) & 0xffff) << 16) | ((((int)A) & 0xff) << 8) | (((int)T) & 0xff) )
-
-#define TY_CHR(   )     TY_CONSTR(0,0,0)
-#define TY_CTL(A  )     TY_CONSTR(1,A,0)
-#define TY_ESC(A  )     TY_CONSTR(2,A,0)
-#define TY_ESC_CS(A,B)  TY_CONSTR(3,A,B)
-#define TY_ESC_DE(A  )  TY_CONSTR(4,A,0)
-#define TY_CSI_PS(A,N)  TY_CONSTR(5,A,N)
-#define TY_CSI_PN(A  )  TY_CONSTR(6,A,0)
-#define TY_CSI_PR(A,N)  TY_CONSTR(7,A,N)
-
-#define TY_VT52(A  )    TY_CONSTR(8,A,0)
-
-#define TY_CSI_PG(A  )  TY_CONSTR(9,A,0)
-
-#define TY_CSI_PE(A  )  TY_CONSTR(10,A,0)
-
-// Tokenizer --------------------------------------------------------------- --
-
-/* The tokenizers state
-
-   The state is represented by the buffer (pbuf, ppos),
-   and accompanied by decoded arguments kept in (argv,argc).
-   Note that they are kept internal in the tokenizer.
-*/
-
-void Vt102Emulation::resetToken()
-{
-  ppos = 0; argc = 0; argv[0] = 0; argv[1] = 0;
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::addDigit(int dig)
-{
-  argv[argc] = 10*argv[argc] + dig;
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::addArgument()
-{
-  argc = qMin(argc+1,MAXARGS-1);
-  argv[argc] = 0;
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::pushToToken(int cc)
-{
-  pbuf[ppos] = cc;
-  ppos = qMin(ppos+1,MAXPBUF-1);
-}
-
-// Character Classes used while decoding
-
-#define CTL  1
-#define CHR  2
-#define CPN  4
-#define DIG  8
-#define SCS 16
-#define GRP 32
-#define CPS 64
-
-void Vt102Emulation::initTokenizer()
-{ int i; quint8* s;
-  for(i =  0;                      i < 256; i++) tbl[ i]  = 0;
-  for(i =  0;                      i <  32; i++) tbl[ i] |= CTL;
-  for(i = 32;                      i < 256; i++) tbl[ i] |= CHR;
-  for(s = (quint8*)"@ABCDGHILMPSTXZcdfry"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPN;
-// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t
-  for(s = (quint8*)"t"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPS;
-  for(s = (quint8*)"0123456789"        ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= DIG;
-  for(s = (quint8*)"()+*%"             ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= SCS;
-  for(s = (quint8*)"()+*#[]%"          ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= GRP;
-  resetToken();
-}
-
-/* Ok, here comes the nasty part of the decoder.
-
-   Instead of keeping an explicit state, we deduce it from the
-   token scanned so far. It is then immediately combined with
-   the current character to form a scanning decision.
-
-   This is done by the following defines.
-
-   - P is the length of the token scanned so far.
-   - L (often P-1) is the position on which contents we base a decision.
-   - C is a character or a group of characters (taken from 'tbl').
-
-   Note that they need to applied in proper order.
-*/
-
-#define lec(P,L,C) (p == (P) &&                     s[(L)]         == (C))
-#define lun(     ) (p ==  1  &&                       cc           >= 32 )
-#define les(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[L] < 256  && (tbl[s[(L)]] & (C)) == (C))
-#define eec(C)     (p >=  3  &&        cc                          == (C))
-#define ees(C)     (p >=  3  && cc < 256 &&    (tbl[  cc  ] & (C)) == (C))
-#define eps(C)     (p >=  3  && s[2] != '?' && s[2] != '!' && s[2] != '>' && cc < 256 && (tbl[  cc  ] & (C)) == (C))
-#define epp( )     (p >=  3  && s[2] == '?'                              )
-#define epe( )     (p >=  3  && s[2] == '!'                              )
-#define egt(     ) (p >=  3  && s[2] == '>'                              )
-#define Xpe        (ppos>=2  && pbuf[1] == ']'                           )
-#define Xte        (Xpe                        &&     cc           ==  7 )
-#define ces(C)     (            cc < 256 &&    (tbl[  cc  ] & (C)) == (C) && !Xte)
-
-#define ESC 27
-#define CNTL(c) ((c)-'@')
-
-// process an incoming unicode character
-
-void Vt102Emulation::receiveChar(int cc)
-{ 
-  int i;
-  if (cc == 127) return; //VT100: ignore.
-
-  if (ces(    CTL))
-  { // DEC HACK ALERT! Control Characters are allowed *within* esc sequences in VT100
-    // This means, they do neither a resetToken nor a pushToToken. Some of them, do
-    // of course. Guess this originates from a weakly layered handling of the X-on
-    // X-off protocol, which comes really below this level.
-    if (cc == CNTL('X') || cc == CNTL('Z') || cc == ESC) resetToken(); //VT100: CAN or SUB
-    if (cc != ESC)    { tau( TY_CTL(cc+'@' ),   0,  0); return; }
-  }
-
-  pushToToken(cc); // advance the state
-
-  int* s = pbuf;
-  int  p = ppos;
-
-  if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) // decide on proper action
-  {
-    if (lec(1,0,ESC)) {                                                       return; }
-    if (lec(1,0,ESC+128)) { s[0] = ESC; receiveChar('[');                   return; }
-    if (les(2,1,GRP)) {                                                       return; }
-    if (Xte         ) { XtermHack();                            resetToken(); return; }
-    if (Xpe         ) {                                                       return; }
-    if (lec(3,2,'?')) {                                                       return; }
-    if (lec(3,2,'>')) {                                                       return; }
-    if (lec(3,2,'!')) {                                                       return; }
-    if (lun(       )) { tau( TY_CHR(), applyCharset(cc), 0); resetToken(); return; }
-    if (lec(2,0,ESC)) { tau( TY_ESC(s[1]),   0,  0);       resetToken(); return; }
-    if (les(3,1,SCS)) { tau( TY_ESC_CS(s[1],s[2]),   0,  0);  resetToken(); return; }
-    if (lec(3,1,'#')) { tau( TY_ESC_DE(s[2]),   0,  0);       resetToken(); return; }
-    if (eps(    CPN)) { tau( TY_CSI_PN(cc), argv[0],argv[1]);   resetToken(); return; }
-
-// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t
-    if (eps(    CPS)) { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[0]), argv[1], argv[2]);   resetToken(); return; }
-
-    if (epe(       )) { tau( TY_CSI_PE(cc),     0,  0);       resetToken(); return; }
-    if (ees(    DIG)) { addDigit(cc-'0');                                     return; }
-    if (eec(    ';')) { addArgument();                                        return; }
-    for (i=0;i<=argc;i++)
-    if ( epp(     ))  { tau( TY_CSI_PR(cc,argv[i]),   0,  0); }
-    else if(egt(    ))   { tau( TY_CSI_PG(cc     ),   0,  0); } // spec. case for ESC]>0c or ESC]>c
-    else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 4 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 2)
-    { // ESC[ ... 48;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m
-      i += 2;
-      tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_RGB, (argv[i] << 16) | (argv[i+1] << 8) | argv[i+2]);
-      i += 2;
-    }
-    else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 2 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 5)
-    { // ESC[ ... 48;5;<index> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;5;<index> ... m
-      i += 2;
-      tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_256, argv[i]);
-    }
-    else              { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc,argv[i]),   0,  0); }
-    resetToken();
-  }
-  else // mode VT52
-  {
-    if (lec(1,0,ESC))                                                      return;
-    if (les(1,0,CHR)) { tau( TY_CHR(       ), s[0],  0); resetToken(); return; }
-    if (lec(2,1,'Y'))                                                      return;
-    if (lec(3,1,'Y'))                                                      return;
-    if (p < 4)        { tau( TY_VT52(s[1]   ),   0,  0); resetToken(); return; }
-                        tau( TY_VT52(s[1]   ), s[2],s[3]); resetToken(); return;
-  }
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::XtermHack()
-{ int i,arg = 0;
-  for (i = 2; i < ppos && '0'<=pbuf[i] && pbuf[i]<'9' ; i++)
-    arg = 10*arg + (pbuf[i]-'0');
-  if (pbuf[i] != ';') { ReportErrorToken(); return; }
-  QChar *str = new QChar[ppos-i-2];
-  for (int j = 0; j < ppos-i-2; j++) str[j] = pbuf[i+1+j];
-  QString unistr(str,ppos-i-2);
-  
-  // arg == 1 doesn't change the title. In XTerm it only changes the icon name
-  // (btw: arg=0 changes title and icon, arg=1 only icon, arg=2 only title
-//  emit changeTitle(arg,unistr);
-  _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] = unistr;
-  _titleUpdateTimer->start(20);
-
-  delete [] str;
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::updateTitle()
-{
-	QListIterator<int> iter( _pendingTitleUpdates.keys() );
-	while (iter.hasNext()) {
-		int arg = iter.next();
-		emit titleChanged( arg , _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] );	
-	}
-
-    _pendingTitleUpdates.clear();	
-}
-
-// Interpreting Codes ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-   Now that the incoming character stream is properly tokenized,
-   meaning is assigned to them. These are either operations of
-   the current _screen, or of the emulation class itself.
-
-   The token to be interpreteted comes in as a machine word
-   possibly accompanied by two parameters.
-
-   Likewise, the operations assigned to, come with up to two
-   arguments. One could consider to make up a proper table
-   from the function below.
-
-   The technical reference manual provides more information
-   about this mapping.
-*/
-
-void Vt102Emulation::tau( int token, int p, int q )
-{
-#if 0
-int N = (token>>0)&0xff;
-int A = (token>>8)&0xff;
-switch( N )
-{
-   case 0: printf("%c", (p < 128) ? p : '?');
-           break;
-   case 1: if (A == 'J') printf("\r");
-           else if (A == 'M') printf("\n");
-           else printf("CTL-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff);
-           break;
-   case 2: printf("ESC-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff);
-           break;
-   case 3: printf("ESC_CS-%c-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff);
-           break;
-   case 4: printf("ESC_DE-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff);
-           break;
-   case 5: printf("CSI-PS-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff );
-           break;
-   case 6: printf("CSI-PN-%c [%d]", (token>>8)&0xff, p);
-           break;
-   case 7: printf("CSI-PR-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff );
-           break;
-   case 8: printf("VT52-%c", (token>>8)&0xff);
-           break;
-   case 9: printf("CSI-PG-%c", (token>>8)&0xff);
-           break;
-   case 10: printf("CSI-PE-%c", (token>>8)&0xff);
-           break;
-}
-#endif
-
-  switch (token)
-  {
-
-    case TY_CHR(         ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter        (p         ); break; //UTF16
-
-    //             127 DEL    : ignored on input
-
-    case TY_CTL('@'      ) : /* NUL: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('A'      ) : /* SOH: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('B'      ) : /* STX: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('C'      ) : /* ETX: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('D'      ) : /* EOT: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('E'      ) :      reportAnswerBack     (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('F'      ) : /* ACK: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('G'      ) : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL);
-                                break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('H'      ) : _currentScreen->BackSpace            (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('I'      ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate             (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('J'      ) : _currentScreen->NewLine              (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('K'      ) : _currentScreen->NewLine              (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('L'      ) : _currentScreen->NewLine              (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('M'      ) : _currentScreen->Return               (          ); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CTL('N'      ) :      useCharset           (         1); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('O'      ) :      useCharset           (         0); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CTL('P'      ) : /* DLE: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('Q'      ) : /* DC1: XON continue                 */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('R'      ) : /* DC2: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('S'      ) : /* DC3: XOFF halt                    */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('T'      ) : /* DC4: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('U'      ) : /* NAK: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('V'      ) : /* SYN: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('W'      ) : /* ETB: ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('X'      ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter        (    0x2592); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('Y'      ) : /* EM : ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('Z'      ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter        (    0x2592); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CTL('['      ) : /* ESC: cannot be seen here.         */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('\\'     ) : /* FS : ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL(']'      ) : /* GS : ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('^'      ) : /* RS : ignored                      */ break;
-    case TY_CTL('_'      ) : /* US : ignored                      */ break;
-
-    case TY_ESC('D'      ) : _currentScreen->index                (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC('E'      ) : _currentScreen->NextLine             (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC('H'      ) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop        (true      ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC('M'      ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex         (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC('Z'      ) :      reportTerminalType   (          ); break;
-    case TY_ESC('c'      ) :      reset                (          ); break;
-
-    case TY_ESC('n'      ) :      useCharset           (         2); break;
-    case TY_ESC('o'      ) :      useCharset           (         3); break;
-    case TY_ESC('7'      ) :      saveCursor           (          ); break;
-    case TY_ESC('8'      ) :      restoreCursor        (          ); break;
-
-    case TY_ESC('='      ) :          setMode      (MODE_AppKeyPad); break;
-    case TY_ESC('>'      ) :        resetMode      (MODE_AppKeyPad); break;
-    case TY_ESC('<'      ) :          setMode      (MODE_Ansi     ); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_ESC_CS('(', '0') :      setCharset           (0,    '0'); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'A') :      setCharset           (0,    'A'); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'B') :      setCharset           (0,    'B'); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_ESC_CS(')', '0') :      setCharset           (1,    '0'); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'A') :      setCharset           (1,    'A'); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'B') :      setCharset           (1,    'B'); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_ESC_CS('*', '0') :      setCharset           (2,    '0'); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'A') :      setCharset           (2,    'A'); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'B') :      setCharset           (2,    'B'); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_ESC_CS('+', '0') :      setCharset           (3,    '0'); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'A') :      setCharset           (3,    'A'); break; //VT100
-    case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'B') :      setCharset           (3,    'B'); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_ESC_CS('%', 'G') :      setCodec             (Utf8Codec   ); break; //LINUX
-    case TY_ESC_CS('%', '@') :      setCodec             (LocaleCodec ); break; //LINUX
-
-    case TY_ESC_DE('3'      ) : /* Double height line, top half    */ 
-								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true );
-								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true );
-									break;
-    case TY_ESC_DE('4'      ) : /* Double height line, bottom half */ 
-								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true );
-								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true );
-									break;
-    case TY_ESC_DE('5'      ) : /* Single width, single height line*/
-								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , false);
-								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false);
-								break;
-    case TY_ESC_DE('6'      ) : /* Double width, single height line*/ 
-							    _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true);	
-								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false);
-								break;
-    case TY_ESC_DE('8'      ) : _currentScreen->helpAlign            (          ); break;
-
-// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t
-    case TY_CSI_PS('t',   8) : setImageSize( q /* colums */, p /* lines */ );    break;
-
-// change tab text color : \e[28;<color>t  color: 0-16,777,215
-    case TY_CSI_PS('t',   28) : emit changeTabTextColorRequest      ( p        );          break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('K',   0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine     (          ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('K',   1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfLine   (          ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('K',   2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireLine      (          ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('J',   0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen   (          ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('J',   1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfScreen (          ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('J',   2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen    (          ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('g',   0) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop        (false     ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('g',   3) : _currentScreen->clearTabStops        (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('h',   4) : _currentScreen->    setMode      (MODE_Insert   ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('h',  20) :          setMode      (MODE_NewLine  ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('i',   0) : /* IGNORE: attached printer          */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('l',   4) : _currentScreen->  resetMode      (MODE_Insert   ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('l',  20) :        resetMode      (MODE_NewLine  ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('s',   0) :      saveCursor           (          ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('u',   0) :      restoreCursor        (          ); break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   0) : _currentScreen->setDefaultRendition  (          ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   1) : _currentScreen->  setRendition     (RE_BOLD     ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   4) : _currentScreen->  setRendition     (RE_UNDERLINE); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   5) : _currentScreen->  setRendition     (RE_BLINK    ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   7) : _currentScreen->  setRendition     (RE_REVERSE  ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  10) : /* IGNORED: mapping related          */ break; //LINUX
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  11) : /* IGNORED: mapping related          */ break; //LINUX
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  12) : /* IGNORED: mapping related          */ break; //LINUX
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  22) : _currentScreen->resetRendition     (RE_BOLD     ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  24) : _currentScreen->resetRendition     (RE_UNDERLINE); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  25) : _currentScreen->resetRendition     (RE_BLINK    ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  27) : _currentScreen->resetRendition     (RE_REVERSE  ); break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   30) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  0); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   31) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  1); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   32) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  2); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   33) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  3); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   34) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  4); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   35) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  5); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   36) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  6); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   37) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  7); break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   38) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (p,       q); break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   39) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,  0); break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   40) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  0); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   41) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  1); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   42) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  2); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   43) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  3); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   44) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  4); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   45) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  5); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   46) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  6); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   47) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  7); break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   48) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (p,       q); break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   49) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,  1); break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   90) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  8); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   91) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  9); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   92) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   93) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   94) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   95) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   96) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   97) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  100) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  8); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  101) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  9); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  102) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  103) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  104) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  105) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  106) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  107) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break;
-
-    case TY_CSI_PS('n',   5) :      reportStatus         (          ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('n',   6) :      reportCursorPosition (          ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PS('q',   0) : /* IGNORED: LEDs off                 */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('q',   1) : /* IGNORED: LED1 on                  */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('q',   2) : /* IGNORED: LED2 on                  */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('q',   3) : /* IGNORED: LED3 on                  */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('q',   4) : /* IGNORED: LED4 on                  */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('x',   0) :      reportTerminalParms  (         2); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PS('x',   1) :      reportTerminalParms  (         3); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PN('@'      ) : _currentScreen->insertChars          (p         ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN('A'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp             (p         ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN('B'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown           (p         ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN('C'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight          (p         ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN('D'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft           (p         ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN('G'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorX           (p         ); break; //LINUX
-    case TY_CSI_PN('H'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX          (p,      q); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN('I'      ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate             (p         ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN('L'      ) : _currentScreen->insertLines          (p         ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN('M'      ) : _currentScreen->deleteLines          (p         ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN('P'      ) : _currentScreen->deleteChars          (p         ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN('S'      ) : _currentScreen->scrollUp             (p         ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN('T'      ) : _currentScreen->scrollDown           (p         ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN('X'      ) : _currentScreen->eraseChars           (p         ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN('Z'      ) : _currentScreen->backTabulate         (p         ); break;
-    case TY_CSI_PN('c'      ) :      reportTerminalType   (          ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN('d'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorY           (p         ); break; //LINUX
-    case TY_CSI_PN('f'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX          (p,      q); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN('r'      ) :      setMargins           (p,      q); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PN('y'      ) : /* IGNORED: Confidence test          */ break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   1) :          setMode      (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   1) :        resetMode      (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s',   1) :         saveMode      (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r',   1) :      restoreMode      (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   2) :        resetMode      (MODE_Ansi     ); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(132);          break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(80);           break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling           */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling           */ break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   5) : _currentScreen->    setMode      (MODE_Screen   ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   5) : _currentScreen->  resetMode      (MODE_Screen   ); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   6) : _currentScreen->    setMode      (MODE_Origin   ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   6) : _currentScreen->  resetMode      (MODE_Origin   ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s',   6) : _currentScreen->   saveMode      (MODE_Origin   ); break; //FIXME
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r',   6) : _currentScreen->restoreMode      (MODE_Origin   ); break; //FIXME
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   7) : _currentScreen->    setMode      (MODE_Wrap     ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   7) : _currentScreen->  resetMode      (MODE_Wrap     ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s',   7) : _currentScreen->   saveMode      (MODE_Wrap     ); break; //FIXME
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r',   7) : _currentScreen->restoreMode      (MODE_Wrap     ); break; //FIXME
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on            */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off           */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s',   8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on            */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r',   8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off           */ break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   9) : /* IGNORED: interlace                */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   9) : /* IGNORED: interlace                */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s',   9) : /* IGNORED: interlace                */ break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r',   9) : /* IGNORED: interlace                */ break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',  12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */ break; //att610
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',  12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */ break; //att610
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s',  12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */ break; //att610
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r',  12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */ break; //att610
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',  25) :          setMode      (MODE_Cursor   ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',  25) :        resetMode      (MODE_Cursor   ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s',  25) :         saveMode      (MODE_Cursor   ); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r',  25) :      restoreMode      (MODE_Cursor   ); break; //VT100
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',  41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */ break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',  41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */ break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s',  41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */ break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r',  41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */ break; //XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',  47) :          setMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',  47) :        resetMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s',  47) :         saveMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r',  47) :      restoreMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h',  67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */ break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l',  67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */ break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s',  67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */ break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r',  67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */ break; //XTERM
-
-    // XTerm defines the following modes:
-    // SET_VT200_MOUSE             1000
-    // SET_VT200_HIGHLIGHT_MOUSE   1001
-    // SET_BTN_EVENT_MOUSE         1002
-    // SET_ANY_EVENT_MOUSE         1003
-    //
-    
-    //Note about mouse modes:
-    //There are four mouse modes which xterm-compatible terminals can support - 1000,1001,1002,1003
-    //Konsole currently supports mode 1000 (basic mouse press and release) and mode 1002 (dragging the mouse).
-    //TODO:  Implementation of mouse modes 1001 (something called hilight tracking) and 
-    //1003 (a slight variation on dragging the mouse)
-    //
- 
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1000) :          setMode      (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1000) :        resetMode      (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1000) :         saveMode      (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1000) :      restoreMode      (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking    */ break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1001) :        resetMode      (MODE_Mouse1001); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking    */ break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking    */ break; //XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1002) :          setMode      (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1002) :        resetMode      (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1002) :         saveMode      (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1002) :      restoreMode      (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1003) :          setMode      (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1003) :        resetMode      (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1003) :         saveMode      (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1003) :      restoreMode      (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM
-
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1047) :          setMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1047) : _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1047) :         saveMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1047) :      restoreMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
-
-    //FIXME: Unitoken: save translations
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1048) :      saveCursor           (          ); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1048) :      restoreCursor        (          ); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1048) :      saveCursor           (          ); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1048) :      restoreCursor        (          ); break; //XTERM
-
-    //FIXME: every once new sequences like this pop up in xterm.
-    //       Here's a guess of what they could mean.
-    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1049) : saveCursor(); _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); setMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
-    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1049) : resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); restoreCursor(); break; //XTERM
-
-    //FIXME: weird DEC reset sequence
-    case TY_CSI_PE('p'      ) : /* IGNORED: reset         (        ) */ break;
-
-    //FIXME: when changing between vt52 and ansi mode evtl do some resetting.
-    case TY_VT52('A'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp             (         1); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('B'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown           (         1); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('C'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight          (         1); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('D'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft           (         1); break; //VT52
-
-    case TY_VT52('F'      ) :      setAndUseCharset     (0,    '0'); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('G'      ) :      setAndUseCharset     (0,    'B'); break; //VT52
-
-    case TY_VT52('H'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX          (1,1       ); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('I'      ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex         (          ); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('J'      ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen   (          ); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('K'      ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine     (          ); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('Y'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX          (p-31,q-31 ); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('Z'      ) :      reportTerminalType   (           ); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('<'      ) :          setMode      (MODE_Ansi     ); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('='      ) :          setMode      (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52
-    case TY_VT52('>'      ) :        resetMode      (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52
-
-    case TY_CSI_PG('c'      ) :  reportSecondaryAttributes(          ); break; //VT100
-
-    default : ReportErrorToken();    break;
-  };
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount)
-{
-    setImageSize(_currentScreen->getLines(),columnCount); 
-    clearEntireScreen();
-    setDefaultMargins(); 
-    _currentScreen->setCursorYX(0,0);
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                          Terminal to Host protocol                        */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* 
-   Outgoing bytes originate from several sources:
-
-   - Replies to Enquieries.
-   - Mouse Events
-   - Keyboard Events
-*/
-
-/*!
-*/
-
-void Vt102Emulation::sendString(const char* s , int length)
-{
-  if ( length >= 0 )
-    emit sendData(s,length);
-  else
-    emit sendData(s,strlen(s));
-}
-
-// Replies ----------------------------------------------------------------- --
-
-// This section copes with replies send as response to an enquiery control code.
-
-/*!
-*/
-
-void Vt102Emulation::reportCursorPosition()
-{ char tmp[20];
-  sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;%dR",_currentScreen->getCursorY()+1,_currentScreen->getCursorX()+1);
-  sendString(tmp);
-}
-
-/*
-   What follows here is rather obsolete and faked stuff.
-   The correspondent enquieries are neverthenless issued.
-*/
-
-/*!
-*/
-
-void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalType()
-{
-  // Primary device attribute response (Request was: ^[[0c or ^[[c (from TT321 Users Guide))
-  //   VT220:  ^[[?63;1;2;3;6;7;8c   (list deps on emul. capabilities)
-  //   VT100:  ^[[?1;2c
-  //   VT101:  ^[[?1;0c
-  //   VT102:  ^[[?6v
-  if (getMode(MODE_Ansi))
-    sendString("\033[?1;2c");     // I'm a VT100
-  else
-    sendString("\033/Z");         // I'm a VT52
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::reportSecondaryAttributes()
-{
-  // Seconday device attribute response (Request was: ^[[>0c or ^[[>c)
-  if (getMode(MODE_Ansi))
-    sendString("\033[>0;115;0c"); // Why 115?  ;)
-  else
-    sendString("\033/Z");         // FIXME I don't think VT52 knows about it but kept for
-                                  // konsoles backward compatibility.
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalParms(int p)
-// DECREPTPARM
-{ char tmp[100];
-  sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;1;1;112;112;1;0x",p); // not really true.
-  sendString(tmp);
-}
-
-/*!
-*/
-
-void Vt102Emulation::reportStatus()
-{
-  sendString("\033[0n"); //VT100. Device status report. 0 = Ready.
-}
-
-/*!
-*/
-
-#define ANSWER_BACK "" // This is really obsolete VT100 stuff.
-
-void Vt102Emulation::reportAnswerBack()
-{
-  sendString(ANSWER_BACK);
-}
-
-// Mouse Handling ---------------------------------------------------------- --
-
-/*!
-    Mouse clicks are possibly reported to the client
-    application if it has issued interest in them.
-    They are normally consumed by the widget for copy
-    and paste, but may be propagated from the widget
-    when gui->setMouseMarks is set via setMode(MODE_Mouse1000).
-
-    `x',`y' are 1-based.
-    `ev' (event) indicates the button pressed (0-2)
-                 or a general mouse release (3).
-
-    eventType represents the kind of mouse action that occurred:
-    	0 = Mouse button press or release
-	1 = Mouse drag
-*/
-
-void Vt102Emulation::sendMouseEvent( int cb, int cx, int cy , int eventType )
-{ char tmp[20];
-  if (  cx<1 || cy<1 ) return;
-  // normal buttons are passed as 0x20 + button,
-  // mouse wheel (buttons 4,5) as 0x5c + button
-  if (cb >= 4) cb += 0x3c;
-
-  //Mouse motion handling
-  if ( (getMode(MODE_Mouse1002) || getMode(MODE_Mouse1003)) && eventType == 1 )
-	  cb += 0x20; //add 32 to signify motion event
-
-  sprintf(tmp,"\033[M%c%c%c",cb+0x20,cx+0x20,cy+0x20);
-  sendString(tmp);
-}
-
-// Keyboard Handling ------------------------------------------------------- --
-
-#define encodeMode(M,B) BITS(B,getMode(M))
-#define encodeStat(M,B) BITS(B,((ev->modifiers() & (M)) == (M)))
-
-void Vt102Emulation::sendText( const QString& text )
-{
-  if (!text.isEmpty()) {
-    QKeyEvent event(QEvent::KeyPress, 
-                    0, 
-                    Qt::NoModifier, 
-                    text);
-    sendKeyEvent(&event); // expose as a big fat keypress event
-  }
-
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* event )
-{
-    Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = event->modifiers();
-    KeyboardTranslator::States states = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
-
-    // get current states
-    if ( getMode(MODE_NewLine)  ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState;
-    if ( getMode(MODE_Ansi)     ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState;
-    if ( getMode(MODE_AppCuKeys)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState;
-    if ( getMode(MODE_AppScreen)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState;
-
-    // lookup key binding
-    if ( _keyTranslator )
-    {
-    KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry( 
-                                                event->key() , 
-                                                modifiers,
-                                                states );
-
-        // send result to terminal
-        QByteArray textToSend;
-
-        // special handling for the Alt (aka. Meta) modifier.  pressing
-        // Alt+[Character] results in Esc+[Character] being sent
-        // (unless there is an entry defined for this particular combination
-        //  in the keyboard modifier)
-        bool wantsAltModifier = entry.modifiers() & entry.modifierMask() & Qt::AltModifier;
-		bool wantsAnyModifier = entry.state() & entry.stateMask() & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState;
-
-        if ( modifiers & Qt::AltModifier && !(wantsAltModifier || wantsAnyModifier) 
-             && !event->text().isEmpty() )
-        {
-            textToSend.prepend("\033");
-        }
-
-        if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand )
-        {
-			if (entry.command() & KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand)
-				textToSend += getErase();
-            // TODO command handling
-        }
-        else if ( !entry.text().isEmpty() ) 
-        {
-            textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(entry.text(true,modifiers));
-        }
-        else
-            textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(event->text());
-
-        sendData( textToSend.constData() , textToSend.length() );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // print an error message to the terminal if no key translator has been
-        // set
-        QString translatorError =  ("No keyboard translator available.  "
-                                         "The information needed to convert key presses "
-                                         "into characters to send to the terminal " 
-                                         "is missing.");
-
-        reset();
-        receiveData( translatorError.toAscii().constData() , translatorError.count() );
-    }
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                VT100 Charsets                             */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-// Character Set Conversion ------------------------------------------------ --
-
-/* 
-   The processing contains a VT100 specific code translation layer.
-   It's still in use and mainly responsible for the line drawing graphics.
-
-   These and some other glyphs are assigned to codes (0x5f-0xfe)
-   normally occupied by the latin letters. Since this codes also
-   appear within control sequences, the extra code conversion
-   does not permute with the tokenizer and is placed behind it
-   in the pipeline. It only applies to tokens, which represent
-   plain characters.
-
-   This conversion it eventually continued in TerminalDisplay.C, since 
-   it might involve VT100 enhanced fonts, which have these
-   particular glyphs allocated in (0x00-0x1f) in their code page.
-*/
-
-#define CHARSET _charset[_currentScreen==_screen[1]]
-
-// Apply current character map.
-
-unsigned short Vt102Emulation::applyCharset(unsigned short c)
-{
-  if (CHARSET.graphic && 0x5f <= c && c <= 0x7e) return vt100_graphics[c-0x5f];
-  if (CHARSET.pound                && c == '#' ) return 0xa3; //This mode is obsolete
-  return c;
-}
-
-/*
-   "Charset" related part of the emulation state.
-   This configures the VT100 _charset filter.
-
-   While most operation work on the current _screen,
-   the following two are different.
-*/
-
-void Vt102Emulation::resetCharset(int scrno)
-{
-  _charset[scrno].cu_cs   = 0;
-  strncpy(_charset[scrno].charset,"BBBB",4);
-  _charset[scrno].sa_graphic = false;
-  _charset[scrno].sa_pound   = false;
-  _charset[scrno].graphic = false;
-  _charset[scrno].pound   = false;
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::setCharset(int n, int cs) // on both screens.
-{
-  _charset[0].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[0].cu_cs);
-  _charset[1].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[1].cu_cs);
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs)
-{
-  CHARSET.charset[n&3] = cs;
-  useCharset(n&3);
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::useCharset(int n)
-{
-  CHARSET.cu_cs   = n&3;
-  CHARSET.graphic = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == '0');
-  CHARSET.pound   = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == 'A'); //This mode is obsolete
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::setDefaultMargins()
-{
-	_screen[0]->setDefaultMargins();
-	_screen[1]->setDefaultMargins();
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::setMargins(int t, int b)
-{
-  _screen[0]->setMargins(t, b);
-  _screen[1]->setMargins(t, b);
-}
-
-/*! Save the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */
-
-void Vt102Emulation::saveCursor()
-{
-  CHARSET.sa_graphic = CHARSET.graphic;
-  CHARSET.sa_pound   = CHARSET.pound; //This mode is obsolete
-  // we are not clear about these
-  //sa_charset = charsets[cScreen->_charset];
-  //sa_charset_num = cScreen->_charset;
-  _currentScreen->saveCursor();
-}
-
-/*! Restore the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */
-
-void Vt102Emulation::restoreCursor()
-{
-  CHARSET.graphic = CHARSET.sa_graphic;
-  CHARSET.pound   = CHARSET.sa_pound; //This mode is obsolete
-  _currentScreen->restoreCursor();
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                                Mode Operations                            */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*
-   Some of the emulations state is either added to the state of the screens.
-
-   This causes some scoping problems, since different emulations choose to
-   located the mode either to the current _screen or to both.
-
-   For strange reasons, the extend of the rendition attributes ranges over
-   all screens and not over the actual _screen.
-
-   We decided on the precise precise extend, somehow.
-*/
-
-// "Mode" related part of the state. These are all booleans.
-
-void Vt102Emulation::resetModes()
-{
-  resetMode(MODE_Mouse1000); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1000);
-  resetMode(MODE_Mouse1001); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1001);
-  resetMode(MODE_Mouse1002); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1002);
-  resetMode(MODE_Mouse1003); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1003);
-
-  resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); saveMode(MODE_AppScreen);
-  // here come obsolete modes
-  resetMode(MODE_AppCuKeys); saveMode(MODE_AppCuKeys);
-  resetMode(MODE_NewLine  );
-    setMode(MODE_Ansi     );
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::setMode(int m)
-{
-  _currParm.mode[m] = true;
-  switch (m)
-  {
-    case MODE_Mouse1000:
-    case MODE_Mouse1001:
-    case MODE_Mouse1002:
-    case MODE_Mouse1003:
- 	    emit programUsesMouseChanged(false); 
-    break;
-
-    case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[1]->clearSelection();
-                          setScreen(1);
-    break;
-  }
-  if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine)
-  {
-    _screen[0]->setMode(m);
-    _screen[1]->setMode(m);
-  }
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::resetMode(int m)
-{
-  _currParm.mode[m] = false;
-  switch (m)
-  {
-    case MODE_Mouse1000 : 
-    case MODE_Mouse1001 :
-    case MODE_Mouse1002 :
-    case MODE_Mouse1003 :
-	    emit programUsesMouseChanged(true); 
-    break;
-
-    case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[0]->clearSelection();
-                          setScreen(0);
-    break;
-  }
-  if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine)
-  {
-    _screen[0]->resetMode(m);
-    _screen[1]->resetMode(m);
-  }
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::saveMode(int m)
-{
-  _saveParm.mode[m] = _currParm.mode[m];
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::restoreMode(int m)
-{
-  if (_saveParm.mode[m]) 
-      setMode(m); 
-  else 
-      resetMode(m);
-}
-
-bool Vt102Emulation::getMode(int m)
-{
-  return _currParm.mode[m];
-}
-
-char Vt102Emulation::getErase() const
-{
-  KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry(
-                                            Qt::Key_Backspace,
-                                            0,
-                                            0);
-  if ( entry.text().count() > 0 )
-      return entry.text()[0];
-  else
-      return '\b';
-}
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/*                                                                           */
-/*                               Diagnostic                                  */
-/*                                                                           */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*! shows the contents of the scan buffer.
-
-    This functions is used for diagnostics. It is called by \e ReportErrorToken
-    to inform about strings that cannot be decoded or handled by the emulation.
-
-    \sa ReportErrorToken
-*/
-
-static void hexdump(int* s, int len)
-{ int i;
-  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
-  {
-    if (s[i] == '\\')
-      printf("\\\\");
-    else
-    if ((s[i]) > 32 && s[i] < 127)
-      printf("%c",s[i]);
-    else
-      printf("\\%04x(hex)",s[i]);
-  }
-}
-
-void Vt102Emulation::scan_buffer_report() {
-  if (ppos == 0 || (ppos == 1 && (pbuf[0] & 0xff) >= 32)) {
-	return;
-  }
-  printf("token: ");
-  hexdump(pbuf,ppos);
-  printf("\n");
-}
-
-/*!
-*/
-
-void Vt102Emulation::ReportErrorToken()
-{
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  printf("undecodable "); scan_buffer_report();
-#endif
-}
-
-//#include "moc_Vt102Emulation.cpp"
-
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/Vt102Emulation.h
--- a/libqterminal/Vt102Emulation.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-/*
-    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
-    
-    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
-    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-    02110-1301  USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef VT102EMULATION_H
-#define VT102EMULATION_H
-
-// Standard Library
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// Qt 
-#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
-#include <QtCore/QHash>
-#include <QtCore/QTimer>
-
-// Konsole
-#include "Emulation.h"
-#include "Screen.h"
-
-#define MODE_AppScreen (MODES_SCREEN+0)
-#define MODE_AppCuKeys (MODES_SCREEN+1)
-#define MODE_AppKeyPad (MODES_SCREEN+2)
-#define MODE_Mouse1000 (MODES_SCREEN+3)
-#define MODE_Mouse1001 (MODES_SCREEN+4)
-#define MODE_Mouse1002 (MODES_SCREEN+5)
-#define MODE_Mouse1003 (MODES_SCREEN+6)
-#define MODE_Ansi      (MODES_SCREEN+7)
-#define MODE_total     (MODES_SCREEN+8)
-
-struct DECpar
-{
-  bool mode[MODE_total];
-};
-
-struct CharCodes
-{
-  // coding info
-  char charset[4]; //
-  int  cu_cs;      // actual charset.
-  bool graphic;    // Some VT100 tricks
-  bool pound  ;    // Some VT100 tricks
-  bool sa_graphic; // saved graphic
-  bool sa_pound;   // saved pound
-};
-
-/**
- * Provides an xterm compatible terminal emulation based on the DEC VT102 terminal.
- * A full description of this terminal can be found at http://vt100.net/docs/vt102-ug/
- * 
- * In addition, various additional xterm escape sequences are supported to provide 
- * features such as mouse input handling.
- * See http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.html for a description of xterm's escape
- * sequences. 
- *
- */
-class Vt102Emulation : public Emulation
-{ 
-Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
-
-  /** Constructs a new emulation */
-  Vt102Emulation();
-  ~Vt102Emulation();
-  
-  // reimplemented
-  virtual void clearEntireScreen();
-  virtual void reset();
-  
-  // reimplemented
-  virtual char getErase() const;
-  
-public slots: 
-
-  // reimplemented 
-  virtual void sendString(const char*,int length = -1);
-  virtual void sendText(const QString& text);
-  virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*);
-  virtual void sendMouseEvent( int buttons, int column, int line , int eventType );
-  
-protected:
-  // reimplemented
-  virtual void setMode    (int mode);
-  virtual void resetMode  (int mode);
-
-  // reimplemented 
-  virtual void receiveChar(int cc);
-  
-
-private slots:
-		
-  //causes changeTitle() to be emitted for each (int,QString) pair in pendingTitleUpdates
-  //used to buffer multiple title updates
-  void updateTitle();
-
-
-private:
-  unsigned short applyCharset(unsigned short c);
-  void setCharset(int n, int cs);
-  void useCharset(int n);
-  void setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs);
-  void saveCursor();
-  void restoreCursor();
-  void resetCharset(int scrno);
-
-  void setMargins(int top, int bottom);
-  //set margins for all screens back to their defaults
-  void setDefaultMargins();
-
-  // returns true if 'mode' is set or false otherwise
-  bool getMode    (int mode);
-  // saves the current boolean value of 'mode'
-  void saveMode   (int mode);
-  // restores the boolean value of 'mode' 
-  void restoreMode(int mode);
-  // resets all modes
-  void resetModes();
-
-  void resetToken();
-#define MAXPBUF 80
-  void pushToToken(int cc);
-  int pbuf[MAXPBUF]; //FIXME: overflow?
-  int ppos;
-#define MAXARGS 15
-  void addDigit(int dig);
-  void addArgument();
-  int argv[MAXARGS];
-  int argc;
-  void initTokenizer();
-  int tbl[256];
-
-  void scan_buffer_report(); //FIXME: rename
-  void ReportErrorToken();   //FIXME: rename
-
-  void tau(int code, int p, int q);
-  void XtermHack();
-
-  void reportTerminalType();
-  void reportSecondaryAttributes();
-  void reportStatus();
-  void reportAnswerBack();
-  void reportCursorPosition();
-  void reportTerminalParms(int p);
-
-  void onScrollLock();
-  void scrollLock(const bool lock);
-
-  // clears the screen and resizes it to the specified
-  // number of columns
-  void clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount);
-
-  CharCodes _charset[2];
-
-  DECpar _currParm;
-  DECpar _saveParm;
-
-  //hash table and timer for buffering calls to the session instance 
-  //to update the name of the session
-  //or window title.
-  //these calls occur when certain escape sequences are seen in the 
-  //output from the terminal
-  QHash<int,QString> _pendingTitleUpdates;
-  QTimer* _titleUpdateTimer;
-  
-};
-
-#endif // VT102EMULATION_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/konsole_wcwidth.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/konsole_wcwidth.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.character,v 1.3 2001/07/29 22:08:16 tsi Exp $ */
-/*
- * This is an implementation of wcwidth() and wcswidth() as defined in
- * "The Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, The Open Group, 1997"
- * <http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html>
- *
- * Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain
- */
-
-#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
-
-struct interval {
-  unsigned short first;
-  unsigned short last;
-};
-
-/* auxiliary function for binary search in interval table */
-static int bisearch(quint16 ucs, const struct interval *table, int max) {
-  int min = 0;
-  int mid;
-
-  if (ucs < table[0].first || ucs > table[max].last)
-    return 0;
-  while (max >= min) {
-    mid = (min + max) / 2;
-    if (ucs > table[mid].last)
-      min = mid + 1;
-    else if (ucs < table[mid].first)
-      max = mid - 1;
-    else
-      return 1;
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* The following functions define the column width of an ISO 10646
- * character as follows:
- *
- *    - The null character (U+0000) has a column width of 0.
- *
- *    - Other C0/C1 control characters and DEL will lead to a return
- *      value of -1.
- *
- *    - Non-spacing and enclosing combining characters (general
- *      category code Mn or Me in the Unicode database) have a
- *      column width of 0.
- *
- *    - Other format characters (general category code Cf in the Unicode
- *      database) and ZERO WIDTH SPACE (U+200B) have a column width of 0.
- *
- *    - Hangul Jamo medial vowels and final consonants (U+1160-U+11FF)
- *      have a column width of 0.
- *
- *    - Spacing characters in the East Asian Wide (W) or East Asian
- *      FullWidth (F) category as defined in Unicode Technical
- *      Report #11 have a column width of 2.
- *
- *    - All remaining characters (including all printable
- *      ISO 8859-1 and WGL4 characters, Unicode control characters,
- *      etc.) have a column width of 1.
- *
- * This implementation assumes that quint16 characters are encoded
- * in ISO 10646.
- */
-
-int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs)
-{
-  /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of non-spacing characters */
-  static const struct interval combining[] = {
-    { 0x0300, 0x034E }, { 0x0360, 0x0362 }, { 0x0483, 0x0486 },
-    { 0x0488, 0x0489 }, { 0x0591, 0x05A1 }, { 0x05A3, 0x05B9 },
-    { 0x05BB, 0x05BD }, { 0x05BF, 0x05BF }, { 0x05C1, 0x05C2 },
-    { 0x05C4, 0x05C4 }, { 0x064B, 0x0655 }, { 0x0670, 0x0670 },
-    { 0x06D6, 0x06E4 }, { 0x06E7, 0x06E8 }, { 0x06EA, 0x06ED },
-    { 0x070F, 0x070F }, { 0x0711, 0x0711 }, { 0x0730, 0x074A },
-    { 0x07A6, 0x07B0 }, { 0x0901, 0x0902 }, { 0x093C, 0x093C },
-    { 0x0941, 0x0948 }, { 0x094D, 0x094D }, { 0x0951, 0x0954 },
-    { 0x0962, 0x0963 }, { 0x0981, 0x0981 }, { 0x09BC, 0x09BC },
-    { 0x09C1, 0x09C4 }, { 0x09CD, 0x09CD }, { 0x09E2, 0x09E3 },
-    { 0x0A02, 0x0A02 }, { 0x0A3C, 0x0A3C }, { 0x0A41, 0x0A42 },
-    { 0x0A47, 0x0A48 }, { 0x0A4B, 0x0A4D }, { 0x0A70, 0x0A71 },
-    { 0x0A81, 0x0A82 }, { 0x0ABC, 0x0ABC }, { 0x0AC1, 0x0AC5 },
-    { 0x0AC7, 0x0AC8 }, { 0x0ACD, 0x0ACD }, { 0x0B01, 0x0B01 },
-    { 0x0B3C, 0x0B3C }, { 0x0B3F, 0x0B3F }, { 0x0B41, 0x0B43 },
-    { 0x0B4D, 0x0B4D }, { 0x0B56, 0x0B56 }, { 0x0B82, 0x0B82 },
-    { 0x0BC0, 0x0BC0 }, { 0x0BCD, 0x0BCD }, { 0x0C3E, 0x0C40 },
-    { 0x0C46, 0x0C48 }, { 0x0C4A, 0x0C4D }, { 0x0C55, 0x0C56 },
-    { 0x0CBF, 0x0CBF }, { 0x0CC6, 0x0CC6 }, { 0x0CCC, 0x0CCD },
-    { 0x0D41, 0x0D43 }, { 0x0D4D, 0x0D4D }, { 0x0DCA, 0x0DCA },
-    { 0x0DD2, 0x0DD4 }, { 0x0DD6, 0x0DD6 }, { 0x0E31, 0x0E31 },
-    { 0x0E34, 0x0E3A }, { 0x0E47, 0x0E4E }, { 0x0EB1, 0x0EB1 },
-    { 0x0EB4, 0x0EB9 }, { 0x0EBB, 0x0EBC }, { 0x0EC8, 0x0ECD },
-    { 0x0F18, 0x0F19 }, { 0x0F35, 0x0F35 }, { 0x0F37, 0x0F37 },
-    { 0x0F39, 0x0F39 }, { 0x0F71, 0x0F7E }, { 0x0F80, 0x0F84 },
-    { 0x0F86, 0x0F87 }, { 0x0F90, 0x0F97 }, { 0x0F99, 0x0FBC },
-    { 0x0FC6, 0x0FC6 }, { 0x102D, 0x1030 }, { 0x1032, 0x1032 },
-    { 0x1036, 0x1037 }, { 0x1039, 0x1039 }, { 0x1058, 0x1059 },
-    { 0x1160, 0x11FF }, { 0x17B7, 0x17BD }, { 0x17C6, 0x17C6 },
-    { 0x17C9, 0x17D3 }, { 0x180B, 0x180E }, { 0x18A9, 0x18A9 },
-    { 0x200B, 0x200F }, { 0x202A, 0x202E }, { 0x206A, 0x206F },
-    { 0x20D0, 0x20E3 }, { 0x302A, 0x302F }, { 0x3099, 0x309A },
-    { 0xFB1E, 0xFB1E }, { 0xFE20, 0xFE23 }, { 0xFEFF, 0xFEFF },
-    { 0xFFF9, 0xFFFB }
-  };
-
-  /* test for 8-bit control characters */
-  if (ucs == 0)
-    return 0;
-  if (ucs < 32 || (ucs >= 0x7f && ucs < 0xa0))
-    return -1;
-
-  /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */
-  if (bisearch(ucs, combining,
-	       sizeof(combining) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1))
-    return 0;
-
-  /* if we arrive here, ucs is not a combining or C0/C1 control character */
-
-  return 1 +
-    (ucs >= 0x1100 &&
-     (ucs <= 0x115f ||                    /* Hangul Jamo init. consonants */
-      (ucs >= 0x2e80 && ucs <= 0xa4cf && (ucs & ~0x0011) != 0x300a &&
-       ucs != 0x303f) ||                  /* CJK ... Yi */
-      (ucs >= 0xac00 && ucs <= 0xd7a3) || /* Hangul Syllables */
-      (ucs >= 0xf900 && ucs <= 0xfaff) || /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */
-      (ucs >= 0xfe30 && ucs <= 0xfe6f) || /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
-      (ucs >= 0xff00 && ucs <= 0xff5f) || /* Fullwidth Forms */
-      (ucs >= 0xffe0 && ucs <= 0xffe6) /* do not compare UINT16 with 0x20000 ||
-      (ucs >= 0x20000 && ucs <= 0x2ffff) */));
-}
-
-#if 0
-/*
- * The following function is the same as konsole_wcwidth(), except that
- * spacing characters in the East Asian Ambiguous (A) category as
- * defined in Unicode Technical Report #11 have a column width of 2.
- * This experimental variant might be useful for users of CJK legacy
- * encodings who want to migrate to UCS. It is not otherwise
- * recommended for general use.
- */
-int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(quint16 ucs)
-{
-  /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous
-   * characters */
-  static const struct interval ambiguous[] = {
-    { 0x00A1, 0x00A1 }, { 0x00A4, 0x00A4 }, { 0x00A7, 0x00A8 },
-    { 0x00AA, 0x00AA }, { 0x00AD, 0x00AD }, { 0x00B0, 0x00B4 },
-    { 0x00B6, 0x00BA }, { 0x00BC, 0x00BF }, { 0x00C6, 0x00C6 },
-    { 0x00D0, 0x00D0 }, { 0x00D7, 0x00D8 }, { 0x00DE, 0x00E1 },
-    { 0x00E6, 0x00E6 }, { 0x00E8, 0x00EA }, { 0x00EC, 0x00ED },
-    { 0x00F0, 0x00F0 }, { 0x00F2, 0x00F3 }, { 0x00F7, 0x00FA },
-    { 0x00FC, 0x00FC }, { 0x00FE, 0x00FE }, { 0x0101, 0x0101 },
-    { 0x0111, 0x0111 }, { 0x0113, 0x0113 }, { 0x011B, 0x011B },
-    { 0x0126, 0x0127 }, { 0x012B, 0x012B }, { 0x0131, 0x0133 },
-    { 0x0138, 0x0138 }, { 0x013F, 0x0142 }, { 0x0144, 0x0144 },
-    { 0x0148, 0x014A }, { 0x014D, 0x014D }, { 0x0152, 0x0153 },
-    { 0x0166, 0x0167 }, { 0x016B, 0x016B }, { 0x01CE, 0x01CE },
-    { 0x01D0, 0x01D0 }, { 0x01D2, 0x01D2 }, { 0x01D4, 0x01D4 },
-    { 0x01D6, 0x01D6 }, { 0x01D8, 0x01D8 }, { 0x01DA, 0x01DA },
-    { 0x01DC, 0x01DC }, { 0x0251, 0x0251 }, { 0x0261, 0x0261 },
-    { 0x02C7, 0x02C7 }, { 0x02C9, 0x02CB }, { 0x02CD, 0x02CD },
-    { 0x02D0, 0x02D0 }, { 0x02D8, 0x02DB }, { 0x02DD, 0x02DD },
-    { 0x0391, 0x03A1 }, { 0x03A3, 0x03A9 }, { 0x03B1, 0x03C1 },
-    { 0x03C3, 0x03C9 }, { 0x0401, 0x0401 }, { 0x0410, 0x044F },
-    { 0x0451, 0x0451 }, { 0x2010, 0x2010 }, { 0x2013, 0x2016 },
-    { 0x2018, 0x2019 }, { 0x201C, 0x201D }, { 0x2020, 0x2021 },
-    { 0x2025, 0x2027 }, { 0x2030, 0x2030 }, { 0x2032, 0x2033 },
-    { 0x2035, 0x2035 }, { 0x203B, 0x203B }, { 0x2074, 0x2074 },
-    { 0x207F, 0x207F }, { 0x2081, 0x2084 }, { 0x20AC, 0x20AC },
-    { 0x2103, 0x2103 }, { 0x2105, 0x2105 }, { 0x2109, 0x2109 },
-    { 0x2113, 0x2113 }, { 0x2121, 0x2122 }, { 0x2126, 0x2126 },
-    { 0x212B, 0x212B }, { 0x2154, 0x2155 }, { 0x215B, 0x215B },
-    { 0x215E, 0x215E }, { 0x2160, 0x216B }, { 0x2170, 0x2179 },
-    { 0x2190, 0x2199 }, { 0x21D2, 0x21D2 }, { 0x21D4, 0x21D4 },
-    { 0x2200, 0x2200 }, { 0x2202, 0x2203 }, { 0x2207, 0x2208 },
-    { 0x220B, 0x220B }, { 0x220F, 0x220F }, { 0x2211, 0x2211 },
-    { 0x2215, 0x2215 }, { 0x221A, 0x221A }, { 0x221D, 0x2220 },
-    { 0x2223, 0x2223 }, { 0x2225, 0x2225 }, { 0x2227, 0x222C },
-    { 0x222E, 0x222E }, { 0x2234, 0x2237 }, { 0x223C, 0x223D },
-    { 0x2248, 0x2248 }, { 0x224C, 0x224C }, { 0x2252, 0x2252 },
-    { 0x2260, 0x2261 }, { 0x2264, 0x2267 }, { 0x226A, 0x226B },
-    { 0x226E, 0x226F }, { 0x2282, 0x2283 }, { 0x2286, 0x2287 },
-    { 0x2295, 0x2295 }, { 0x2299, 0x2299 }, { 0x22A5, 0x22A5 },
-    { 0x22BF, 0x22BF }, { 0x2312, 0x2312 }, { 0x2460, 0x24BF },
-    { 0x24D0, 0x24E9 }, { 0x2500, 0x254B }, { 0x2550, 0x2574 },
-    { 0x2580, 0x258F }, { 0x2592, 0x2595 }, { 0x25A0, 0x25A1 },
-    { 0x25A3, 0x25A9 }, { 0x25B2, 0x25B3 }, { 0x25B6, 0x25B7 },
-    { 0x25BC, 0x25BD }, { 0x25C0, 0x25C1 }, { 0x25C6, 0x25C8 },
-    { 0x25CB, 0x25CB }, { 0x25CE, 0x25D1 }, { 0x25E2, 0x25E5 },
-    { 0x25EF, 0x25EF }, { 0x2605, 0x2606 }, { 0x2609, 0x2609 },
-    { 0x260E, 0x260F }, { 0x261C, 0x261C }, { 0x261E, 0x261E },
-    { 0x2640, 0x2640 }, { 0x2642, 0x2642 }, { 0x2660, 0x2661 },
-    { 0x2663, 0x2665 }, { 0x2667, 0x266A }, { 0x266C, 0x266D },
-    { 0x266F, 0x266F }, { 0x300A, 0x300B }, { 0x301A, 0x301B },
-    { 0xE000, 0xF8FF }, { 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD }
-  };
-
-  /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */
-  if (bisearch(ucs, ambiguous,
-	       sizeof(ambiguous) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1))
-    return 2;
-
-  return konsole_wcwidth(ucs);
-}
-#endif
-
-// single byte char: +1, multi byte char: +2
-int string_width( const QString &txt )
-{
-  int w = 0;
-  for ( int i = 0; i < txt.length(); ++i )
-     w += konsole_wcwidth( txt[ i ].unicode() );
- return w;
-}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/konsole_wcwidth.h
--- a/libqterminal/konsole_wcwidth.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.h,v 1.2 2001/06/18 19:09:27 dickey Exp $ */
-
-/* Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain */
-/* Adaptions for KDE by Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> */
-/*
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef	_KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_
-#define	_KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_
-
-// Qt
-#include <QtCore/QBool>
-#include <QtCore/QString>
-
-int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs);
-#if 0
-int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(Q_UINT16 ucs);
-#endif
-
-int string_width( const QString &txt );
-
-#endif
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/kpty.cpp
--- a/libqterminal/kpty.cpp	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,641 +0,0 @@
-/*
-
-   This file is part of the KDE libraries
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
-   Copyright (C) 2002-2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
-   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
-   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-
-#include "kpty_p.h"
-
-#ifdef __sgi
-#define __svr4__
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __osf__
-#define _OSF_SOURCE
-#include <float.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _AIX
-#define _ALL_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-// __USE_XOPEN isn't defined by default in ICC
-// (needed for ptsname(), grantpt() and unlockpt())
-#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
-#  ifndef __USE_XOPEN
-#    define __USE_XOPEN
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-
-#if defined(HAVE_PTY_H)
-# include <pty.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBUTIL_H
-# include <libutil.h>
-#elif defined(HAVE_UTIL_H)
-# include <util.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER
-extern "C" {
-# include <utempter.h>
-}
-#else
-# include <utmp.h>
-# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
-#  include <utmpx.h>
-# endif
-# if !defined(_PATH_UTMPX) && defined(_UTMPX_FILE)
-#  define _PATH_UTMPX _UTMPX_FILE
-# endif
-# if !defined(_PATH_WTMPX) && defined(_WTMPX_FILE)
-#  define _PATH_WTMPX _WTMPX_FILE
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* for HP-UX (some versions) the extern C is needed, and for other
-   platforms it doesn't hurt */
-extern "C" {
-#include <termios.h>
-#if defined(HAVE_TERMIO_H)
-# include <termio.h> // struct winsize on some systems
-#endif
-}
-
-#if defined (_HPUX_SOURCE)
-# define _TERMIOS_INCLUDED
-# include <bsdtty.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H
-# include <sys/stropts.h>	// Defines I_PUSH
-# define _NEW_TTY_CTRL
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__)
-# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCGETA, (char *)ttmode)
-#else
-# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__Lynx__) || defined (__CYGWIN__)
-#  define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) tcgetattr(fd, ttmode)
-# else
-#  define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCGETS, (char *)ttmode)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__)
-# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCSETA, (char *)ttmode)
-#else
-# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
-#  define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) tcsetattr(fd, TCSANOW, ttmode)
-# else
-#  define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCSETS, (char *)ttmode)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <QtCore>
-
-// not defined on HP-UX for example
-#ifndef CTRL
-# define CTRL(x) ((x) & 037)
-#endif
-
-#define TTY_GROUP "tty"
-
-///////////////////////
-// private functions //
-///////////////////////
-
-//////////////////
-// private data //
-//////////////////
-
-KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent) :
-    masterFd(-1), slaveFd(-1), ownMaster(true), q_ptr(parent)
-{
-}
-
-KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate(KPty *parent, int _masterFd, int _slaveFd):
-    masterFd(_masterFd), slaveFd(_slaveFd), ownMaster(true), q_ptr(parent)
-{
-}
-
-
-KPtyPrivate::~KPtyPrivate()
-{
-}
-
-bool KPtyPrivate::chownpty(bool)
-{
-//    return !QProcess::execute(KStandardDirs::findExe("kgrantpty"),
-//        QStringList() << (grant?"--grant":"--revoke") << QString::number(masterFd));
-    return true;
-}
-
-/////////////////////////////
-// public member functions //
-/////////////////////////////
-
-KPty::KPty() :
-    d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate(this))
-{
-}
-
-KPty::KPty(int masterFd, int slaveFd) :
-    d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate(this, masterFd, slaveFd))
-{
-}
-
-KPty::KPty(KPtyPrivate *d) :
-    d_ptr(d)
-{
-    d_ptr->q_ptr = this;
-}
-
-KPty::~KPty()
-{
-    close();
-    delete d_ptr;
-}
-
-bool KPty::open()
-{
-  Q_D(KPty);
-
-  if (d->masterFd >= 0) {
-      return true;
-  }
-
-  d->ownMaster = true;
-
-  QByteArray ptyName;
-
-  // Find a master pty that we can open ////////////////////////////////
-
-  // Because not all the pty animals are created equal, they want to
-  // be opened by several different methods.
-
-  // We try, as we know them, one by one.
-
-#ifdef HAVE_OPENPTY
-
-  char ptsn[PATH_MAX];
-  if (::openpty( &d->masterFd, &d->slaveFd, ptsn, 0, 0))
-  {
-    d->masterFd = -1;
-    d->slaveFd = -1;
-    qWarning(175) << "Can't open a pseudo teletype";
-    return false;
-  }
-  d->ttyName = ptsn;
-
-#else
-
-#ifdef HAVE__GETPTY // irix
-
-  char *ptsn = _getpty(&d->masterFd, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR, 0);
-  if (ptsn) {
-    d->ttyName = ptsn;
-    goto grantedpt;
-  }
-
-#elif defined(HAVE_PTSNAME) || defined(TIOCGPTN)
-
-#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT
-  d->masterFd = ::posix_openpt(O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY);
-#elif defined(HAVE_GETPT)
-  d->masterFd = ::getpt();
-#elif defined(PTM_DEVICE)
-  d->masterFd = ::open(PTM_DEVICE, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY);
-#else
-# error No method to open a PTY master detected.
-#endif
-  if (d->masterFd >= 0)
-  {
-#ifdef HAVE_PTSNAME
-    char *ptsn = ptsname(d->masterFd);
-    if (ptsn) {
-        d->ttyName = ptsn;
-#else
-    int ptyno;
-    if (!ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPTN, &ptyno)) {
-        char buf[32];
-        sprintf(buf, "/dev/pts/%d", ptyno);
-        d->ttyName = buf;
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_GRANTPT
-        if (!grantpt(d->masterFd))
-           goto grantedpt;
-#else
-        goto gotpty;
-#endif
-    }
-    ::close(d->masterFd);
-    d->masterFd = -1;
-  }
-#endif // HAVE_PTSNAME || TIOCGPTN
-
-  // Linux device names, FIXME: Trouble on other systems?
-  for (const char* s3 = "pqrstuvwxyzabcde"; *s3; s3++)
-  {
-    for (const char* s4 = "0123456789abcdef"; *s4; s4++)
-    {
-      ptyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/pty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii();
-      d->ttyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/tty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii();
-
-      d->masterFd = ::open(ptyName.data(), O_RDWR);
-      if (d->masterFd >= 0)
-      {
-#ifdef Q_OS_SOLARIS
-        /* Need to check the process group of the pty.
-         * If it exists, then the slave pty is in use,
-         * and we need to get another one.
-         */
-        int pgrp_rtn;
-        if (ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPGRP, &pgrp_rtn) == 0 || errno != EIO) {
-          ::close(d->masterFd);
-          d->masterFd = -1;
-          continue;
-        }
-#endif /* Q_OS_SOLARIS */
-        if (!access(d->ttyName.data(),R_OK|W_OK)) // checks availability based on permission bits
-        {
-          if (!geteuid())
-          {
-            struct group* p = getgrnam(TTY_GROUP);
-            if (!p)
-              p = getgrnam("wheel");
-            gid_t gid = p ? p->gr_gid : getgid ();
-
-            if (!chown(d->ttyName.data(), getuid(), gid)) {
-	      chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP);
-	    }
-          }
-          goto gotpty;
-        }
-        ::close(d->masterFd);
-        d->masterFd = -1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  qWarning() << "Can't open a pseudo teletype";
-  return false;
-
- gotpty:
-  struct stat st;
-  if (stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st))
-    return false; // this just cannot happen ... *cough*  Yeah right, I just
-                  // had it happen when pty #349 was allocated.  I guess
-                  // there was some sort of leak?  I only had a few open.
-  if (((st.st_uid != getuid()) ||
-       (st.st_mode & (S_IRGRP|S_IXGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH|S_IXOTH))) &&
-      !d->chownpty(true))
-  {
-    qWarning()
-      << "chownpty failed for device " << ptyName << "::" << d->ttyName
-      << "\nThis means the communication can be eavesdropped." << endl;
-  }
-
-#if defined(HAVE_GRANTPT) || defined(HAVE__GETPTY)
- grantedpt:
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_REVOKE
-  revoke(d->ttyName.data());
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UNLOCKPT
-  unlockpt(d->masterFd);
-#elif defined(TIOCSPTLCK)
-  int flag = 0;
-  ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSPTLCK, &flag);
-#endif
-
-  d->slaveFd = ::open(d->ttyName.data(), O_RDWR | O_NOCTTY);
-  if (d->slaveFd < 0)
-  {
-    qWarning() << "Can't open slave pseudo teletype";
-    ::close(d->masterFd);
-    d->masterFd = -1;
-    return false;
-  }
-
-#if (defined(__svr4__) || defined(__sgi__))
-  // Solaris
-  ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ptem");
-  ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ldterm");
-#endif
-
-#endif /* HAVE_OPENPTY */
-  fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
-  fcntl(d->slaveFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
-
-  struct ::termios t;
-  tcGetAttr(&t);
-  t.c_lflag &= ~ECHOCTL;
-  tcSetAttr(&t);
-  return true;
-}
-
-void KPty::closeSlave()
-{
-    Q_D(KPty);
-
-    if (d->slaveFd < 0)
-        return;
-    ::close(d->slaveFd);
-    d->slaveFd = -1;
-}
-
-void KPty::close()
-{
-   Q_D(KPty);
-
-   if (d->masterFd < 0)
-      return;
-   closeSlave();
-   // don't bother resetting unix98 pty, it will go away after closing master anyway.
-   if (memcmp(d->ttyName.data(), "/dev/pts/", 9)) {
-      if (!geteuid()) {
-         struct stat st;
-         if (!stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) {
-            if (!chown(d->ttyName.data(), 0, st.st_gid == getgid() ? 0 : -1)) {
-	      chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
-	    }
-         }
-      } else {
-         fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, 0);
-         d->chownpty(false);
-      }
-   }
-   ::close(d->masterFd);
-   d->masterFd = -1;
-}
-
-void KPty::setCTty()
-{
-    Q_D(KPty);
-
-    // Setup job control //////////////////////////////////
-
-    // Become session leader, process group leader,
-    // and get rid of the old controlling terminal.
-    setsid();
-
-    // make our slave pty the new controlling terminal.
-#ifdef TIOCSCTTY
-    ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSCTTY, 0);
-#else
-    // __svr4__ hack: the first tty opened after setsid() becomes controlling tty
-    ::close(::open(d->ttyName, O_WRONLY, 0));
-#endif
-
-    // make our new process group the foreground group on the pty
-    int pgrp = getpid();
-#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || defined(__svr4__)
-    tcsetpgrp(d->slaveFd, pgrp);
-#elif defined(TIOCSPGRP)
-    ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSPGRP, (char *)&pgrp);
-#endif
-}
-
-void KPty::login(const char *user, const char *remotehost)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER
-    Q_D(KPty);
-
-    addToUtmp(d->ttyName, remotehost, d->masterFd);
-    Q_UNUSED(user);
-#else
-# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
-    struct utmpx l_struct;
-# else
-    struct utmp l_struct;
-# endif
-    memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct));
-    // note: strncpy without terminators _is_ correct here. man 4 utmp
-
-    if (user)
-      strncpy(l_struct.ut_name, user, sizeof(l_struct.ut_name));
-
-    if (remotehost) {
-      strncpy(l_struct.ut_host, remotehost, sizeof(l_struct.ut_host));
-# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN
-      l_struct.ut_syslen = qMin(strlen(remotehost), sizeof(l_struct.ut_host));
-# endif
-    }
-
-# ifndef __GLIBC__
-    Q_D(KPty);
-    const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data();
-    if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5))
-        str_ptr += 5;
-    strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line));
-#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
-    strncpy(l_struct.ut_id,
-            str_ptr + strlen(str_ptr) - sizeof(l_struct.ut_id),
-            sizeof(l_struct.ut_id));
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
-    gettimeofday(&l_struct.ut_tv, 0);
-# else
-    l_struct.ut_time = time(0);
-# endif
-
-# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN
-#  ifdef HAVE_LOGINX
-    ::loginx(&l_struct);
-#  else
-    ::login(&l_struct);
-#  endif
-# else
-#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
-    l_struct.ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
-#  endif
-#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_PID
-    l_struct.ut_pid = getpid();
-#   ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SESSION
-    l_struct.ut_session = getsid(0);
-#   endif
-#  endif
-#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
-    utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX);
-    setutxent();
-    pututxline(&l_struct);
-    endutxent();
-    updwtmpx(_PATH_WTMPX, &l_struct);
-#  else
-    utmpname(_PATH_UTMP);
-    setutent();
-    pututline(&l_struct);
-    endutent();
-    updwtmp(_PATH_WTMP, &l_struct);
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-void KPty::logout()
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER
-    Q_D(KPty);
-
-    removeLineFromUtmp(d->ttyName, d->masterFd);
-#else
-    Q_D(KPty);
-
-    const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data();
-    if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5))
-        str_ptr += 5;
-# ifdef __GLIBC__
-    else {
-        const char *sl_ptr = strrchr(str_ptr, '/');
-        if (sl_ptr)
-            str_ptr = sl_ptr + 1;
-    }
-# endif
-# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN
-#  ifdef HAVE_LOGINX
-    ::logoutx(str_ptr, 0, DEAD_PROCESS);
-#  else
-    ::logout(str_ptr);
-#  endif
-# else
-#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
-    struct utmpx l_struct, *ut;
-#  else
-    struct utmp l_struct, *ut;
-#  endif
-    memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct));
-
-    strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line));
-
-#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
-    utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX);
-    setutxent();
-    if ((ut = getutxline(&l_struct))) {
-#  else
-    utmpname(_PATH_UTMP);
-    setutent();
-    if ((ut = getutline(&l_struct))) {
-#  endif
-        memset(ut->ut_name, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_name));
-        memset(ut->ut_host, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_host));
-#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN
-        ut->ut_syslen = 0;
-#  endif
-#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
-        ut->ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS;
-#  endif
-#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
-        gettimeofday(ut->ut_tv, 0);
-        pututxline(ut);
-    }
-    endutxent();
-#  else
-        ut->ut_time = time(0);
-        pututline(ut);
-    }
-    endutent();
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-// XXX Supposedly, tc[gs]etattr do not work with the master on Solaris.
-// Please verify.
-
-bool KPty::tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const
-{
-    Q_D(const KPty);
-
-    return _tcgetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0;
-}
-
-bool KPty::tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode)
-{
-    Q_D(KPty);
-
-    return _tcsetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0;
-}
-
-bool KPty::setWinSize(int lines, int columns)
-{
-    Q_D(KPty);
-
-    struct winsize winSize;
-    memset(&winSize, 0, sizeof(winSize));
-    winSize.ws_row = (unsigned short)lines;
-    winSize.ws_col = (unsigned short)columns;
-    return ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSWINSZ, (char *)&winSize) == 0;
-}
-
-bool KPty::setEcho(bool echo)
-{
-    struct ::termios ttmode;
-    if (!tcGetAttr(&ttmode))
-        return false;
-    if (!echo)
-        ttmode.c_lflag &= ~ECHO;
-    else
-        ttmode.c_lflag |= ECHO;
-    return tcSetAttr(&ttmode);
-}
-
-const char *KPty::ttyName() const
-{
-    Q_D(const KPty);
-
-    return d->ttyName.data();
-}
-
-int KPty::masterFd() const
-{
-    Q_D(const KPty);
-
-    return d->masterFd;
-}
-
-int KPty::slaveFd() const
-{
-    Q_D(const KPty);
-
-    return d->slaveFd;
-}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/kpty.h
--- a/libqterminal/kpty.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
-
-    Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Library General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
-    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
-    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef kpty_h
-#define kpty_h
-
-#include <QtCore>
-
-struct KPtyPrivate;
-struct termios;
-
-/**
- * Provides primitives for opening & closing a pseudo TTY pair, assigning the
- * controlling TTY, utmp registration and setting various terminal attributes.
- */
-class KPty {
-    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(KPty)
-
-public:
-
-  /**
-   * Constructor
-   */
-  KPty();
-  KPty(int masterFd, int slaveFd);
-
-  /**
-   * Destructor:
-   *
-   *  If the pty is still open, it will be closed. Note, however, that
-   *  an utmp registration is @em not undone.
-  */
-  ~KPty();
-
-  /**
-   * Create a pty master/slave pair.
-   *
-   * @return true if a pty pair was successfully opened
-   */
-  bool open();
-
-  /**
-   * Close the pty master/slave pair.
-   */
-  void close();
-
-  /**
-   * Close the pty slave descriptor.
-   *
-   * When creating the pty, KPty also opens the slave and keeps it open.
-   * Consequently the master will never receive an EOF notification.
-   * Usually this is the desired behavior, as a closed pty slave can be
-   * reopened any time - unlike a pipe or socket. However, in some cases
-   * pipe-alike behavior might be desired.
-   *
-   * After this function was called, slaveFd() and setCTty() cannot be
-   * used.
-   */
-  void closeSlave();
-
-  /**
-   * Creates a new session and process group and makes this pty the
-   * controlling tty.
-   */
-  void setCTty();
-
-  /**
-   * Creates an utmp entry for the tty.
-   * This function must be called after calling setCTty and
-   * making this pty the stdin.
-   * @param user the user to be logged on
-   * @param remotehost the host from which the login is coming. This is
-   *  @em not the local host. For remote logins it should be the hostname
-   *  of the client. For local logins from inside an X session it should
-   *  be the name of the X display. Otherwise it should be empty.
-   */
-  void login(const char *user = 0, const char *remotehost = 0);
-
-  /**
-   * Removes the utmp entry for this tty.
-   */
-  void logout();
-
-  /**
-   * Wrapper around tcgetattr(3).
-   *
-   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
-   * You will need an #include &lt;termios.h&gt; to do anything useful
-   * with it.
-   *
-   * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure.
-   *  Note: when declaring ttmode, @c struct @c ::termios must be used -
-   *  without the '::' some version of HP-UX thinks, this declares
-   *  the struct in your class, in your method.
-   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise
-   */
-  bool tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const;
-
-  /**
-   * Wrapper around tcsetattr(3) with mode TCSANOW.
-   *
-   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
-   *
-   * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure.
-   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise. Note that success means
-   *  that @em at @em least @em one attribute could be set.
-   */
-  bool tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode);
-
-  /**
-   * Change the logical (screen) size of the pty.
-   * The default is 24 lines by 80 columns.
-   *
-   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
-   *
-   * @param lines the number of rows
-   * @param columns the number of columns
-   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise
-   */
-  bool setWinSize(int lines, int columns);
-
-  /**
-   * Set whether the pty should echo input.
-   *
-   * Echo is on by default.
-   * If the output of automatically fed (non-interactive) PTY clients
-   * needs to be parsed, disabling echo often makes it much simpler.
-   *
-   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
-   *
-   * @param echo true if input should be echoed.
-   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise
-   */
-  bool setEcho(bool echo);
-
-  /**
-   * @return the name of the slave pty device.
-   *
-   * This function should be called only while the pty is open.
-   */
-  const char *ttyName() const;
-
-  /**
-   * @return the file descriptor of the master pty
-   *
-   * This function should be called only while the pty is open.
-   */
-  int masterFd() const;
-
-  /**
-   * @return the file descriptor of the slave pty
-   *
-   * This function should be called only while the pty slave is open.
-   */
-  int slaveFd() const;
-
-protected:
-  /**
-   * @internal
-   */
-  KPty(KPtyPrivate *d);
-
-  /**
-   * @internal
-   */
-  KPtyPrivate * const d_ptr;
-};
-
-#endif
-
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/kpty_p.h
--- a/libqterminal/kpty_p.h	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
-
-    Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
-
-    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Library General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
-    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
-    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef kpty_p_h
-#define kpty_p_h
-
-#include "kpty.h"
-
-#include <QtCore/QByteArray>
-
-struct KPtyPrivate {
-    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(KPty)
-
-    KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent);
-    KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent, int masterFd, int slaveFd);
-
-    virtual ~KPtyPrivate();
-#ifndef HAVE_OPENPTY
-    bool chownpty(bool grant);
-#endif
-
-    int masterFd;
-    int slaveFd;
-    bool ownMaster:1;
-
-    QByteArray ttyName;
-
-    KPty *q_ptr;
-};
-
-#endif
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/libqterminal.pro
--- a/libqterminal/libqterminal.pro	Mon Jan 30 02:18:59 2012 +0100
+++ b/libqterminal/libqterminal.pro	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -7,41 +7,58 @@
 
 QT += core gui
 
+unix {
+
 DEFINES 	+= HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT	    
 #or DEFINES 	+= HAVE_GETPT
 
-HEADERS  = BlockArray.h \
-           Character.h \
-           CharacterColor.h \
-           Emulation.h \
-           ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h \
-           Filter.h \
-           History.h \
-           KeyboardTranslator.h \
-           konsole_wcwidth.h \
-           kpty.h \
-           kpty_p.h \
-           LineFont.h \
-           QTerminal.h \
-           Screen.h \
-           ScreenWindow.h \
-           TerminalCharacterDecoder.h \
-           Vt102Emulation.h \
-    SelfListener.h \
-    TerminalModel.h \
-    TerminalView.h
-SOURCES  = BlockArray.cpp \
-           Emulation.cpp \
-           Filter.cpp \
-           History.cpp \
-           KeyboardTranslator.cpp \
-           konsole_wcwidth.cpp \
-           kpty.cpp \
-           QTerminal.cpp \
-           Screen.cpp \
-           ScreenWindow.cpp \
-           TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp \
-           Vt102Emulation.cpp \
-    SelfListener.cpp \
-    TerminalModel.cpp \
-    TerminalView.cpp
+INCLUDE_PATH += unix
+HEADERS  = unix/BlockArray.h \
+           unix/Character.h \
+           unix/CharacterColor.h \
+           unix/Emulation.h \
+           unix/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h \
+           unix/Filter.h \
+           unix/History.h \
+           unix/KeyboardTranslator.h \
+           unix/konsole_wcwidth.h \
+           unix/kpty.h \
+           unix/kpty_p.h \
+           unix/LineFont.h \
+           unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.h \
+           unix/Screen.h \
+           unix/ScreenWindow.h \
+           unix/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h \
+           unix/Vt102Emulation.h \
+    	   unix/SelfListener.h \
+           unix/TerminalModel.h \
+           unix/TerminalView.h
+
+SOURCES  = unix/BlockArray.cpp \
+           unix/Emulation.cpp \
+           unix/Filter.cpp \
+           unix/History.cpp \
+           unix/KeyboardTranslator.cpp \
+           unix/konsole_wcwidth.cpp \
+           unix/kpty.cpp \
+           unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.cpp \
+           unix/Screen.cpp \
+           unix/ScreenWindow.cpp \
+           unix/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp \
+           unix/Vt102Emulation.cpp \
+    	   unix/SelfListener.cpp \
+           unix/TerminalModel.cpp \
+           unix/TerminalView.cpp
+}
+
+win32 {
+INCLUDE_PATH += win32
+HEADERS  = win32/QTerminalColors.h \
+		   win32/QWinTerminalImpl.h
+
+SOURCES  = win32/QTerminalColors.cpp \
+		   win32/QWinTerminalImpl.cpp
+}
+
+HEADERS  = QTerminal.h \
+		   QTerminal
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/BlockArray.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/BlockArray.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "BlockArray.h"
+
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// System
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+static int blocksize = 0;
+
+BlockArray::BlockArray()
+    : size(0),
+      current(size_t(-1)),
+      index(size_t(-1)),
+      lastmap(0),
+      lastmap_index(size_t(-1)),
+      lastblock(0), ion(-1),
+      length(0)
+{
+    // lastmap_index = index = current = size_t(-1);
+    if (blocksize == 0)
+        blocksize = ((sizeof(Block) / getpagesize()) + 1) * getpagesize();
+
+}
+
+BlockArray::~BlockArray()
+{
+    setHistorySize(0);
+    assert(!lastblock);
+}
+
+size_t BlockArray::append(Block *block)
+{
+    if (!size)
+        return size_t(-1);
+
+    ++current;
+    if (current >= size) current = 0;
+
+    int rc;
+    rc = lseek(ion, current * blocksize, SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.seek"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); }
+    rc = write(ion, block, blocksize); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.write"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); }
+
+    length++;
+    if (length > size) length = size;
+
+    ++index;
+
+    delete block;
+    return current;
+}
+
+size_t BlockArray::newBlock()
+{
+    if (!size)
+        return size_t(-1);
+    append(lastblock);
+
+    lastblock = new Block();
+    return index + 1;
+}
+
+Block *BlockArray::lastBlock() const
+{
+    return lastblock;
+}
+
+bool BlockArray::has(size_t i) const
+{
+    if (i == index + 1)
+        return true;
+
+    if (i > index)
+        return false;
+    if (index - i >= length)
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+const Block* BlockArray::at(size_t i)
+{
+    if (i == index + 1)
+        return lastblock;
+
+    if (i == lastmap_index)
+        return lastmap;
+
+    if (i > index) {
+        qDebug() << "BlockArray::at() i > index\n";
+        return 0;
+    }
+    
+//     if (index - i >= length) {
+//         kDebug(1211) << "BlockArray::at() index - i >= length\n";
+//         return 0;
+//     }
+
+    size_t j = i; // (current - (index - i) + (index/size+1)*size) % size ;
+
+    assert(j < size);
+    unmap();
+
+    Block *block = (Block*)mmap(0, blocksize, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, ion, j * blocksize);
+
+    if (block == (Block*)-1) { perror("mmap"); return 0; }
+
+    lastmap = block;
+    lastmap_index = i;
+
+    return block;
+}
+
+void BlockArray::unmap()
+{
+    if (lastmap) {
+        int res = munmap((char*)lastmap, blocksize);
+        if (res < 0) perror("munmap");
+    }
+    lastmap = 0;
+    lastmap_index = size_t(-1);
+}
+
+bool BlockArray::setSize(size_t newsize)
+{
+    return setHistorySize(newsize * 1024 / blocksize);
+}
+
+bool BlockArray::setHistorySize(size_t newsize)
+{
+//    kDebug(1211) << "setHistorySize " << size << " " << newsize;
+
+    if (size == newsize)
+        return false;
+
+    unmap();
+
+    if (!newsize) {
+        delete lastblock;
+        lastblock = 0;
+        if (ion >= 0) close(ion);
+        ion = -1;
+        current = size_t(-1);
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    if (!size) {
+        FILE* tmp = tmpfile();
+        if (!tmp) {
+            perror("konsole: cannot open temp file.\n");
+        } else {
+            ion = dup(fileno(tmp));
+            if (ion<0) {
+                perror("konsole: cannot dup temp file.\n");
+                fclose(tmp);
+            }
+        }
+        if (ion < 0)
+            return false;
+
+        assert(!lastblock);
+
+        lastblock = new Block();
+        size = newsize;
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if (newsize > size) {
+        increaseBuffer();
+        size = newsize;
+        return false;
+    } else {
+        decreaseBuffer(newsize);
+        if (ftruncate(ion, length*blocksize) == -1)
+		  perror("ftruncate");
+        size = newsize;
+
+        return true;
+    }
+}
+
+void moveBlock(FILE *fion, int cursor, int newpos, char *buffer2)
+{
+    int res = fseek(fion, cursor * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
+    if (res)
+        perror("fseek");
+    res = fread(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion);
+    if (res != 1)
+        perror("fread");
+
+    res = fseek(fion, newpos * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
+    if (res)
+        perror("fseek");
+    res = fwrite(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion);
+    if (res != 1)
+        perror("fwrite");
+    //    printf("moving block %d to %d\n", cursor, newpos);
+}
+
+void BlockArray::decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize)
+{
+    if (index < newsize) // still fits in whole
+        return;
+
+    int offset = (current - (newsize - 1) + size) % size;
+
+    if (!offset)
+        return;
+
+    // The Block constructor could do somthing in future...
+    char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize];
+
+    FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b");
+    if (!fion) {
+        delete [] buffer1;
+        perror("fdopen/dup");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    int firstblock;
+    if (current <= newsize) {
+        firstblock = current + 1;
+    } else {
+        firstblock = 0;
+    }
+
+    size_t oldpos;
+    for (size_t i = 0, cursor=firstblock; i < newsize; i++) {
+        oldpos = (size + cursor + offset) % size;
+        moveBlock(fion, oldpos, cursor, buffer1);
+        if (oldpos < newsize) {
+            cursor = oldpos;
+        } else
+            cursor++;
+    }
+
+    current = newsize - 1;
+    length = newsize;
+
+    delete [] buffer1;
+
+    fclose(fion);
+
+}
+
+void BlockArray::increaseBuffer()
+{
+    if (index < size) // not even wrapped once
+        return;
+
+    int offset = (current + size + 1) % size;
+    if (!offset) // no moving needed
+        return;
+
+    // The Block constructor could do somthing in future...
+    char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize];
+    char *buffer2 = new char[blocksize];
+
+    int runs = 1;
+    int bpr = size; // blocks per run
+
+    if (size % offset == 0) {
+        bpr = size / offset;
+        runs = offset;
+    }
+
+    FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b");
+    if (!fion) {
+        perror("fdopen/dup");
+	delete [] buffer1;
+	delete [] buffer2;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    int res;
+    for (int i = 0; i < runs; i++)
+    {
+        // free one block in chain
+        int firstblock = (offset + i) % size;
+        res = fseek(fion, firstblock * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
+        if (res)
+            perror("fseek");
+        res = fread(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion);
+        if (res != 1)
+            perror("fread");
+        int newpos = 0;
+        for (int j = 1, cursor=firstblock; j < bpr; j++)
+        {
+            cursor = (cursor + offset) % size;
+            newpos = (cursor - offset + size) % size;
+            moveBlock(fion, cursor, newpos, buffer2);
+        }
+        res = fseek(fion, i * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
+        if (res)
+            perror("fseek");
+        res = fwrite(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion);
+        if (res != 1)
+            perror("fwrite");
+    }
+    current = size - 1;
+    length = size;
+
+    delete [] buffer1;
+    delete [] buffer2;
+
+    fclose(fion);
+
+}
+
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/BlockArray.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/BlockArray.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
+   
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef BLOCKARRAY_H
+#define BLOCKARRAY_H
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define BlockSize (1 << 12)
+#define ENTRIES   ((BlockSize - sizeof(size_t) ) / sizeof(unsigned char))
+
+struct Block {
+    Block() { size = 0; }
+    unsigned char data[ENTRIES];
+    size_t size;
+};
+
+// ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class BlockArray {
+public:
+    /**
+    * Creates a history file for holding
+    * maximal size blocks. If more blocks
+    * are requested, then it drops earlier
+    * added ones.
+    */
+    BlockArray();
+
+    /// destructor
+    ~BlockArray();
+
+    /**
+    * adds the Block at the end of history.
+    * This may drop other blocks.
+    *
+    * The ownership on the block is transfered.
+    * An unique index number is returned for accessing
+    * it later (if not yet dropped then)
+    *
+    * Note, that the block may be dropped completely
+    * if history is turned off.
+    */
+    size_t append(Block *block);
+
+    /**
+    * gets the block at the index. Function may return
+    * 0 if the block isn't available any more.
+    *
+    * The returned block is strictly readonly as only
+    * maped in memory - and will be invalid on the next
+    * operation on this class.
+    */
+    const Block *at(size_t index);
+
+    /**
+    * reorders blocks as needed. If newsize is null,
+    * the history is emptied completely. The indices
+    * returned on append won't change their semantic,
+    * but they may not be valid after this call.
+    */
+    bool setHistorySize(size_t newsize);
+
+    size_t newBlock();
+
+    Block *lastBlock() const;
+
+    /**
+    * Convenient function to set the size in KBytes
+    * instead of blocks
+    */
+    bool setSize(size_t newsize);
+
+    size_t len() const { return length; }
+
+    bool has(size_t index) const;
+
+    size_t getCurrent() const { return current; }
+
+private:
+    void unmap();
+    void increaseBuffer();
+    void decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize);
+
+    size_t size;
+    // current always shows to the last inserted block
+    size_t current;
+    size_t index;
+
+    Block *lastmap;
+    size_t lastmap_index;
+    Block *lastblock;
+
+    int ion;
+    size_t length;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/Character.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/Character.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CHARACTER_H
+#define CHARACTER_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+
+// Local
+#include "CharacterColor.h"
+
+typedef unsigned char LineProperty;
+
+static const int LINE_DEFAULT		= 0;
+static const int LINE_WRAPPED 	 	= (1 << 0);
+static const int LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH  	= (1 << 1);
+static const int LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT	= (1 << 2);
+
+#define DEFAULT_RENDITION  0
+#define RE_BOLD            (1 << 0)
+#define RE_BLINK           (1 << 1)
+#define RE_UNDERLINE       (1 << 2)
+#define RE_REVERSE         (1 << 3) // Screen only
+#define RE_INTENSIVE       (1 << 3) // Widget only
+#define RE_CURSOR          (1 << 4)
+#define RE_EXTENDED_CHAR   (1 << 5)
+
+/**
+ * A single character in the terminal which consists of a unicode character
+ * value, foreground and background colors and a set of rendition attributes
+ * which specify how it should be drawn.
+ */
+class Character
+{
+public:
+  /** 
+   * Constructs a new character.
+   *
+   * @param _c The unicode character value of this character.
+   * @param _f The foreground color used to draw the character.
+   * @param _b The color used to draw the character's background.
+   * @param _r A set of rendition flags which specify how this character is to be drawn.
+   */
+  inline Character(quint16 _c = ' ',
+            CharacterColor  _f = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR),
+            CharacterColor  _b = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR),
+            quint8  _r = DEFAULT_RENDITION)
+       : character(_c), rendition(_r), foregroundColor(_f), backgroundColor(_b) {}
+
+  union
+  {
+    /** The unicode character value for this character. */
+    quint16 character;
+    /** 
+     * Experimental addition which allows a single Character instance to contain more than
+     * one unicode character.
+     *
+     * charSequence is a hash code which can be used to look up the unicode
+     * character sequence in the ExtendedCharTable used to create the sequence.
+     */
+    quint16 charSequence; 
+  };
+
+  /** A combination of RENDITION flags which specify options for drawing the character. */
+  quint8  rendition;
+
+  /** The foreground color used to draw this character. */
+  CharacterColor  foregroundColor; 
+  /** The color used to draw this character's background. */
+  CharacterColor  backgroundColor;
+
+  /** 
+   * Returns true if this character has a transparent background when
+   * it is drawn with the specified @p palette.
+   */
+  bool   isTransparent(const ColorEntry* palette) const;
+  /**
+   * Returns true if this character should always be drawn in bold when
+   * it is drawn with the specified @p palette, independent of whether
+   * or not the character has the RE_BOLD rendition flag. 
+   */
+  bool   isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const;
+  
+  /** 
+   * Compares two characters and returns true if they have the same unicode character value,
+   * rendition and colors.
+   */
+  friend bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b);
+  /**
+   * Compares two characters and returns true if they have different unicode character values,
+   * renditions or colors.
+   */
+  friend bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b);
+};
+
+inline bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b)
+{ 
+  return a.character == b.character && 
+         a.rendition == b.rendition && 
+         a.foregroundColor == b.foregroundColor && 
+         a.backgroundColor == b.backgroundColor;
+}
+
+inline bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b)
+{
+  return    a.character != b.character || 
+            a.rendition != b.rendition || 
+            a.foregroundColor != b.foregroundColor || 
+            a.backgroundColor != b.backgroundColor;
+}
+
+inline bool Character::isTransparent(const ColorEntry* base) const
+{
+  return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && 
+          base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent)
+      || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && 
+          base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent);
+}
+
+inline bool Character::isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const
+{
+  return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) &&
+            base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold)
+      || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) &&
+            base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold);
+}
+
+extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32];
+
+
+/**
+ * A table which stores sequences of unicode characters, referenced
+ * by hash keys.  The hash key itself is the same size as a unicode
+ * character ( ushort ) so that it can occupy the same space in
+ * a structure.
+ */
+class ExtendedCharTable
+{
+public:
+    /** Constructs a new character table. */
+    ExtendedCharTable();
+    ~ExtendedCharTable();
+
+    /**
+     * Adds a sequences of unicode characters to the table and returns
+     * a hash code which can be used later to look up the sequence
+     * using lookupExtendedChar()
+     *
+     * If the same sequence already exists in the table, the hash
+     * of the existing sequence will be returned.
+     *
+     * @param unicodePoints An array of unicode character points
+     * @param length Length of @p unicodePoints
+     */
+    ushort createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length);
+    /**
+     * Looks up and returns a pointer to a sequence of unicode characters
+     * which was added to the table using createExtendedChar().
+     *
+     * @param hash The hash key returned by createExtendedChar()
+     * @param length This variable is set to the length of the 
+     * character sequence.
+     *
+     * @return A unicode character sequence of size @p length.
+     */
+    ushort* lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const;
+
+    /** The global ExtendedCharTable instance. */
+    static ExtendedCharTable instance;
+private:
+    // calculates the hash key of a sequence of unicode points of size 'length'
+    ushort extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const;
+    // tests whether the entry in the table specified by 'hash' matches the 
+    // character sequence 'unicodePoints' of size 'length'
+    bool extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const;
+    // internal, maps hash keys to character sequence buffers.  The first ushort
+    // in each value is the length of the buffer, followed by the ushorts in the buffer
+    // themselves.
+    QHash<ushort,ushort*> extendedCharTable;
+};
+
+#endif // CHARACTER_H
+
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/CharacterColor.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/CharacterColor.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CHARACTERCOLOR_H
+#define CHARACTERCOLOR_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QColor>
+
+/** 
+ * An entry in a terminal display's color palette. 
+ *
+ * A color palette is an array of 16 ColorEntry instances which map
+ * system color indexes (from 0 to 15) into actual colors.
+ *
+ * Each entry can be set as bold, in which case any text
+ * drawn using the color should be drawn in bold.  
+ *
+ * Each entry can also be transparent, in which case the terminal
+ * display should avoid drawing the background for any characters
+ * using the entry as a background.
+ */
+class ColorEntry
+{
+public:
+  /** 
+   * Constructs a new color palette entry.
+   *
+   * @param c The color value for this entry.
+   * @param tr Specifies that the color should be transparent when used as a background color.
+   * @param b Specifies that text drawn with this color should be bold.
+   */
+  ColorEntry(QColor c, bool tr, bool b) : color(c), transparent(tr), bold(b) {}
+
+  /**
+   * Constructs a new color palette entry with an undefined color, and
+   * with the transparent and bold flags set to false.
+   */ 
+  ColorEntry() : transparent(false), bold(false) {} 
+ 
+  /**
+   * Sets the color, transparency and boldness of this color to those of @p rhs.
+   */ 
+  void operator=(const ColorEntry& rhs) 
+  { 
+       color = rhs.color; 
+       transparent = rhs.transparent; 
+       bold = rhs.bold; 
+  }
+
+  /** The color value of this entry for display. */
+  QColor color;
+
+  /** 
+   * If true character backgrounds using this color should be transparent. 
+   * This is not applicable when the color is used to render text.
+   */
+  bool   transparent;
+  /**
+   * If true characters drawn using this color should be bold.
+   * This is not applicable when the color is used to draw a character's background.
+   */
+  bool   bold;        
+};
+
+
+// Attributed Character Representations ///////////////////////////////
+
+// Colors
+
+#define BASE_COLORS   (2+8)
+#define INTENSITIES   2
+#define TABLE_COLORS  (INTENSITIES*BASE_COLORS)
+
+#define DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR 0
+#define DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR 1
+
+//a standard set of colors using black text on a white background.
+//defined in TerminalDisplay.cpp
+
+static const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] =
+{
+    // normal
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue, Magenta
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan, White
+    // intensiv
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 )
+};
+
+/* CharacterColor is a union of the various color spaces.
+
+   Assignment is as follows:
+
+   Type  - Space        - Values
+
+   0     - Undefined   - u:  0,      v:0        w:0
+   1     - Default     - u:  0..1    v:intense  w:0
+   2     - System      - u:  0..7    v:intense  w:0
+   3     - Index(256)  - u: 16..255  v:0        w:0
+   4     - RGB         - u:  0..255  v:0..256   w:0..256
+
+   Default colour space has two separate colours, namely
+   default foreground and default background colour.
+*/
+
+#define COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED   0
+#define COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT     1
+#define COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM      2
+#define COLOR_SPACE_256         3
+#define COLOR_SPACE_RGB         4
+
+/**
+ * Describes the color of a single character in the terminal.
+ */
+class CharacterColor
+{
+    friend class Character;
+
+public:
+  /** Constructs a new CharacterColor whoose color and color space are undefined. */
+  CharacterColor() 
+      : _colorSpace(COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED), 
+        _u(0), 
+        _v(0), 
+        _w(0) 
+  {}
+
+  /** 
+   * Constructs a new CharacterColor using the specified @p colorSpace and with 
+   * color value @p co
+   *
+   * The meaning of @p co depends on the @p colorSpace used.
+   *
+   * TODO : Document how @p co relates to @p colorSpace
+   *
+   * TODO : Add documentation about available color spaces.
+   */
+  CharacterColor(quint8 colorSpace, int co) 
+      : _colorSpace(colorSpace), 
+        _u(0), 
+        _v(0), 
+        _w(0)
+  {
+    switch (colorSpace)
+    {
+        case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT:
+            _u = co & 1;
+            break;
+        case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM:
+            _u = co & 7;
+            _v = (co >> 3) & 1;
+            break;
+        case COLOR_SPACE_256:  
+            _u = co & 255;
+            break;
+        case COLOR_SPACE_RGB:
+            _u = co >> 16;
+            _v = co >> 8;
+            _w = co;
+            break;
+        default:
+            _colorSpace = COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /** 
+   * Returns true if this character color entry is valid.
+   */
+  bool isValid() 
+  {
+        return _colorSpace != COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED;
+  }
+    
+  /** 
+   * Toggles the value of this color between a normal system color and the corresponding intensive
+   * system color.
+   * 
+   * This is only applicable if the color is using the COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT or COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM
+   * color spaces.
+   */
+  void toggleIntensive();
+
+  /** 
+   * Returns the color within the specified color @palette
+   *
+   * The @p palette is only used if this color is one of the 16 system colors, otherwise
+   * it is ignored.
+   */
+  QColor color(const ColorEntry* palette) const;
+ 
+  /** 
+   * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent the same color value and
+   * use the same color space.
+   */
+  friend bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b);
+  /**
+   * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent different color values
+   * or use different color spaces.
+   */
+  friend bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b);
+
+private:
+  quint8 _colorSpace;
+
+  // bytes storing the character color 
+  quint8 _u; 
+  quint8 _v; 
+  quint8 _w; 
+};
+
+inline bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b)
+{ 
+    return a._colorSpace == b._colorSpace &&
+	       a._u == b._u &&
+	       a._v == b._v &&
+           a._w == b._w;
+}
+
+inline bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b)
+{
+    return !operator==(a,b);
+}
+
+inline const QColor color256(quint8 u, const ColorEntry* base)
+{
+  //   0.. 16: system colors
+  if (u <   8) return base[u+2            ].color; u -= 8;
+  if (u <   8) return base[u+2+BASE_COLORS].color; u -= 8;
+
+  //  16..231: 6x6x6 rgb color cube
+  if (u < 216) return QColor(255*((u/36)%6)/5,
+                             255*((u/ 6)%6)/5,
+                             255*((u/ 1)%6)/5); u -= 216;
+  
+  // 232..255: gray, leaving out black and white
+  int gray = u*10+8; return QColor(gray,gray,gray);
+}
+
+inline QColor CharacterColor::color(const ColorEntry* base) const
+{
+  switch (_colorSpace)
+  {
+    case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: return base[_u+0+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color;
+    case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: return base[_u+2+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color;
+    case COLOR_SPACE_256: return color256(_u,base);
+    case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: return QColor(_u,_v,_w);
+    case COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED: return QColor();
+  }
+
+  Q_ASSERT(false); // invalid color space
+
+  return QColor();
+}
+
+inline void CharacterColor::toggleIntensive()
+{
+  if (_colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM || _colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT)
+  {
+    _v = !_v;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif // CHARACTERCOLOR_H
+
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/Emulation.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/Emulation.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> 
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+    Copyright (C) 1996 by Matthias Ettrich <ettrich@kde.org>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "Emulation.h"
+
+// System
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
+#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
+#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
+#include <QtCore/QThread>
+
+#include <QtCore/QTime>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "KeyboardTranslator.h"
+#include "Screen.h"
+#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
+#include "ScreenWindow.h"
+
+Emulation::Emulation() :
+  _currentScreen(0),
+  _codec(0),
+  _decoder(0),
+  _keyTranslator(0),
+  _usesMouse(false)
+{
+
+  // create screens with a default size
+  _screen[0] = new Screen(40,80);
+  _screen[1] = new Screen(40,80);
+  _currentScreen = _screen[0];
+
+  QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer1, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) );
+  QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer2, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) );
+   
+  // listen for mouse status changes
+  connect( this , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , 
+           SLOT(usesMouseChanged(bool)) );
+}
+
+bool Emulation::programUsesMouse() const
+{
+    return _usesMouse;
+}
+
+void Emulation::usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse)
+{
+    _usesMouse = usesMouse;
+}
+
+ScreenWindow* Emulation::createWindow()
+{
+    ScreenWindow* window = new ScreenWindow();
+    window->setScreen(_currentScreen);
+    _windows << window;
+
+    connect(window , SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
+            this , SLOT(bufferedUpdate()));
+
+    connect(this , SIGNAL(outputChanged()),
+            window , SLOT(notifyOutputChanged()) );
+    return window;
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+Emulation::~Emulation()
+{
+  QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows);
+
+  while (windowIter.hasNext())
+  {
+    delete windowIter.next();
+  }
+
+  delete _screen[0];
+  delete _screen[1];
+  delete _decoder;
+}
+
+/*! change between primary and alternate _screen
+*/
+
+void Emulation::setScreen(int n)
+{
+  Screen *old = _currentScreen;
+  _currentScreen = _screen[n&1];
+  if (_currentScreen != old) 
+  {
+     old->setBusySelecting(false);
+
+     // tell all windows onto this emulation to switch to the newly active _screen
+     QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows);
+     while ( windowIter.hasNext() )
+     {
+         windowIter.next()->setScreen(_currentScreen);
+     }
+  }
+}
+
+void Emulation::clearHistory()
+{
+    _screen[0]->setScroll( _screen[0]->getScroll() , false );
+}
+void Emulation::setHistory(const HistoryType& t)
+{
+  _screen[0]->setScroll(t);
+
+  showBulk();
+}
+
+const HistoryType& Emulation::history()
+{
+  return _screen[0]->getScroll();
+}
+
+void Emulation::setCodec(const QTextCodec * qtc)
+{
+  Q_ASSERT( qtc );
+
+  _codec = qtc;
+  delete _decoder;
+  _decoder = _codec->makeDecoder();
+
+  emit useUtf8Request(utf8());
+}
+
+void Emulation::setCodec(EmulationCodec codec)
+{
+    if ( codec == Utf8Codec )
+        setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8") );
+    else if ( codec == LocaleCodec )
+        setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForLocale() );
+}
+
+void Emulation::setKeyBindings(const QString& name)
+{
+  _keyTranslator = KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance()->findTranslator(name);
+}
+
+QString Emulation::keyBindings()
+{
+  return _keyTranslator->name();
+}
+
+
+// Interpreting Codes ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+   This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream.
+   Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens'
+   which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the
+   `Screen' class.
+*/
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+void Emulation::receiveChar(int c)
+// process application unicode input to terminal
+// this is a trivial scanner
+{
+  c &= 0xff;
+  switch (c)
+  {
+    case '\b'      : _currentScreen->BackSpace();                 break;
+    case '\t'      : _currentScreen->Tabulate();                  break;
+    case '\n'      : _currentScreen->NewLine();                   break;
+    case '\r'      : _currentScreen->Return();                    break;
+    case 0x07      : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL);
+                     break;
+    default        : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter(c);            break;
+  };
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                             Keyboard Handling                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+void Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* ev )
+{
+  emit stateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL);
+  
+  if (!ev->text().isEmpty())
+  { // A block of text
+    // Note that the text is proper unicode.
+    // We should do a conversion here, but since this
+    // routine will never be used, we simply emit plain ascii.
+    //emit sendBlock(ev->text().toAscii(),ev->text().length());
+    emit sendData(ev->text().toUtf8(),ev->text().length());
+  }
+}
+
+void Emulation::sendString(const char*,int)
+{
+    // default implementation does nothing
+}
+
+void Emulation::sendMouseEvent(int /*buttons*/, int /*column*/, int /*row*/, int /*eventType*/)
+{
+    // default implementation does nothing
+}
+
+// Unblocking, Byte to Unicode translation --------------------------------- --
+
+/*
+   We are doing code conversion from locale to unicode first.
+TODO: Character composition from the old code.  See #96536
+*/
+
+void Emulation::receiveData(const char* text, int length)
+{
+	emit stateSet(NOTIFYACTIVITY);
+
+	bufferedUpdate();
+    	
+        QString unicodeText = _decoder->toUnicode(text,length);
+
+	//send characters to terminal emulator
+        for (int i=0;i<unicodeText.length();i++)
+	{
+                receiveChar(unicodeText[i].unicode());
+	}
+}
+
+// Selection --------------------------------------------------------------- --
+
+void Emulation::writeToStream( TerminalCharacterDecoder* _decoder , 
+                               int startLine ,
+                               int endLine) 
+{
+  _currentScreen->writeToStream(_decoder,startLine,endLine);
+}
+
+int Emulation::lineCount()
+{
+    // sum number of lines currently on _screen plus number of lines in history
+    return _currentScreen->getLines() + _currentScreen->getHistLines();
+}
+
+// Refreshing -------------------------------------------------------------- --
+
+#define BULK_TIMEOUT1 10
+#define BULK_TIMEOUT2 40
+
+/*!
+*/
+void Emulation::showBulk()
+{
+    _bulkTimer1.stop();
+    _bulkTimer2.stop();
+
+    emit outputChanged();
+
+    _currentScreen->resetScrolledLines();
+    _currentScreen->resetDroppedLines();
+}
+
+void Emulation::bufferedUpdate()
+{
+   _bulkTimer1.setSingleShot(true);
+   _bulkTimer1.start(BULK_TIMEOUT1);
+   if (!_bulkTimer2.isActive())
+   {
+      _bulkTimer2.setSingleShot(true);
+      _bulkTimer2.start(BULK_TIMEOUT2);
+   }
+}
+
+char Emulation::getErase() const
+{
+  return '\b';
+}
+
+void Emulation::setImageSize(int lines, int columns)
+{
+  //kDebug() << "Resizing image to: " << lines << "by" << columns << QTime::currentTime().msec();
+  Q_ASSERT( lines > 0 );
+  Q_ASSERT( columns > 0 );
+
+  _screen[0]->resizeImage(lines,columns);
+  _screen[1]->resizeImage(lines,columns);
+
+  emit imageSizeChanged(lines,columns);
+
+  bufferedUpdate();
+}
+
+QSize Emulation::imageSize()
+{
+  return QSize(_currentScreen->getColumns(), _currentScreen->getLines());
+}
+
+ushort ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const
+{
+    ushort hash = 0;
+    for ( ushort i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ )
+    {
+        hash = 31*hash + unicodePoints[i];
+    }
+    return hash;
+}
+bool ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const
+{
+    ushort* entry = extendedCharTable[hash];
+
+    // compare given length with stored sequence length ( given as the first ushort in the 
+    // stored buffer ) 
+    if ( entry == 0 || entry[0] != length ) 
+       return false;
+    // if the lengths match, each character must be checked.  the stored buffer starts at
+    // entry[1]
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( entry[i+1] != unicodePoints[i] )
+           return false; 
+    } 
+    return true;
+}
+ushort ExtendedCharTable::createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length)
+{
+    // look for this sequence of points in the table
+    ushort hash = extendedCharHash(unicodePoints,length);
+
+    // check existing entry for match
+    while ( extendedCharTable.contains(hash) )
+    {
+        if ( extendedCharMatch(hash,unicodePoints,length) )
+        {
+            // this sequence already has an entry in the table, 
+            // return its hash
+            return hash;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // if hash is already used by another, different sequence of unicode character
+            // points then try next hash
+            hash++;
+        }
+    }    
+
+    
+     // add the new sequence to the table and
+     // return that index
+    ushort* buffer = new ushort[length+1];
+    buffer[0] = length;
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ )
+       buffer[i+1] = unicodePoints[i]; 
+    
+    extendedCharTable.insert(hash,buffer);
+
+    return hash;
+}
+
+ushort* ExtendedCharTable::lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const
+{
+    // lookup index in table and if found, set the length
+    // argument and return a pointer to the character sequence
+
+    ushort* buffer = extendedCharTable[hash];
+    if ( buffer )
+    {
+        length = buffer[0];
+        return buffer+1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        length = 0;
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+ExtendedCharTable::ExtendedCharTable()
+{
+}
+ExtendedCharTable::~ExtendedCharTable()
+{
+    // free all allocated character buffers
+    QHashIterator<ushort,ushort*> iter(extendedCharTable);
+    while ( iter.hasNext() )
+    {
+        iter.next();
+        delete[] iter.value();
+    }
+}
+
+// global instance
+ExtendedCharTable ExtendedCharTable::instance;
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/Emulation.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/Emulation.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef EMULATION_H
+#define EMULATION_H
+
+// System
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+// Qt 
+#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
+
+#include <QtCore/QTextCodec>
+#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
+#include <QtCore/QTimer>
+
+class KeyboardTranslator;
+class HistoryType;
+class Screen;
+class ScreenWindow;
+class TerminalCharacterDecoder;
+
+/** 
+ * This enum describes the available states which 
+ * the terminal emulation may be set to.
+ *
+ * These are the values used by Emulation::stateChanged() 
+ */
+enum 
+{ 
+    /** The emulation is currently receiving user input. */
+    NOTIFYNORMAL=0, 
+    /** 
+     * The terminal program has triggered a bell event
+     * to get the user's attention.
+     */
+    NOTIFYBELL=1, 
+    /** 
+     * The emulation is currently receiving data from its 
+     * terminal input.
+     */
+    NOTIFYACTIVITY=2,
+
+    // unused here? 
+    NOTIFYSILENCE=3 
+};
+
+/**
+ * Base class for terminal emulation back-ends.
+ *
+ * The back-end is responsible for decoding an incoming character stream and 
+ * producing an output image of characters.
+ *
+ * When input from the terminal is received, the receiveData() slot should be called with
+ * the data which has arrived.  The emulation will process the data and update the 
+ * screen image accordingly.  The codec used to decode the incoming character stream
+ * into the unicode characters used internally can be specified using setCodec() 
+ *
+ * The size of the screen image can be specified by calling setImageSize() with the 
+ * desired number of lines and columns.  When new lines are added, old content
+ * is moved into a history store, which can be set by calling setHistory(). 
+ *
+ * The screen image can be accessed by creating a ScreenWindow onto this emulation 
+ * by calling createWindow().  Screen windows provide access to a section of the 
+ * output.  Each screen window covers the same number of lines and columns as the 
+ * image size returned by imageSize().  The screen window can be moved up and down
+ * and provides transparent access to both the current on-screen image and the 
+ * previous output.  The screen windows emit an outputChanged signal
+ * when the section of the image they are looking at changes.
+ * Graphical views can then render the contents of a screen window, listening for notifications
+ * of output changes from the screen window which they are associated with and updating 
+ * accordingly. 
+ *
+ * The emulation also is also responsible for converting input from the connected views such
+ * as keypresses and mouse activity into a character string which can be sent
+ * to the terminal program.  Key presses can be processed by calling the sendKeyEvent() slot,
+ * while mouse events can be processed using the sendMouseEvent() slot.  When the character
+ * stream has been produced, the emulation will emit a sendData() signal with a pointer
+ * to the character buffer.  This data should be fed to the standard input of the terminal
+ * process.  The translation of key presses into an output character stream is performed
+ * using a lookup in a set of key bindings which map key sequences to output
+ * character sequences.  The name of the key bindings set used can be specified using
+ * setKeyBindings()
+ *
+ * The emulation maintains certain state information which changes depending on the 
+ * input received.  The emulation can be reset back to its starting state by calling 
+ * reset().  
+ *
+ * The emulation also maintains an activity state, which specifies whether
+ * terminal is currently active ( when data is received ), normal
+ * ( when the terminal is idle or receiving user input ) or trying
+ * to alert the user ( also known as a "Bell" event ).  The stateSet() signal
+ * is emitted whenever the activity state is set.  This can be used to determine
+ * how long the emulation has been active/idle for and also respond to
+ * a 'bell' event in different ways.
+ */
+class Emulation : public QObject
+{ 
+Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+ 
+   /** Constructs a new terminal emulation */ 
+   Emulation();
+  ~Emulation();
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a new window onto the output from this emulation.  The contents
+   * of the window are then rendered by views which are set to use this window using the
+   * TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow() method.
+   */
+  ScreenWindow* createWindow();
+
+  /** Returns the size of the screen image which the emulation produces */
+  QSize imageSize();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the total number of lines, including those stored in the history.
+   */ 
+  int lineCount();
+
+  
+  /** 
+   * Sets the history store used by this emulation.  When new lines
+   * are added to the output, older lines at the top of the screen are transferred to a history
+   * store.   
+   *
+   * The number of lines which are kept and the storage location depend on the 
+   * type of store.
+   */
+  void setHistory(const HistoryType&);
+  /** Returns the history store used by this emulation.  See setHistory() */
+  const HistoryType& history();
+  /** Clears the history scroll. */
+  void clearHistory();
+
+  /** 
+   * Copies the output history from @p startLine to @p endLine 
+   * into @p stream, using @p decoder to convert the terminal
+   * characters into text. 
+   *
+   * @param decoder A decoder which converts lines of terminal characters with 
+   * appearance attributes into output text.  PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly
+   * used decoder.
+   * @param startLine The first
+   */
+  virtual void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,int startLine,int endLine);
+  
+  
+  /** Returns the codec used to decode incoming characters.  See setCodec() */
+  const QTextCodec* codec() { return _codec; }
+  /** Sets the codec used to decode incoming characters.  */
+  void setCodec(const QTextCodec*);
+
+  /** 
+   * Convenience method.  
+   * Returns true if the current codec used to decode incoming
+   * characters is UTF-8
+   */
+  bool utf8() { Q_ASSERT(_codec); return _codec->mibEnum() == 106; }
+  
+
+  /** TODO Document me */
+  virtual char getErase() const;
+
+  /** 
+   * Sets the key bindings used to key events
+   * ( received through sendKeyEvent() ) into character
+   * streams to send to the terminal.
+   */
+  void setKeyBindings(const QString& name);
+  /** 
+   * Returns the name of the emulation's current key bindings.
+   * See setKeyBindings()
+   */
+  QString keyBindings();
+
+  /** 
+   * Copies the current image into the history and clears the screen.
+   */
+  virtual void clearEntireScreen() =0;
+
+  /** Resets the state of the terminal. */
+  virtual void reset() =0;
+
+  /** 
+   * Returns true if the active terminal program wants
+   * mouse input events.
+   *
+   * The programUsesMouseChanged() signal is emitted when this
+   * changes.
+   */
+  bool programUsesMouse() const;
+
+public slots: 
+
+  /** Change the size of the emulation's image */
+  virtual void setImageSize(int lines, int columns);
+  
+  /** 
+   * Interprets a sequence of characters and sends the result to the terminal.
+   * This is equivalent to calling sendKeyEvent() for each character in @p text in succession.
+   */
+  virtual void sendText(const QString& text) = 0;
+
+  /** 
+   * Interprets a key press event and emits the sendData() signal with
+   * the resulting character stream. 
+   */
+  virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*);
+ 
+  /** 
+   * Converts information about a mouse event into an xterm-compatible escape
+   * sequence and emits the character sequence via sendData()
+   */
+  virtual void sendMouseEvent(int buttons, int column, int line, int eventType);
+  
+  /**
+   * Sends a string of characters to the foreground terminal process. 
+   *
+   * @param string The characters to send.  
+   * @param length Length of @p string or if set to a negative value, @p string will
+   * be treated as a null-terminated string and its length will be determined automatically.
+   */
+  virtual void sendString(const char* string, int length = -1) = 0;
+
+  /** 
+   * Processes an incoming stream of characters.  receiveData() decodes the incoming
+   * character buffer using the current codec(), and then calls receiveChar() for
+   * each unicode character in the resulting buffer.  
+   *
+   * receiveData() also starts a timer which causes the outputChanged() signal
+   * to be emitted when it expires.  The timer allows multiple updates in quick
+   * succession to be buffered into a single outputChanged() signal emission.
+   *
+   * @param buffer A string of characters received from the terminal program.
+   * @param len The length of @p buffer
+   */
+  void receiveData(const char* buffer,int len);
+
+signals:
+
+  /** 
+   * Emitted when a buffer of data is ready to send to the 
+   * standard input of the terminal.
+   *
+   * @param data The buffer of data ready to be sent
+   * @paran len The length of @p data in bytes
+   */
+  void sendData(const char* data,int len);
+
+  /** 
+   * Requests that sending of input to the emulation
+   * from the terminal process be suspended or resumed.
+   *
+   * @param suspend If true, requests that sending of 
+   * input from the terminal process' stdout be 
+   * suspended.  Otherwise requests that sending of
+   * input be resumed. 
+   */
+  void lockPtyRequest(bool suspend);
+
+  /**
+   * Requests that the pty used by the terminal process
+   * be set to UTF 8 mode.  
+   *
+   * TODO: More documentation
+   */
+  void useUtf8Request(bool);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the activity state of the emulation is set.
+   *
+   * @param state The new activity state, one of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYACTIVITY
+   * or NOTIFYBELL
+   */
+  void stateSet(int state);
+
+
+  /**
+   * Requests that the color of the text used
+   * to represent the tabs associated with this
+   * emulation be changed.  This is a Konsole-specific
+   * extension from pre-KDE 4 times.
+   *
+   * TODO: Document how the parameter works.
+   */
+  void changeTabTextColorRequest(int color);
+
+  /** 
+   * This is emitted when the program running in the shell indicates whether or
+   * not it is interested in mouse events.
+   *
+   * @param usesMouse This will be true if the program wants to be informed about
+   * mouse events or false otherwise.
+   */
+  void programUsesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse);
+
+  /** 
+   * Emitted when the contents of the screen image change.
+   * The emulation buffers the updates from successive image changes,
+   * and only emits outputChanged() at sensible intervals when
+   * there is a lot of terminal activity.
+   *
+   * Normally there is no need for objects other than the screen windows
+   * created with createWindow() to listen for this signal.
+   *
+   * ScreenWindow objects created using createWindow() will emit their
+   * own outputChanged() signal in response to this signal. 
+   */
+  void outputChanged();
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the program running in the terminal wishes to update the 
+   * session's title.  This also allows terminal programs to customize other
+   * aspects of the terminal emulation display. 
+   *
+   * This signal is emitted when the escape sequence "\033]ARG;VALUE\007"
+   * is received in the input string, where ARG is a number specifying what
+   * should change and VALUE is a string specifying the new value.
+   *
+   * TODO:  The name of this method is not very accurate since this method
+   * is used to perform a whole range of tasks besides just setting
+   * the user-title of the session.    
+   *
+   * @param title Specifies what to change.
+   * <ul>
+   * <li>0 - Set window icon text and session title to @p newTitle</li>
+   * <li>1 - Set window icon text to @p newTitle</li>
+   * <li>2 - Set session title to @p newTitle</li>
+   * <li>11 - Set the session's default background color to @p newTitle,
+   *         where @p newTitle can be an HTML-style string (#RRGGBB) or a named
+   *         color (eg 'red', 'blue').  
+   *         See http://doc.trolltech.com/4.2/qcolor.html#setNamedColor for more
+   *         details.
+   * </li>
+   * <li>31 - Supposedly treats @p newTitle as a URL and opens it (NOT IMPLEMENTED)</li>
+   * <li>32 - Sets the icon associated with the session.  @p newTitle is the name 
+   *    of the icon to use, which can be the name of any icon in the current KDE icon
+   *    theme (eg: 'konsole', 'kate', 'folder_home')</li>
+   * </ul>
+   * @param newTitle Specifies the new title 
+   */
+
+  void titleChanged(int title,const QString& newTitle);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the program running in the terminal changes the
+   * screen size.
+   */
+  void imageSizeChanged(int lineCount , int columnCount);
+
+  /** 
+   * Emitted when the terminal program requests to change various properties
+   * of the terminal display.  
+   *
+   * A profile change command occurs when a special escape sequence, followed
+   * by a string containing a series of name and value pairs is received.
+   * This string can be parsed using a ProfileCommandParser instance.
+   *
+   * @param text A string expected to contain a series of key and value pairs in
+   * the form:  name=value;name2=value2 ...
+   */
+  void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text);
+
+protected:
+  virtual void setMode  (int mode) = 0;
+  virtual void resetMode(int mode) = 0;
+   
+ /** 
+   * Processes an incoming character.  See receiveData()
+   * @p ch A unicode character code. 
+   */
+  virtual void receiveChar(int ch);
+
+  /** 
+   * Sets the active screen.  The terminal has two screens, primary and alternate.
+   * The primary screen is used by default.  When certain interactive programs such
+   * as Vim are run, they trigger a switch to the alternate screen.
+   *
+   * @param index 0 to switch to the primary screen, or 1 to switch to the alternate screen
+   */
+  void setScreen(int index); 
+
+  enum EmulationCodec
+  {
+      LocaleCodec = 0,
+      Utf8Codec   = 1
+  };
+  void setCodec(EmulationCodec codec); // codec number, 0 = locale, 1=utf8
+
+
+  QList<ScreenWindow*> _windows;
+  
+  Screen* _currentScreen;  // pointer to the screen which is currently active, 
+                            // this is one of the elements in the screen[] array
+
+  Screen* _screen[2];      // 0 = primary screen ( used by most programs, including the shell
+                            //                      scrollbars are enabled in this mode )
+                            // 1 = alternate      ( used by vi , emacs etc.
+                            //                      scrollbars are not enabled in this mode )
+                            
+  
+  //decodes an incoming C-style character stream into a unicode QString using 
+  //the current text codec.  (this allows for rendering of non-ASCII characters in text files etc.)
+  const QTextCodec* _codec;
+  QTextDecoder* _decoder;
+
+  const KeyboardTranslator* _keyTranslator; // the keyboard layout
+
+protected slots:
+  /** 
+   * Schedules an update of attached views.
+   * Repeated calls to bufferedUpdate() in close succession will result in only a single update,
+   * much like the Qt buffered update of widgets. 
+   */
+  void bufferedUpdate();
+
+private slots: 
+
+  // triggered by timer, causes the emulation to send an updated screen image to each
+  // view
+  void showBulk(); 
+
+  void usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse);
+
+private:
+
+  bool _usesMouse;
+  QTimer _bulkTimer1;
+  QTimer _bulkTimer2;
+  
+};
+
+#endif // ifndef EMULATION_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+"keyboard \"Default (XFree 4)\""
+"key Escape             : \"\\E\""
+"key Tab   -Shift       : \"\\t\"\n"
+"key Tab   +Shift+Ansi  : \"\\E[Z\"\n"
+"key Tab   +Shift-Ansi  : \"\\t\"\n"
+"key Backtab     +Ansi  : \"\\E[Z\"\n"
+"key Backtab     -Ansi  : \"\\t\"\n"
+"key Return-Shift-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n"
+"key Return-Shift+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n"
+"key Return+Shift         : \"\\EOM\"\n"
+"key Backspace      : \"\\x7f\"\n"
+"key Up   -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EA\"\n"
+"key Down -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EB\"\n"
+"key Right-Shift-Ansi : \"\\EC\"\n"
+"key Left -Shift-Ansi : \"\\ED\"\n"
+"key Up    -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOA\"\n"
+"key Down  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOB\"\n"
+"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOC\"\n"
+"key Left  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOD\"\n"
+"key Up    -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[A\"\n"
+"key Down  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[B\"\n"
+"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[C\"\n"
+"key Left  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[D\"\n"
+"key Up    -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*A\"\n"
+"key Down  -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*B\"\n"
+"key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*C\"\n"
+"key Left  -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*D\"\n"
+"key Enter+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n"
+"key Enter-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n"
+"key Home        -AnyMod     -AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[H\"  \n"
+"key End         -AnyMod     -AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[F\"  \n"
+"key Home        -AnyMod     +AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOH\"  \n"
+"key End         -AnyMod     +AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOF\"  \n"
+"key Home        +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[1;*H\"\n"
+"key End         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[1;*F\"\n"
+"key Insert      -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[2~\"\n"
+"key Delete      -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[3~\"\n"
+"key Insert      +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[2;*~\"\n"
+"key Delete      +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[3;*~\"\n"
+"key Prior -Shift-AnyMod                          : \"\\E[5~\"\n"
+"key Next  -Shift-AnyMod                          : \"\\E[6~\"\n"
+"key Prior -Shift+AnyMod                          : \"\\E[5;*~\"\n"
+"key Next  -Shift+AnyMod                          : \"\\E[6;*~\"\n"
+"key F1          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOP\"\n"
+"key F2          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOQ\"\n"
+"key F3          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOR\"\n"
+"key F4          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOS\"\n"
+"key F5          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[15~\"\n"
+"key F6          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[17~\"\n"
+"key F7          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[18~\"\n"
+"key F8          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[19~\"\n"
+"key F9          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[20~\"\n"
+"key F10         -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[21~\"\n"
+"key F11         -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[23~\"\n"
+"key F12         -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[24~\"\n"
+"key F1          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*P\"\n"
+"key F2          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*Q\"\n"
+"key F3          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*R\"\n"
+"key F4          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*S\"\n"
+"key F5          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[15;*~\"\n"
+"key F6          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[17;*~\"\n"
+"key F7          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[18;*~\"\n"
+"key F8          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[19;*~\"\n"
+"key F9          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[20;*~\"\n"
+"key F10         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[21;*~\"\n"
+"key F11         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[23;*~\"\n"
+"key F12         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[24;*~\"\n"
+"key Space +Control : \"\\x00\"\n"
+"key Up    +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollLineUp\n"
+"key Prior +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollPageUp\n"
+"key Down  +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollLineDown\n"
+"key Next  +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollPageDown\n"
+"key ScrollLock     : scrollLock\n"
+"\0"
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/Filter.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/Filter.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "Filter.h"
+
+// System
+#include <iostream>
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QAction>
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
+#include <QtCore/QString>
+
+#include <QtCore/QSharedData>
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
+
+FilterChain::~FilterChain()
+{
+    QMutableListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    
+    while ( iter.hasNext() )
+    {
+        Filter* filter = iter.next();
+        iter.remove();
+        delete filter;
+    }
+}
+
+void FilterChain::addFilter(Filter* filter)
+{
+    append(filter);
+}
+void FilterChain::removeFilter(Filter* filter)
+{
+    removeAll(filter);
+}
+bool FilterChain::containsFilter(Filter* filter)
+{
+    return contains(filter);
+}
+void FilterChain::reset()
+{
+    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+        iter.next()->reset();
+}
+void FilterChain::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions)
+{
+    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+        iter.next()->setBuffer(buffer,linePositions);
+}
+void FilterChain::process()
+{
+    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+        iter.next()->process();
+}
+void FilterChain::clear()
+{
+    QList<Filter*>::clear();
+}
+Filter::HotSpot* FilterChain::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const
+{
+    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+    {
+        Filter* filter = iter.next();
+        Filter::HotSpot* spot = filter->hotSpotAt(line,column);
+        if ( spot != 0 )
+        {
+            return spot;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpots() const
+{
+    QList<Filter::HotSpot*> list;
+    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+    {
+        Filter* filter = iter.next();
+        list << filter->hotSpots();
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+//QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const;
+
+TerminalImageFilterChain::TerminalImageFilterChain()
+: _buffer(0)
+, _linePositions(0)
+{
+}
+
+TerminalImageFilterChain::~TerminalImageFilterChain()
+{
+    delete _buffer;
+    delete _linePositions;
+}
+
+void TerminalImageFilterChain::setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties)
+{
+//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+    if (empty())
+        return;
+//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+
+    // reset all filters and hotspots
+    reset();
+//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+
+    PlainTextDecoder decoder;
+    decoder.setTrailingWhitespace(false);
+    
+//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+    // setup new shared buffers for the filters to process on
+    QString* newBuffer = new QString();
+    QList<int>* newLinePositions = new QList<int>();
+    setBuffer( newBuffer , newLinePositions );
+
+    // free the old buffers
+    delete _buffer;
+    delete _linePositions;
+
+    _buffer = newBuffer;
+    _linePositions = newLinePositions;
+
+    QTextStream lineStream(_buffer);
+    decoder.begin(&lineStream);
+
+    for (int i=0 ; i < lines ; i++)
+    {
+        _linePositions->append(_buffer->length());
+        decoder.decodeLine(image + i*columns,columns,LINE_DEFAULT);
+
+        // pretend that each line ends with a newline character.
+        // this prevents a link that occurs at the end of one line
+        // being treated as part of a link that occurs at the start of the next line
+        //
+        // the downside is that links which are spread over more than one line are not
+        // highlighted.  
+        //
+        // TODO - Use the "line wrapped" attribute associated with lines in a
+        // terminal image to avoid adding this imaginary character for wrapped
+        // lines
+        if ( !(lineProperties.value(i,LINE_DEFAULT) & LINE_WRAPPED) )
+        	lineStream << QChar('\n');
+    }
+    decoder.end();
+//    qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+}
+
+Filter::Filter() :
+_linePositions(0),
+_buffer(0)
+{
+}
+
+Filter::~Filter()
+{
+    QListIterator<HotSpot*> iter(_hotspotList);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+    {
+        delete iter.next();
+    }
+}
+void Filter::reset()
+{
+    _hotspots.clear();
+    _hotspotList.clear();
+}
+
+void Filter::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions)
+{
+    _buffer = buffer;
+    _linePositions = linePositions;
+}
+
+void Filter::getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _linePositions );
+    Q_ASSERT( _buffer );
+
+
+    for (int i = 0 ; i < _linePositions->count() ; i++)
+    {
+        //kDebug() << "line position at " << i << " = " << _linePositions[i];
+        int nextLine = 0;
+
+        if ( i == _linePositions->count()-1 )
+        {
+            nextLine = _buffer->length() + 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            nextLine = _linePositions->value(i+1);
+        }
+
+       // kDebug() << "pos - " << position << " line pos(" << i<< ") " << _linePositions->value(i) << 
+       //     " next = " << nextLine << " buffer len = " << _buffer->length();
+
+        if ( _linePositions->value(i) <= position && position < nextLine ) 
+        {
+            startLine = i;
+            startColumn = position - _linePositions->value(i);
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+}
+    
+
+/*void Filter::addLine(const QString& text)
+{
+    _linePositions << _buffer.length();
+    _buffer.append(text);
+}*/
+
+const QString* Filter::buffer()
+{
+    return _buffer;
+}
+Filter::HotSpot::~HotSpot()
+{
+}
+void Filter::addHotSpot(HotSpot* spot)
+{
+    _hotspotList << spot;
+
+    for (int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++)
+    {
+        _hotspots.insert(line,spot);
+    }    
+}
+QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpots() const
+{
+    return _hotspotList;
+}
+QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const
+{
+    return _hotspots.values(line);
+}
+
+Filter::HotSpot* Filter::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const
+{
+    QListIterator<HotSpot*> spotIter(_hotspots.values(line));
+
+    while (spotIter.hasNext())
+    {
+        HotSpot* spot = spotIter.next();
+        
+        if ( spot->startLine() == line && spot->startColumn() > column )
+            continue;
+        if ( spot->endLine() == line && spot->endColumn() < column )
+            continue;
+       
+        return spot;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+Filter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn)
+    : _startLine(startLine)
+    , _startColumn(startColumn)
+    , _endLine(endLine)
+    , _endColumn(endColumn)
+    , _type(NotSpecified)
+{
+}
+QString Filter::HotSpot::tooltip() const
+{
+    return QString();
+}
+QList<QAction*> Filter::HotSpot::actions()
+{
+    return QList<QAction*>();
+}
+int Filter::HotSpot::startLine() const
+{
+    return _startLine;
+}
+int Filter::HotSpot::endLine() const
+{
+    return _endLine;
+}
+int Filter::HotSpot::startColumn() const
+{
+    return _startColumn;
+}
+int Filter::HotSpot::endColumn() const
+{
+    return _endColumn;
+}
+Filter::HotSpot::Type Filter::HotSpot::type() const
+{
+    return _type;
+}
+void Filter::HotSpot::setType(Type type)
+{
+    _type = type;
+}
+
+RegExpFilter::RegExpFilter()
+{
+}
+
+RegExpFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn)
+    : Filter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn)
+{
+    setType(Marker);
+}
+
+void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject*)
+{
+}
+
+void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts)
+{
+    _capturedTexts = texts;
+}
+QStringList RegExpFilter::HotSpot::capturedTexts() const
+{
+    return _capturedTexts;
+}
+
+void RegExpFilter::setRegExp(const QRegExp& regExp) 
+{
+    _searchText = regExp;
+}
+QRegExp RegExpFilter::regExp() const
+{
+    return _searchText;
+}
+/*void RegExpFilter::reset(int)
+{
+    _buffer = QString();
+}*/
+void RegExpFilter::process()
+{
+    int pos = 0;
+    const QString* text = buffer();
+
+    Q_ASSERT( text );
+
+    // ignore any regular expressions which match an empty string.
+    // otherwise the while loop below will run indefinitely
+    static const QString emptyString("");
+    if ( _searchText.exactMatch(emptyString) )
+        return;
+
+    while(pos >= 0)
+    {
+        pos = _searchText.indexIn(*text,pos);
+
+        if ( pos >= 0 )
+        {
+
+            int startLine = 0;
+            int endLine = 0;
+            int startColumn = 0;
+            int endColumn = 0;
+
+            
+            //kDebug() << "pos from " << pos << " to " << pos + _searchText.matchedLength();
+            
+            getLineColumn(pos,startLine,startColumn);
+            getLineColumn(pos + _searchText.matchedLength(),endLine,endColumn);
+
+            //kDebug() << "start " << startLine << " / " << startColumn;
+            //kDebug() << "end " << endLine << " / " << endColumn;
+
+            RegExpFilter::HotSpot* spot = newHotSpot(startLine,startColumn,
+                                           endLine,endColumn);
+            spot->setCapturedTexts(_searchText.capturedTexts());
+
+            addHotSpot( spot );  
+            pos += _searchText.matchedLength();
+
+            // if matchedLength == 0, the program will get stuck in an infinite loop
+            Q_ASSERT( _searchText.matchedLength() > 0 );
+        }
+    }    
+}
+
+RegExpFilter::HotSpot* RegExpFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,
+                                                int endLine,int endColumn)
+{
+    return new RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,
+                                                  endLine,endColumn);
+}
+RegExpFilter::HotSpot* UrlFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,
+                                                    int endColumn)
+{
+    return new UrlFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,
+                                               endLine,endColumn);
+}
+UrlFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn)
+: RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn)
+, _urlObject(new FilterObject(this))
+{
+    setType(Link);
+}
+QString UrlFilter::HotSpot::tooltip() const
+{
+    QString url = capturedTexts().first();
+
+    const UrlType kind = urlType();
+
+    if ( kind == StandardUrl )
+        return QString(); 
+    else if ( kind == Email )
+        return QString(); 
+    else
+        return QString();
+}
+UrlFilter::HotSpot::UrlType UrlFilter::HotSpot::urlType() const
+{
+    QString url = capturedTexts().first();
+    
+    if ( FullUrlRegExp.exactMatch(url) )
+        return StandardUrl;
+    else if ( EmailAddressRegExp.exactMatch(url) )
+        return Email;
+    else
+        return Unknown;
+}
+
+void UrlFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject* object)
+{
+    QString url = capturedTexts().first();
+
+    const UrlType kind = urlType();
+
+    const QString& actionName = object ? object->objectName() : QString();
+
+    if ( actionName == "copy-action" )
+    {
+        //kDebug() << "Copying url to clipboard:" << url;
+
+        QApplication::clipboard()->setText(url);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( !object || actionName == "open-action" )
+    {
+        if ( kind == StandardUrl )
+        {
+            // if the URL path does not include the protocol ( eg. "www.kde.org" ) then
+            // prepend http:// ( eg. "www.kde.org" --> "http://www.kde.org" )
+            if (!url.contains("://"))
+            {
+                url.prepend("http://");
+            }
+        } 
+        else if ( kind == Email )
+        {
+            url.prepend("mailto:");
+        }
+    
+//        new KRun(url,QApplication::activeWindow());
+    }
+}
+
+// Note:  Altering these regular expressions can have a major effect on the performance of the filters 
+// used for finding URLs in the text, especially if they are very general and could match very long
+// pieces of text.
+// Please be careful when altering them.
+
+//regexp matches:
+// full url:  
+// protocolname:// or www. followed by anything other than whitespaces, <, >, ' or ", and ends before whitespaces, <, >, ', ", ], !, comma and dot
+const QRegExp UrlFilter::FullUrlRegExp("(www\\.(?!\\.)|[a-z][a-z0-9+.-]*://)[^\\s<>'\"]+[^!,\\.\\s<>'\"\\]]");
+// email address:
+// [word chars, dots or dashes]@[word chars, dots or dashes].[word chars]
+const QRegExp UrlFilter::EmailAddressRegExp("\\b(\\w|\\.|-)+@(\\w|\\.|-)+\\.\\w+\\b");
+
+// matches full url or email address
+const QRegExp UrlFilter::CompleteUrlRegExp('('+FullUrlRegExp.pattern()+'|'+
+                                            EmailAddressRegExp.pattern()+')');
+
+UrlFilter::UrlFilter()
+{
+    setRegExp( CompleteUrlRegExp );
+}
+UrlFilter::HotSpot::~HotSpot()
+{
+    delete _urlObject;
+}
+void FilterObject::activated()
+{
+    _filter->activate(sender());
+}
+QList<QAction*> UrlFilter::HotSpot::actions()
+{
+    QList<QAction*> list;
+
+    const UrlType kind = urlType();
+
+    QAction* openAction = new QAction(_urlObject);
+    QAction* copyAction = new QAction(_urlObject);;
+
+    Q_ASSERT( kind == StandardUrl || kind == Email );
+
+    if ( kind == StandardUrl )
+    {
+        openAction->setText(("Open Link"));
+        copyAction->setText(("Copy Link Address"));
+    }
+    else if ( kind == Email )
+    {
+        openAction->setText(("Send Email To..."));
+        copyAction->setText(("Copy Email Address"));
+    }
+
+    // object names are set here so that the hotspot performs the
+    // correct action when activated() is called with the triggered
+    // action passed as a parameter.
+    openAction->setObjectName("open-action");
+    copyAction->setObjectName("copy-action");
+
+    QObject::connect( openAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) );
+    QObject::connect( copyAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) );
+
+    list << openAction;
+    list << copyAction;
+
+    return list; 
+}
+
+//#include "moc_Filter.cpp"
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/Filter.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/Filter.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef FILTER_H
+#define FILTER_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QAction>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QStringList>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
+
+// Local
+#include "Character.h"
+
+/**
+ * A filter processes blocks of text looking for certain patterns (such as URLs or keywords from a list)
+ * and marks the areas which match the filter's patterns as 'hotspots'.
+ *
+ * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ),
+ * and an action.  When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact
+ * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's
+ * activate() method should be called.  Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response.
+ *
+ * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser.
+ * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the 
+ * actions() method.
+ *
+ * Different subclasses of filter will return different types of hotspot.
+ * Subclasses must reimplement the process() method to examine a block of text and identify sections of interest.
+ * When processing the text they should create instances of Filter::HotSpot subclasses for sections of interest
+ * and add them to the filter's list of hotspots using addHotSpot()
+ */
+class Filter
+{
+public:
+    /**
+    * Represents an area of text which matched the pattern a particular filter has been looking for.
+    *
+    * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ),
+    * and an action.  When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact
+    * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's
+    * activate() method should be called.  Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response.
+    *
+    * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser.
+    * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the 
+    * actions() method.  These actions may then be displayed in a popup menu or toolbar for example. 
+    */
+    class HotSpot
+    {
+    public:
+       /** 
+        * Constructs a new hotspot which covers the area from (@p startLine,@p startColumn) to (@p endLine,@p endColumn)
+        * in a block of text.
+        */
+       HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn);
+       virtual ~HotSpot();
+
+       enum Type
+       {
+            // the type of the hotspot is not specified
+            NotSpecified,
+            // this hotspot represents a clickable link
+            Link,
+            // this hotspot represents a marker
+            Marker
+       }; 
+
+       /** Returns the line when the hotspot area starts */
+       int startLine() const;
+       /** Returns the line where the hotspot area ends */
+       int endLine() const;
+       /** Returns the column on startLine() where the hotspot area starts */
+       int startColumn() const;
+       /** Returns the column on endLine() where the hotspot area ends */
+       int endColumn() const;
+       /** 
+        * Returns the type of the hotspot.  This is usually used as a hint for views on how to represent
+        * the hotspot graphically.  eg.  Link hotspots are typically underlined when the user mouses over them
+        */
+       Type type() const;
+       /** 
+        * Causes the an action associated with a hotspot to be triggered. 
+        *
+        * @param object The object which caused the hotspot to be triggered.  This is
+        * typically null ( in which case the default action should be performed ) or
+        * one of the objects from the actions() list.  In which case the associated
+        * action should be performed. 
+        */
+       virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0) = 0; 
+       /** 
+        * Returns a list of actions associated with the hotspot which can be used in a 
+        * menu or toolbar 
+        */
+       virtual QList<QAction*> actions();
+
+       /** 
+        * Returns the text of a tooltip to be shown when the mouse moves over the hotspot, or
+        * an empty string if there is no tooltip associated with this hotspot.
+        *
+        * The default implementation returns an empty string. 
+        */
+       virtual QString tooltip() const;
+
+    protected:
+       /** Sets the type of a hotspot.  This should only be set once */
+       void setType(Type type);
+
+    private:
+       int    _startLine;
+       int    _startColumn;
+       int    _endLine;
+       int    _endColumn;
+       Type _type;
+    
+    };
+
+    /** Constructs a new filter. */
+    Filter();
+    virtual ~Filter();
+
+    /** Causes the filter to process the block of text currently in its internal buffer */
+    virtual void process() = 0;
+
+    /** 
+     * Empties the filters internal buffer and resets the line count back to 0.
+     * All hotspots are deleted. 
+     */
+    void reset();
+
+    /** Adds a new line of text to the filter and increments the line count */
+    //void addLine(const QString& string);
+
+    /** Returns the hotspot which covers the given @p line and @p column, or 0 if no hotspot covers that area */
+    HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const;
+
+    /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter */
+    QList<HotSpot*> hotSpots() const;
+
+    /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter which occur on a given line */
+    QList<HotSpot*> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const;
+
+    /** 
+     * TODO: Document me
+     */
+    void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions);
+
+protected:
+    /** Adds a new hotspot to the list */
+    void addHotSpot(HotSpot*);
+    /** Returns the internal buffer */
+    const QString* buffer();
+    /** Converts a character position within buffer() to a line and column */
+    void getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn);
+
+private:
+    QMultiHash<int,HotSpot*> _hotspots;
+    QList<HotSpot*> _hotspotList;
+    
+    const QList<int>* _linePositions;
+    const QString* _buffer;
+};
+
+/** 
+ * A filter which searches for sections of text matching a regular expression and creates a new RegExpFilter::HotSpot 
+ * instance for them.
+ *
+ * Subclasses can reimplement newHotSpot() to return custom hotspot types when matches for the regular expression
+ * are found. 
+ */
+class RegExpFilter : public Filter
+{
+public:
+    /** 
+     * Type of hotspot created by RegExpFilter.  The capturedTexts() method can be used to find the text
+     * matched by the filter's regular expression.
+     */
+    class HotSpot : public Filter::HotSpot
+    {
+    public:
+        HotSpot(int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine , int endColumn);
+        virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0);
+
+        /** Sets the captured texts associated with this hotspot */
+        void setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts);
+        /** Returns the texts found by the filter when matching the filter's regular expression */
+        QStringList capturedTexts() const;
+    private:
+        QStringList _capturedTexts;
+    };
+
+    /** Constructs a new regular expression filter */
+    RegExpFilter();
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text. 
+     *
+     * Regular expressions which match the empty string are treated as not matching
+     * anything. 
+     */
+    void setRegExp(const QRegExp& text);
+    /** Returns the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text */
+    QRegExp regExp() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Reimplemented to search the filter's text buffer for text matching regExp() 
+     *
+     * If regexp matches the empty string, then process() will return immediately
+     * without finding results. 
+     */
+    virtual void process();
+
+protected:
+    /** 
+     * Called when a match for the regular expression is encountered.  Subclasses should reimplement this
+     * to return custom hotspot types
+     */
+    virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,
+                                    int endLine,int endColumn);
+
+private:
+    QRegExp _searchText;
+};
+
+class FilterObject;
+
+/** A filter which matches URLs in blocks of text */
+class UrlFilter : public RegExpFilter 
+{
+public:
+    /** 
+     * Hotspot type created by UrlFilter instances.  The activate() method opens a web browser 
+     * at the given URL when called.
+     */
+    class HotSpot : public RegExpFilter::HotSpot 
+    {
+    public:
+        HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn);
+        virtual ~HotSpot();
+
+        virtual QList<QAction*> actions();
+
+        /** 
+         * Open a web browser at the current URL.  The url itself can be determined using
+         * the capturedTexts() method.
+         */
+        virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0);
+
+        virtual QString tooltip() const;
+    private:
+        enum UrlType
+        {
+            StandardUrl,
+            Email,
+            Unknown
+        };
+        UrlType urlType() const;
+
+        FilterObject* _urlObject;
+    };
+
+    UrlFilter();
+
+protected:
+    virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int,int,int,int);
+
+private:
+    
+    static const QRegExp FullUrlRegExp;
+    static const QRegExp EmailAddressRegExp;
+
+    // combined OR of FullUrlRegExp and EmailAddressRegExp
+    static const QRegExp CompleteUrlRegExp; 
+};
+
+class FilterObject : public QObject
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    FilterObject(Filter::HotSpot* filter) : _filter(filter) {}
+private slots:
+    void activated();
+private:
+    Filter::HotSpot* _filter;
+};
+
+/** 
+ * A chain which allows a group of filters to be processed as one. 
+ * The chain owns the filters added to it and deletes them when the chain itself is destroyed.
+ *
+ * Use addFilter() to add a new filter to the chain.  
+ * When new text to be filtered arrives, use addLine() to add each additional
+ * line of text which needs to be processed and then after adding the last line, use
+ * process() to cause each filter in the chain to process the text.
+ *
+ * After processing a block of text, the reset() method can be used to set the filter chain's
+ * internal cursor back to the first line.
+ *
+ * The hotSpotAt() method will return the first hotspot which covers a given position.
+ *
+ * The hotSpots() and hotSpotsAtLine() method return all of the hotspots in the text and on
+ * a given line respectively.
+ */
+class FilterChain : protected QList<Filter*>
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~FilterChain();
+
+    /** Adds a new filter to the chain.  The chain will delete this filter when it is destroyed */
+    void addFilter(Filter* filter);
+    /** Removes a filter from the chain.  The chain will no longer delete the filter when destroyed */
+    void removeFilter(Filter* filter);
+    /** Returns true if the chain contains @p filter */
+    bool containsFilter(Filter* filter);
+    /** Removes all filters from the chain */
+    void clear();
+
+    /** Resets each filter in the chain */
+    void reset();
+    /**
+     * Processes each filter in the chain 
+     */
+    void process();
+
+    /** Sets the buffer for each filter in the chain to process. */
+    void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions); 
+
+    /** Returns the first hotspot which occurs at @p line, @p column or 0 if no hotspot was found */
+    Filter::HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const;
+    /** Returns a list of all the hotspots in all the chain's filters */
+    QList<Filter::HotSpot*> hotSpots() const;
+    /** Returns a list of all hotspots at the given line in all the chain's filters */
+    QList<Filter::HotSpot> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const;
+
+};
+
+/** A filter chain which processes character images from terminal displays */
+class TerminalImageFilterChain : public FilterChain
+{
+public:
+    TerminalImageFilterChain();
+    virtual ~TerminalImageFilterChain();
+
+    /**
+     * Set the current terminal image to @p image.
+     *
+     * @param image The terminal image
+     * @param lines The number of lines in the terminal image
+     * @param columns The number of columns in the terminal image
+     */
+    void setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns,
+				  const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties);  
+
+private:
+    QString* _buffer;
+    QList<int>* _linePositions;
+};
+
+#endif //FILTER_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/History.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/History.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,696 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "History.h"
+
+// System
+#include <iostream>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+
+// Reasonable line size
+#define LINE_SIZE	1024
+
+/*
+   An arbitrary long scroll.
+
+   One can modify the scroll only by adding either cells
+   or newlines, but access it randomly.
+
+   The model is that of an arbitrary wide typewriter scroll
+   in that the scroll is a serie of lines and each line is
+   a serie of cells with no overwriting permitted.
+
+   The implementation provides arbitrary length and numbers
+   of cells and line/column indexed read access to the scroll
+   at constant costs.
+
+KDE4: Can we use QTemporaryFile here, instead of KTempFile?
+
+FIXME: some complain about the history buffer comsuming the
+       memory of their machines. This problem is critical
+       since the history does not behave gracefully in cases
+       where the memory is used up completely.
+
+       I put in a workaround that should handle it problem
+       now gracefully. I'm not satisfied with the solution.
+
+FIXME: Terminating the history is not properly indicated
+       in the menu. We should throw a signal.
+
+FIXME: There is noticeable decrease in speed, also. Perhaps,
+       there whole feature needs to be revisited therefore.
+       Disadvantage of a more elaborated, say block-oriented
+       scheme with wrap around would be it's complexity.
+*/
+
+//FIXME: tempory replacement for tmpfile
+//       this is here one for debugging purpose.
+
+//#define tmpfile xTmpFile
+
+// History File ///////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/*
+  A Row(X) data type which allows adding elements to the end.
+*/
+
+HistoryFile::HistoryFile()
+  : ion(-1),
+    length(0),
+	fileMap(0)
+{
+  if (tmpFile.open())
+  { 
+    tmpFile.setAutoRemove(true);
+    ion = tmpFile.handle();
+  }
+}
+
+HistoryFile::~HistoryFile()
+{
+	if (fileMap)
+		unmap();
+}
+
+//TODO:  Mapping the entire file in will cause problems if the history file becomes exceedingly large,
+//(ie. larger than available memory).  HistoryFile::map() should only map in sections of the file at a time,
+//to avoid this.
+void HistoryFile::map()
+{
+	assert( fileMap == 0 );
+
+	fileMap = (char*)mmap( 0 , length , PROT_READ , MAP_PRIVATE , ion , 0 );
+
+    //if mmap'ing fails, fall back to the read-lseek combination
+    if ( fileMap == MAP_FAILED )
+    {
+            readWriteBalance = 0; 
+            fileMap = 0;
+            qDebug() << ": mmap'ing history failed.  errno = " << errno;
+    }
+}
+
+void HistoryFile::unmap()
+{
+	int result = munmap( fileMap , length );
+	assert( result == 0 );
+
+	fileMap = 0;
+}
+
+bool HistoryFile::isMapped()
+{
+	return (fileMap != 0);
+}
+
+void HistoryFile::add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len)
+{
+  if ( fileMap )
+		  unmap();
+		
+  readWriteBalance++;
+
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  rc = lseek(ion,length,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.seek"); return; }
+  rc = write(ion,bytes,len);       if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.write"); return; }
+  length += rc;
+}
+
+void HistoryFile::get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc)
+{
+  //count number of get() calls vs. number of add() calls.  
+  //If there are many more get() calls compared with add() 
+  //calls (decided by using MAP_THRESHOLD) then mmap the log
+  //file to improve performance.
+  readWriteBalance--;
+  if ( !fileMap && readWriteBalance < MAP_THRESHOLD )
+		  map();
+
+  if ( fileMap )
+  {
+	for (int i=0;i<len;i++)
+			bytes[i]=fileMap[loc+i];
+  }
+  else
+  {	
+  	int rc = 0;
+
+  	if (loc < 0 || len < 0 || loc + len > length)
+    	fprintf(stderr,"getHist(...,%d,%d): invalid args.\n",len,loc);
+  	rc = lseek(ion,loc,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.seek"); return; }
+  	rc = read(ion,bytes,len);     if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.read"); return; }
+  }
+}
+
+int HistoryFile::len()
+{
+  return length;
+}
+
+
+// History Scroll abstract base class //////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+HistoryScroll::HistoryScroll(HistoryType* t)
+  : m_histType(t)
+{
+}
+
+HistoryScroll::~HistoryScroll()
+{
+  delete m_histType;
+}
+
+bool HistoryScroll::hasScroll()
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+// History Scroll File //////////////////////////////////////
+
+/* 
+   The history scroll makes a Row(Row(Cell)) from
+   two history buffers. The index buffer contains
+   start of line positions which refere to the cells
+   buffer.
+
+   Note that index[0] addresses the second line
+   (line #1), while the first line (line #0) starts
+   at 0 in cells.
+*/
+
+HistoryScrollFile::HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName)
+  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeFile(logFileName)),
+  m_logFileName(logFileName)
+{
+}
+
+HistoryScrollFile::~HistoryScrollFile()
+{
+}
+ 
+int HistoryScrollFile::getLines()
+{
+  return index.len() / sizeof(int);
+}
+
+int HistoryScrollFile::getLineLen(int lineno)
+{
+  return (startOfLine(lineno+1) - startOfLine(lineno)) / sizeof(Character);
+}
+
+bool HistoryScrollFile::isWrappedLine(int lineno)
+{
+  if (lineno>=0 && lineno <= getLines()) {
+    unsigned char flag;
+    lineflags.get((unsigned char*)&flag,sizeof(unsigned char),(lineno)*sizeof(unsigned char));
+    return flag;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+int HistoryScrollFile::startOfLine(int lineno)
+{
+  if (lineno <= 0) return 0;
+  if (lineno <= getLines())
+    { 
+	
+	if (!index.isMapped())
+			index.map();
+	
+	int res;
+    index.get((unsigned char*)&res,sizeof(int),(lineno-1)*sizeof(int));
+    return res;
+    }
+  return cells.len();
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollFile::getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[])
+{
+  cells.get((unsigned char*)res,count*sizeof(Character),startOfLine(lineno)+colno*sizeof(Character));
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollFile::addCells(const Character text[], int count)
+{
+  cells.add((unsigned char*)text,count*sizeof(Character));
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollFile::addLine(bool previousWrapped)
+{
+  if (index.isMapped())
+		  index.unmap();
+
+  int locn = cells.len();
+  index.add((unsigned char*)&locn,sizeof(int));
+  unsigned char flags = previousWrapped ? 0x01 : 0x00;
+  lineflags.add((unsigned char*)&flags,sizeof(unsigned char));
+}
+
+
+// History Scroll Buffer //////////////////////////////////////
+HistoryScrollBuffer::HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxLineCount)
+  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBuffer(maxLineCount))
+   ,_historyBuffer()
+   ,_maxLineCount(0)
+   ,_usedLines(0)
+   ,_head(0)
+{
+  setMaxNbLines(maxLineCount);
+}
+
+HistoryScrollBuffer::~HistoryScrollBuffer()
+{
+    delete[] _historyBuffer;
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells)
+{
+    _head++;
+    if ( _usedLines < _maxLineCount )
+        _usedLines++;
+
+    if ( _head >= _maxLineCount )
+    {
+        _head = 0;
+    }
+
+    _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = cells;
+    _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = false;
+}
+void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCells(const Character a[], int count)
+{
+  HistoryLine newLine(count);
+  qCopy(a,a+count,newLine.begin());
+
+  addCellsVector(newLine);
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBuffer::addLine(bool previousWrapped)
+{
+    _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = previousWrapped;
+}
+
+int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLines()
+{
+    return _usedLines;
+}
+
+int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLineLen(int lineNumber)
+{
+  Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
+
+  if ( lineNumber < _usedLines )
+  {
+    return _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)].size();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+bool HistoryScrollBuffer::isWrappedLine(int lineNumber)
+{
+  Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
+    
+  if (lineNumber < _usedLines)
+  {
+    //kDebug() << "Line" << lineNumber << "wrapped is" << _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)];
+    return _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)];
+  }
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBuffer::getCells(int lineNumber, int startColumn, int count, Character* buffer)
+{
+  if ( count == 0 ) return;
+
+  Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
+
+  if (lineNumber >= _usedLines) 
+  {
+    memset(buffer, 0, count * sizeof(Character));
+    return;
+  }
+  
+  const HistoryLine& line = _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)];
+
+  //kDebug() << "startCol " << startColumn;
+  //kDebug() << "line.size() " << line.size();
+  //kDebug() << "count " << count;
+
+  Q_ASSERT( startColumn <= line.size() - count );
+    
+  memcpy(buffer, line.constData() + startColumn , count * sizeof(Character));
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBuffer::setMaxNbLines(unsigned int lineCount)
+{
+    HistoryLine* oldBuffer = _historyBuffer;
+    HistoryLine* newBuffer = new HistoryLine[lineCount];
+    
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount) ; i++ )
+    {
+        newBuffer[i] = oldBuffer[bufferIndex(i)];
+    }
+    
+    _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount);
+    _maxLineCount = lineCount;
+    _head = ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) ? 0 : _usedLines-1;
+
+    _historyBuffer = newBuffer;
+    delete[] oldBuffer;
+
+    _wrappedLine.resize(lineCount);
+}
+
+int HistoryScrollBuffer::bufferIndex(int lineNumber)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
+    Q_ASSERT( (_usedLines == _maxLineCount) || lineNumber <= _head );
+
+    if ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount )
+    {
+        return (_head+lineNumber+1) % _maxLineCount;
+    }
+    else
+    {   
+        return lineNumber;
+    }
+}
+
+
+// History Scroll None //////////////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryScrollNone::HistoryScrollNone()
+  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeNone())
+{
+}
+
+HistoryScrollNone::~HistoryScrollNone()
+{
+}
+
+bool HistoryScrollNone::hasScroll()
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+int  HistoryScrollNone::getLines()
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int  HistoryScrollNone::getLineLen(int)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+bool HistoryScrollNone::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/)
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollNone::getCells(int, int, int, Character [])
+{
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollNone::addCells(const Character [], int)
+{
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollNone::addLine(bool)
+{
+}
+
+// History Scroll BlockArray //////////////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryScrollBlockArray::HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size)
+  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBlockArray(size))
+{
+  m_blockArray.setHistorySize(size); // nb. of lines.
+}
+
+HistoryScrollBlockArray::~HistoryScrollBlockArray()
+{
+}
+
+int  HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLines()
+{
+  return m_lineLengths.count();
+}
+
+int  HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLineLen(int lineno)
+{
+    if ( m_lineLengths.contains(lineno) )
+        return m_lineLengths[lineno];
+    else
+        return 0;
+}
+
+bool HistoryScrollBlockArray::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/)
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBlockArray::getCells(int lineno, int colno,
+                                       int count, Character res[])
+{
+  if (!count) return;
+
+  const Block *b = m_blockArray.at(lineno);
+
+  if (!b) {
+    memset(res, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); // still better than random data
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert(((colno + count) * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES);
+  memcpy(res, b->data + (colno * sizeof(Character)), count * sizeof(Character));
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addCells(const Character a[], int count)
+{
+  Block *b = m_blockArray.lastBlock();
+  
+  if (!b) return;
+
+  // put cells in block's data
+  assert((count * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES);
+
+  memset(b->data, 0, ENTRIES);
+
+  memcpy(b->data, a, count * sizeof(Character));
+  b->size = count * sizeof(Character);
+
+  size_t res = m_blockArray.newBlock();
+  assert (res > 0);
+  Q_UNUSED( res );
+
+  m_lineLengths.insert(m_blockArray.getCurrent(), count);
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addLine(bool)
+{
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// History Types
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryType::HistoryType()
+{
+}
+
+HistoryType::~HistoryType()
+{
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryTypeNone::HistoryTypeNone()
+{
+}
+
+bool HistoryTypeNone::isEnabled() const
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeNone::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
+{
+  delete old;
+  return new HistoryScrollNone();
+}
+
+int HistoryTypeNone::maximumLineCount() const
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryTypeBlockArray::HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size)
+  : m_size(size)
+{
+}
+
+bool HistoryTypeBlockArray::isEnabled() const
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+int HistoryTypeBlockArray::maximumLineCount() const
+{
+  return m_size;
+}
+
+HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBlockArray::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
+{
+  delete old;
+  return new HistoryScrollBlockArray(m_size);
+}
+
+
+//////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryTypeBuffer::HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines)
+  : m_nbLines(nbLines)
+{
+}
+
+bool HistoryTypeBuffer::isEnabled() const
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+int HistoryTypeBuffer::maximumLineCount() const
+{
+  return m_nbLines;
+}
+
+HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBuffer::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
+{
+  if (old)
+  {
+    HistoryScrollBuffer *oldBuffer = dynamic_cast<HistoryScrollBuffer*>(old);
+    if (oldBuffer)
+    {
+       oldBuffer->setMaxNbLines(m_nbLines);
+       return oldBuffer;
+    }
+
+    HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines);
+    int lines = old->getLines();
+    int startLine = 0;
+    if (lines > (int) m_nbLines)
+       startLine = lines - m_nbLines;
+
+    Character line[LINE_SIZE];
+    for(int i = startLine; i < lines; i++)
+    {
+       int size = old->getLineLen(i);
+       if (size > LINE_SIZE)
+       {
+          Character *tmp_line = new Character[size];
+          old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line);
+          newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size);
+          newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
+          delete [] tmp_line;
+       }
+       else
+       {
+          old->getCells(i, 0, size, line);
+          newScroll->addCells(line, size);
+          newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
+       }
+    }
+    delete old;
+    return newScroll;
+  }
+  return new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryTypeFile::HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName)
+  : m_fileName(fileName)
+{
+}
+
+bool HistoryTypeFile::isEnabled() const
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+const QString& HistoryTypeFile::getFileName() const
+{
+  return m_fileName;
+}
+
+HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeFile::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
+{
+  if (dynamic_cast<HistoryFile *>(old)) 
+     return old; // Unchanged.
+
+  HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollFile(m_fileName);
+
+  Character line[LINE_SIZE];
+  int lines = (old != 0) ? old->getLines() : 0;
+  for(int i = 0; i < lines; i++)
+  {
+     int size = old->getLineLen(i);
+     if (size > LINE_SIZE)
+     {
+        Character *tmp_line = new Character[size];
+        old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line);
+        newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size);
+        newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
+        delete [] tmp_line;
+     }
+     else
+     {
+        old->getCells(i, 0, size, line);
+        newScroll->addCells(line, size);
+        newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
+     }
+  }
+
+  delete old;
+  return newScroll; 
+}
+
+int HistoryTypeFile::maximumLineCount() const
+{
+  return 0;
+}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/History.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/History.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef HISTORY_H
+#define HISTORY_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QBitRef>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "BlockArray.h"
+#include "Character.h"
+
+
+class HistoryFile
+{
+public:
+  HistoryFile();
+  virtual ~HistoryFile();
+
+  virtual void add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len);
+  virtual void get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc);
+  virtual int  len();
+
+  //mmaps the file in read-only mode
+  void map();
+  //un-mmaps the file
+  void unmap();
+  //returns true if the file is mmap'ed
+  bool isMapped();
+
+
+private:
+  int  ion;
+  int  length;
+  QTemporaryFile tmpFile;
+
+  //pointer to start of mmap'ed file data, or 0 if the file is not mmap'ed
+  char* fileMap;
+ 
+  //incremented whenver 'add' is called and decremented whenever
+  //'get' is called.
+  //this is used to detect when a large number of lines are being read and processed from the history
+  //and automatically mmap the file for better performance (saves the overhead of many lseek-read calls).
+  int readWriteBalance;
+
+  //when readWriteBalance goes below this threshold, the file will be mmap'ed automatically
+  static const int MAP_THRESHOLD = -1000;
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Abstract base class for file and buffer versions
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class HistoryType;
+
+class HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  HistoryScroll(HistoryType*);
+ virtual ~HistoryScroll();
+
+  virtual bool hasScroll();
+
+  // access to history
+  virtual int  getLines() = 0;
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno) = 0;
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) = 0;
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno) = 0;
+
+  // backward compatibility (obsolete)
+  Character   getCell(int lineno, int colno) { Character res; getCells(lineno,colno,1,&res); return res; }
+
+  // adding lines.
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count) = 0;
+  // convenience method - this is virtual so that subclasses can take advantage
+  // of QVector's implicit copying
+  virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells)
+  {
+    addCells(cells.data(),cells.size());
+  }
+
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false) = 0;
+
+  //
+  // FIXME:  Passing around constant references to HistoryType instances
+  // is very unsafe, because those references will no longer
+  // be valid if the history scroll is deleted.
+  //
+  const HistoryType& getType() { return *m_histType; }
+
+protected:
+  HistoryType* m_histType;
+
+};
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// File-based history (e.g. file log, no limitation in length)
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class HistoryScrollFile : public HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName);
+  virtual ~HistoryScrollFile();
+
+  virtual int  getLines();
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
+
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
+
+private:
+  int startOfLine(int lineno);
+
+  QString m_logFileName;
+  HistoryFile index; // lines Row(int)
+  HistoryFile cells; // text  Row(Character)
+  HistoryFile lineflags; // flags Row(unsigned char)
+};
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Buffer-based history (limited to a fixed nb of lines)
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class HistoryScrollBuffer : public HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  typedef QVector<Character> HistoryLine;
+
+  HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxNbLines = 1000);
+  virtual ~HistoryScrollBuffer();
+
+  virtual int  getLines();
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
+
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
+  virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells);
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
+
+  void setMaxNbLines(unsigned int nbLines);
+  unsigned int maxNbLines() { return _maxLineCount; }
+  
+
+private:
+  int bufferIndex(int lineNumber);
+
+  HistoryLine* _historyBuffer;
+  QBitArray _wrappedLine;
+  int _maxLineCount;
+  int _usedLines;  
+  int _head;
+  
+  //QVector<histline*> m_histBuffer;
+  //QBitArray m_wrappedLine;
+  //unsigned int m_maxNbLines;
+  //unsigned int m_nbLines;
+  //unsigned int m_arrayIndex;
+  //bool         m_buffFilled;
+};
+
+/*class HistoryScrollBufferV2 : public HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  virtual int  getLines();
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
+
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
+  virtual void addCells(const QVector<Character>& cells);
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
+
+};*/
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Nothing-based history (no history :-)
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class HistoryScrollNone : public HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  HistoryScrollNone();
+  virtual ~HistoryScrollNone();
+
+  virtual bool hasScroll();
+
+  virtual int  getLines();
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
+
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// BlockArray-based history
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class HistoryScrollBlockArray : public HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size);
+  virtual ~HistoryScrollBlockArray();
+
+  virtual int  getLines();
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
+
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
+
+protected:
+  BlockArray m_blockArray;
+  QHash<int,size_t> m_lineLengths;
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// History type
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class HistoryType
+{
+public:
+  HistoryType();
+  virtual ~HistoryType();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns true if the history is enabled ( can store lines of output )
+   * or false otherwise. 
+   */
+  virtual bool isEnabled()           const = 0;
+  /**
+   * Returns true if the history size is unlimited.
+   */
+  bool isUnlimited() const { return maximumLineCount() == 0; }
+  /**
+   * Returns the maximum number of lines which this history type
+   * can store or 0 if the history can store an unlimited number of lines.
+   */
+  virtual int maximumLineCount()    const = 0;
+
+  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const = 0;
+};
+
+class HistoryTypeNone : public HistoryType
+{
+public:
+  HistoryTypeNone();
+
+  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
+  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
+
+  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
+};
+
+class HistoryTypeBlockArray : public HistoryType
+{
+public:
+  HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size);
+  
+  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
+  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
+
+  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
+
+protected:
+  size_t m_size;
+};
+
+
+class HistoryTypeFile : public HistoryType
+{
+public:
+  HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName=QString());
+
+  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
+  virtual const QString& getFileName() const;
+  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
+
+  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
+
+protected:
+  QString m_fileName;
+};
+
+
+class HistoryTypeBuffer : public HistoryType
+{
+public:
+  HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines);
+  
+  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
+  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
+
+  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
+
+protected:
+  unsigned int m_nbLines;
+};
+
+#endif // HISTORY_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/KeyboardTranslator.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/KeyboardTranslator.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,888 @@
+/*
+    This source file was part of Konsole, a terminal emulator.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "KeyboardTranslator.h"
+
+// System
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QBuffer>
+#include <QtCore/QFile>
+#include <QtCore/QFileInfo>
+#include <QtCore>
+#include <QtGui>
+
+//and this is default now translator - default.keytab from original Konsole
+const char* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslatorText = 
+#include "ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h"
+;
+
+KeyboardTranslatorManager::KeyboardTranslatorManager()
+    : _haveLoadedAll(false)
+{
+}
+KeyboardTranslatorManager::~KeyboardTranslatorManager()
+{
+    qDeleteAll(_translators.values());
+}
+QString KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslatorPath(const QString& name)
+{
+    return QString("kb-layouts/" + name + ".keytab");
+}
+void KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslators()
+{
+    QDir dir("kb-layouts/");
+    QStringList filters;
+    filters << "*.keytab";
+    dir.setNameFilters(filters);
+    QStringList list = dir.entryList(filters); //(".keytab"); // = KGlobal::dirs()->findAllResources("data",
+    //                                 "konsole/*.keytab",
+    //                                 KStandardDirs::NoDuplicates);
+    list = dir.entryList(filters);
+    // add the name of each translator to the list and associated
+    // the name with a null pointer to indicate that the translator
+    // has not yet been loaded from disk
+    QStringListIterator listIter(list);
+    while (listIter.hasNext())
+    {
+        QString translatorPath = listIter.next();
+
+        QString name = QFileInfo(translatorPath).baseName();
+
+        if ( !_translators.contains(name) ) {
+            _translators.insert(name,0);
+	}
+    }
+    _haveLoadedAll = true;
+}
+
+const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslator(const QString& name)
+{
+    if ( name.isEmpty() )
+        return defaultTranslator();
+
+    //here was smth wrong in original Konsole source
+    findTranslators();
+
+    if ( _translators.contains(name) && _translators[name] != 0 ) {
+        return _translators[name];
+    }
+
+    KeyboardTranslator* translator = loadTranslator(name);
+
+    if ( translator != 0 )
+        _translators[name] = translator;
+    else if ( !name.isEmpty() )
+        qWarning() << "Unable to load translator" << name;
+
+    return translator;
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator)
+{
+    const QString path = ".keytab";// = KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation("data","konsole/")+translator->name()
+    //           +".keytab";
+
+    qDebug() << "Saving translator to" << path;
+
+    QFile destination(path);
+    
+    if (!destination.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text))
+    {
+        qWarning() << "Unable to save keyboard translation:" 
+                   << destination.errorString();
+
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    {
+        KeyboardTranslatorWriter writer(&destination);
+        writer.writeHeader(translator->description());
+
+        QListIterator<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> iter(translator->entries());
+        while ( iter.hasNext() )
+            writer.writeEntry(iter.next());
+    }
+
+    destination.close();
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(const QString& name)
+{
+    const QString& path = findTranslatorPath(name);
+
+    QFile source(path); 
+    
+    if (name.isEmpty() || !source.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text))
+        return 0;
+
+    return loadTranslator(&source,name);
+}
+
+const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslator()
+{
+    QBuffer textBuffer;
+    textBuffer.setData(defaultTranslatorText,strlen(defaultTranslatorText));
+
+    if (!textBuffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
+        return 0;
+
+    return loadTranslator(&textBuffer,"fallback");
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(QIODevice* source,const QString& name)
+{
+    KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator(name);
+    KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source);
+    translator->setDescription( reader.description() );
+    
+    while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) {
+        translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry());
+    }	
+
+    source->close();
+
+    if ( !reader.parseError() )
+    {
+        return translator;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        delete translator;
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslatorWriter::KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination)
+    : _destination(destination)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( destination && destination->isWritable() );
+
+    _writer = new QTextStream(_destination);
+}
+KeyboardTranslatorWriter::~KeyboardTranslatorWriter()
+{
+    delete _writer;
+}
+void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeHeader( const QString& description )
+{
+    *_writer << "keyboard \"" << description << '\"' << '\n';
+}
+void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry )
+{
+    QString result;
+
+    if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand )
+        result = entry.resultToString();
+    else
+        result = '\"' + entry.resultToString() + '\"';
+
+    *_writer << "key " << entry.conditionToString() << " : " << result << '\n';
+}
+
+
+// each line of the keyboard translation file is one of:
+//
+// - keyboard "name"
+// - key KeySequence : "characters"
+// - key KeySequence : CommandName
+//
+// KeySequence begins with the name of the key ( taken from the Qt::Key enum )
+// and is followed by the keyboard modifiers and state flags ( with + or - in front
+// of each modifier or flag to indicate whether it is required ).  All keyboard modifiers
+// and flags are optional, if a particular modifier or state is not specified it is 
+// assumed not to be a part of the sequence.  The key sequence may contain whitespace
+//
+// eg:  "key Up+Shift : scrollLineUp"
+//      "key Next-Shift : "\E[6~"
+//
+// (lines containing only whitespace are ignored, parseLine assumes that comments have
+// already been removed)
+//
+
+KeyboardTranslatorReader::KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source )
+    : _source(source)
+    , _hasNext(false)
+{
+    // read input until we find the description
+    while ( _description.isEmpty() && !source->atEnd() )
+    {
+        const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(source->readLine()) );
+
+        if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::TitleKeyword )
+        {
+            _description = (tokens[1].text.toUtf8());
+        }
+    }
+
+    readNext();
+}
+void KeyboardTranslatorReader::readNext() 
+{
+    // find next entry
+    while ( !_source->atEnd() )
+    {
+        const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(_source->readLine()) );
+        if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::KeyKeyword )
+        {
+            KeyboardTranslator::States flags = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
+            KeyboardTranslator::States flagMask = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
+            Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier;
+            Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask = Qt::NoModifier;
+
+            int keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown;
+
+            decodeSequence(tokens[1].text.toLower(),
+                           keyCode,
+                           modifiers,
+                           modifierMask,
+                           flags,
+                           flagMask); 
+
+            KeyboardTranslator::Command command = KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand;
+            QByteArray text;
+
+            // get text or command
+            if ( tokens[2].type == Token::OutputText )
+            {
+                text = tokens[2].text.toLocal8Bit();
+            }
+            else if ( tokens[2].type == Token::Command )
+            {
+                // identify command
+                if (!parseAsCommand(tokens[2].text,command))
+                    qWarning() << "Command" << tokens[2].text << "not understood.";
+            }
+
+            KeyboardTranslator::Entry newEntry;
+            newEntry.setKeyCode( keyCode );
+            newEntry.setState( flags );
+            newEntry.setStateMask( flagMask );
+            newEntry.setModifiers( modifiers );
+            newEntry.setModifierMask( modifierMask );
+            newEntry.setText( text );
+            newEntry.setCommand( command );
+
+            _nextEntry = newEntry;
+
+            _hasNext = true;
+
+            return;
+        }
+    } 
+
+    _hasNext = false;
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsCommand(const QString& text,KeyboardTranslator::Command& command) 
+{
+    if ( text.compare("erase",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand;
+    else if ( text.compare("scrollpageup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageUpCommand;
+    else if ( text.compare("scrollpagedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageDownCommand;
+    else if ( text.compare("scrolllineup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineUpCommand;
+    else if ( text.compare("scrolllinedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineDownCommand;
+    else if ( text.compare("scrolllock",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLockCommand;
+    else
+    	return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::decodeSequence(const QString& text,
+                                              int& keyCode,
+                                              Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers,
+                                              Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask,
+                                              KeyboardTranslator::States& flags,
+                                              KeyboardTranslator::States& flagMask)
+{
+    bool isWanted = true; 
+    bool endOfItem = false;
+    QString buffer;
+
+    Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifiers = modifiers;
+    Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifierMask = modifierMask;
+    KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlags = flags;
+    KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlagMask = flagMask;
+
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < text.count() ; i++ )
+    {
+        const QChar& ch = text[i];
+        bool isLastLetter = ( i == text.count()-1 );
+
+        endOfItem = true;
+        if ( ch.isLetterOrNumber() )
+        {
+            endOfItem = false;
+            buffer.append(ch);
+        }
+
+        if ( (endOfItem || isLastLetter) && !buffer.isEmpty() )
+        {
+            Qt::KeyboardModifier itemModifier = Qt::NoModifier;
+            int itemKeyCode = 0;
+            KeyboardTranslator::State itemFlag = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
+
+            if ( parseAsModifier(buffer,itemModifier) )
+            {
+                tempModifierMask |= itemModifier;
+
+                if ( isWanted )
+                    tempModifiers |= itemModifier;
+            }
+            else if ( parseAsStateFlag(buffer,itemFlag) )
+            {
+                tempFlagMask |= itemFlag;
+
+                if ( isWanted )
+                    tempFlags |= itemFlag;
+            }
+            else if ( parseAsKeyCode(buffer,itemKeyCode) )
+                keyCode = itemKeyCode;
+            else
+                qDebug() << "Unable to parse key binding item:" << buffer;
+
+            buffer.clear();
+        }
+
+        // check if this is a wanted / not-wanted flag and update the 
+        // state ready for the next item
+        if ( ch == '+' )
+            isWanted = true;
+        else if ( ch == '-' )
+            isWanted = false;
+    } 
+
+    modifiers = tempModifiers;
+    modifierMask = tempModifierMask;
+    flags = tempFlags;
+    flagMask = tempFlagMask;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier)
+{
+    if ( item == "shift" )
+        modifier = Qt::ShiftModifier;
+    else if ( item == "ctrl" || item == "control" )
+        modifier = Qt::ControlModifier;
+    else if ( item == "alt" )
+        modifier = Qt::AltModifier;
+    else if ( item == "meta" )
+        modifier = Qt::MetaModifier;
+    else if ( item == "keypad" )
+        modifier = Qt::KeypadModifier;
+    else
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& flag)
+{
+    if ( item == "appcukeys" )
+        flag = KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState;
+    else if ( item == "ansi" )
+        flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState;
+    else if ( item == "newline" )
+        flag = KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState;
+    else if ( item == "appscreen" )
+        flag = KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState;
+    else if ( item == "anymod" )
+        flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState;
+    else
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode)
+{
+    QKeySequence sequence = QKeySequence::fromString(item);
+    if ( !sequence.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        keyCode = sequence[0];
+
+        if ( sequence.count() > 1 )
+        {
+            qDebug() << "Unhandled key codes in sequence: " << item;
+        }
+    }
+    // additional cases implemented for backwards compatibility with KDE 3
+    else if ( item == "prior" )
+        keyCode = Qt::Key_PageUp;
+    else if ( item == "next" )
+        keyCode = Qt::Key_PageDown;
+    else
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+QString KeyboardTranslatorReader::description() const
+{
+    return _description;
+}
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::hasNextEntry()
+{
+    return _hasNext;
+}
+KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::createEntry( const QString& condition , 
+                                                                 const QString& result )
+{
+    QString entryString("keyboard \"temporary\"\nkey ");
+    entryString.append(condition);
+    entryString.append(" : ");
+
+    // if 'result' is the name of a command then the entry result will be that command,
+    // otherwise the result will be treated as a string to echo when the key sequence
+    // specified by 'condition' is pressed
+    KeyboardTranslator::Command command;
+    if (parseAsCommand(result,command))
+    	entryString.append(result);
+    else
+        entryString.append('\"' + result + '\"');
+
+    QByteArray array = entryString.toUtf8();
+
+    KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry;
+
+    QBuffer buffer(&array);
+    buffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly);
+    KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(&buffer);
+
+    if ( reader.hasNextEntry() )
+        entry = reader.nextEntry();
+
+    return entry;
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::nextEntry() 
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _hasNext );
+
+
+    KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _nextEntry;
+
+    readNext();
+
+    return entry;
+}
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseError()
+{
+    return false;
+}
+QList<KeyboardTranslatorReader::Token> KeyboardTranslatorReader::tokenize(const QString& line)
+{
+    QString text = line.simplified();
+
+    // comment line: # comment
+    static QRegExp comment("\\#.*");
+    // title line: keyboard "title"
+    static QRegExp title("keyboard\\s+\"(.*)\"");
+    // key line: key KeySequence : "output"
+    // key line: key KeySequence : command
+    static QRegExp key("key\\s+([\\w\\+\\s\\-]+)\\s*:\\s*(\"(.*)\"|\\w+)");
+
+    QList<Token> list;
+
+    if ( text.isEmpty() || comment.exactMatch(text) )
+    {
+        return list;
+    }
+
+    if ( title.exactMatch(text) )
+    {
+        Token titleToken = { Token::TitleKeyword , QString() };
+        Token textToken = { Token::TitleText , title.capturedTexts()[1] };
+
+        list << titleToken << textToken;
+    }
+    else if  ( key.exactMatch(text) )
+    {
+        Token keyToken = { Token::KeyKeyword , QString() };
+        Token sequenceToken = { Token::KeySequence , key.capturedTexts()[1].remove(' ') };
+
+        list << keyToken << sequenceToken;
+
+        if ( key.capturedTexts()[3].isEmpty() )
+        {
+            // capturedTexts()[2] is a command
+            Token commandToken = { Token::Command , key.capturedTexts()[2] };
+            list << commandToken;    
+        }   
+        else
+        {
+            // capturedTexts()[3] is the output string
+            Token outputToken = { Token::OutputText , key.capturedTexts()[3] };
+            list << outputToken;
+        }     
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        qWarning() << "Line in keyboard translator file could not be understood:" << text;
+    }
+
+    return list;
+}
+
+QList<QString> KeyboardTranslatorManager::allTranslators() 
+{
+    if ( !_haveLoadedAll )
+    {
+        findTranslators();
+    }
+
+    return _translators.keys();
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslator::Entry::Entry()
+    : _keyCode(0)
+    , _modifiers(Qt::NoModifier)
+    , _modifierMask(Qt::NoModifier)
+    , _state(NoState)
+    , _stateMask(NoState)
+    , _command(NoCommand)
+{
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::operator==(const Entry& rhs) const
+{
+    return _keyCode == rhs._keyCode &&
+            _modifiers == rhs._modifiers &&
+            _modifierMask == rhs._modifierMask &&
+            _state == rhs._state &&
+            _stateMask == rhs._stateMask &&
+            _command == rhs._command &&
+            _text == rhs._text;
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::matches(int keyCode , 
+                                        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers,
+                                        States state) const
+{
+    if ( _keyCode != keyCode )
+        return false;
+
+    if ( (modifiers & _modifierMask) != (_modifiers & _modifierMask) ) 
+        return false;
+
+    // if modifiers is non-zero, the 'any modifier' state is implicit
+    if ( modifiers != 0 )
+        state |= AnyModifierState;
+
+    if ( (state & _stateMask) != (_state & _stateMask) )
+        return false;
+
+    // special handling for the 'Any Modifier' state, which checks for the presence of 
+    // any or no modifiers.  In this context, the 'keypad' modifier does not count.
+    bool anyModifiersSet = modifiers != 0 && modifiers != Qt::KeypadModifier;
+    if ( _stateMask & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState )
+    {
+        // test fails if any modifier is required but none are set
+        if ( (_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && !anyModifiersSet )
+            return false;
+
+        // test fails if no modifier is allowed but one or more are set
+        if ( !(_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && anyModifiersSet )
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::escapedText(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const
+{
+    QByteArray result(text(expandWildCards,modifiers));
+
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count() ; i++ )
+    {
+        char ch = result[i];
+        char replacement = 0;
+
+        switch ( ch )
+        {
+        case 27 : replacement = 'E'; break;
+        case 8  : replacement = 'b'; break;
+        case 12 : replacement = 'f'; break;
+        case 9  : replacement = 't'; break;
+        case 13 : replacement = 'r'; break;
+        case 10 : replacement = 'n'; break;
+        default:
+            // any character which is not printable is replaced by an equivalent
+            // \xhh escape sequence (where 'hh' are the corresponding hex digits)
+            if ( !QChar(ch).isPrint() )
+                replacement = 'x';
+        }
+
+        if ( replacement == 'x' )
+        {
+            result.replace(i,1,"\\x"+QByteArray(1,ch).toInt(0, 16)); 
+        } else if ( replacement != 0 )
+        {
+            result.remove(i,1);
+            result.insert(i,'\\');
+            result.insert(i+1,replacement);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::unescape(const QByteArray& input) const
+{
+    QByteArray result(input);
+
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count()-1 ; i++ )
+    {
+
+        QByteRef ch = result[i];
+        if ( ch == '\\' )
+        {
+            char replacement[2] = {0,0};
+            int charsToRemove = 2;
+            bool escapedChar = true;
+
+            switch ( result[i+1] )
+            {
+            case 'E' : replacement[0] = 27; break;
+            case 'b' : replacement[0] = 8 ; break;
+            case 'f' : replacement[0] = 12; break;
+            case 't' : replacement[0] = 9 ; break;
+            case 'r' : replacement[0] = 13; break;
+            case 'n' : replacement[0] = 10; break;
+            case 'x' :
+            {
+                // format is \xh or \xhh where 'h' is a hexadecimal
+                // digit from 0-9 or A-F which should be replaced
+                // with the corresponding character value
+                char hexDigits[3] = {0};
+
+                if ( (i < result.count()-2) && isxdigit(result[i+2]) )
+                    hexDigits[0] = result[i+2];
+                if ( (i < result.count()-3) && isxdigit(result[i+3]) )
+                    hexDigits[1] = result[i+3];
+
+                int charValue = 0;
+                sscanf(hexDigits,"%x",&charValue);
+
+                replacement[0] = (char)charValue;
+
+                charsToRemove = 2 + strlen(hexDigits);
+            }
+            break;
+            default:
+                escapedChar = false;
+            }
+
+            if ( escapedChar )
+                result.replace(i,charsToRemove,replacement);
+        }
+    }
+    
+    return result;
+}
+
+void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const
+{
+    if ( !(modifier & _modifierMask) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( modifier & _modifiers )
+        item += '+';
+    else
+        item += '-';
+
+    if ( modifier == Qt::ShiftModifier )
+        item += "Shift";
+    else if ( modifier == Qt::ControlModifier )
+        item += "Ctrl";
+    else if ( modifier == Qt::AltModifier )
+        item += "Alt";
+    else if ( modifier == Qt::MetaModifier )
+        item += "Meta";
+    else if ( modifier == Qt::KeypadModifier )
+        item += "KeyPad";
+}
+void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertState( QString& item , int state ) const
+{
+    if ( !(state & _stateMask) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( state & _state )
+        item += '+' ;
+    else
+        item += '-' ;
+
+    if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState )
+        item += "AppScreen";
+    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState )
+        item += "NewLine";
+    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState )
+        item += "Ansi";
+    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState )
+        item += "AppCuKeys";
+    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState )
+        item += "AnyMod";
+}
+QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::resultToString(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const
+{
+    if ( !_text.isEmpty() )
+        return escapedText(expandWildCards,modifiers);
+    else if ( _command == EraseCommand )
+        return "Erase";
+    else if ( _command == ScrollPageUpCommand )
+        return "ScrollPageUp";
+    else if ( _command == ScrollPageDownCommand )
+        return "ScrollPageDown";
+    else if ( _command == ScrollLineUpCommand )
+        return "ScrollLineUp";
+    else if ( _command == ScrollLineDownCommand )
+        return "ScrollLineDown";
+    else if ( _command == ScrollLockCommand )
+        return "ScrollLock";
+
+    return QString();
+}
+QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::conditionToString() const
+{
+    QString result = QKeySequence(_keyCode).toString();
+
+    // add modifiers
+    insertModifier( result , Qt::ShiftModifier );
+    insertModifier( result , Qt::ControlModifier );
+    insertModifier( result , Qt::AltModifier );
+    insertModifier( result , Qt::MetaModifier ); 
+
+    // add states
+    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState );
+    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState );
+    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState );
+    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState );
+    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState );
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslator::KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name)
+    : _name(name)
+{
+}
+
+void KeyboardTranslator::setDescription(const QString& description) 
+{
+    _description = description;
+}
+QString KeyboardTranslator::description() const
+{
+    return _description;
+}
+void KeyboardTranslator::setName(const QString& name)
+{
+    _name = name;
+}
+QString KeyboardTranslator::name() const
+{
+    return _name;
+}
+
+QList<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> KeyboardTranslator::entries() const
+{
+    return _entries.values();
+}
+
+void KeyboardTranslator::addEntry(const Entry& entry)
+{
+    const int keyCode = entry.keyCode();
+    _entries.insertMulti(keyCode,entry);
+}
+void KeyboardTranslator::replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement)
+{
+    if ( !existing.isNull() )
+        _entries.remove(existing.keyCode());
+    _entries.insertMulti(replacement.keyCode(),replacement);
+}
+void KeyboardTranslator::removeEntry(const Entry& entry)
+{
+    _entries.remove(entry.keyCode());
+}
+KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslator::findEntry(int keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, States state) const
+{
+    if ( _entries.contains(keyCode) )
+    {
+        QList<Entry> entriesForKey = _entries.values(keyCode);
+        
+        QListIterator<Entry> iter(entriesForKey);
+
+        while (iter.hasNext())
+        {
+            const Entry& next = iter.next();
+            if ( next.matches(keyCode,modifiers,state) )
+                return next;
+        }
+
+        return Entry(); // entry not found
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return Entry();
+    }
+    
+}
+void KeyboardTranslatorManager::addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator)
+{
+    _translators.insert(translator->name(),translator);
+
+    if ( !saveTranslator(translator) )
+        qWarning() << "Unable to save translator" << translator->name()
+                   << "to disk.";
+}
+bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::deleteTranslator(const QString& name)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _translators.contains(name) );
+
+    // locate and delete
+    QString path = findTranslatorPath(name);
+    if ( QFile::remove(path) )
+    {
+        _translators.remove(name);
+        return true; 
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        qWarning() << "Failed to remove translator - " << path;
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+K_GLOBAL_STATIC( KeyboardTranslatorManager , theKeyboardTranslatorManager )
+KeyboardTranslatorManager* KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance()
+{
+    return theKeyboardTranslatorManager;
+}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/KeyboardTranslator.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/KeyboardTranslator.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+/*
+    This source file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H
+#define KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtGui/QKeySequence>
+#include <QtCore/QMetaType>
+#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray>
+#include <QtCore>
+
+typedef void (*CleanUpFunction)();
+
+/**
+ * @internal
+ *
+ * Helper class for K_GLOBAL_STATIC to clean up the object on library unload or application
+ * shutdown.
+ */
+class CleanUpGlobalStatic
+{
+    public:
+        CleanUpFunction func;
+
+        inline ~CleanUpGlobalStatic() { func(); }
+};
+
+
+//these directives are taken from the heart of kdecore
+
+# define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME)
+
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x040400
+# define Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER     Q_ATOMIC_INIT
+# define testAndSetOrdered              testAndSet
+#endif
+
+#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC(TYPE, NAME) K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ())
+
+#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ARGS)                            \
+static QBasicAtomicPointer<TYPE > _k_static_##NAME = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0); \
+static bool _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed;                                      \
+static struct K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME)                                \
+{                                                                              \
+    bool isDestroyed()                                                         \
+    {                                                                          \
+        return _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed;                                   \
+    }                                                                          \
+    inline operator TYPE*()                                                    \
+    {                                                                          \
+        return operator->();                                                   \
+    }                                                                          \
+    inline TYPE *operator->()                                                  \
+    {                                                                          \
+        if (!_k_static_##NAME) {                                               \
+            if (isDestroyed()) {                                               \
+            qFatal("Fatal Error: Accessed global static '%s *%s()' after destruction. " \
+             "Defined at %s:%d", #TYPE, #NAME, __FILE__, __LINE__);		\
+	     }                                                                  \
+	     TYPE *x = new TYPE ARGS;                                           \
+	     if (!_k_static_##NAME.testAndSetOrdered(0, x)                      \
+	         && _k_static_##NAME != x ) {                                   \
+	         delete x;                                                      \
+	     } else { 								\
+		static CleanUpGlobalStatic cleanUpObject = { destroy };	\
+	     }   								\
+	 }                                                                      \
+         return _k_static_##NAME;                                               \
+    }            								\
+    inline TYPE &operator*()                                                   \
+    {                                                                          \
+        return *operator->();                                                  \
+    }                                                                          \
+    static void destroy()                                                      \
+    {                                                                          \
+        _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed = true;                                   \
+        TYPE *x = _k_static_##NAME;                                            \
+        _k_static_##NAME = 0;                                                  \
+        delete x;                                                              \
+    }                                                                          \
+} NAME;
+								
+								
+
+
+
+class QIODevice;
+class QTextStream;
+
+/** 
+ * A convertor which maps between key sequences pressed by the user and the
+ * character strings which should be sent to the terminal and commands
+ * which should be invoked when those character sequences are pressed.
+ *
+ * Konsole supports multiple keyboard translators, allowing the user to
+ * specify the character sequences which are sent to the terminal
+ * when particular key sequences are pressed.
+ *
+ * A key sequence is defined as a key code, associated keyboard modifiers
+ * (Shift,Ctrl,Alt,Meta etc.) and state flags which indicate the state
+ * which the terminal must be in for the key sequence to apply.
+ */
+class KeyboardTranslator
+{
+public:
+    /** 
+     * The meaning of a particular key sequence may depend upon the state which
+     * the terminal emulation is in.  Therefore findEntry() may return a different
+     * Entry depending upon the state flags supplied.
+     *
+     * This enum describes the states which may be associated with with a particular
+     * entry in the keyboard translation entry.
+     */
+    enum State
+    {
+        /** Indicates that no special state is active */
+        NoState = 0,
+        /**
+         * TODO More documentation
+         */
+        NewLineState = 1,
+        /** 
+         * Indicates that the terminal is in 'Ansi' mode.
+         * TODO: More documentation
+         */
+        AnsiState = 2,
+        /**
+         * TODO More documentation
+         */
+        CursorKeysState = 4,
+        /**
+         * Indicates that the alternate screen ( typically used by interactive programs
+         * such as screen or vim ) is active 
+         */
+        AlternateScreenState = 8,
+        /** Indicates that any of the modifier keys is active. */ 
+        AnyModifierState = 16
+    };
+    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(States,State)
+
+    /**
+     * This enum describes commands which are associated with particular key sequences.
+     */
+    enum Command
+    {
+        /** Indicates that no command is associated with this command sequence */
+        NoCommand = 0,
+        /** TODO Document me */
+        SendCommand = 1,
+        /** Scroll the terminal display up one page */
+        ScrollPageUpCommand = 2,
+        /** Scroll the terminal display down one page */
+        ScrollPageDownCommand = 4,
+        /** Scroll the terminal display up one line */
+        ScrollLineUpCommand = 8,
+        /** Scroll the terminal display down one line */
+        ScrollLineDownCommand = 16,
+        /** Toggles scroll lock mode */
+        ScrollLockCommand = 32,
+		/** Echos the operating system specific erase character. */
+		EraseCommand = 64
+    };
+    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Commands,Command)
+
+    /**
+     * Represents an association between a key sequence pressed by the user
+     * and the character sequence and commands associated with it for a particular
+     * KeyboardTranslator.
+     */
+    class Entry
+    {
+    public:
+        /** 
+         * Constructs a new entry for a keyboard translator.
+         */
+        Entry();
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns true if this entry is null.
+         * This is true for newly constructed entries which have no properties set. 
+         */
+        bool isNull() const;
+
+        /** Returns the commands associated with this entry */
+        Command command() const;
+        /** Sets the command associated with this entry. */
+        void setCommand(Command command);
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, optionally replacing 
+         * wildcard '*' characters with numbers to indicate the keyboard modifiers being pressed.
+         *
+         * TODO: The numbers used to replace '*' characters are taken from the Konsole/KDE 3 code.
+         * Document them. 
+         *
+         * @param expandWildCards Specifies whether wild cards (occurrences of the '*' character) in
+         * the entry should be replaced with a number to indicate the modifier keys being pressed. 
+         *
+         * @param modifiers The keyboard modifiers being pressed.
+         */
+        QByteArray text(bool expandWildCards = false,
+                        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const;
+
+        /** Sets the character sequence associated with this entry */
+        void setText(const QByteArray& text);
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry,
+         * with any non-printable characters replaced with escape sequences.
+         *
+         * eg. \\E for Escape, \\t for tab, \\n for new line.
+         *
+         * @param expandWildCards See text()
+         * @param modifiers See text()
+         */
+        QByteArray escapedText(bool expandWildCards = false,
+                               Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const;
+
+        /** Returns the character code ( from the Qt::Key enum ) associated with this entry */
+        int keyCode() const;
+        /** Sets the character code associated with this entry */
+        void setKeyCode(int keyCode);
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled keyboard modifiers associated with this entry. 
+         * If a modifier is set in modifierMask() but not in modifiers(), this means that the entry
+         * only matches when that modifier is NOT pressed.
+         *
+         * If a modifier is not set in modifierMask() then the entry matches whether the modifier
+         * is pressed or not. 
+         */
+        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers() const;
+
+        /** Returns the keyboard modifiers which are valid in this entry.  See modifiers() */
+        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask() const;
+
+        /** See modifiers() */
+        void setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers );
+        /** See modifierMask() and modifiers() */
+        void setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers );
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled state flags associated with this entry. 
+         * If flag is set in stateMask() but not in state(), this means that the entry only 
+         * matches when the terminal is NOT in that state.
+         *
+         * If a state is not set in stateMask() then the entry matches whether the terminal
+         * is in that state or not. 
+         */
+        States state() const;
+
+        /** Returns the state flags which are valid in this entry.  See state() */
+        States stateMask() const;
+
+        /** See state() */
+        void setState( States state );
+        /** See stateMask() */
+        void setStateMask( States mask );
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns the key code and modifiers associated with this entry 
+         * as a QKeySequence
+         */
+        //QKeySequence keySequence() const;
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns this entry's conditions ( ie. its key code, modifier and state criteria )
+         * as a string.
+         */
+        QString conditionToString() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Returns this entry's result ( ie. its command or character sequence )
+         * as a string.
+         *
+         * @param expandWildCards See text()
+         * @param modifiers See text()
+         */
+        QString resultToString(bool expandWildCards = false,
+                               Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const;
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns true if this entry matches the given key sequence, specified
+         * as a combination of @p keyCode , @p modifiers and @p state.
+         */
+        bool matches( int keyCode , 
+                      Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , 
+                      States flags ) const;
+
+        bool operator==(const Entry& rhs) const;
+       
+    private:
+        void insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const;
+        void insertState( QString& item , int state ) const;
+        QByteArray unescape(const QByteArray& text) const;
+
+        int _keyCode;
+        Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifiers;
+        Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifierMask;
+        States _state;
+        States _stateMask;
+
+        Command _command;
+        QByteArray _text;
+    };
+
+    /** Constructs a new keyboard translator with the given @p name */
+    KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name);
+   
+    //KeyboardTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator& other);
+
+    /** Returns the name of this keyboard translator */
+    QString name() const;
+
+    /** Sets the name of this keyboard translator */
+    void setName(const QString& name);
+
+    /** Returns the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */
+    QString description() const;
+
+    /** Sets the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */
+    void setDescription(const QString& description);
+
+    /**
+     * Looks for an entry in this keyboard translator which matches the given
+     * key code, keyboard modifiers and state flags.
+     * 
+     * Returns the matching entry if found or a null Entry otherwise ( ie.
+     * entry.isNull() will return true )
+     *
+     * @param keyCode A key code from the Qt::Key enum
+     * @param modifiers A combination of modifiers
+     * @param state Optional flags which specify the current state of the terminal
+     */
+    Entry findEntry(int keyCode , 
+                    Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , 
+                    States state = NoState) const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Adds an entry to this keyboard translator's table.  Entries can be looked up according
+     * to their key sequence using findEntry()
+     */
+    void addEntry(const Entry& entry);
+
+    /**
+     * Replaces an entry in the translator.  If the @p existing entry is null,
+     * then this is equivalent to calling addEntry(@p replacement)
+     */
+    void replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement);
+
+    /**
+     * Removes an entry from the table.
+     */
+    void removeEntry(const Entry& entry);
+
+    /** Returns a list of all entries in the translator. */
+    QList<Entry> entries() const;
+
+private:
+
+    QHash<int,Entry> _entries; // entries in this keyboard translation,
+                                                 // entries are indexed according to
+                                                 // their keycode
+    QString _name;
+    QString _description;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::States)
+Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::Commands)
+
+/** 
+ * Parses the contents of a Keyboard Translator (.keytab) file and 
+ * returns the entries found in it.
+ *
+ * Usage example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ *  QFile source( "/path/to/keytab" );
+ *  source.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly );
+ *
+ *  KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator( "name-of-translator" );
+ *
+ *  KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source);
+ *  while ( reader.hasNextEntry() )
+ *      translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry());
+ *
+ *  source.close();
+ *
+ *  if ( !reader.parseError() )
+ *  {
+ *      // parsing succeeded, do something with the translator
+ *  } 
+ *  else
+ *  {
+ *      // parsing failed
+ *  }
+ * @endcode
+ */
+class KeyboardTranslatorReader
+{
+public:
+    /** Constructs a new reader which parses the given @p source */
+    KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source );
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the description text. 
+     * TODO: More documentation 
+     */
+    QString description() const;
+
+    /** Returns true if there is another entry in the source stream */
+    bool hasNextEntry();
+    /** Returns the next entry found in the source stream */
+    KeyboardTranslator::Entry nextEntry(); 
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns true if an error occurred whilst parsing the input or
+     * false if no error occurred.
+     */
+    bool parseError();
+
+    /**
+     * Parses a condition and result string for a translator entry
+     * and produces a keyboard translator entry.
+     *
+     * The condition and result strings are in the same format as in  
+     */
+    static KeyboardTranslator::Entry createEntry( const QString& condition ,
+                                                  const QString& result );
+private:
+    struct Token
+    {
+        enum Type
+        {
+            TitleKeyword,
+            TitleText,
+            KeyKeyword,
+            KeySequence,
+            Command,
+            OutputText
+        };
+        Type type;
+        QString text;
+    };
+    QList<Token> tokenize(const QString&);
+    void readNext();
+    bool decodeSequence(const QString& , 
+                                int& keyCode,
+                                Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers,
+                                Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask,
+                                KeyboardTranslator::States& state,
+                                KeyboardTranslator::States& stateFlags);
+
+    static bool parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier);
+    static bool parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& state);
+    static bool parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode);
+   	static bool parseAsCommand(const QString& text , KeyboardTranslator::Command& command);
+
+    QIODevice* _source;
+    QString _description;
+    KeyboardTranslator::Entry _nextEntry;
+    bool _hasNext;
+};
+
+/** Writes a keyboard translation to disk. */
+class KeyboardTranslatorWriter
+{
+public:
+    /** 
+     * Constructs a new writer which saves data into @p destination.
+     * The caller is responsible for closing the device when writing is complete.
+     */
+    KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination);
+    ~KeyboardTranslatorWriter();
+
+    /** 
+     * Writes the header for the keyboard translator. 
+     * @param description Description of the keyboard translator. 
+     */
+    void writeHeader( const QString& description );
+    /** Writes a translator entry. */
+    void writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ); 
+
+private:
+    QIODevice* _destination;  
+    QTextStream* _writer;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Manages the keyboard translations available for use by terminal sessions,
+ * see KeyboardTranslator.
+ */
+class KeyboardTranslatorManager
+{
+public:
+    /** 
+     * Constructs a new KeyboardTranslatorManager and loads the list of
+     * available keyboard translations.
+     *
+     * The keyboard translations themselves are not loaded until they are
+     * first requested via a call to findTranslator()
+     */
+    KeyboardTranslatorManager();
+    ~KeyboardTranslatorManager();
+
+    /**
+     * Adds a new translator.  If a translator with the same name 
+     * already exists, it will be replaced by the new translator.
+     *
+     * TODO: More documentation.
+     */
+    void addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator);
+
+    /**
+     * Deletes a translator.  Returns true on successful deletion or false otherwise.
+     *
+     * TODO: More documentation
+     */
+    bool deleteTranslator(const QString& name);
+
+    /** Returns the default translator for Konsole. */
+    const KeyboardTranslator* defaultTranslator();
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the keyboard translator with the given name or 0 if no translator
+     * with that name exists.
+     *
+     * The first time that a translator with a particular name is requested,
+     * the on-disk .keyboard file is loaded and parsed.  
+     */
+    const KeyboardTranslator* findTranslator(const QString& name);
+    /**
+     * Returns a list of the names of available keyboard translators.
+     *
+     * The first time this is called, a search for available 
+     * translators is started.
+     */
+    QList<QString> allTranslators();
+
+    /** Returns the global KeyboardTranslatorManager instance. */
+   static KeyboardTranslatorManager* instance();
+
+private:
+    static const char* defaultTranslatorText;
+    
+    void findTranslators(); // locate the available translators
+    KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(const QString& name); // loads the translator 
+                                                             // with the given name
+    KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(QIODevice* device,const QString& name);
+
+    bool saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator);
+    QString findTranslatorPath(const QString& name);
+    
+    QHash<QString,KeyboardTranslator*> _translators; // maps translator-name -> KeyboardTranslator
+                                                     // instance
+    bool _haveLoadedAll;
+};
+
+inline int KeyboardTranslator::Entry::keyCode() const { return _keyCode; }
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setKeyCode(int keyCode) { _keyCode = keyCode; }
+
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifier ) 
+{ 
+    _modifiers = modifier;
+}
+inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifiers() const { return _modifiers; }
+
+inline void  KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers mask ) 
+{ 
+   _modifierMask = mask; 
+}
+inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifierMask() const { return _modifierMask; }
+
+inline bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::isNull() const
+{
+    return ( *this == Entry() );
+}
+
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setCommand( Command command )
+{ 
+    _command = command; 
+}
+inline KeyboardTranslator::Command KeyboardTranslator::Entry::command() const { return _command; }
+
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setText( const QByteArray& text )
+{ 
+    _text = unescape(text);
+}
+inline int oneOrZero(int value)
+{
+    return value ? 1 : 0;
+}
+inline QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::text(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const 
+{
+    QByteArray expandedText = _text;
+    
+    if (expandWildCards)
+    {
+        int modifierValue = 1;
+        modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier);
+        modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::AltModifier)     << 1;
+        modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) << 2;
+
+        for (int i=0;i<_text.length();i++) 
+        {
+            if (expandedText[i] == '*')
+                expandedText[i] = '0' + modifierValue;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return expandedText; 
+}
+
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setState( States state )
+{ 
+    _state = state; 
+}
+inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::state() const { return _state; }
+
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setStateMask( States stateMask )
+{ 
+    _stateMask = stateMask; 
+}
+inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::stateMask() const { return _stateMask; }
+
+
+#endif // KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H
+
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/LineFont.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/LineFont.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+// WARNING: Autogenerated by "fontembedder ./linefont.src".
+// You probably do not want to hand-edit this!
+
+static const quint32 LineChars[] = {
+	0x00007c00, 0x000fffe0, 0x00421084, 0x00e739ce, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 
+	0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00427000, 0x004e7380, 0x00e77800, 0x00ef7bc0, 
+	0x00421c00, 0x00439ce0, 0x00e73c00, 0x00e7bde0, 0x00007084, 0x000e7384, 0x000079ce, 0x000f7bce, 
+	0x00001c84, 0x00039ce4, 0x00003dce, 0x0007bdee, 0x00427084, 0x004e7384, 0x004279ce, 0x00e77884, 
+	0x00e779ce, 0x004f7bce, 0x00ef7bc4, 0x00ef7bce, 0x00421c84, 0x00439ce4, 0x00423dce, 0x00e73c84, 
+	0x00e73dce, 0x0047bdee, 0x00e7bde4, 0x00e7bdee, 0x00427c00, 0x0043fce0, 0x004e7f80, 0x004fffe0, 
+	0x004fffe0, 0x00e7fde0, 0x006f7fc0, 0x00efffe0, 0x00007c84, 0x0003fce4, 0x000e7f84, 0x000fffe4, 
+	0x00007dce, 0x0007fdee, 0x000f7fce, 0x000fffee, 0x00427c84, 0x0043fce4, 0x004e7f84, 0x004fffe4, 
+	0x00427dce, 0x00e77c84, 0x00e77dce, 0x0047fdee, 0x004e7fce, 0x00e7fde4, 0x00ef7f84, 0x004fffee, 
+	0x00efffe4, 0x00e7fdee, 0x00ef7fce, 0x00efffee, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 
+	0x000f83e0, 0x00a5294a, 0x004e1380, 0x00a57800, 0x00ad0bc0, 0x004390e0, 0x00a53c00, 0x00a5a1e0, 
+	0x000e1384, 0x0000794a, 0x000f0b4a, 0x000390e4, 0x00003d4a, 0x0007a16a, 0x004e1384, 0x00a5694a, 
+	0x00ad2b4a, 0x004390e4, 0x00a52d4a, 0x00a5a16a, 0x004f83e0, 0x00a57c00, 0x00ad83e0, 0x000f83e4, 
+	0x00007d4a, 0x000f836a, 0x004f93e4, 0x00a57d4a, 0x00ad836a, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 
+	0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00001c00, 0x00001084, 0x00007000, 0x00421000, 
+	0x00039ce0, 0x000039ce, 0x000e7380, 0x00e73800, 0x000e7f80, 0x00e73884, 0x0003fce0, 0x004239ce
+};
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net)
+    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+		
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+				
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+						
+#include <QDebug>
+
+#include "QTerminal.h"
+#include "kpty.h"
+
+#include <termios.h>
+
+QTerminal::QTerminal(QWidget *parent)
+    : QWidget(parent) {
+    setMinimumSize(600, 400);
+    initialize();
+}
+
+void QTerminal::initialize()
+{
+    m_kpty = new KPty();
+    m_kpty->open();
+
+    m_sessionModel = new TerminalModel(m_kpty);
+
+    m_sessionModel->setAutoClose(true);
+    m_sessionModel->setCodec(QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8"));
+    m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(1000));
+    m_sessionModel->setDarkBackground(true);
+    m_sessionModel->setKeyBindings("");
+
+    m_sessionView = new TerminalView(this);
+    m_sessionView->setBellMode(TerminalView::NotifyBell);
+    m_sessionView->setTerminalSizeHint(true);
+    m_sessionView->setTripleClickMode(TerminalView::SelectWholeLine);
+    m_sessionView->setTerminalSizeStartup(true);
+    m_sessionView->setSize(80, 40);
+    
+    QFont font = QApplication::font(); 
+    font.setFamily("Monospace");
+    font.setPointSize(10);
+    font.setStyleHint(QFont::TypeWriter);
+    setTerminalFont(font);  
+
+    m_sessionModel->run();
+    m_sessionModel->addView(m_sessionView);
+    m_sessionView->setScrollBarPosition(TerminalView::ScrollBarRight);
+
+    connect(m_sessionModel, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(sessionFinished()));
+    setFocusProxy(m_sessionView);
+
+    setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason);
+    m_sessionView->resize(this->size());
+
+    connectToPty();
+}
+
+void QTerminal::connectToPty()
+{
+    int fds = m_kpty->slaveFd();
+
+    dup2 (fds, STDIN_FILENO);
+    dup2 (fds, STDOUT_FILENO);
+    dup2 (fds, STDERR_FILENO);
+
+    if(!isatty(STDIN_FILENO)) {
+        qDebug("Error: stdin is not a tty.");
+    }
+
+    if(!isatty(STDOUT_FILENO)) {
+        qDebug("Error: stdout is not a tty.");
+    }
+
+    if(!isatty(STDERR_FILENO)) {
+        qDebug("Error: stderr is not a tty.");
+    }
+}
+
+QTerminal::~QTerminal()
+{
+    emit destroyed();
+}
+
+void QTerminal::setTerminalFont(QFont &font)
+{
+    if(!m_sessionView)
+	return;
+    m_sessionView->setVTFont(font);
+}
+
+void QTerminal::setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec)
+{
+    if(!m_sessionModel)
+	return;
+    m_sessionModel->setCodec(codec);
+}
+
+void QTerminal::setSize(int h, int v)
+{
+    if(!m_sessionView)
+	return;
+    m_sessionView->setSize(h, v);
+}
+
+void QTerminal::setHistorySize(int lines)
+{
+    if(lines < 0)
+        m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeFile());
+    else
+        m_sessionModel->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(lines));
+}
+
+void QTerminal::setReadOnly(bool readonly)
+{
+    m_sessionView->setReadOnly(readonly);
+}
+
+void QTerminal::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *focusEvent)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(focusEvent);
+    m_sessionView->updateImage();
+    m_sessionView->repaint();
+    m_sessionView->update();
+}
+
+void QTerminal::showEvent(QShowEvent *)
+{
+    m_sessionView->updateImage();
+    m_sessionView->repaint();
+    m_sessionView->update();
+}
+
+void QTerminal::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
+{
+    m_sessionView->resize(this->size());
+    m_sessionView->updateImage();
+    m_sessionView->repaint();
+    m_sessionView->update();
+}
+
+void QTerminal::sessionFinished()
+{
+    emit finished();
+}
+
+void QTerminal::copyClipboard()
+{
+    m_sessionView->copyClipboard();
+}
+
+void QTerminal::pasteClipboard()
+{
+    m_sessionView->pasteClipboard();
+}
+
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/QUnixTerminalImpl.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net)
+    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+		    
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+			    
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+						    
+
+#ifndef Q_TERMINAL
+#define Q_TERMINAL
+
+#include <QtGui>
+#include "kpty.h"
+#include "TerminalModel.h"
+#include "TerminalView.h"
+
+class QTerminal : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QTerminal(QWidget *parent = 0);
+    ~QTerminal();
+    
+    void setTerminalFont(QFont &font); 
+    void setArgs(QStringList &args);
+    void setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec);
+    void setSize(int h, int v);
+    void setHistorySize(int lines);
+    void setReadOnly(bool);
+            
+signals:
+    void finished();
+
+public slots:
+    void copyClipboard();
+    void pasteClipboard();
+        
+protected:
+    void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *focusEvent);
+    void showEvent(QShowEvent *);
+    virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *);
+    
+protected slots:
+    void sessionFinished();        
+    
+private:
+    void initialize();
+    void connectToPty();
+
+    TerminalView *m_sessionView;
+    TerminalModel *m_sessionModel;
+    KPty *m_kpty;
+};
+
+#endif // Q_TERMINAL
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/Screen.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/Screen.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,1566 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "Screen.h"
+
+// Standard
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
+#include <QtCore/QDate>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
+#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
+
+//FIXME: this is emulation specific. Use false for xterm, true for ANSI.
+//FIXME: see if we can get this from terminfo.
+#define BS_CLEARS false
+
+//Macro to convert x,y position on screen to position within an image.
+//
+//Originally the image was stored as one large contiguous block of 
+//memory, so a position within the image could be represented as an
+//offset from the beginning of the block.  For efficiency reasons this
+//is no longer the case.  
+//Many internal parts of this class still use this representation for parameters and so on,
+//notably moveImage() and clearImage().
+//This macro converts from an X,Y position into an image offset.
+#ifndef loc
+#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*columns+(X))
+#endif
+
+
+Character Screen::defaultChar = Character(' ',
+					  CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR),
+					  CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR),
+					  DEFAULT_RENDITION);
+
+//#define REVERSE_WRAPPED_LINES  // for wrapped line debug
+
+Screen::Screen(int l, int c)
+  : lines(l),
+    columns(c),
+    screenLines(new ImageLine[lines+1] ),
+    _scrolledLines(0),
+    _droppedLines(0),
+    hist(new HistoryScrollNone()),
+    cuX(0), cuY(0),
+    cu_re(0),
+    tmargin(0), bmargin(0),
+    tabstops(0),
+    sel_begin(0), sel_TL(0), sel_BR(0),
+    sel_busy(false),
+    columnmode(false),
+    ef_fg(CharacterColor()), ef_bg(CharacterColor()), ef_re(0),
+    sa_cuX(0), sa_cuY(0),
+    sa_cu_re(0),
+    lastPos(-1)
+{
+  lineProperties.resize(lines+1);
+  for (int i=0;i<lines+1;i++)
+          lineProperties[i]=LINE_DEFAULT;
+
+  initTabStops();
+  clearSelection();
+  reset();
+}
+
+/*! Destructor
+*/
+
+Screen::~Screen()
+{
+  delete[] screenLines;
+  delete[] tabstops;
+  delete hist;
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* Normalized                    Screen Operations                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+// Cursor Setting --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*! \section Cursor
+
+    The `cursor' is a location within the screen that is implicitely used in
+    many operations. The operations within this section allow to manipulate
+    the cursor explicitly and to obtain it's value.
+
+    The position of the cursor is guarantied to be between (including) 0 and
+    `columns-1' and `lines-1'.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Move the cursor up.
+
+    The cursor will not be moved beyond the top margin.
+*/
+
+void Screen::cursorUp(int n)
+//=CUU
+{
+  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
+  int stop = cuY < tmargin ? 0 : tmargin;
+  cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap!
+  cuY = qMax(stop,cuY-n);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Move the cursor down.
+
+    The cursor will not be moved beyond the bottom margin.
+*/
+
+void Screen::cursorDown(int n)
+//=CUD
+{
+  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
+  int stop = cuY > bmargin ? lines-1 : bmargin;
+  cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap!
+  cuY = qMin(stop,cuY+n);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Move the cursor left.
+
+    The cursor will not move beyond the first column.
+*/
+
+void Screen::cursorLeft(int n)
+//=CUB
+{
+  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
+  cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap!
+  cuX = qMax(0,cuX-n);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Move the cursor left.
+
+    The cursor will not move beyond the rightmost column.
+*/
+
+void Screen::cursorRight(int n)
+//=CUF
+{
+  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
+  cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX+n);
+}
+
+void Screen::setMargins(int top, int bot)
+//=STBM
+{
+  if (top == 0) top = 1;      // Default
+  if (bot == 0) bot = lines;  // Default
+  top = top - 1;              // Adjust to internal lineno
+  bot = bot - 1;              // Adjust to internal lineno
+  if ( !( 0 <= top && top < bot && bot < lines ) )
+  { qDebug()<<" setRegion("<<top<<","<<bot<<") : bad range.";
+    return;                   // Default error action: ignore
+  }
+  tmargin = top;
+  bmargin = bot;
+  cuX = 0;
+  cuY = getMode(MODE_Origin) ? top : 0;
+
+}
+
+int Screen::topMargin() const
+{
+    return tmargin;
+}
+int Screen::bottomMargin() const
+{
+    return bmargin;
+}
+
+void Screen::index()
+//=IND
+{
+  if (cuY == bmargin)
+  {
+    scrollUp(1);
+  }
+  else if (cuY < lines-1)
+    cuY += 1;
+}
+
+void Screen::reverseIndex()
+//=RI
+{
+  if (cuY == tmargin)
+     scrollDown(tmargin,1);
+  else if (cuY > 0)
+    cuY -= 1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Move the cursor to the begin of the next line.
+
+    If cursor is on bottom margin, the region between the
+    actual top and bottom margin is scrolled up.
+*/
+
+void Screen::NextLine()
+//=NEL
+{
+  Return(); index();
+}
+
+void Screen::eraseChars(int n)
+{
+  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
+  int p = qMax(0,qMin(cuX+n-1,columns-1));
+  clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(p,cuY),' ');
+}
+
+void Screen::deleteChars(int n)
+{
+  Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 );
+
+  // always delete at least one char
+  if (n == 0) 
+      n = 1; 
+
+  // if cursor is beyond the end of the line there is nothing to do
+  if ( cuX >= screenLines[cuY].count() )
+      return;
+
+  if ( cuX+n >= screenLines[cuY].count() ) 
+       n = screenLines[cuY].count() - 1 - cuX;
+
+  Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 );
+  Q_ASSERT( cuX+n < screenLines[cuY].count() );
+
+  screenLines[cuY].remove(cuX,n);
+}
+
+void Screen::insertChars(int n)
+{
+  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
+
+  if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX )
+    screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX);
+
+  screenLines[cuY].insert(cuX,n,' ');
+
+  if ( screenLines[cuY].count() > columns )
+      screenLines[cuY].resize(columns);
+}
+
+void Screen::deleteLines(int n)
+{
+  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
+  scrollUp(cuY,n);
+}
+
+/*! insert `n' lines at the cursor position.
+
+    The cursor is not moved by the operation.
+*/
+
+void Screen::insertLines(int n)
+{
+  if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
+  scrollDown(cuY,n);
+}
+
+// Mode Operations -----------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*! Set a specific mode. */
+
+void Screen::setMode(int m)
+{
+  currParm.mode[m] = true;
+  switch(m)
+  {
+    case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = tmargin; break; //FIXME: home
+  }
+}
+
+/*! Reset a specific mode. */
+
+void Screen::resetMode(int m)
+{
+  currParm.mode[m] = false;
+  switch(m)
+  {
+    case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = 0; break; //FIXME: home
+  }
+}
+
+/*! Save a specific mode. */
+
+void Screen::saveMode(int m)
+{
+  saveParm.mode[m] = currParm.mode[m];
+}
+
+/*! Restore a specific mode. */
+
+void Screen::restoreMode(int m)
+{
+  currParm.mode[m] = saveParm.mode[m];
+}
+
+bool Screen::getMode(int m) const
+{
+  return currParm.mode[m];
+}
+
+void Screen::saveCursor()
+{
+  sa_cuX     = cuX;
+  sa_cuY     = cuY;
+  sa_cu_re   = cu_re;
+  sa_cu_fg   = cu_fg;
+  sa_cu_bg   = cu_bg;
+}
+
+void Screen::restoreCursor()
+{
+  cuX     = qMin(sa_cuX,columns-1);
+  cuY     = qMin(sa_cuY,lines-1);
+  cu_re   = sa_cu_re;
+  cu_fg   = sa_cu_fg;
+  cu_bg   = sa_cu_bg;
+  effectiveRendition();
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                             Screen Operations                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*! Resize the screen image
+
+    The topmost left position is maintained, while lower lines
+    or right hand side columns might be removed or filled with
+    spaces to fit the new size.
+
+    The region setting is reset to the whole screen and the
+    tab positions reinitialized.
+
+    If the new image is narrower than the old image then text on lines
+    which extends past the end of the new image is preserved so that it becomes
+    visible again if the screen is later resized to make it larger.
+*/
+
+void Screen::resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns)
+{
+  if ((new_lines==lines) && (new_columns==columns)) return;
+
+  if (cuY > new_lines-1)
+  { // attempt to preserve focus and lines
+    bmargin = lines-1; //FIXME: margin lost
+    for (int i = 0; i < cuY-(new_lines-1); i++)
+    {
+      addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  // create new screen lines and copy from old to new
+  
+   ImageLine* newScreenLines = new ImageLine[new_lines+1];
+   for (int i=0; i < qMin(lines-1,new_lines+1) ;i++)
+           newScreenLines[i]=screenLines[i];
+   for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i<new_lines+1);i++)
+           newScreenLines[i].resize( new_columns );
+   
+  lineProperties.resize(new_lines+1);
+  for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i<new_lines+1);i++)
+          lineProperties[i] = LINE_DEFAULT;
+
+  clearSelection();
+ 
+  delete[] screenLines; 
+  screenLines = newScreenLines;
+
+  lines = new_lines;
+  columns = new_columns;
+  cuX = qMin(cuX,columns-1);
+  cuY = qMin(cuY,lines-1);
+
+  // FIXME: try to keep values, evtl.
+  tmargin=0;
+  bmargin=lines-1;
+  initTabStops();
+  clearSelection();
+}
+
+void Screen::setDefaultMargins()
+{
+	tmargin = 0;
+	bmargin = lines-1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+   Clarifying rendition here and in the display.
+
+   currently, the display's color table is
+     0       1       2 .. 9    10 .. 17
+     dft_fg, dft_bg, dim 0..7, intensive 0..7
+
+   cu_fg, cu_bg contain values 0..8;
+   - 0    = default color
+   - 1..8 = ansi specified color
+
+   re_fg, re_bg contain values 0..17
+   due to the TerminalDisplay's color table
+
+   rendition attributes are
+
+      attr           widget screen
+      -------------- ------ ------
+      RE_UNDERLINE     XX     XX    affects foreground only
+      RE_BLINK         XX     XX    affects foreground only
+      RE_BOLD          XX     XX    affects foreground only
+      RE_REVERSE       --     XX
+      RE_TRANSPARENT   XX     --    affects background only
+      RE_INTENSIVE     XX     --    affects foreground only
+
+   Note that RE_BOLD is used in both widget
+   and screen rendition. Since xterm/vt102
+   is to poor to distinguish between bold
+   (which is a font attribute) and intensive
+   (which is a color attribute), we translate
+   this and RE_BOLD in falls eventually appart
+   into RE_BOLD and RE_INTENSIVE.
+*/
+
+void Screen::reverseRendition(Character& p) const
+{ 
+	CharacterColor f = p.foregroundColor; 
+	CharacterColor b = p.backgroundColor;
+  	
+	p.foregroundColor = b; 
+	p.backgroundColor = f; //p->r &= ~RE_TRANSPARENT;
+}
+
+void Screen::effectiveRendition()
+// calculate rendition
+{
+  //copy "current rendition" straight into "effective rendition", which is then later copied directly
+  //into the image[] array which holds the characters and their appearance properties.
+  //- The old version below filtered out all attributes other than underline and blink at this stage,
+  //so that they would not be copied into the image[] array and hence would not be visible by TerminalDisplay
+  //which actually paints the screen using the information from the image[] array.  
+  //I don't know why it did this, but I'm fairly sure it was the wrong thing to do.  The net result
+  //was that bold text wasn't printed in bold by Konsole.
+  ef_re = cu_re;
+  
+  //OLD VERSION:
+  //ef_re = cu_re & (RE_UNDERLINE | RE_BLINK);
+  
+  if (cu_re & RE_REVERSE)
+  {
+    ef_fg = cu_bg;
+    ef_bg = cu_fg;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    ef_fg = cu_fg;
+    ef_bg = cu_bg;
+  }
+ 
+  if (cu_re & RE_BOLD)
+    ef_fg.toggleIntensive();
+}
+
+/*!
+    returns the image.
+
+    Get the size of the image by \sa getLines and \sa getColumns.
+
+    NOTE that the image returned by this function must later be
+    freed.
+
+*/
+
+void Screen::copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const
+{
+  Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= hist->getLines() );
+
+  for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + count; line++) 
+  {
+    const int length = qMin(columns,hist->getLineLen(line));
+    const int destLineOffset  = (line-startLine)*columns;
+
+    hist->getCells(line,0,length,dest + destLineOffset);
+
+    for (int column = length; column < columns; column++) 
+		dest[destLineOffset+column] = defaultChar;
+    
+	// invert selected text
+	if (sel_begin !=-1)
+	{
+    	for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++)
+    	{
+        	if (isSelected(column,line)) 
+			{
+          		reverseRendition(dest[destLineOffset + column]); 
+    		}
+  		}
+	}
+  }
+}
+
+void Screen::copyFromScreen(Character* dest , int startLine , int count) const
+{
+	Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= lines );
+
+    for (int line = startLine; line < (startLine+count) ; line++)
+    {
+       int srcLineStartIndex  = line*columns;
+	   int destLineStartIndex = (line-startLine)*columns;
+
+       for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++)
+       { 
+		 int srcIndex = srcLineStartIndex + column; 
+		 int destIndex = destLineStartIndex + column;
+
+         dest[destIndex] = screenLines[srcIndex/columns].value(srcIndex%columns,defaultChar);
+
+	     // invert selected text
+         if (sel_begin != -1 && isSelected(column,line + hist->getLines()))
+           reverseRendition(dest[destIndex]); 
+       }
+
+    }
+}
+
+void Screen::getImage( Character* dest, int size, int startLine, int endLine ) const
+{
+  Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); 
+  Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines );
+
+  const int mergedLines = endLine - startLine + 1;
+
+  Q_ASSERT( size >= mergedLines * columns ); 
+  Q_UNUSED( size );
+
+  const int linesInHistoryBuffer = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines);
+  const int linesInScreenBuffer = mergedLines - linesInHistoryBuffer;
+
+  // copy lines from history buffer
+  if (linesInHistoryBuffer > 0) {
+  	copyFromHistory(dest,startLine,linesInHistoryBuffer); 
+    }
+
+  // copy lines from screen buffer
+  if (linesInScreenBuffer > 0) {
+  	copyFromScreen(dest + linesInHistoryBuffer*columns,
+				   startLine + linesInHistoryBuffer - hist->getLines(),
+				   linesInScreenBuffer);
+    }				
+ 
+  // invert display when in screen mode
+  if (getMode(MODE_Screen))
+  {  
+    for (int i = 0; i < mergedLines*columns; i++)
+      reverseRendition(dest[i]); // for reverse display
+  }
+
+  // mark the character at the current cursor position
+  int cursorIndex = loc(cuX, cuY + linesInHistoryBuffer);
+  if(getMode(MODE_Cursor) && cursorIndex < columns*mergedLines)
+    dest[cursorIndex].rendition |= RE_CURSOR;
+}
+
+QVector<LineProperty> Screen::getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const
+{
+  Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); 
+  Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines );
+
+	const int mergedLines = endLine-startLine+1;
+	const int linesInHistory = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines);
+  const int linesInScreen = mergedLines - linesInHistory;
+
+  QVector<LineProperty> result(mergedLines);
+  int index = 0;
+
+  // copy properties for lines in history
+  for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + linesInHistory; line++) 
+  {
+		//TODO Support for line properties other than wrapped lines
+	  if (hist->isWrappedLine(line))
+	  {
+	  	result[index] = (LineProperty)(result[index] | LINE_WRAPPED);
+	  }
+    index++;
+  }
+  
+  // copy properties for lines in screen buffer
+  const int firstScreenLine = startLine + linesInHistory - hist->getLines();
+  for (int line = firstScreenLine; line < firstScreenLine+linesInScreen; line++)
+	{
+    result[index]=lineProperties[line];
+  	index++;
+	}
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+void Screen::reset(bool clearScreen)
+{
+    setMode(MODE_Wrap  ); saveMode(MODE_Wrap  );  // wrap at end of margin
+  resetMode(MODE_Origin); saveMode(MODE_Origin);  // position refere to [1,1]
+  resetMode(MODE_Insert); saveMode(MODE_Insert);  // overstroke
+    setMode(MODE_Cursor);                         // cursor visible
+  resetMode(MODE_Screen);                         // screen not inverse
+  resetMode(MODE_NewLine);
+
+  tmargin=0;
+  bmargin=lines-1;
+
+  setDefaultRendition();
+  saveCursor();
+
+  if ( clearScreen )
+    clear();
+}
+
+/*! Clear the entire screen and home the cursor.
+*/
+
+void Screen::clear()
+{
+  clearEntireScreen();
+  home();
+}
+
+void Screen::BackSpace()
+{
+  cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap!
+  cuX = qMax(0,cuX-1);
+ // if (BS_CLEARS) image[loc(cuX,cuY)].character = ' ';
+
+  if (screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX+1)
+          screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+1);
+
+  if (BS_CLEARS) screenLines[cuY][cuX].character = ' ';
+}
+
+void Screen::Tabulate(int n)
+{
+  // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' ');
+  if (n == 0) n = 1;
+  while((n > 0) && (cuX < columns-1))
+  {
+    cursorRight(1); while((cuX < columns-1) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorRight(1);
+    n--;
+  }
+}
+
+void Screen::backTabulate(int n)
+{
+  // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' ');
+  if (n == 0) n = 1;
+  while((n > 0) && (cuX > 0))
+  {
+     cursorLeft(1); while((cuX > 0) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorLeft(1);
+     n--;
+  }
+}
+
+void Screen::clearTabStops()
+{
+  for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = false;
+}
+
+void Screen::changeTabStop(bool set)
+{
+  if (cuX >= columns) return;
+  tabstops[cuX] = set;
+}
+
+void Screen::initTabStops()
+{
+  delete[] tabstops;
+  tabstops = new bool[columns];
+
+  // Arrg! The 1st tabstop has to be one longer than the other.
+  // i.e. the kids start counting from 0 instead of 1.
+  // Other programs might behave correctly. Be aware.
+  for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = (i%8 == 0 && i != 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+   This behaves either as IND (Screen::Index) or as NEL (Screen::NextLine)
+   depending on the NewLine Mode (LNM). This mode also
+   affects the key sequence returned for newline ([CR]LF).
+*/
+
+void Screen::NewLine()
+{
+  if (getMode(MODE_NewLine)) Return();
+  index();
+}
+
+/*! put `c' literally onto the screen at the current cursor position.
+
+    VT100 uses the convention to produce an automatic newline (am)
+    with the *first* character that would fall onto the next line (xenl).
+*/
+
+void Screen::checkSelection(int from, int to)
+{
+  if (sel_begin == -1) return;
+  int scr_TL = loc(0, hist->getLines());
+  //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region [from, to]
+  if ( (sel_BR > (from+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (to+scr_TL)) )
+  {
+    clearSelection();
+  }
+}
+
+void Screen::ShowCharacter(unsigned short c)
+{
+  // Note that VT100 does wrapping BEFORE putting the character.
+  // This has impact on the assumption of valid cursor positions.
+  // We indicate the fact that a newline has to be triggered by
+  // putting the cursor one right to the last column of the screen.
+
+  int w = konsole_wcwidth(c);
+
+  if (w <= 0)
+     return;
+
+  if (cuX+w > columns) {
+    if (getMode(MODE_Wrap)) {
+      lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | LINE_WRAPPED);
+      NextLine();
+    }
+    else
+      cuX = columns-w;
+  }
+
+  // ensure current line vector has enough elements
+  int size = screenLines[cuY].size();
+  if (size == 0 && cuY > 0)
+  {
+          screenLines[cuY].resize( qMax(screenLines[cuY-1].size() , cuX+w) );
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (size < cuX+w)
+    {
+          screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+w);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (getMode(MODE_Insert)) insertChars(w);
+
+  lastPos = loc(cuX,cuY);
+
+  // check if selection is still valid.
+  checkSelection(cuX,cuY);
+
+  Character& currentChar = screenLines[cuY][cuX];
+
+  currentChar.character = c;
+  currentChar.foregroundColor = ef_fg;
+  currentChar.backgroundColor = ef_bg;
+  currentChar.rendition = ef_re;
+
+  int i = 0;
+  int newCursorX = cuX + w--;
+  while(w)
+  {
+     i++;
+   
+     if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX + i + 1 )
+         screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+i+1);
+     
+     Character& ch = screenLines[cuY][cuX + i];
+     ch.character = 0;
+     ch.foregroundColor = ef_fg;
+     ch.backgroundColor = ef_bg;
+     ch.rendition = ef_re;
+
+     w--;
+  }
+  cuX = newCursorX;
+}
+
+void Screen::compose(const QString& /*compose*/)
+{
+   Q_ASSERT( 0 /*Not implemented yet*/ );
+
+/*  if (lastPos == -1)
+     return;
+     
+  QChar c(image[lastPos].character);
+  compose.prepend(c);
+  //compose.compose(); ### FIXME!
+  image[lastPos].character = compose[0].unicode();*/
+}
+
+int Screen::scrolledLines() const
+{
+        return _scrolledLines;
+}
+int Screen::droppedLines() const
+{
+    return _droppedLines;
+}
+void Screen::resetDroppedLines()
+{
+    _droppedLines = 0;
+}
+void Screen::resetScrolledLines()
+{
+    //kDebug() << "scrolled lines reset";
+
+    _scrolledLines = 0;
+}
+
+// Region commands -------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Screen::scrollUp(int n)
+{
+   if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
+   if (tmargin == 0) addHistLine(); // hist.history
+   scrollUp(tmargin, n);
+}
+
+/*! scroll up `n' lines within current region.
+    The `n' new lines are cleared.
+    \sa setRegion \sa scrollDown
+*/
+
+QRect Screen::lastScrolledRegion() const
+{
+    return _lastScrolledRegion;
+}
+
+void Screen::scrollUp(int from, int n)
+{
+  if (n <= 0 || from + n > bmargin) return;
+
+  _scrolledLines -= n;
+  _lastScrolledRegion = QRect(0,tmargin,columns-1,(bmargin-tmargin));
+
+  //FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds.
+  moveImage(loc(0,from),loc(0,from+n),loc(columns-1,bmargin));
+  clearImage(loc(0,bmargin-n+1),loc(columns-1,bmargin),' ');
+}
+
+void Screen::scrollDown(int n)
+{
+   if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default
+   scrollDown(tmargin, n);
+}
+
+/*! scroll down `n' lines within current region.
+    The `n' new lines are cleared.
+    \sa setRegion \sa scrollUp
+*/
+
+void Screen::scrollDown(int from, int n)
+{
+
+  //kDebug() << "Screen::scrollDown( from: " << from << " , n: " << n << ")";
+  
+  _scrolledLines += n;
+
+//FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds.
+  if (n <= 0) return;
+  if (from > bmargin) return;
+  if (from + n > bmargin) n = bmargin - from;
+  moveImage(loc(0,from+n),loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,bmargin-n));
+  clearImage(loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,from+n-1),' ');
+}
+
+void Screen::setCursorYX(int y, int x)
+{
+  setCursorY(y); setCursorX(x);
+}
+
+void Screen::setCursorX(int x)
+{
+  if (x == 0) x = 1; // Default
+  x -= 1; // Adjust
+  cuX = qMax(0,qMin(columns-1, x));
+}
+
+void Screen::setCursorY(int y)
+{
+  if (y == 0) y = 1; // Default
+  y -= 1; // Adjust
+  cuY = qMax(0,qMin(lines  -1, y + (getMode(MODE_Origin) ? tmargin : 0) ));
+}
+
+void Screen::home()
+{
+  cuX = 0;
+  cuY = 0;
+}
+
+void Screen::Return()
+{
+  cuX = 0;
+}
+
+int Screen::getCursorX() const
+{
+  return cuX;
+}
+
+int Screen::getCursorY() const
+{
+  return cuY;
+}
+
+// Erasing ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*! \section Erasing
+
+    This group of operations erase parts of the screen contents by filling
+    it with spaces colored due to the current rendition settings.
+
+    Althought the cursor position is involved in most of these operations,
+    it is never modified by them.
+*/
+
+/*! fill screen between (including) `loca' (start) and `loce' (end) with spaces.
+
+    This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal
+    addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the
+    screen matrix is mapped to the image vector.
+*/
+
+void Screen::clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c)
+{ 
+  int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines());
+  //FIXME: check positions
+
+  //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region to be moved...
+  if ( (sel_BR > (loca+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (loce+scr_TL)) )
+  {
+    clearSelection();
+  }
+
+  int topLine = loca/columns;
+  int bottomLine = loce/columns;
+
+  Character clearCh(c,cu_fg,cu_bg,DEFAULT_RENDITION);
+  
+  //if the character being used to clear the area is the same as the
+  //default character, the affected lines can simply be shrunk.
+  bool isDefaultCh = (clearCh == Character());
+
+  for (int y=topLine;y<=bottomLine;y++)
+  {
+        lineProperties[y] = 0;
+
+        int endCol = ( y == bottomLine) ? loce%columns : columns-1;
+        int startCol = ( y == topLine ) ? loca%columns : 0;
+
+        QVector<Character>& line = screenLines[y];
+
+        if ( isDefaultCh && endCol == columns-1 )
+        {
+            line.resize(startCol);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if (line.size() < endCol + 1)
+                line.resize(endCol+1);
+
+            Character* data = line.data();
+            for (int i=startCol;i<=endCol;i++)
+                data[i]=clearCh;
+        }
+  }
+}
+
+/*! move image between (including) `sourceBegin' and `sourceEnd' to 'dest'.
+    
+    The 'dest', 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' parameters can be generated using
+    the loc(column,line) macro.
+
+NOTE:  moveImage() can only move whole lines.
+
+    This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal
+    addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the
+    screen matrix is mapped to the image vector.
+*/
+
+void Screen::moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd)
+{
+  //kDebug() << "moving image from (" << (sourceBegin/columns) 
+  //    << "," << (sourceEnd/columns) << ") to " <<
+  //    (dest/columns);
+
+  Q_ASSERT( sourceBegin <= sourceEnd );
+ 
+  int lines=(sourceEnd-sourceBegin)/columns;
+
+  //move screen image and line properties:
+  //the source and destination areas of the image may overlap, 
+  //so it matters that we do the copy in the right order - 
+  //forwards if dest < sourceBegin or backwards otherwise.
+  //(search the web for 'memmove implementation' for details)
+  if (dest < sourceBegin)
+  {
+    for (int i=0;i<=lines;i++)
+    {
+        screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ];
+        lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i];
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    for (int i=lines;i>=0;i--)
+    {
+        screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ];
+        lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i];
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (lastPos != -1)
+  {
+     int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount
+     lastPos += diff;
+     if ((lastPos < 0) || (lastPos >= (lines*columns)))
+        lastPos = -1;
+  }
+     
+  // Adjust selection to follow scroll.
+  if (sel_begin != -1)
+  {
+     bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL);
+     int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount
+     int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines());
+     int srca = sourceBegin+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global
+     int srce = sourceEnd+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global
+     int desta = srca+diff;
+     int deste = srce+diff;
+
+     if ((sel_TL >= srca) && (sel_TL <= srce))
+        sel_TL += diff;
+     else if ((sel_TL >= desta) && (sel_TL <= deste))
+        sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below)
+
+     if ((sel_BR >= srca) && (sel_BR <= srce))
+        sel_BR += diff;
+     else if ((sel_BR >= desta) && (sel_BR <= deste))
+        sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below)
+
+     if (sel_BR < 0)
+     {
+        clearSelection();
+     }
+     else
+     {
+        if (sel_TL < 0)
+           sel_TL = 0;
+     }
+
+     if (beginIsTL)
+        sel_begin = sel_TL;
+     else
+        sel_begin = sel_BR;
+  }
+}
+
+void Screen::clearToEndOfScreen()
+{
+  clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' ');
+}
+
+void Screen::clearToBeginOfScreen()
+{
+  clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(cuX,cuY),' ');
+}
+
+void Screen::clearEntireScreen()
+{
+  // Add entire screen to history
+  for (int i = 0; i < (lines-1); i++)
+  {
+    addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1);
+  }
+
+  clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' ');
+}
+
+/*! fill screen with 'E'
+    This is to aid screen alignment
+*/
+
+void Screen::helpAlign()
+{
+  clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),'E');
+}
+
+void Screen::clearToEndOfLine()
+{
+  clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' ');
+}
+
+void Screen::clearToBeginOfLine()
+{
+  clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(cuX,cuY),' ');
+}
+
+void Screen::clearEntireLine()
+{
+  clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' ');
+}
+
+void Screen::setRendition(int re)
+{
+  cu_re |= re;
+  effectiveRendition();
+}
+
+void Screen::resetRendition(int re)
+{
+  cu_re &= ~re;
+  effectiveRendition();
+}
+
+void Screen::setDefaultRendition()
+{
+  setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR);
+  setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR);
+  cu_re   = DEFAULT_RENDITION;
+  effectiveRendition();
+}
+
+void Screen::setForeColor(int space, int color)
+{
+  cu_fg = CharacterColor(space, color);
+
+  if ( cu_fg.isValid() ) 
+    effectiveRendition();
+  else 
+    setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR);
+}
+
+void Screen::setBackColor(int space, int color)
+{
+  cu_bg = CharacterColor(space, color);
+
+  if ( cu_bg.isValid() ) 
+    effectiveRendition();
+  else
+    setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR);
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                            Marking & Selection                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+void Screen::clearSelection()
+{
+  sel_BR = -1;
+  sel_TL = -1;
+  sel_begin = -1;
+}
+
+void Screen::getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line)
+{
+    if ( sel_TL != -1 )
+    {
+        column = sel_TL % columns;
+        line = sel_TL / columns; 
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        column = cuX + getHistLines();
+        line = cuY + getHistLines();
+    }
+}
+void Screen::getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line)
+{
+    if ( sel_BR != -1 )
+    {
+        column = sel_BR % columns;
+        line = sel_BR / columns;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        column = cuX + getHistLines();
+        line = cuY + getHistLines();
+    } 
+}
+void Screen::setSelectionStart(/*const ScreenCursor& viewCursor ,*/ const int x, const int y, const bool mode)
+{
+//  kDebug(1211) << "setSelBeginXY(" << x << "," << y << ")";
+  sel_begin = loc(x,y); //+histCursor) ;
+
+  /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */
+  if (x == columns) sel_begin--;
+
+  sel_BR = sel_begin;
+  sel_TL = sel_begin;
+  columnmode = mode;
+}
+
+void Screen::setSelectionEnd( const int x, const int y)
+{
+//  kDebug(1211) << "setSelExtentXY(" << x << "," << y << ")";
+  if (sel_begin == -1) return;
+  int l =  loc(x,y); // + histCursor);
+
+  if (l < sel_begin)
+  {
+    sel_TL = l;
+    sel_BR = sel_begin;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */
+    if (x == columns) l--;
+
+    sel_TL = sel_begin;
+    sel_BR = l;
+  }
+}
+
+bool Screen::isSelected( const int x,const int y) const
+{
+  if (columnmode) {
+    int sel_Left,sel_Right;
+    if ( sel_TL % columns < sel_BR % columns ) {
+      sel_Left = sel_TL; sel_Right = sel_BR;
+    } else {
+      sel_Left = sel_BR; sel_Right = sel_TL;
+    }
+    return ( x >= sel_Left % columns ) && ( x <= sel_Right % columns ) &&
+           ( y >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y <= sel_BR / columns );
+            //( y+histCursor >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y+histCursor <= sel_BR / columns );
+  }
+  else {
+  //int pos = loc(x,y+histCursor);
+  int pos = loc(x,y);
+  return ( pos >= sel_TL && pos <= sel_BR );
+  }
+}
+
+QString Screen::selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks)
+{
+  QString result;
+  QTextStream stream(&result, QIODevice::ReadWrite);
+  
+  PlainTextDecoder decoder;
+  decoder.begin(&stream);
+  writeSelectionToStream(&decoder , preserveLineBreaks);
+  decoder.end();
+  
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool Screen::isSelectionValid() const
+{
+    return ( sel_TL >= 0 && sel_BR >= 0 );
+}
+
+void Screen::writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , 
+                                    bool preserveLineBreaks)
+{
+    // do nothing if selection is invalid
+    if ( !isSelectionValid() )
+        return;
+
+	int top = sel_TL / columns;	
+	int left = sel_TL % columns;
+
+	int bottom = sel_BR / columns;
+	int right = sel_BR % columns;
+
+    Q_ASSERT( top >= 0 && left >= 0 && bottom >= 0 && right >= 0 );
+
+    //kDebug() << "sel_TL = " << sel_TL;
+    //kDebug() << "columns = " << columns;
+
+	for (int y=top;y<=bottom;y++)
+	{
+			int start = 0;
+			if ( y == top || columnmode ) start = left;
+		
+			int count = -1;
+			if ( y == bottom || columnmode ) count = right - start + 1;
+
+            const bool appendNewLine = ( y != bottom );
+			copyLineToStream( y,
+                              start,
+                              count,
+                              decoder, 
+                              appendNewLine,
+                              preserveLineBreaks );
+	}	
+}
+
+
+void Screen::copyLineToStream(int line , 
+                              int start, 
+                              int count,
+                              TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,
+                              bool appendNewLine,
+                              bool preserveLineBreaks)
+{
+		//buffer to hold characters for decoding
+		//the buffer is static to avoid initialising every 
+        //element on each call to copyLineToStream
+		//(which is unnecessary since all elements will be overwritten anyway)
+		static const int MAX_CHARS = 1024;
+		static Character characterBuffer[MAX_CHARS];
+		
+		assert( count < MAX_CHARS );
+
+        LineProperty currentLineProperties = 0;
+
+		//determine if the line is in the history buffer or the screen image
+		if (line < hist->getLines())
+		{
+            const int lineLength = hist->getLineLen(line);
+
+            // ensure that start position is before end of line
+            start = qMin(start,qMax(0,lineLength-1));
+
+			//retrieve line from history buffer
+			if (count == -1)
+            {
+					count = lineLength-start;
+            }
+			else
+            {
+					count = qMin(start+count,lineLength)-start;
+            }
+
+            // safety checks
+            assert( start >= 0 );
+            assert( count >= 0 );    
+            assert( (start+count) <= hist->getLineLen(line) );
+
+			hist->getCells(line,start,count,characterBuffer);
+
+            if ( hist->isWrappedLine(line) )
+                currentLineProperties |= LINE_WRAPPED;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if ( count == -1 )
+					count = columns - start;
+
+            assert( count >= 0 );
+
+            const int screenLine = line-hist->getLines();
+
+            Character* data = screenLines[screenLine].data();
+            int length = screenLines[screenLine].count();
+
+			//retrieve line from screen image
+			for (int i=start;i < qMin(start+count,length);i++)
+			{
+			    characterBuffer[i-start] = data[i];
+            }
+
+            // count cannot be any greater than length
+			count = qBound(0,count,length-start);
+
+            Q_ASSERT( screenLine < lineProperties.count() );
+            currentLineProperties |= lineProperties[screenLine]; 
+		}
+
+		//do not decode trailing whitespace characters
+		for (int i=count-1 ; i >= 0; i--)
+				if (QChar(characterBuffer[i].character).isSpace())
+						count--;
+				else
+						break;
+
+        // add new line character at end
+        const bool omitLineBreak = (currentLineProperties & LINE_WRAPPED) ||
+                                   !preserveLineBreaks;
+
+        if ( !omitLineBreak && appendNewLine && (count+1 < MAX_CHARS) )
+        {
+            characterBuffer[count] = '\n';
+            count++;
+        }
+
+		//decode line and write to text stream	
+		decoder->decodeLine( (Character*) characterBuffer , 
+                             count, currentLineProperties );
+}
+
+// Method below has been removed because of its reliance on 'histCursor'
+// and I want to restrict the methods which have knowledge of the scroll position
+// to just those which deal with selection and supplying final screen images.
+//
+/*void Screen::writeToStream(QTextStream* stream , TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder) {
+  sel_begin = 0;
+  sel_BR = sel_begin;
+  sel_TL = sel_begin;
+  setSelectionEnd(columns-1,lines-1+hist->getLines()-histCursor);
+  
+  writeSelectionToStream(stream,decoder);
+  
+  clearSelection();
+}*/
+
+void Screen::writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to)
+{
+	sel_begin = loc(0,from);
+	sel_TL = sel_begin;
+	sel_BR = loc(columns-1,to);
+	writeSelectionToStream(decoder);
+	clearSelection();
+}
+
+QString Screen::getHistoryLine(int no)
+{
+  sel_begin = loc(0,no);
+  sel_TL = sel_begin;
+  sel_BR = loc(columns-1,no);
+  return selectedText(false);
+}
+
+void Screen::addHistLine()
+{
+  // add line to history buffer
+  // we have to take care about scrolling, too...
+
+  if (hasScroll())
+  {
+    int oldHistLines = hist->getLines();
+
+    hist->addCellsVector(screenLines[0]);
+    hist->addLine( lineProperties[0] & LINE_WRAPPED );
+
+    int newHistLines = hist->getLines();
+
+    bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL);
+
+    // If the history is full, increment the count
+    // of dropped lines
+    if ( newHistLines == oldHistLines )
+        _droppedLines++;
+
+    // Adjust selection for the new point of reference
+    if (newHistLines > oldHistLines)
+    {
+       if (sel_begin != -1)
+       {
+          sel_TL += columns;
+          sel_BR += columns;
+       }
+    }
+
+    if (sel_begin != -1)
+    {
+       // Scroll selection in history up
+       int top_BR = loc(0, 1+newHistLines);
+
+       if (sel_TL < top_BR)
+          sel_TL -= columns;
+
+       if (sel_BR < top_BR)
+          sel_BR -= columns;
+
+       if (sel_BR < 0)
+       {
+          clearSelection();
+       }
+       else
+       {
+          if (sel_TL < 0)
+             sel_TL = 0;
+       }
+
+       if (beginIsTL)
+          sel_begin = sel_TL;
+       else
+          sel_begin = sel_BR;
+    }
+  }
+
+}
+
+int Screen::getHistLines()
+{
+  return hist->getLines();
+}
+
+void Screen::setScroll(const HistoryType& t , bool copyPreviousScroll)
+{
+  clearSelection();
+
+  if ( copyPreviousScroll )
+    hist = t.scroll(hist);
+  else
+  {
+      HistoryScroll* oldScroll = hist;
+      hist = t.scroll(0);
+      delete oldScroll;
+  }
+}
+
+bool Screen::hasScroll()
+{
+  return hist->hasScroll();
+}
+
+const HistoryType& Screen::getScroll()
+{
+  return hist->getType();
+}
+
+void Screen::setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable)
+{
+	if ( enable )
+	{
+		lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | property);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] & ~property);
+	}
+}
+void Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count)
+{
+	for (int i=0;i<count;i++)
+		dest[i] = defaultChar;
+}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/Screen.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/Screen.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,655 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SCREEN_H
+#define SCREEN_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QRect>
+#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
+#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "Character.h"
+#include "History.h"
+
+#define MODE_Origin    0
+#define MODE_Wrap      1
+#define MODE_Insert    2
+#define MODE_Screen    3
+#define MODE_Cursor    4
+#define MODE_NewLine   5
+#define MODES_SCREEN   6
+
+struct ScreenParm
+{
+  int mode[MODES_SCREEN];
+};
+
+class TerminalCharacterDecoder;
+
+/**
+    \brief An image of characters with associated attributes.
+
+    The terminal emulation ( Emulation ) receives a serial stream of
+    characters from the program currently running in the terminal.
+    From this stream it creates an image of characters which is ultimately
+    rendered by the display widget ( TerminalDisplay ).  Some types of emulation
+    may have more than one screen image. 
+
+    getImage() is used to retrieve the currently visible image
+    which is then used by the display widget to draw the output from the
+    terminal. 
+
+    The number of lines of output history which are kept in addition to the current
+    screen image depends on the history scroll being used to store the output.  
+    The scroll is specified using setScroll()
+    The output history can be retrieved using writeToStream()
+
+    The screen image has a selection associated with it, specified using 
+    setSelectionStart() and setSelectionEnd().  The selected text can be retrieved
+    using selectedText().  When getImage() is used to retrieve the the visible image,
+    characters which are part of the selection have their colours inverted.   
+*/
+class Screen
+{
+public:
+    /** Construct a new screen image of size @p lines by @p columns. */
+    Screen(int lines, int columns);
+    ~Screen();
+
+    // VT100/2 Operations 
+    // Cursor Movement
+    
+    /** Move the cursor up by @p n lines. */
+    void cursorUp    (int n);
+    /** Move the cursor down by @p n lines. */
+    void cursorDown  (int n);
+    /** Move the cursor to the left by @p n columns. */
+    void cursorLeft  (int n);
+    /** Move the cursor to the right by @p n columns. */
+    void cursorRight (int n);
+    /** Position the cursor on line @p y. */
+    void setCursorY  (int y);
+    /** Position the cursor at column @p x. */
+    void setCursorX  (int x);
+    /** Position the cursor at line @p y, column @p x. */
+    void setCursorYX (int y, int x);
+    /**
+     * Sets the margins for scrolling the screen.
+     *
+     * @param topLine The top line of the new scrolling margin. 
+     * @param bottomLine The bottom line of the new scrolling margin. 
+     */
+    void setMargins  (int topLine , int bottomLine);
+    /** Returns the top line of the scrolling region. */ 
+    int topMargin() const;
+    /** Returns the bottom line of the scrolling region. */
+    int bottomMargin() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Resets the scrolling margins back to the top and bottom lines
+     * of the screen.
+     */
+    void setDefaultMargins();
+    
+    /** 
+     * Moves the cursor down one line, if the MODE_NewLine mode 
+     * flag is enabled then the cursor is returned to the leftmost
+     * column first.
+     *
+     * Equivalent to NextLine() if the MODE_NewLine flag is set
+     * or index() otherwise. 
+     */
+    void NewLine     ();
+    /**
+     * Moves the cursor down one line and positions it at the beginning
+     * of the line.
+     */
+    void NextLine    ();
+
+    /** 
+     * Move the cursor down one line.  If the cursor is on the bottom
+     * line of the scrolling region (as returned by bottomMargin()) the
+     * scrolling region is scrolled up by one line instead.
+     */
+    void index       ();
+    /**
+     * Move the cursor up one line.  If the cursor is on the top line
+     * of the scrolling region (as returned by topMargin()) the scrolling
+     * region is scrolled down by one line instead.
+     */
+    void reverseIndex();
+    
+    /** 
+     * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen up by @p n lines. 
+     * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed 
+     * using setMargins()
+     */ 
+    void scrollUp(int n);
+    /**
+     * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen down by @p n lines.
+     * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed
+     * using setMargins()
+     */
+    void scrollDown(int n);
+    
+    /** 
+     * Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line. 
+     * Equivalent to setCursorX(0)
+     */
+    void Return      ();
+    /** 
+     * Moves the cursor one column to the left and erases the character
+     * at the new cursor position.
+     */
+    void BackSpace   ();
+    /** 
+     * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the right.
+     */
+    void Tabulate    (int n = 1);
+    /** 
+     * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the left. 
+     */
+    void backTabulate(int n);
+    
+    // Editing
+    
+    /** 
+     * Erase @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. 
+     * This is equivalent to over-writing @p n characters starting with the current
+     * cursor position with spaces.
+     * If @p n is 0 then one character is erased. 
+     */
+    void eraseChars  (int n);
+    /** 
+     * Delete @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. 
+     * If @p n is 0 then one character is deleted. 
+     */
+    void deleteChars (int n);
+    /**
+     * Insert @p n blank characters beginning from the current cursor position.
+     * The position of the cursor is not altered.  
+     * If @p n is 0 then one character is inserted.
+     */
+    void insertChars (int n);
+    /** 
+     * Removes @p n lines beginning from the current cursor position.
+     * The position of the cursor is not altered.
+     * If @p n is 0 then one line is removed.
+     */
+    void deleteLines (int n);
+    /**
+     * Inserts @p lines beginning from the current cursor position.
+     * The position of the cursor is not altered.
+     * If @p n is 0 then one line is inserted.
+     */
+    void insertLines (int n);
+    /** Clears all the tab stops. */
+    void clearTabStops();
+    /**  Sets or removes a tab stop at the cursor's current column. */ 
+    void changeTabStop(bool set);
+   
+    /** Resets (clears) the specified screen @p mode. */
+    void resetMode   (int mode);
+    /** Sets (enables) the specified screen @p mode. */
+    void setMode     (int mode);
+    /** 
+     * Saves the state of the specified screen @p mode.  It can be restored
+     * using restoreMode()
+     */
+    void saveMode    (int mode);
+    /** Restores the state of a screen @p mode saved by calling saveMode() */
+    void restoreMode (int mode);
+    /** Returns whether the specified screen @p mode is enabled or not .*/
+    bool getMode     (int mode) const;
+   
+    /** 
+     * Saves the current position and appearence (text color and style) of the cursor. 
+     * It can be restored by calling restoreCursor() 
+     */ 
+    void saveCursor  ();
+    /** Restores the position and appearence of the cursor.  See saveCursor() */
+    void restoreCursor();
+   
+    /** Clear the whole screen, moving the current screen contents into the history first. */ 
+    void clearEntireScreen();
+    /** 
+     * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the end of 
+     * the screen.
+     */
+    void clearToEndOfScreen();
+    /**
+     * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the start
+     * of the screen.
+     */
+    void clearToBeginOfScreen();
+    /** Clears the whole of the line on which the cursor is currently positioned. */
+    void clearEntireLine();
+    /** Clears from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */
+    void clearToEndOfLine();
+    /** Clears from the current cursor position to the beginning of the line. */
+    void clearToBeginOfLine();
+    
+    /** Fills the entire screen with the letter 'E' */
+    void helpAlign   ();
+       
+    /** 
+     * Enables the given @p rendition flag.  Rendition flags control the appearence 
+     * of characters on the screen.
+     *
+     * @see Character::rendition
+     */  
+    void setRendition  (int rendition);
+    /**
+     * Disables the given @p rendition flag.  Rendition flags control the appearence
+     * of characters on the screen.
+     *
+     * @see Character::rendition
+     */
+    void resetRendition(int rendition);
+    
+    /** 
+     * Sets the cursor's foreground color.
+     * @param space The color space used by the @p color argument
+     * @param color The new foreground color.  The meaning of this depends on
+     * the color @p space used.
+     *
+     * @see CharacterColor
+     */
+    void setForeColor  (int space, int color);
+    /**
+     * Sets the cursor's background color.
+     * @param space The color space used by the @p color argumnet.
+     * @param color The new background color.  The meaning of this depends on
+     * the color @p space used.
+     *
+     * @see CharacterColor
+     */
+    void setBackColor  (int space, int color);
+    /** 
+     * Resets the cursor's color back to the default and sets the 
+     * character's rendition flags back to the default settings.
+     */
+    void setDefaultRendition();
+    
+    /** Returns the column which the cursor is positioned at. */
+    int  getCursorX() const;
+    /** Returns the line which the cursor is positioned on. */
+    int  getCursorY() const;
+   
+	/** TODO Document me */ 
+	void clear();
+    /** 
+     * Sets the position of the cursor to the 'home' position at the top-left
+     * corner of the screen (0,0) 
+     */
+    void home();
+    /**
+     * Resets the state of the screen.  This resets the various screen modes
+     * back to their default states.  The cursor style and colors are reset
+     * (as if setDefaultRendition() had been called)
+     *
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>Line wrapping is enabled.</li>
+     * <li>Origin mode is disabled.</li>
+     * <li>Insert mode is disabled.</li>
+     * <li>Cursor mode is enabled.  TODO Document me</li>
+     * <li>Screen mode is disabled. TODO Document me</li>
+     * <li>New line mode is disabled.  TODO Document me</li>
+     * </ul>
+     *
+     * If @p clearScreen is true then the screen contents are erased entirely, 
+     * otherwise they are unaltered.
+     */
+    void reset(bool clearScreen = true);
+   
+    /** 
+     * Displays a new character at the current cursor position. 
+     * 
+     * If the cursor is currently positioned at the right-edge of the screen and
+     * line wrapping is enabled then the character is added at the start of a new 
+     * line below the current one.
+     *
+     * If the MODE_Insert screen mode is currently enabled then the character 
+     * is inserted at the current cursor position, otherwise it will replace the 
+     * character already at the current cursor position.  
+     */ 
+    void ShowCharacter(unsigned short c);
+    
+    // Do composition with last shown character FIXME: Not implemented yet for KDE 4
+    void compose(const QString& compose);
+    
+    /** 
+     * Resizes the image to a new fixed size of @p new_lines by @p new_columns.  
+     * In the case that @p new_columns is smaller than the current number of columns,
+     * existing lines are not truncated.  This prevents characters from being lost
+     * if the terminal display is resized smaller and then larger again.
+     *
+     * (note that in versions of Konsole prior to KDE 4, existing lines were
+     *  truncated when making the screen image smaller)
+     */
+    void resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns);
+    
+    /**
+     * Returns the current screen image.  
+     * The result is an array of Characters of size [getLines()][getColumns()] which
+     * must be freed by the caller after use.
+     *
+     * @param dest Buffer to copy the characters into
+     * @param size Size of @p dest in Characters
+     * @param startLine Index of first line to copy
+     * @param endLine Index of last line to copy
+     */
+    void getImage( Character* dest , int size , int startLine , int endLine ) const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the additional attributes associated with lines in the image.
+     * The most important attribute is LINE_WRAPPED which specifies that the 
+     * line is wrapped,
+     * other attributes control the size of characters in the line.
+     */
+    QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const;
+	
+
+    /** Return the number of lines. */
+    int  getLines()   { return lines; }
+    /** Return the number of columns. */
+    int  getColumns() { return columns; }
+    /** Return the number of lines in the history buffer. */
+    int  getHistLines ();
+    /** 
+     * Sets the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. 
+     * If @p copyPreviousScroll is true then the contents of the previous 
+     * history buffer are copied into the new scroll.
+     */
+    void setScroll(const HistoryType& , bool copyPreviousScroll = true);
+    /** Returns the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. */
+    const HistoryType& getScroll();
+    /** 
+     * Returns true if this screen keeps lines that are scrolled off the screen
+     * in a history buffer.
+     */
+    bool hasScroll();
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the start of the selection.
+     *
+     * @param column The column index of the first character in the selection.
+     * @param line The line index of the first character in the selection.
+     * @param columnmode True if the selection is in column mode.
+     */
+    void setSelectionStart(const int column, const int line, const bool columnmode);
+    
+    /**
+     * Sets the end of the current selection.
+     *
+     * @param column The column index of the last character in the selection.
+     * @param line The line index of the last character in the selection. 
+     */ 
+    void setSelectionEnd(const int column, const int line);
+   
+    /**
+     * Retrieves the start of the selection or the cursor position if there
+     * is no selection.
+     */
+    void getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line);
+    
+    /**
+     * Retrieves the end of the selection or the cursor position if there
+     * is no selection.
+     */
+    void getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line);
+
+    /** Clears the current selection */
+    void clearSelection();
+
+    void setBusySelecting(bool busy) { sel_busy = busy; }
+
+    /** 
+ 	 * 	Returns true if the character at (@p column, @p line) is part of the
+ 	 *  current selection. 
+ 	 */ 
+    bool isSelected(const int column,const int line) const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Convenience method.  Returns the currently selected text. 
+     * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should 
+     * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line.
+     */
+    QString selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks);
+	    
+	/**
+	 * Copies part of the output to a stream.
+	 *
+	 * @param decoder A decoder which coverts terminal characters into text
+	 * @param from The first line in the history to retrieve
+	 * @param to The last line in the history to retrieve
+	 */
+	void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to);
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the selection to line @p no in the history and returns
+     * the text of that line from the history buffer.
+     */
+    QString getHistoryLine(int no);
+
+	/**
+	 * Copies the selected characters, set using @see setSelBeginXY and @see setSelExtentXY
+	 * into a stream.
+	 *
+	 * @param decoder A decoder which converts terminal characters into text.  
+	 * PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly used decoder which coverts characters 
+	 * into plain text with no formatting.
+     * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should 
+     * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. 
+	 */
+	void writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , bool
+                                preserveLineBreaks = true);
+
+    /** TODO Document me */
+    void checkSelection(int from, int to);
+
+	/** 
+	 * Sets or clears an attribute of the current line.
+	 * 
+	 * @param property The attribute to set or clear
+	 * Possible properties are:
+	 * LINE_WRAPPED:	 Specifies that the line is wrapped.
+	 * LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH: Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal width.
+	 * LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT:Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal height.
+     *                   Double-height lines are formed of two lines containing the same characters,
+     *                   with both having the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute.  This allows other parts of the 
+     *                   code to work on the assumption that all lines are the same height.
+	 *
+	 * @param enable true to apply the attribute to the current line or false to remove it
+	 */
+	void setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable);
+
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by,
+     * since the last call to resetScrolledLines().
+     *
+     * a positive return value indicates that the image has been scrolled up,
+     * a negative return value indicates that the image has been scrolled down. 
+     */
+    int scrolledLines() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the region of the image which was last scrolled.
+     *
+     * This is the area of the image from the top margin to the 
+     * bottom margin when the last scroll occurred.
+     */
+    QRect lastScrolledRegion() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Resets the count of the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by,
+     * see scrolledLines()
+     */
+    void resetScrolledLines();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of lines of output which have been
+     * dropped from the history since the last call
+     * to resetDroppedLines()
+     *
+     * If the history is not unlimited then it will drop
+     * the oldest lines of output if new lines are added when
+     * it is full.  
+     */
+    int droppedLines() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Resets the count of the number of lines dropped from
+     * the history.
+     */
+    void resetDroppedLines();
+
+	/** 
+ 	 * Fills the buffer @p dest with @p count instances of the default (ie. blank)
+ 	 * Character style.
+ 	 */
+	static void fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count);
+
+private: 
+
+	//copies a line of text from the screen or history into a stream using a 
+	//specified character decoder
+	//line - the line number to copy, from 0 (the earliest line in the history) up to 
+	//		 hist->getLines() + lines - 1
+	//start - the first column on the line to copy
+	//count - the number of characters on the line to copy
+	//decoder - a decoder which coverts terminal characters (an Character array) into text
+    //appendNewLine - if true a new line character (\n) is appended to the end of the line
+	void copyLineToStream(int line, 
+                          int start, 
+                          int count, 
+                          TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,
+                          bool appendNewLine,
+                          bool preserveLineBreaks);
+	
+    //fills a section of the screen image with the character 'c'
+    //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image.
+    //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair.
+    void clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c);
+
+    //move screen image between 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' to 'dest'.
+    //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image.
+    //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair.
+    void moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd);
+    
+    void scrollUp(int from, int i);
+    void scrollDown(int from, int i);
+
+    void addHistLine();
+
+    void initTabStops();
+
+    void effectiveRendition();
+    void reverseRendition(Character& p) const;
+
+    bool isSelectionValid() const;
+
+	// copies 'count' lines from the screen buffer into 'dest',
+	// starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the screen buffer
+	void copyFromScreen(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const;
+	// copies 'count' lines from the history buffer into 'dest',
+	// starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the history
+	void copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const;
+
+
+    // screen image ----------------
+    int lines;
+    int columns;
+
+    typedef QVector<Character> ImageLine;      // [0..columns]
+    ImageLine*          screenLines;    // [lines]
+
+    int _scrolledLines;
+    QRect _lastScrolledRegion;
+
+    int _droppedLines;
+
+    QVarLengthArray<LineProperty,64> lineProperties;    
+	
+    // history buffer ---------------
+    HistoryScroll *hist;
+    
+    // cursor location
+    int cuX;
+    int cuY;
+
+    // cursor color and rendition info
+    CharacterColor cu_fg;      // foreground
+    CharacterColor cu_bg;      // background
+    quint8 cu_re;      // rendition
+
+    // margins ----------------
+    int tmargin;      // top margin
+    int bmargin;      // bottom margin
+
+    // states ----------------
+    ScreenParm currParm;
+
+    // ----------------------------
+
+    bool* tabstops;
+
+    // selection -------------------
+    int sel_begin; // The first location selected.
+    int sel_TL;    // TopLeft Location.
+    int sel_BR;    // Bottom Right Location.
+    bool sel_busy; // Busy making a selection.
+    bool columnmode;  // Column selection mode
+
+    // effective colors and rendition ------------
+    CharacterColor ef_fg;      // These are derived from
+    CharacterColor ef_bg;      // the cu_* variables above
+    quint8 ef_re;      // to speed up operation
+
+    //
+    // save cursor, rendition & states ------------
+    // 
+
+    // cursor location
+    int sa_cuX;
+    int sa_cuY;
+
+    // rendition info
+    quint8 sa_cu_re;
+    CharacterColor sa_cu_fg;
+    CharacterColor sa_cu_bg;
+    
+    // last position where we added a character
+    int lastPos;
+
+    // modes
+    ScreenParm saveParm;
+
+    static Character defaultChar;
+};
+
+#endif // SCREEN_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/ScreenWindow.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/ScreenWindow.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "ScreenWindow.h"
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "Screen.h"
+
+ScreenWindow::ScreenWindow(QObject* parent)
+    : QObject(parent)
+	, _windowBuffer(0)
+	, _windowBufferSize(0)
+	, _bufferNeedsUpdate(true)
+	, _windowLines(1)
+    , _currentLine(0)
+    , _trackOutput(true)
+    , _scrollCount(0)
+{
+}
+
+ScreenWindow::~ScreenWindow()
+{
+	delete[] _windowBuffer;
+}
+void ScreenWindow::setScreen(Screen* screen)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( screen );
+
+    _screen = screen;
+}
+
+Screen* ScreenWindow::screen() const
+{
+    return _screen;
+}
+
+Character* ScreenWindow::getImage()
+{
+	// reallocate internal buffer if the window size has changed
+	int size = windowLines() * windowColumns();
+	if (_windowBuffer == 0 || _windowBufferSize != size) 
+	{
+		delete[] _windowBuffer;
+		_windowBufferSize = size;
+		_windowBuffer = new Character[size];
+		_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
+	}
+
+	 if (!_bufferNeedsUpdate)
+		return _windowBuffer;
+ 
+	_screen->getImage(_windowBuffer,size,
+					  currentLine(),endWindowLine());
+
+	// this window may look beyond the end of the screen, in which 
+	// case there will be an unused area which needs to be filled
+	// with blank characters
+	fillUnusedArea();
+
+	_bufferNeedsUpdate = false;
+	return _windowBuffer;
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::fillUnusedArea()
+{
+	int screenEndLine = _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines() - 1;
+	int windowEndLine = currentLine() + windowLines() - 1;
+
+	int unusedLines = windowEndLine - screenEndLine;
+	int charsToFill = unusedLines * windowColumns();
+
+	Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(_windowBuffer + _windowBufferSize - charsToFill,charsToFill); 
+}
+
+// return the index of the line at the end of this window, or if this window 
+// goes beyond the end of the screen, the index of the line at the end
+// of the screen.
+//
+// when passing a line number to a Screen method, the line number should
+// never be more than endWindowLine()
+//
+int ScreenWindow::endWindowLine() const
+{
+	return qMin(currentLine() + windowLines() - 1,
+				lineCount() - 1);
+}
+QVector<LineProperty> ScreenWindow::getLineProperties()
+{
+    QVector<LineProperty> result = _screen->getLineProperties(currentLine(),endWindowLine());
+	
+	if (result.count() != windowLines())
+		result.resize(windowLines());
+
+	return result;
+}
+
+QString ScreenWindow::selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const
+{
+    return _screen->selectedText( preserveLineBreaks );
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line )
+{
+    _screen->getSelectionStart(column,line);
+    line -= currentLine();
+}
+void ScreenWindow::getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line )
+{
+    _screen->getSelectionEnd(column,line);
+    line -= currentLine();
+}
+void ScreenWindow::setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode )
+{
+    _screen->setSelectionStart( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine())  , columnMode);
+	
+	_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
+    emit selectionChanged();
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::setSelectionEnd( int column , int line )
+{
+    _screen->setSelectionEnd( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) );
+
+	_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
+    emit selectionChanged();
+}
+
+bool ScreenWindow::isSelected( int column , int line )
+{
+    return _screen->isSelected( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) );
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::clearSelection()
+{
+    _screen->clearSelection();
+
+    emit selectionChanged();
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::setWindowLines(int lines)
+{
+	Q_ASSERT(lines > 0);
+	_windowLines = lines;
+}
+int ScreenWindow::windowLines() const
+{
+	return _windowLines;		
+}
+
+int ScreenWindow::windowColumns() const
+{
+    return _screen->getColumns();
+}
+
+int ScreenWindow::lineCount() const
+{
+    return _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines();
+}
+
+int ScreenWindow::columnCount() const
+{
+    return _screen->getColumns();
+}
+
+QPoint ScreenWindow::cursorPosition() const
+{
+    QPoint position;
+    
+    position.setX( _screen->getCursorX() );
+    position.setY( _screen->getCursorY() );
+
+    return position; 
+}
+
+int ScreenWindow::currentLine() const
+{
+    return qBound(0,_currentLine,lineCount()-windowLines());
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount )
+{
+    if ( mode == ScrollLines )
+    {
+        scrollTo( currentLine() + amount );
+    }
+    else if ( mode == ScrollPages )
+    {
+        scrollTo( currentLine() + amount * ( windowLines() / 2 ) ); 
+    }
+}
+
+bool ScreenWindow::atEndOfOutput() const
+{
+    return currentLine() == (lineCount()-windowLines());
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::scrollTo( int line )
+{
+	int maxCurrentLineNumber = lineCount() - windowLines();
+	line = qBound(0,line,maxCurrentLineNumber);
+
+    const int delta = line - _currentLine;
+    _currentLine = line;
+
+    // keep track of number of lines scrolled by,
+    // this can be reset by calling resetScrollCount()
+    _scrollCount += delta;
+
+    _bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
+
+    emit scrolled(_currentLine);
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput)
+{
+    _trackOutput = trackOutput;
+}
+
+bool ScreenWindow::trackOutput() const
+{
+    return _trackOutput;
+}
+
+int ScreenWindow::scrollCount() const
+{
+    return _scrollCount;
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::resetScrollCount() 
+{
+    _scrollCount = 0;
+}
+
+QRect ScreenWindow::scrollRegion() const
+{
+	bool equalToScreenSize = windowLines() == _screen->getLines();
+
+	if ( atEndOfOutput() && equalToScreenSize )
+    	return _screen->lastScrolledRegion();
+	else
+		return QRect(0,0,windowColumns(),windowLines());
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::notifyOutputChanged()
+{
+    // move window to the bottom of the screen and update scroll count
+    // if this window is currently tracking the bottom of the screen
+    if ( _trackOutput )
+    { 
+        _scrollCount -= _screen->scrolledLines();
+        _currentLine = qMax(0,_screen->getHistLines() - (windowLines()-_screen->getLines()));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // if the history is not unlimited then it may 
+        // have run out of space and dropped the oldest
+        // lines of output - in this case the screen
+        // window's current line number will need to 
+        // be adjusted - otherwise the output will scroll
+        _currentLine = qMax(0,_currentLine - 
+                              _screen->droppedLines());
+
+        // ensure that the screen window's current position does
+        // not go beyond the bottom of the screen
+        _currentLine = qMin( _currentLine , _screen->getHistLines() );
+    }
+
+	_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
+
+    emit outputChanged(); 
+}
+
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/ScreenWindow.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/ScreenWindow.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SCREENWINDOW_H
+#define SCREENWINDOW_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QPoint>
+#include <QtCore/QRect>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "Character.h"
+
+class Screen;
+
+/**
+ * Provides a window onto a section of a terminal screen.
+ * This window can then be rendered by a terminal display widget ( TerminalDisplay ).
+ *
+ * To use the screen window, create a new ScreenWindow() instance and associated it with 
+ * a terminal screen using setScreen().
+ * Use the scrollTo() method to scroll the window up and down on the screen.
+ * Call the getImage() method to retrieve the character image which is currently visible in the window.
+ *
+ * setTrackOutput() controls whether the window moves to the bottom of the associated screen when new
+ * lines are added to it.
+ *
+ * Whenever the output from the underlying screen is changed, the notifyOutputChanged() slot should
+ * be called.  This in turn will update the window's position and emit the outputChanged() signal
+ * if necessary.
+ */
+class ScreenWindow : public QObject
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    /** 
+     * Constructs a new screen window with the given parent.
+     * A screen must be specified by calling setScreen() before calling getImage() or getLineProperties().
+     *
+     * You should not call this constructor directly, instead use the Emulation::createWindow() method
+     * to create a window on the emulation which you wish to view.  This allows the emulation
+     * to notify the window when the associated screen has changed and synchronize selection updates
+     * between all views on a session.
+     */
+    ScreenWindow(QObject* parent = 0);
+	virtual ~ScreenWindow();
+
+    /** Sets the screen which this window looks onto */
+    void setScreen(Screen* screen);
+    /** Returns the screen which this window looks onto */
+    Screen* screen() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the image of characters which are currently visible through this window
+     * onto the screen.
+     *
+     * The buffer is managed by the ScreenWindow instance and does not need to be
+     * deleted by the caller.
+     */
+    Character* getImage();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the line attributes associated with the lines of characters which
+     * are currently visible through this window
+     */
+    QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of lines which the region of the window
+     * specified by scrollRegion() has been scrolled by since the last call 
+     * to resetScrollCount().  scrollRegion() is in most cases the 
+     * whole window, but will be a smaller area in, for example, applications
+     * which provide split-screen facilities.
+     *
+     * This is not guaranteed to be accurate, but allows views to optimise
+     * rendering by reducing the amount of costly text rendering that
+     * needs to be done when the output is scrolled. 
+     */
+    int scrollCount() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Resets the count of scrolled lines returned by scrollCount()
+     */
+    void resetScrollCount();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the area of the window which was last scrolled, this is 
+     * usually the whole window area.
+     *
+     * Like scrollCount(), this is not guaranteed to be accurate,
+     * but allows views to optimise rendering.
+     */
+    QRect scrollRegion() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the start of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within 
+     * the window.
+     */
+    void setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode );
+    /**
+     * Sets the end of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within
+     * the window.
+     */
+    void setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ); 
+    /**
+     * Retrieves the start of the selection within the window.
+     */
+    void getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line );
+    /**
+     * Retrieves the end of the selection within the window.
+     */
+    void getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line );
+    /**
+     * Returns true if the character at @p line , @p column is part of the selection.
+     */
+    bool isSelected( int column , int line );
+    /** 
+     * Clears the current selection
+     */
+    void clearSelection();
+
+	/** Sets the number of lines in the window */
+	void setWindowLines(int lines);
+    /** Returns the number of lines in the window */
+    int windowLines() const;
+    /** Returns the number of columns in the window */
+    int windowColumns() const;
+    
+    /** Returns the total number of lines in the screen */
+    int lineCount() const;
+    /** Returns the total number of columns in the screen */
+    int columnCount() const;
+
+    /** Returns the index of the line which is currently at the top of this window */
+    int currentLine() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the position of the cursor 
+     * within the window.
+     */
+    QPoint cursorPosition() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Convenience method. Returns true if the window is currently at the bottom
+     * of the screen.
+     */
+    bool atEndOfOutput() const;
+
+    /** Scrolls the window so that @p line is at the top of the window */
+    void scrollTo( int line );
+
+    enum RelativeScrollMode
+    {
+        ScrollLines,
+        ScrollPages
+    };
+
+    /** 
+     * Scrolls the window relative to its current position on the screen.
+     *
+     * @param mode Specifies whether @p amount refers to the number of lines or the number
+     * of pages to scroll.    
+     * @param amount The number of lines or pages ( depending on @p mode ) to scroll by.  If
+     * this number is positive, the view is scrolled down.  If this number is negative, the view
+     * is scrolled up.
+     */
+    void scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount );
+
+    /** 
+     * Specifies whether the window should automatically move to the bottom
+     * of the screen when new output is added.
+     *
+     * If this is set to true, the window will be moved to the bottom of the associated screen ( see 
+     * screen() ) when the notifyOutputChanged() method is called.
+     */
+    void setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput);
+    /** 
+     * Returns whether the window automatically moves to the bottom of the screen as
+     * new output is added.  See setTrackOutput()
+     */
+    bool trackOutput() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the text which is currently selected.
+     *
+     * @param preserveLineBreaks See Screen::selectedText()
+     */
+    QString selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const;
+
+public slots:
+    /** 
+     * Notifies the window that the contents of the associated terminal screen have changed.
+     * This moves the window to the bottom of the screen if trackOutput() is true and causes
+     * the outputChanged() signal to be emitted.
+     */
+    void notifyOutputChanged();
+
+signals:
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the contents of the associated terminal screen ( see screen() ) changes. 
+     */
+    void outputChanged();
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the screen window is scrolled to a different position.
+     * 
+     * @param line The line which is now at the top of the window.
+     */
+    void scrolled(int line);
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the selection is changed.
+     */
+    void selectionChanged();
+
+private:
+	int endWindowLine() const;
+	void fillUnusedArea();
+
+    Screen* _screen; // see setScreen() , screen()
+	Character* _windowBuffer;
+	int _windowBufferSize;
+	bool _bufferNeedsUpdate;
+
+	int  _windowLines;
+    int  _currentLine; // see scrollTo() , currentLine()
+    bool _trackOutput; // see setTrackOutput() , trackOutput() 
+    int  _scrollCount; // count of lines which the window has been scrolled by since
+                       // the last call to resetScrollCount()
+};
+
+#endif // SCREENWINDOW_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/SelfListener.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/SelfListener.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#include "SelfListener.h"
+
+SelfListener::SelfListener(int a, QObject *parent) :
+    QThread(parent) {
+    _a = a;
+}
+
+void SelfListener::run() {
+    char buf[1025];
+    int len;
+
+    while(1) {
+        len = ::read(_a, buf, 1024);
+        if (len > 0) {
+           buf[len] = 0; // Just in case.
+           emit recvData(buf, len);
+        }
+    }
+}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/SelfListener.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/SelfListener.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#ifndef SELFLISTENER_H
+#define SELFLISTENER_H
+
+#include <QThread>
+
+class SelfListener : public QThread
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    explicit SelfListener(int a, QObject *parent = 0);
+
+signals:
+    void recvData(const char* stdOutBuffer, int stdOutlen);
+
+public slots:
+
+protected:
+    void run();
+    int _a;
+};
+
+#endif // SELFLISTENER_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2006 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
+
+PlainTextDecoder::PlainTextDecoder()
+ : _output(0)
+ , _includeTrailingWhitespace(true)
+{
+
+}
+void PlainTextDecoder::setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable)
+{
+    _includeTrailingWhitespace = enable;
+}
+bool PlainTextDecoder::trailingWhitespace() const
+{
+    return _includeTrailingWhitespace;
+}
+void PlainTextDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output)
+{
+   _output = output; 
+}
+void PlainTextDecoder::end()
+{
+    _output = 0;
+}
+void PlainTextDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/
+							 )
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _output );
+
+	//TODO should we ignore or respect the LINE_WRAPPED line property?
+
+	//note:  we build up a QString and send it to the text stream rather writing into the text
+	//stream a character at a time because it is more efficient.
+	//(since QTextStream always deals with QStrings internally anyway)
+	QString plainText;
+	plainText.reserve(count);
+   
+    int outputCount = count;
+
+    // if inclusion of trailing whitespace is disabled then find the end of the
+    // line
+    if ( !_includeTrailingWhitespace )
+    {
+        for (int i = count-1 ; i >= 0 ; i--)
+        {
+            if ( characters[i].character != ' '  )
+                break;
+            else
+                outputCount--;
+        }
+    }
+
+	for (int i=0;i<outputCount;i++)
+	{
+		plainText.append( QChar(characters[i].character) );
+	}
+
+	*_output << plainText;
+}
+
+HTMLDecoder::HTMLDecoder() :
+        _output(0)
+	   ,_colorTable(base_color_table)
+       ,_innerSpanOpen(false)
+       ,_lastRendition(DEFAULT_RENDITION)
+{
+	
+}
+
+void HTMLDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output)
+{
+    _output = output;
+
+    QString text;
+
+	//open monospace span
+    openSpan(text,"font-family:monospace");
+
+    *output << text;
+}
+
+void HTMLDecoder::end()
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _output );
+
+    QString text;
+
+    closeSpan(text);
+
+    *_output << text;
+
+    _output = 0;
+
+}
+
+//TODO: Support for LineProperty (mainly double width , double height)
+void HTMLDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/
+							)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _output );
+
+	QString text;
+
+	int spaceCount = 0;
+		
+	for (int i=0;i<count;i++)
+	{
+		QChar ch(characters[i].character);
+
+		//check if appearance of character is different from previous char
+		if ( characters[i].rendition != _lastRendition  ||
+		     characters[i].foregroundColor != _lastForeColor  ||
+			 characters[i].backgroundColor != _lastBackColor )
+		{
+			if ( _innerSpanOpen )
+					closeSpan(text);
+
+			_lastRendition = characters[i].rendition;
+			_lastForeColor = characters[i].foregroundColor;
+			_lastBackColor = characters[i].backgroundColor;
+			
+			//build up style string
+			QString style;
+
+			if ( _lastRendition & RE_BOLD ||
+                             (_colorTable && characters[i].isBold(_colorTable)) )
+					style.append("font-weight:bold;");
+
+
+			if ( _lastRendition & RE_UNDERLINE )
+					style.append("font-decoration:underline;");
+		
+			//colours - a colour table must have been defined first
+			if ( _colorTable )	
+			{
+				style.append( QString("color:%1;").arg(_lastForeColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) );
+
+				if (!characters[i].isTransparent(_colorTable))
+				{
+					style.append( QString("background-color:%1;").arg(_lastBackColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) );
+				}
+			}
+		
+			//open the span with the current style	
+			openSpan(text,style);
+			_innerSpanOpen = true;
+		}
+
+		//handle whitespace
+		if (ch.isSpace())
+			spaceCount++;
+		else
+			spaceCount = 0;
+		
+
+		//output current character
+		if (spaceCount < 2)
+		{
+			//escape HTML tag characters and just display others as they are
+			if ( ch == '<' )
+				text.append("&lt;");
+			else if (ch == '>')
+					text.append("&gt;");
+			else	
+					text.append(ch);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			text.append("&nbsp;"); //HTML truncates multiple spaces, so use a space marker instead
+		}
+		
+	}
+
+	//close any remaining open inner spans
+	if ( _innerSpanOpen )
+		closeSpan(text);
+
+	//start new line
+	text.append("<br>");
+	
+	*_output << text;
+}
+
+void HTMLDecoder::openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style)
+{
+	text.append( QString("<span style=\"%1\">").arg(style) );
+}
+
+void HTMLDecoder::closeSpan(QString& text)
+{
+	text.append("</span>");
+}
+
+void HTMLDecoder::setColorTable(const ColorEntry* table)
+{
+	_colorTable = table;
+}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H
+#define TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H
+
+#include "Character.h"
+
+class QTextStream;
+
+/**
+ * Base class for terminal character decoders
+ *
+ * The decoder converts lines of terminal characters which consist of a unicode character, foreground
+ * and background colours and other appearance-related properties into text strings.
+ *
+ * Derived classes may produce either plain text with no other colour or appearance information, or
+ * they may produce text which incorporates these additional properties. 
+ */
+class TerminalCharacterDecoder
+{
+public:
+	virtual ~TerminalCharacterDecoder() {}
+
+    /** Begin decoding characters.  The resulting text is appended to @p output. */
+    virtual void begin(QTextStream* output) = 0;
+    /** End decoding. */
+    virtual void end() = 0;
+
+	/**
+	 * Converts a line of terminal characters with associated properties into a text string
+	 * and writes the string into an output QTextStream.
+	 *
+	 * @param characters An array of characters of length @p count.
+	 * @param properties Additional properties which affect all characters in the line
+	 * @param output The output stream which receives the decoded text
+	 */
+	virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, 
+							int count,
+							LineProperty properties) = 0; 
+};
+
+/**
+ * A terminal character decoder which produces plain text, ignoring colours and other appearance-related
+ * properties of the original characters.
+ */
+class PlainTextDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder
+{
+public:
+	PlainTextDecoder(); 
+
+    /** 
+     * Set whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines should be included 
+     * in the output.
+     * Defaults to true.
+     */
+    void setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable);
+    /**
+     * Returns whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines is included
+     * in the output.
+     */
+    bool trailingWhitespace() const;
+
+    virtual void begin(QTextStream* output);
+    virtual void end();
+
+	virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters,
+							int count,
+							LineProperty properties);	
+
+    
+private:
+    QTextStream* _output;
+    bool _includeTrailingWhitespace;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A terminal character decoder which produces pretty HTML markup
+ */
+class HTMLDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder
+{
+public:
+	/** 
+	 * Constructs an HTML decoder using a default black-on-white color scheme.
+	 */
+	HTMLDecoder();
+
+	/**
+	 * Sets the colour table which the decoder uses to produce the HTML colour codes in its
+	 * output
+	 */
+	void setColorTable( const ColorEntry* table );
+		
+	virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters,
+							int count,
+							LineProperty properties);
+
+    virtual void begin(QTextStream* output);
+    virtual void end();
+
+private:
+	void openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style);
+	void closeSpan(QString& text);
+
+    QTextStream* _output;
+	const ColorEntry* _colorTable;
+    bool _innerSpanOpen; 
+	quint8 _lastRendition;
+	CharacterColor _lastForeColor;
+	CharacterColor _lastBackColor;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/TerminalModel.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalModel.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole
+
+    Copyright (C) 2006-2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "TerminalModel.h"
+
+// Standard
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+#include <QtCore/QByteRef>
+#include <QtCore/QDir>
+#include <QtCore/QFile>
+#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
+#include <QtCore/QStringList>
+#include <QtCore>
+
+#include "TerminalView.h"
+#include "Vt102Emulation.h"
+
+TerminalModel::TerminalModel(KPty *kpty) :
+    _shellProcess(0)
+  , _emulation(0)
+  , _monitorActivity(false)
+  , _monitorSilence(false)
+  , _notifiedActivity(false)
+  , _autoClose(true)
+  , _wantedClose(false)
+  , _silenceSeconds(10)
+  , _addToUtmp(false)
+  , _fullScripting(false)
+  , _hasDarkBackground(false)
+{
+    _kpty = kpty;
+
+    //create emulation backend
+    _emulation = new Vt102Emulation();
+    connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( stateSet(int) ),
+             this, SLOT( activityStateSet(int) ) );
+    connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ),
+             this, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ) );
+    connect( _emulation, SIGNAL(profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)),
+             this, SIGNAL( profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)) );
+    // TODO
+    // connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(imageSizeChanged(int,int)) , this ,
+    //        SLOT(onEmulationSizeChange(int,int)) );
+
+    _selfListener = new SelfListener(kpty->masterFd());
+    _selfListener->start();
+    connect( _selfListener, SIGNAL(recvData(const char*,int)),
+             this, SLOT(onReceiveBlock(const char*,int)), Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection);
+
+    connect( _emulation, SIGNAL(sendData(const char*,int))
+             ,this,SLOT(sendData(const char*,int)));
+
+    //connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(lockPtyRequest(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(lockPty(bool)) );
+    //connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(useUtf8Request(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(setUtf8Mode(bool)) );
+
+
+    //connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(done(int)), this, SLOT(done(int)) );
+
+    //setup timer for monitoring session activity
+    _monitorTimer = new QTimer(this);
+    _monitorTimer->setSingleShot(true);
+    connect(_monitorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(monitorTimerDone()));
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground)
+{
+    _hasDarkBackground = darkBackground;
+}
+bool TerminalModel::hasDarkBackground() const
+{
+    return _hasDarkBackground;
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::setCodec(QTextCodec* codec)
+{
+    emulation()->setCodec(codec);
+}
+
+QList<TerminalView*> TerminalModel::views() const
+{
+    return _views;
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::addView(TerminalView* widget)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( !_views.contains(widget) );
+
+    _views.append(widget);
+
+    if ( _emulation != 0 )
+    {
+        // connect emulation - view signals and slots
+        connect( widget , SIGNAL(keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent*)) , _emulation ,
+                 SLOT(sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*)) );
+        connect( widget , SIGNAL(mouseSignal(int,int,int,int)) , _emulation ,
+                 SLOT(sendMouseEvent(int,int,int,int)) );
+        connect( widget , SIGNAL(sendStringToEmu(const char*)) , _emulation ,
+                 SLOT(sendString(const char*)) );
+
+        // allow emulation to notify view when the foreground process
+        // indicates whether or not it is interested in mouse signals
+        connect( _emulation , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , widget ,
+                 SLOT(setUsesMouse(bool)) );
+
+        widget->setUsesMouse( _emulation->programUsesMouse() );
+
+        widget->setScreenWindow(_emulation->createWindow());
+    }
+
+    //connect view signals and slots
+    QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(changedContentSizeSignal(int,int)),this,
+                      SLOT(onViewSizeChange(int,int)));
+
+    QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)) , this ,
+                      SLOT(viewDestroyed(QObject*)) );
+    //slot for close
+    //QObject::connect(this, SIGNAL(finished()), widget, SLOT(close()));
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::viewDestroyed(QObject* view)
+{
+    TerminalView* display = (TerminalView*)view;
+
+    Q_ASSERT( _views.contains(display) );
+
+    removeView(display);
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::sendData(const char *buf, int len)
+{
+    ssize_t bytesWritten = ::write(_kpty->masterFd(), buf, len);
+    (void)bytesWritten;
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::removeView(TerminalView* widget)
+{
+    _views.removeAll(widget);
+
+    disconnect(widget,0,this,0);
+
+    if ( _emulation != 0 )
+    {
+        // disconnect
+        //  - key presses signals from widget
+        //  - mouse activity signals from widget
+        //  - string sending signals from widget
+        //
+        //  ... and any other signals connected in addView()
+        disconnect( widget, 0, _emulation, 0);
+
+        // disconnect state change signals emitted by emulation
+        disconnect( _emulation , 0 , widget , 0);
+    }
+
+    // close the session automatically when the last view is removed
+    if ( _views.count() == 0 )
+    {
+        close();
+    }
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::run()
+{
+    emit started();
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::monitorTimerDone()
+{
+    //FIXME: The idea here is that the notification popup will appear to tell the user than output from
+    //the terminal has stopped and the popup will disappear when the user activates the session.
+    //
+    //This breaks with the addition of multiple views of a session.  The popup should disappear
+    //when any of the views of the session becomes active
+
+
+    //FIXME: Make message text for this notification and the activity notification more descriptive.
+    if (_monitorSilence) {
+        //    KNotification::event("Silence", ("Silence in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(),
+        //                    QApplication::activeWindow(),
+        //                    KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated);
+        emit stateChanged(NOTIFYSILENCE);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        emit stateChanged(NOTIFYNORMAL);
+    }
+
+    _notifiedActivity=false;
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::activityStateSet(int state)
+{
+    if (state==NOTIFYBELL)
+    {
+        emit bellRequest("");
+    }
+    else if (state==NOTIFYACTIVITY)
+    {
+        if (_monitorSilence) {
+            _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000);
+        }
+
+        if ( _monitorActivity ) {
+            //FIXME:  See comments in Session::monitorTimerDone()
+            if (!_notifiedActivity) {
+                //        KNotification::event("Activity", ("Activity in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(),
+                //                        QApplication::activeWindow(),
+                //        KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated);
+                _notifiedActivity=true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( state==NOTIFYACTIVITY && !_monitorActivity )
+        state = NOTIFYNORMAL;
+    if ( state==NOTIFYSILENCE && !_monitorSilence )
+        state = NOTIFYNORMAL;
+
+    emit stateChanged(state);
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::onViewSizeChange(int /*height*/, int /*width*/)
+{
+    updateTerminalSize();
+}
+void TerminalModel::onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns)
+{
+    setSize( QSize(lines,columns) );
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::updateTerminalSize()
+{
+    QListIterator<TerminalView*> viewIter(_views);
+
+    int minLines = -1;
+    int minColumns = -1;
+
+    // minimum number of lines and columns that views require for
+    // their size to be taken into consideration ( to avoid problems
+    // with new view widgets which haven't yet been set to their correct size )
+    const int VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD = 2;
+    const int VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD = 2;
+
+    //select largest number of lines and columns that will fit in all visible views
+    while ( viewIter.hasNext() )
+    {
+        TerminalView* view = viewIter.next();
+        if ( view->isHidden() == false &&
+             view->lines() >= VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD &&
+             view->columns() >= VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD )
+        {
+            minLines = (minLines == -1) ? view->lines() : qMin( minLines , view->lines() );
+            minColumns = (minColumns == -1) ? view->columns() : qMin( minColumns , view->columns() );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // backend emulation must have a _terminal of at least 1 column x 1 line in size
+    if ( minLines > 0 && minColumns > 0 )
+    {
+        _emulation->setImageSize( minLines , minColumns );
+        //_shellProcess->setWindowSize( minLines , minColumns );
+    }
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::refresh()
+{
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::close()
+{
+    _autoClose = true;
+    _wantedClose = true;
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::sendText(const QString &text) const
+{
+    _emulation->sendText(text);
+}
+
+TerminalModel::~TerminalModel()
+{
+    delete _emulation;
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::setProfileKey(const QString& key)
+{
+    _profileKey = key;
+    emit profileChanged(key);
+}
+QString TerminalModel::profileKey() const { return _profileKey; }
+
+void TerminalModel::done(int)
+{
+    emit finished();
+}
+
+Emulation* TerminalModel::emulation() const
+{
+    return _emulation;
+}
+
+QString TerminalModel::keyBindings() const
+{
+    return _emulation->keyBindings();
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::setKeyBindings(const QString &id)
+{
+    _emulation->setKeyBindings(id);
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::setHistoryType(const HistoryType &hType)
+{
+    _emulation->setHistory(hType);
+}
+
+const HistoryType& TerminalModel::historyType() const
+{
+    return _emulation->history();
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::clearHistory()
+{
+    _emulation->clearHistory();
+}
+
+// unused currently
+bool TerminalModel::isMonitorActivity() const { return _monitorActivity; }
+// unused currently
+bool TerminalModel::isMonitorSilence()  const { return _monitorSilence; }
+
+void TerminalModel::setMonitorActivity(bool _monitor)
+{
+    _monitorActivity=_monitor;
+    _notifiedActivity=false;
+
+    activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL);
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::setMonitorSilence(bool _monitor)
+{
+    if (_monitorSilence==_monitor)
+        return;
+
+    _monitorSilence=_monitor;
+    if (_monitorSilence)
+    {
+        _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000);
+    }
+    else
+        _monitorTimer->stop();
+
+    activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL);
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds)
+{
+    _silenceSeconds=seconds;
+    if (_monitorSilence) {
+        _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000);
+    }
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::setAddToUtmp(bool set)
+{
+    _addToUtmp = set;
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::onReceiveBlock(const char* buf, int len )
+{
+    _emulation->receiveData( buf, len );
+    emit receivedData( QString::fromLatin1( buf, len ) );
+}
+
+QSize TerminalModel::size()
+{
+    return _emulation->imageSize();
+}
+
+void TerminalModel::setSize(const QSize& size)
+{
+    if ((size.width() <= 1) || (size.height() <= 1))
+        return;
+
+    emit resizeRequest(size);
+}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/TerminalModel.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalModel.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef TERMINALMODEL_H
+#define TERMINALMODEL_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QStringList>
+#include <QtCore>
+#include <QWidget>
+
+#include "SelfListener.h"
+
+// Konsole
+#include "History.h"
+#include "kpty.h"
+
+class KProcess;
+
+class Emulation;
+class PseudoTerminal;
+class TerminalView;
+
+/**
+ * Represents a terminal session consisting of a pseudo-teletype and a terminal emulation.
+ * The pseudo-teletype (or PTY) handles I/O between the terminal process and Konsole.
+ * The terminal emulation ( Emulation and subclasses ) processes the output stream from the
+ * PTY and produces a character image which is then shown on views connected to the session.
+ *
+ * Each Session can be connected to one or more views by using the addView() method.
+ * The attached views can then display output from the program running in the terminal
+ * or send input to the program in the terminal in the form of keypresses and mouse
+ * activity.
+ */
+class TerminalModel : public QObject {
+Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  Q_PROPERTY(QString keyBindings READ keyBindings WRITE setKeyBindings)
+  Q_PROPERTY(QSize size READ size WRITE setSize)
+
+  /**
+   * Constructs a new session.
+   *
+   * To start the terminal process, call the run() method,
+   * after specifying the program and arguments
+   * using setProgram() and setArguments()
+   *
+   * If no program or arguments are specified explicitly, the Session
+   * falls back to using the program specified in the SHELL environment
+   * variable.
+   */
+  TerminalModel(KPty *kpty);
+  ~TerminalModel();
+
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the profile associated with this session.
+   *
+   * @param profileKey A key which can be used to obtain the current
+   * profile settings from the SessionManager
+   */
+  void setProfileKey(const QString& profileKey);
+  /**
+   * Returns the profile key associated with this session.
+   * This can be passed to the SessionManager to obtain the current
+   * profile settings.
+   */
+  QString profileKey() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Adds a new view for this session.
+   *
+   * The viewing widget will display the output from the terminal and
+   * input from the viewing widget (key presses, mouse activity etc.)
+   * will be sent to the terminal.
+   *
+   * Views can be removed using removeView().  The session is automatically
+   * closed when the last view is removed.
+   */
+  void addView(TerminalView* widget);
+  /**
+   * Removes a view from this session.  When the last view is removed,
+   * the session will be closed automatically.
+   *
+   * @p widget will no longer display output from or send input
+   * to the terminal
+   */
+  void removeView(TerminalView* widget);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the views connected to this session
+   */
+  QList<TerminalView*> views() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the terminal emulation instance being used to encode / decode
+   * characters to / from the process.
+   */
+  Emulation*  emulation() const;
+
+
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the type of history store used by this session.
+   * Lines of output produced by the terminal are added
+   * to the history store.  The type of history store
+   * used affects the number of lines which can be
+   * remembered before they are lost and the storage
+   * (in memory, on-disk etc.) used.
+   */
+  void setHistoryType(const HistoryType& type);
+  /**
+   * Returns the type of history store used by this session.
+   */
+  const HistoryType& historyType() const;
+  /**
+   * Clears the history store used by this session.
+   */
+  void clearHistory();
+
+  /**
+   * Enables monitoring for activity in the session.
+   * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted
+   * with the NOTIFYACTIVITY state flag when output is
+   * received from the terminal.
+   */
+  void setMonitorActivity(bool);
+  /** Returns true if monitoring for activity is enabled. */
+  bool isMonitorActivity() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Enables monitoring for silence in the session.
+   * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted
+   * with the NOTIFYSILENCE state flag when output is not
+   * received from the terminal for a certain period of
+   * time, specified with setMonitorSilenceSeconds()
+   */
+  void setMonitorSilence(bool);
+  /**
+   * Returns true if monitoring for inactivity (silence)
+   * in the session is enabled.
+   */
+  bool isMonitorSilence()  const;
+  /** See setMonitorSilence() */
+  void setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the key bindings used by this session.  The bindings
+   * specify how input key sequences are translated into
+   * the character stream which is sent to the terminal.
+   *
+   * @param id The name of the key bindings to use.  The
+   * names of available key bindings can be determined using the
+   * KeyboardTranslatorManager class.
+   */
+  void setKeyBindings(const QString& id);
+  /** Returns the name of the key bindings used by this session. */
+  QString keyBindings() const;
+
+
+  /** Specifies whether a utmp entry should be created for the pty used by this session. */
+  void setAddToUtmp(bool);
+
+  /**
+   * Specifies whether to close the session automatically when the terminal
+   * process terminates.
+   */
+  void setAutoClose(bool b) { _autoClose = b; }
+
+  /**
+   * Sends @p text to the current foreground terminal program.
+   */
+  void sendText(const QString& text) const;
+
+
+  /** Returns the terminal session's window size in lines and columns. */
+  QSize size();
+  /**
+   * Emits a request to resize the session to accommodate
+   * the specified window size.
+   *
+   * @param size The size in lines and columns to request.
+   */
+  void setSize(const QSize& size);
+
+  /** Sets the text codec used by this session's terminal emulation. */
+  void setCodec(QTextCodec* codec);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets whether the session has a dark background or not.  The session
+   * uses this information to set the COLORFGBG variable in the process's
+   * environment, which allows the programs running in the terminal to determine
+   * whether the background is light or dark and use appropriate colors by default.
+   *
+   * This has no effect once the session is running.
+   */
+  void setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground);
+  /**
+   * Returns true if the session has a dark background.
+   * See setDarkBackground()
+   */
+  bool hasDarkBackground() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Attempts to get the shell program to redraw the current display area.
+   * This can be used after clearing the screen, for example, to get the
+   * shell to redraw the prompt line.
+   */
+  void refresh();
+
+public slots:
+
+  /**
+   * Starts the terminal session.
+   *
+   * This creates the terminal process and connects the teletype to it.
+   */
+  void run();
+
+  /**
+   * Closes the terminal session.  This sends a hangup signal
+   * (SIGHUP) to the terminal process and causes the done(Session*)
+   * signal to be emitted.
+   */
+  void close();
+
+signals:
+
+  /** Emitted when the terminal process starts. */
+  void started();
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the terminal process exits.
+   */
+  void finished();
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when output is received from the terminal process.
+   */
+  void receivedData( const QString& text );
+
+  /** Emitted when the session's title has changed. */
+  void titleChanged();
+
+  /** Emitted when the session's profile has changed. */
+  void profileChanged(const QString& profile);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the activity state of this session changes.
+   *
+   * @param state The new state of the session.  This may be one
+   * of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYSILENCE or NOTIFYACTIVITY
+   */
+  void stateChanged(int state);
+
+  /** Emitted when a bell event occurs in the session. */
+  void bellRequest( const QString& message );
+
+  /**
+   * Requests that the color the text for any tabs associated with
+   * this session should be changed;
+   *
+   * TODO: Document what the parameter does
+   */
+  void changeTabTextColorRequest(int);
+
+  /**
+   * Requests that the background color of views on this session
+   * should be changed.
+   */
+  void changeBackgroundColorRequest(const QColor&);
+
+  /** TODO: Document me. */
+  void openUrlRequest(const QString& url);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the terminal process requests a change
+   * in the size of the terminal window.
+   *
+   * @param size The requested window size in terms of lines and columns.
+   */
+  void resizeRequest(const QSize& size);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when a profile change command is received from the terminal.
+   *
+   * @param text The text of the command.  This is a string of the form
+   * "PropertyName=Value;PropertyName=Value ..."
+   */
+  void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text);
+
+private slots:
+  void done(int);
+
+  void onReceiveBlock(const char* buffer, int len );
+  void monitorTimerDone();
+
+  void onViewSizeChange(int height, int width);
+  void onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns);
+
+  void activityStateSet(int);
+
+  //automatically detach views from sessions when view is destroyed
+  void viewDestroyed(QObject* view);
+
+  void sendData(const char* buf, int len);
+
+private:
+
+  void updateTerminalSize();
+  WId windowId() const;
+
+  int            _uniqueIdentifier;
+
+  PseudoTerminal* _shellProcess;
+  Emulation*    _emulation;
+
+  QList<TerminalView*> _views;
+
+  bool           _monitorActivity;
+  bool           _monitorSilence;
+  bool           _notifiedActivity;
+  bool           _masterMode;
+  bool           _autoClose;
+  bool           _wantedClose;
+  QTimer*        _monitorTimer;
+
+  int            _silenceSeconds;
+
+  bool           _addToUtmp;
+  bool           _fullScripting;
+
+  int            _masterFd;
+  int            _slaveFd;
+
+  SelfListener  *_selfListener;
+  KPty         * _kpty;
+
+
+  QColor         _modifiedBackground; // as set by: echo -en '\033]11;Color\007
+
+  QString        _profileKey;
+
+  bool _hasDarkBackground;
+};
+
+
+#endif // TERMINALMODEL_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/TerminalView.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalView.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,2718 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator for KDE.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+    
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "TerminalView.h"
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+#include <QtGui/QBoxLayout>
+#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
+#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
+#include <QtCore/QEvent>
+#include <QtCore/QTime>
+#include <QtCore/QFile>
+#include <QtGui/QGridLayout>
+#include <QtGui/QLabel>
+#include <QtGui/QLayout>
+#include <QtGui/QPainter>
+#include <QtGui/QPixmap>
+#include <QtGui/QScrollBar>
+#include <QtGui/QStyle>
+#include <QtCore>
+#include <QtGui>
+
+#include "Filter.h"
+#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
+#include "ScreenWindow.h"
+#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
+
+#ifndef loc
+#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*_columns+(X))
+#endif
+
+#define yMouseScroll 1
+
+#define REPCHAR   "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" \
+                  "abcdefgjijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \
+                  "0123456789./+@"
+
+// scroll increment used when dragging selection at top/bottom of window.
+
+// static
+bool TerminalView::_antialiasText = true;
+bool TerminalView::HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = false;
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                Colors                                     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Note that we use ANSI color order (bgr), while IBMPC color order is (rgb)
+
+   Code        0       1       2       3       4       5       6       7
+   ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
+   ANSI  (bgr) Black   Red     Green   Yellow  Blue    Magenta Cyan    White
+   IBMPC (rgb) Black   Blue    Green   Cyan    Red     Magenta Yellow  White
+*/
+
+ScreenWindow* TerminalView::screenWindow() const
+{
+    return _screenWindow;
+}
+void TerminalView::setScreenWindow(ScreenWindow* window)
+{
+    // disconnect existing screen window if any
+    if ( _screenWindow )
+    {
+        disconnect( _screenWindow , 0 , this , 0 );
+    }
+
+    _screenWindow = window;
+
+    if ( window )
+    {
+//#warning "The order here is not specified - does it matter whether updateImage or updateLineProperties comes first?"
+        connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateLineProperties()) );
+        connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateImage()) );
+	window->setWindowLines(_lines);
+    }
+}
+
+const ColorEntry* TerminalView::colorTable() const
+{
+  return _colorTable;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[])
+{
+  for (int i = 0; i < TABLE_COLORS; i++)
+      _colorTable[i] = table[i];
+
+  QPalette p = palette();
+  p.setColor( backgroundRole(), _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color );
+  setPalette( p );
+
+  // Avoid propagating the palette change to the scroll bar 
+  _scrollBar->setPalette( QApplication::palette() );  
+
+  update();
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                   Font                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+   The VT100 has 32 special graphical characters. The usual vt100 extended
+   xterm fonts have these at 0x00..0x1f.
+
+   QT's iso mapping leaves 0x00..0x7f without any changes. But the graphicals
+   come in here as proper unicode characters.
+
+   We treat non-iso10646 fonts as VT100 extended and do the requiered mapping
+   from unicode to 0x00..0x1f. The remaining translation is then left to the
+   QCodec.
+*/
+
+static inline bool isLineChar(quint16 c) { return ((c & 0xFF80) == 0x2500);}
+static inline bool isLineCharString(const QString& string)
+{
+		return (string.length() > 0) && (isLineChar(string.at(0).unicode()));
+}
+						
+
+// assert for i in [0..31] : vt100extended(vt100_graphics[i]) == i.
+
+unsigned short vt100_graphics[32] =
+{ // 0/8     1/9    2/10    3/11    4/12    5/13    6/14    7/15
+  0x0020, 0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240c, 0x240d, 0x240a, 0x00b0,
+  0x00b1, 0x2424, 0x240b, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, 0x253c,
+  0xF800, 0xF801, 0x2500, 0xF803, 0xF804, 0x251c, 0x2524, 0x2534,
+  0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03C0, 0x2260, 0x00A3, 0x00b7
+};
+
+void TerminalView::fontChange(const QFont&)
+{
+  QFontMetrics fm(font());
+  _fontHeight = fm.height() + _lineSpacing;
+
+
+  // waba TerminalDisplay 1.123:
+  // "Base character width on widest ASCII character. This prevents too wide
+  //  characters in the presence of double wide (e.g. Japanese) characters."
+  // Get the width from representative normal width characters
+  _fontWidth = qRound((double)fm.width(REPCHAR)/(double)strlen(REPCHAR));
+
+  _fixedFont = true;
+
+  int fw = fm.width(REPCHAR[0]);
+  for(unsigned int i=1; i< strlen(REPCHAR); i++)
+  {
+    if (fw != fm.width(REPCHAR[i]))
+    {
+      _fixedFont = false;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (_fontWidth < 1)
+    _fontWidth=1;
+
+  _fontAscent = fm.ascent();
+
+  emit changedFontMetricSignal( _fontHeight, _fontWidth );
+  propagateSize();
+  update();
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setVTFont(const QFont& f)
+{
+  QFont font = f;
+
+  QFontMetrics metrics(font);
+
+  if ( metrics.height() < height() && metrics.maxWidth() < width() )
+  {
+    // hint that text should be drawn without anti-aliasing.  
+    // depending on the user's font configuration, this may not be respected
+    if (!_antialiasText)
+        font.setStyleStrategy( QFont::NoAntialias );
+ 
+    // experimental optimization.  Konsole assumes that the terminal is using a 
+    // mono-spaced font, in which case kerning information should have an effect.
+    // Disabling kerning saves some computation when rendering text. 
+    font.setKerning(false);
+
+    QWidget::setFont(font);
+    fontChange(font);
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setFont(const QFont &)
+{
+  // ignore font change request if not coming from konsole itself
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                         Constructor / Destructor                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+TerminalView::TerminalView(QWidget *parent)
+:QWidget(parent)
+,_screenWindow(0)
+,_allowBell(true)
+,_gridLayout(0)
+,_fontHeight(1)
+,_fontWidth(1)
+,_fontAscent(1)
+,_lines(1)
+,_columns(1)
+,_usedLines(1)
+,_usedColumns(1)
+,_contentHeight(1)
+,_contentWidth(1)
+,_image(0)
+,_randomSeed(0)
+,_resizing(false)
+,_terminalSizeHint(false)
+,_terminalSizeStartup(true)
+,_bidiEnabled(false)
+,_actSel(0)
+,_wordSelectionMode(false)
+,_lineSelectionMode(false)
+,_preserveLineBreaks(false)
+,_columnSelectionMode(false)
+,_scrollbarLocation(NoScrollBar)
+,_wordCharacters(":@-./_~")
+,_bellMode(SystemBeepBell)
+,_blinking(false)
+,_cursorBlinking(false)
+,_hasBlinkingCursor(false)
+,_ctrlDrag(false)
+,_tripleClickMode(SelectWholeLine)
+,_isFixedSize(false)
+,_possibleTripleClick(false)
+,_resizeWidget(0)
+,_resizeTimer(0)
+,_outputSuspendedLabel(0)
+,_lineSpacing(0)
+,_colorsInverted(false)
+,_blendColor(qRgba(0,0,0,0xff))
+,_filterChain(new TerminalImageFilterChain())
+,_cursorShape(BlockCursor)
+,_readonly(false)
+{
+  // terminal applications are not designed with Right-To-Left in mind,
+  // so the layout is forced to Left-To-Right
+  setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight);
+
+  // The offsets are not yet calculated.
+  // Do not calculate these too often to be more smoothly when resizing
+  // konsole in opaque mode.
+  _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN;
+  _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
+
+  // create scroll bar for scrolling output up and down
+  // set the scroll bar's slider to occupy the whole area of the scroll bar initially
+  _scrollBar = new QScrollBar(this);
+  setScroll(0,0); 
+  _scrollBar->setCursor( Qt::ArrowCursor );
+  connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, 
+  					  SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int)));
+
+  // setup timers for blinking cursor and text
+  _blinkTimer   = new QTimer(this);
+  connect(_blinkTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkEvent()));
+  _blinkCursorTimer   = new QTimer(this);
+  connect(_blinkCursorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkCursorEvent()));
+
+//  QCursor::setAutoHideCursor( this, true );
+  
+  setUsesMouse(true);
+  setColorTable(base_color_table);
+  setMouseTracking(true);
+
+  // Enable drag and drop 
+  setAcceptDrops(true); // attempt
+  dragInfo.state = diNone;
+
+  setFocusPolicy( Qt::WheelFocus );
+
+  // enable input method support
+  setAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, true);
+
+  // this is an important optimization, it tells Qt
+  // that TerminalDisplay will handle repainting its entire area.
+  setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent);
+
+  _gridLayout = new QGridLayout(this);
+  _gridLayout->setMargin(0);
+
+  setLayout( _gridLayout ); 
+}
+
+TerminalView::~TerminalView()
+{
+  qApp->removeEventFilter( this );
+  
+  delete[] _image;
+
+  delete _gridLayout;
+  delete _outputSuspendedLabel;
+  delete _filterChain;
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                             Display Operations                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/**
+ A table for emulating the simple (single width) unicode drawing chars.
+ It represents the 250x - 257x glyphs. If it's zero, we can't use it.
+ if it's not, it's encoded as follows: imagine a 5x5 grid where the points are numbered
+ 0 to 24 left to top, top to bottom. Each point is represented by the corresponding bit.
+
+ Then, the pixels basically have the following interpretation:
+ _|||_
+ -...-
+ -...-
+ -...-
+ _|||_
+
+where _ = none
+      | = vertical line.
+      - = horizontal line.
+ */
+
+
+enum LineEncode
+{
+    TopL  = (1<<1),
+    TopC  = (1<<2),
+    TopR  = (1<<3),
+
+    LeftT = (1<<5),
+    Int11 = (1<<6),
+    Int12 = (1<<7),
+    Int13 = (1<<8),
+    RightT = (1<<9),
+
+    LeftC = (1<<10),
+    Int21 = (1<<11),
+    Int22 = (1<<12),
+    Int23 = (1<<13),
+    RightC = (1<<14),
+
+    LeftB = (1<<15),
+    Int31 = (1<<16),
+    Int32 = (1<<17),
+    Int33 = (1<<18),
+    RightB = (1<<19),
+
+    BotL  = (1<<21),
+    BotC  = (1<<22),
+    BotR  = (1<<23)
+};
+
+#include "LineFont.h"
+
+static void drawLineChar(QPainter& paint, int x, int y, int w, int h, uchar code)
+{
+    //Calculate cell midpoints, end points.
+    int cx = x + w/2;
+    int cy = y + h/2;
+    int ex = x + w - 1;
+    int ey = y + h - 1;
+
+    quint32 toDraw = LineChars[code];
+
+    //Top _lines:
+    if (toDraw & TopL)
+        paint.drawLine(cx-1, y, cx-1, cy-2);
+    if (toDraw & TopC)
+        paint.drawLine(cx, y, cx, cy-2);
+    if (toDraw & TopR)
+        paint.drawLine(cx+1, y, cx+1, cy-2);
+
+    //Bot _lines:
+    if (toDraw & BotL)
+        paint.drawLine(cx-1, cy+2, cx-1, ey);
+    if (toDraw & BotC)
+        paint.drawLine(cx, cy+2, cx, ey);
+    if (toDraw & BotR)
+        paint.drawLine(cx+1, cy+2, cx+1, ey);
+
+    //Left _lines:
+    if (toDraw & LeftT)
+        paint.drawLine(x, cy-1, cx-2, cy-1);
+    if (toDraw & LeftC)
+        paint.drawLine(x, cy, cx-2, cy);
+    if (toDraw & LeftB)
+        paint.drawLine(x, cy+1, cx-2, cy+1);
+
+    //Right _lines:
+    if (toDraw & RightT)
+        paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy-1, ex, cy-1);
+    if (toDraw & RightC)
+        paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy, ex, cy);
+    if (toDraw & RightB)
+        paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy+1, ex, cy+1);
+
+    //Intersection points.
+    if (toDraw & Int11)
+        paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy-1);
+    if (toDraw & Int12)
+        paint.drawPoint(cx, cy-1);
+    if (toDraw & Int13)
+        paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy-1);
+
+    if (toDraw & Int21)
+        paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy);
+    if (toDraw & Int22)
+        paint.drawPoint(cx, cy);
+    if (toDraw & Int23)
+        paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy);
+
+    if (toDraw & Int31)
+        paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy+1);
+    if (toDraw & Int32)
+        paint.drawPoint(cx, cy+1);
+    if (toDraw & Int33)
+        paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy+1);
+
+}
+
+void TerminalView::drawLineCharString(	QPainter& painter, int x, int y, const QString& str,
+									const Character* attributes)
+{
+		const QPen& currentPen = painter.pen();
+		
+		if ( attributes->rendition & RE_BOLD )
+		{
+			QPen boldPen(currentPen);
+			boldPen.setWidth(3);
+			painter.setPen( boldPen );
+		}	
+		
+		for (int i=0 ; i < str.length(); i++)
+		{
+			uchar code = str[i].cell();
+        	if (LineChars[code])
+            	drawLineChar(painter, x + (_fontWidth*i), y, _fontWidth, _fontHeight, code);
+		}
+
+		painter.setPen( currentPen );
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape)
+{
+    _cursorShape = shape;
+}
+TerminalView::KeyboardCursorShape TerminalView::keyboardCursorShape() const
+{
+    return _cursorShape;
+}
+void TerminalView::setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor, const QColor& color)
+{
+    if (useForegroundColor)
+        _cursorColor = QColor(); // an invalid color means that
+                                 // the foreground color of the
+                                 // current character should
+                                 // be used
+
+    else
+        _cursorColor = color;
+}
+QColor TerminalView::keyboardCursorColor() const
+{
+    return _cursorColor;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setOpacity(qreal opacity)
+{
+    QColor color(_blendColor);
+    color.setAlphaF(opacity);
+
+    // enable automatic background filling to prevent the display
+    // flickering if there is no transparency
+    if ( color.alpha() == 255 ) 
+    {
+        setAutoFillBackground(true);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        setAutoFillBackground(false);
+    }
+
+    _blendColor = color.rgba();
+}
+
+void TerminalView::drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& backgroundColor, bool useOpacitySetting )
+{
+        // the area of the widget showing the contents of the terminal display is drawn
+        // using the background color from the color scheme set with setColorTable()
+        //
+        // the area of the widget behind the scroll-bar is drawn using the background
+        // brush from the scroll-bar's palette, to give the effect of the scroll-bar
+        // being outside of the terminal display and visual consistency with other KDE
+        // applications.  
+        //
+        QRect scrollBarArea = _scrollBar->isVisible() ? 
+                                    rect.intersected(_scrollBar->geometry()) :
+                                    QRect();
+        QRegion contentsRegion = QRegion(rect).subtracted(scrollBarArea);
+        QRect contentsRect = contentsRegion.boundingRect();
+
+        if ( HAVE_TRANSPARENCY && qAlpha(_blendColor) < 0xff && useOpacitySetting ) 
+        {
+            QColor color(backgroundColor);
+            color.setAlpha(qAlpha(_blendColor));
+
+            painter.save();
+            painter.setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source);
+            painter.fillRect(contentsRect, color);
+            painter.restore();
+        } 
+        else {
+	    painter.fillRect(contentsRect, backgroundColor);
+	}
+
+        painter.fillRect(scrollBarArea,_scrollBar->palette().background());
+}
+
+void TerminalView::drawCursor(QPainter& painter,
+                                 const QRect& rect,
+                                 const QColor& foregroundColor,
+                                 const QColor& /*backgroundColor*/,
+                                 bool& invertCharacterColor)
+{
+    QRect cursorRect = rect;
+    cursorRect.setHeight(_fontHeight - _lineSpacing - 1);
+    
+    if (!_cursorBlinking)
+    {
+       if ( _cursorColor.isValid() )
+           painter.setPen(_cursorColor);
+       else {
+    	    painter.setPen(foregroundColor);
+	}
+
+       if ( _cursorShape == BlockCursor )
+       {
+            // draw the cursor outline, adjusting the area so that
+            // it is draw entirely inside 'rect'
+            int penWidth = qMax(1,painter.pen().width());
+
+            painter.drawRect(cursorRect.adjusted(penWidth/2,
+                                                 penWidth/2,
+                                                 - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2,
+                                                 - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2));
+            if ( hasFocus() )
+            {
+                painter.fillRect(cursorRect, _cursorColor.isValid() ? _cursorColor : foregroundColor);
+	    
+                if ( !_cursorColor.isValid() )
+                {
+                    // invert the colour used to draw the text to ensure that the character at
+                    // the cursor position is readable
+                    invertCharacterColor = true;
+                }
+            }
+       }
+       else if ( _cursorShape == UnderlineCursor )
+            painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(),
+                             cursorRect.bottom(),
+                             cursorRect.right(),
+                             cursorRect.bottom());
+       else if ( _cursorShape == IBeamCursor )
+            painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(),
+                             cursorRect.top(),
+                             cursorRect.left(),
+                             cursorRect.bottom());
+    
+    }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::drawCharacters(QPainter& painter,
+                                     const QRect& rect,
+                                     const QString& text,
+                                     const Character* style,
+                                     bool invertCharacterColor)
+{
+    // don't draw text which is currently blinking
+    if ( _blinking && (style->rendition & RE_BLINK) )
+            return;
+   
+    // setup bold and underline
+    bool useBold = style->rendition & RE_BOLD || style->isBold(_colorTable) || font().bold();
+    bool useUnderline = style->rendition & RE_UNDERLINE || font().underline();
+
+    QFont font = painter.font();
+    if (    font.bold() != useBold 
+         || font.underline() != useUnderline )
+    {
+       font.setBold(useBold);
+       font.setUnderline(useUnderline);
+       painter.setFont(font);
+    }
+
+    const CharacterColor& textColor = ( invertCharacterColor ? style->backgroundColor : style->foregroundColor );
+    const QColor color = textColor.color(_colorTable);
+
+    QPen pen = painter.pen();
+    if ( pen.color() != color )
+    {
+        pen.setColor(color);
+        painter.setPen(color);
+    }
+    // draw text
+    if ( isLineCharString(text) ) {
+	  	drawLineCharString(painter,rect.x(),rect.y(),text,style);
+    }
+    else
+	{
+		// the drawText(rect,flags,string) overload is used here with null flags
+		// instead of drawText(rect,string) because the (rect,string) overload causes 
+		// the application's default layout direction to be used instead of 
+		// the widget-specific layout direction, which should always be
+		// Qt::LeftToRight for this widget
+        painter.drawText(rect,0,text);
+	}
+}
+
+void TerminalView::drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter ,
+                                       const QRect& rect,
+                                       const QString& text, 
+                                       const Character* style)
+{
+    painter.save();
+
+    // setup painter 
+    const QColor foregroundColor = style->foregroundColor.color(_colorTable);
+    const QColor backgroundColor = style->backgroundColor.color(_colorTable);
+    
+    // draw background if different from the display's background color
+    if ( backgroundColor != palette().background().color() )
+        drawBackground(painter,rect,backgroundColor, false /* do not use transparency */);
+
+    // draw cursor shape if the current character is the cursor
+    // this may alter the foreground and background colors
+    bool invertCharacterColor = false;
+
+    if ( style->rendition & RE_CURSOR )
+        drawCursor(painter,rect,foregroundColor,backgroundColor,invertCharacterColor);
+    // draw text
+    drawCharacters(painter,rect,text,style,invertCharacterColor);
+
+    painter.restore();
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setRandomSeed(uint randomSeed) { _randomSeed = randomSeed; }
+uint TerminalView::randomSeed() const { return _randomSeed; }
+
+#if 0
+/*!
+    Set XIM Position
+*/
+void TerminalDisplay::setCursorPos(const int curx, const int cury)
+{
+    QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
+    int    tLx = tL.x();
+    int    tLy = tL.y();
+
+    int xpos, ypos;
+    ypos = _topMargin + tLy + _fontHeight*(cury-1) + _fontAscent;
+    xpos = _leftMargin + tLx + _fontWidth*curx;
+    //setMicroFocusHint(xpos, ypos, 0, _fontHeight); //### ???
+    // fprintf(stderr, "x/y = %d/%d\txpos/ypos = %d/%d\n", curx, cury, xpos, ypos);
+    _cursorLine = cury;
+    _cursorCol = curx;
+}
+#endif
+
+// scrolls the image by 'lines', down if lines > 0 or up otherwise.
+//
+// the terminal emulation keeps track of the scrolling of the character 
+// image as it receives input, and when the view is updated, it calls scrollImage() 
+// with the final scroll amount.  this improves performance because scrolling the 
+// display is much cheaper than re-rendering all the text for the 
+// part of the image which has moved up or down.  
+// Instead only new lines have to be drawn
+//
+// note:  it is important that the area of the display which is 
+// scrolled aligns properly with the character grid - 
+// which has a top left point at (_leftMargin,_topMargin) , 
+// a cell width of _fontWidth and a cell height of _fontHeight).    
+void TerminalView::scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& screenWindowRegion)
+{
+	// if the flow control warning is enabled this will interfere with the 
+	// scrolling optimisations and cause artifacts.  the simple solution here
+	// is to just disable the optimisation whilst it is visible
+	if ( _outputSuspendedLabel && _outputSuspendedLabel->isVisible() ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+    // constrain the region to the display
+    // the bottom of the region is capped to the number of lines in the display's
+    // internal image - 2, so that the height of 'region' is strictly less
+    // than the height of the internal image.
+    QRect region = screenWindowRegion;
+    region.setBottom( qMin(region.bottom(),this->_lines-2) ); 
+
+    if (    lines == 0 
+         || _image == 0
+         || !region.isValid() 
+         || (region.top() + abs(lines)) >= region.bottom() 
+         || this->_lines <= region.height() ) return;
+
+    QRect scrollRect;
+
+    void* firstCharPos = &_image[ region.top() * this->_columns ];
+    void* lastCharPos = &_image[ (region.top() + abs(lines)) * this->_columns ];
+
+    int top = _topMargin + (region.top() * _fontHeight);
+    int linesToMove = region.height() - abs(lines);
+    int bytesToMove = linesToMove * 
+                      this->_columns *
+                      sizeof(Character);
+
+    Q_ASSERT( linesToMove > 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( bytesToMove > 0 );
+
+    //scroll internal image
+    if ( lines > 0 )
+    {
+        // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid
+        Q_ASSERT( (char*)lastCharPos + bytesToMove < 
+                  (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) );
+        
+        Q_ASSERT( (lines*this->_columns) < _imageSize ); 
+
+        //scroll internal image down
+        memmove( firstCharPos , lastCharPos , bytesToMove ); 
+      
+        //set region of display to scroll, making sure that
+        //the region aligns correctly to the character grid 
+        scrollRect = QRect( _leftMargin , top, 
+                            this->_usedColumns * _fontWidth , 
+                            linesToMove * _fontHeight );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid
+        Q_ASSERT( (char*)firstCharPos + bytesToMove < 
+                  (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) );
+
+        //scroll internal image up
+        memmove( lastCharPos , firstCharPos , bytesToMove ); 
+     
+        //set region of the display to scroll, making sure that
+        //the region aligns correctly to the character grid
+        QPoint topPoint( _leftMargin , top + abs(lines)*_fontHeight );
+
+        scrollRect = QRect( topPoint ,
+                     QSize( this->_usedColumns*_fontWidth , 
+                            linesToMove * _fontHeight ));
+    }
+
+    //scroll the display vertically to match internal _image
+    scroll( 0 , _fontHeight * (-lines) , scrollRect );
+}
+
+QRegion TerminalView::hotSpotRegion() const
+{
+	QRegion region;
+	foreach( Filter::HotSpot* hotSpot , _filterChain->hotSpots() )
+	{
+		QRect rect;
+		rect.setLeft(hotSpot->startColumn());
+		rect.setTop(hotSpot->startLine());
+		rect.setRight(hotSpot->endColumn());
+		rect.setBottom(hotSpot->endLine());
+
+		region |= imageToWidget(rect); 
+	}
+	return region;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::processFilters()
+{
+	if (!_screenWindow)
+		return;
+
+	QRegion preUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion();
+
+	// use _screenWindow->getImage() here rather than _image because
+	// other classes may call processFilters() when this display's
+	// ScreenWindow emits a scrolled() signal - which will happen before
+	// updateImage() is called on the display and therefore _image is 
+	// out of date at this point
+	_filterChain->setImage( _screenWindow->getImage(),
+							_screenWindow->windowLines(),
+							_screenWindow->windowColumns(),
+							_screenWindow->getLineProperties() );
+    _filterChain->process();
+
+	QRegion postUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion();
+
+	update( preUpdateHotSpots | postUpdateHotSpots );
+}
+
+void TerminalView::updateImage()
+{
+  if ( !_screenWindow )
+      return;
+  updateLineProperties();
+
+  // optimization - scroll the existing image where possible and 
+  // avoid expensive text drawing for parts of the image that 
+  // can simply be moved up or down
+  scrollImage( _screenWindow->scrollCount() ,
+               _screenWindow->scrollRegion() );
+  _screenWindow->resetScrollCount();
+
+  Character* const newimg = _screenWindow->getImage();
+  int lines = _screenWindow->windowLines() + 1;
+  int columns = _screenWindow->windowColumns();
+
+  setScroll( _screenWindow->currentLine() , _screenWindow->lineCount() );
+
+  if (!_image)
+     updateImageSize(); // Create _image
+
+  Q_ASSERT( this->_usedLines <= this->_lines );
+  Q_ASSERT( this->_usedColumns <= this->_columns );
+
+  int y,x,len;
+
+  QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
+
+  int    tLx = tL.x();
+  int    tLy = tL.y();
+  _hasBlinker = false;
+
+  CharacterColor cf;       // undefined
+  CharacterColor _clipboard;       // undefined
+  int cr  = -1;   // undefined
+
+  const int linesToUpdate = qMin(this->_lines, qMax(0,lines  ));
+  const int columnsToUpdate = qMin(this->_columns,qMax(0,columns));
+
+  QChar *disstrU = new QChar[columnsToUpdate];
+  char *dirtyMask = new char[columnsToUpdate+2]; 
+  QRegion dirtyRegion;
+
+  // debugging variable, this records the number of lines that are found to
+  // be 'dirty' ( ie. have changed from the old _image to the new _image ) and
+  // which therefore need to be repainted
+  int dirtyLineCount = 0;
+
+  for (y = 0; y < linesToUpdate; y++)
+  {
+    const Character*       currentLine = &_image[y*this->_columns];
+    const Character* const newLine = &newimg[y*columns];
+
+    bool updateLine = false;
+    
+    // The dirty mask indicates which characters need repainting. We also
+    // mark surrounding neighbours dirty, in case the character exceeds
+    // its cell boundaries
+    memset(dirtyMask, 0, columnsToUpdate+2);
+   
+    for( x = 0 ; x < columnsToUpdate ; x++)
+    {
+        if ( newLine[x] != currentLine[x] ) 
+        {
+            dirtyMask[x] = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!_resizing) // not while _resizing, we're expecting a paintEvent
+    for (x = 0; x < columnsToUpdate; x++)
+    {
+      _hasBlinker |= (newLine[x].rendition & RE_BLINK);
+    
+      // Start drawing if this character or the next one differs.
+      // We also take the next one into account to handle the situation
+      // where characters exceed their cell width.
+      if (dirtyMask[x])
+      {
+        quint16 c = newLine[x+0].character;
+        if ( !c )
+            continue;
+        int p = 0;
+        disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c);
+        bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c);
+        bool doubleWidth = (x+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+1].character == 0);
+        cr = newLine[x].rendition;
+        _clipboard = newLine[x].backgroundColor;
+        if (newLine[x].foregroundColor != cf) cf = newLine[x].foregroundColor;
+        int lln = columnsToUpdate - x;
+        for (len = 1; len < lln; len++)
+        {
+            const Character& ch = newLine[x+len];
+
+            if (!ch.character)
+                continue; // Skip trailing part of multi-col chars.
+
+			bool nextIsDoubleWidth = (x+len+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+len+1].character == 0);
+
+            if (  ch.foregroundColor != cf || 
+                  ch.backgroundColor != _clipboard || 
+                  ch.rendition != cr ||
+                  !dirtyMask[x+len] || 
+                  isLineChar(c) != lineDraw || 
+                  nextIsDoubleWidth != doubleWidth )
+            break;
+
+          disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c);
+        }
+
+        QString unistr(disstrU, p);
+
+        bool saveFixedFont = _fixedFont;
+        if (lineDraw)
+           _fixedFont = false;
+        if (doubleWidth)
+           _fixedFont = false;
+
+		updateLine = true;
+
+		_fixedFont = saveFixedFont;
+        x += len - 1;
+      }
+      
+    }
+
+	//both the top and bottom halves of double height _lines must always be redrawn
+	//although both top and bottom halves contain the same characters, only 
+    //the top one is actually 
+	//drawn.
+    if (_lineProperties.count() > y)
+        updateLine |= (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT);
+
+    // if the characters on the line are different in the old and the new _image
+    // then this line must be repainted.    
+    if (updateLine)
+    {
+        dirtyLineCount++;
+
+        // add the area occupied by this line to the region which needs to be
+        // repainted
+        QRect dirtyRect = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx , 
+                                 _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , 
+                                 _fontWidth * columnsToUpdate , 
+                                 _fontHeight ); 	
+
+        dirtyRegion |= dirtyRect;
+    }
+
+    // replace the line of characters in the old _image with the 
+    // current line of the new _image 
+    memcpy((void*)currentLine,(const void*)newLine,columnsToUpdate*sizeof(Character));
+  }
+
+  // if the new _image is smaller than the previous _image, then ensure that the area
+  // outside the new _image is cleared 
+  if ( linesToUpdate < _usedLines )
+  {
+    dirtyRegion |= QRect(   _leftMargin+tLx , 
+                            _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*linesToUpdate , 
+                            _fontWidth * this->_columns , 
+                            _fontHeight * (_usedLines-linesToUpdate) );
+  }
+  _usedLines = linesToUpdate;
+  
+  if ( columnsToUpdate < _usedColumns )
+  {
+    dirtyRegion |= QRect(   _leftMargin+tLx+columnsToUpdate*_fontWidth , 
+                            _topMargin+tLy , 
+                            _fontWidth * (_usedColumns-columnsToUpdate) , 
+                            _fontHeight * this->_lines );
+  }
+  _usedColumns = columnsToUpdate;
+
+  dirtyRegion |= _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect;
+
+  // update the parts of the display which have changed
+  update(dirtyRegion);
+
+  if ( _hasBlinker && !_blinkTimer->isActive()) _blinkTimer->start( BLINK_DELAY ); 
+  if (!_hasBlinker && _blinkTimer->isActive()) { _blinkTimer->stop(); _blinking = false; }
+  delete[] dirtyMask;
+  delete[] disstrU;
+
+}
+
+void TerminalView::showResizeNotification()
+{
+  if (_terminalSizeHint && isVisible())
+  {
+     if (_terminalSizeStartup) {
+       		_terminalSizeStartup=false;
+       return;
+     }
+     if (!_resizeWidget)
+     {
+        _resizeWidget = new QLabel(("Size: XXX x XXX"), this);
+        _resizeWidget->setMinimumWidth(_resizeWidget->fontMetrics().width(("Size: XXX x XXX")));
+        _resizeWidget->setMinimumHeight(_resizeWidget->sizeHint().height());
+		_resizeWidget->setAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter);
+
+        _resizeWidget->setStyleSheet("background-color:palette(window);border-style:solid;border-width:1px;border-color:palette(dark)");
+
+		_resizeTimer = new QTimer(this);
+		_resizeTimer->setSingleShot(true);
+        connect(_resizeTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), _resizeWidget, SLOT(hide()));
+
+     }
+     QString sizeStr;
+     sizeStr.sprintf("Size: %d x %d", _columns, _lines);
+     _resizeWidget->setText(sizeStr);
+     _resizeWidget->move((width()-_resizeWidget->width())/2,
+                         (height()-_resizeWidget->height())/2+20);
+     _resizeWidget->show();
+     _resizeTimer->start(1000);
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setBlinkingCursor(bool blink)
+{
+  _hasBlinkingCursor=blink;
+  
+  if (blink && !_blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) 
+      _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY);
+  
+  if (!blink && _blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) 
+  {
+    _blinkCursorTimer->stop();
+    if (_cursorBlinking)
+      blinkCursorEvent();
+    else
+      _cursorBlinking = false;
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::paintEvent( QPaintEvent* pe )
+{
+  updateImage();
+//qDebug("%s %d paintEvent", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+  QPainter paint(this);
+//qDebug("%s %d paintEvent %d %d", __FILE__, __LINE__, paint.window().top(), paint.window().right());
+
+  foreach (QRect rect, (pe->region() & contentsRect()).rects())
+  {
+    drawBackground(paint,rect,palette().background().color(),	true /* use opacity setting */);
+    drawContents(paint, rect);    
+  }
+//    drawBackground(paint,contentsRect(),palette().background().color(),	true /* use opacity setting */);
+//    drawContents(paint, contentsRect());    
+  drawInputMethodPreeditString(paint,preeditRect());
+  paintFilters(paint);
+
+  paint.end();
+}
+
+QPoint TerminalView::cursorPosition() const
+{
+	if (_screenWindow)
+		return _screenWindow->cursorPosition();
+	else
+		return QPoint(0,0);
+}
+
+QRect TerminalView::preeditRect() const
+{
+    const int preeditLength = string_width(_inputMethodData.preeditString);
+
+    if ( preeditLength == 0 )
+        return QRect();
+
+    return QRect(_leftMargin + _fontWidth*cursorPosition().x(),
+                 _topMargin + _fontHeight*cursorPosition().y(),
+                 _fontWidth*preeditLength,
+                 _fontHeight);
+}   
+
+void TerminalView::drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect)
+{
+    if ( _inputMethodData.preeditString.isEmpty() ) {
+        return;
+    }
+    const QPoint cursorPos = cursorPosition(); 
+
+    bool invertColors = false;
+    const QColor background = _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color;
+    const QColor foreground = _colorTable[DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR].color;
+    const Character* style = &_image[loc(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y())];
+
+    drawBackground(painter,rect,background,true);
+    drawCursor(painter,rect,foreground,background,invertColors);
+    drawCharacters(painter,rect,_inputMethodData.preeditString,style,invertColors);
+
+    _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect = rect; 
+}
+
+FilterChain* TerminalView::filterChain() const
+{
+    return _filterChain;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::paintFilters(QPainter& painter)
+{
+//qDebug("%s %d paintFilters", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+
+    // get color of character under mouse and use it to draw
+    // lines for filters
+    QPoint cursorPos = mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos());
+    int cursorLine;
+    int cursorColumn;
+    getCharacterPosition( cursorPos , cursorLine , cursorColumn );
+    Character cursorCharacter = _image[loc(cursorColumn,cursorLine)];
+
+    painter.setPen( QPen(cursorCharacter.foregroundColor.color(colorTable())) );
+
+    // iterate over hotspots identified by the display's currently active filters 
+    // and draw appropriate visuals to indicate the presence of the hotspot
+
+    QList<Filter::HotSpot*> spots = _filterChain->hotSpots();
+    QListIterator<Filter::HotSpot*> iter(spots);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+    {
+        Filter::HotSpot* spot = iter.next();
+
+        for ( int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++ )
+        {
+            int startColumn = 0;
+            int endColumn = _columns-1; // TODO use number of _columns which are actually 
+                                        // occupied on this line rather than the width of the 
+                                        // display in _columns
+
+            // ignore whitespace at the end of the lines
+            while ( QChar(_image[loc(endColumn,line)].character).isSpace() && endColumn > 0 )
+                endColumn--;
+              
+            // increment here because the column which we want to set 'endColumn' to
+            // is the first whitespace character at the end of the line
+            endColumn++;
+
+            if ( line == spot->startLine() )
+                startColumn = spot->startColumn();
+            if ( line == spot->endLine() )
+                endColumn = spot->endColumn();
+
+            // subtract one pixel from
+            // the right and bottom so that
+            // we do not overdraw adjacent
+            // hotspots
+            //
+            // subtracting one pixel from all sides also prevents an edge case where
+            // moving the mouse outside a link could still leave it underlined 
+            // because the check below for the position of the cursor
+            // finds it on the border of the target area
+            QRect r;
+            r.setCoords( startColumn*_fontWidth + 1, line*_fontHeight + 1,
+                             endColumn*_fontWidth - 1, (line+1)*_fontHeight - 1 ); 
+                                                                           
+            // Underline link hotspots 
+            if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link )
+            {
+                QFontMetrics metrics(font());
+        
+                // find the baseline (which is the invisible line that the characters in the font sit on,
+                // with some having tails dangling below)
+                int baseline = r.bottom() - metrics.descent();
+                // find the position of the underline below that
+                int underlinePos = baseline + metrics.underlinePos();
+
+                if ( r.contains( mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()) ) )
+                    painter.drawLine( r.left() , underlinePos , 
+                                      r.right() , underlinePos );
+            }
+            // Marker hotspots simply have a transparent rectanglular shape
+            // drawn on top of them
+            else if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Marker )
+            {
+            //TODO - Do not use a hardcoded colour for this
+                painter.fillRect(r,QBrush(QColor(255,0,0,120)));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+void TerminalView::drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect)
+{
+//qDebug("%s %d drawContents and rect x=%d y=%d w=%d h=%d", __FILE__, __LINE__, rect.x(), rect.y(),rect.width(),rect.height());
+
+  QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
+//  int    tLx = tL.x();
+  int    tLy = tL.y();
+
+  int tLx = (_contentWidth - _usedColumns * _fontWidth)/2;
+//  int tLy = (_contentHeight - _usedLines * _fontHeight)/2; 
+//qDebug("%d %d %d %d", tLx, tLy, _contentWidth, _usedColumns * _fontWidth);  
+
+  int lux = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0,(rect.left()   - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth));
+  int luy = qMin(_usedLines-1,  qMax(0, (rect.top()    - tLy - _topMargin  ) / _fontHeight));
+  int rlx = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0, (rect.right()  - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth));
+  int rly = qMin(_usedLines-1,  qMax(0, (rect.bottom() - tLy - _topMargin  ) / _fontHeight));
+
+  const int bufferSize = _usedColumns;
+  QChar *disstrU = new QChar[bufferSize];
+  for (int y = luy; y <= rly; y++)
+  {
+    quint16 c = _image[loc(lux,y)].character;
+    int x = lux;
+    if(!c && x)
+      x--; // Search for start of multi-column character
+    for (; x <= rlx; x++)
+    {
+      int len = 1;
+      int p = 0;
+
+      // is this a single character or a sequence of characters ?
+      if ( _image[loc(x,y)].rendition & RE_EXTENDED_CHAR )
+      {
+        // sequence of characters
+        ushort extendedCharLength = 0;
+        ushort* chars = ExtendedCharTable::instance
+                            .lookupExtendedChar(_image[loc(x,y)].charSequence,extendedCharLength);
+        for ( int index = 0 ; index < extendedCharLength ; index++ ) 
+        {
+            Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize );
+            disstrU[p++] = chars[index];
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        // single character
+        c = _image[loc(x,y)].character;
+        if (c)
+        {
+             Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize );
+             disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c);
+        }
+      }
+
+      bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c);
+      bool doubleWidth = (_image[ qMin(loc(x,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0);
+      CharacterColor currentForeground = _image[loc(x,y)].foregroundColor;
+      CharacterColor currentBackground = _image[loc(x,y)].backgroundColor;
+      quint8 currentRendition = _image[loc(x,y)].rendition;
+	  
+      while (x+len <= rlx &&
+             _image[loc(x+len,y)].foregroundColor == currentForeground &&
+             _image[loc(x+len,y)].backgroundColor == currentBackground &&
+             _image[loc(x+len,y)].rendition == currentRendition &&
+             (_image[ qMin(loc(x+len,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0) == doubleWidth &&
+             isLineChar( c = _image[loc(x+len,y)].character) == lineDraw) // Assignment!
+      {
+        if (c)
+          disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c);
+        if (doubleWidth) // assert((_image[loc(x+len,y)+1].character == 0)), see above if condition
+          len++; // Skip trailing part of multi-column character
+        len++;
+      }
+      if ((x+len < _usedColumns) && (!_image[loc(x+len,y)].character))
+        len++; // Adjust for trailing part of multi-column character
+
+   	     bool save__fixedFont = _fixedFont;
+         if (lineDraw)
+            _fixedFont = false;
+         if (doubleWidth)
+            _fixedFont = false;
+         QString unistr(disstrU,p);
+		 
+		 if (y < _lineProperties.size())
+		 {
+			if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH) {
+				paint.scale(2,1);
+			}
+			
+			if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT) {
+  		 		paint.scale(1,2);
+			}
+		 }
+
+		 //calculate the area in which the text will be drawn
+		 QRect textArea = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx+_fontWidth*x , 
+					_topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , 
+					_fontWidth*len, 
+					_fontHeight);
+		
+		 //move the calculated area to take account of scaling applied to the painter.
+		 //the position of the area from the origin (0,0) is scaled 
+         //by the opposite of whatever
+		 //transformation has been applied to the painter.  this ensures that 
+		 //painting does actually start from textArea.topLeft() 
+         //(instead of textArea.topLeft() * painter-scale)	
+		 QMatrix inverted = paint.matrix().inverted();
+//		 textArea.moveTopLeft( inverted.map(textArea.topLeft()) );
+		 textArea.moveCenter( inverted.map(textArea.center()) );
+
+		 
+		 //paint text fragment
+         drawTextFragment(	paint,
+                		    textArea,
+                		    unistr, 
+					    	&_image[loc(x,y)] ); //, 
+						    //0, 
+						    //!_isPrinting );
+         
+		 _fixedFont = save__fixedFont;
+     
+		 //reset back to single-width, single-height _lines 
+		 paint.resetMatrix();
+
+		 if (y < _lineProperties.size()-1)
+		 {
+			//double-height _lines are represented by two adjacent _lines 
+            //containing the same characters
+			//both _lines will have the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute.  
+            //If the current line has the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute, 
+            //we can therefore skip the next line
+			if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT)
+				y++;
+		 }
+		 
+	    x += len - 1;
+    }
+  }
+  delete [] disstrU;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::blinkEvent()
+{
+  _blinking = !_blinking;
+
+  //TODO:  Optimise to only repaint the areas of the widget 
+  // where there is blinking text
+  // rather than repainting the whole widget.
+  update();
+}
+
+QRect TerminalView::imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const
+{
+//qDebug("%s %d imageToWidget", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+    QRect result;
+    result.setLeft( _leftMargin + _fontWidth * imageArea.left() );
+    result.setTop( _topMargin + _fontHeight * imageArea.top() );
+    result.setWidth( _fontWidth * imageArea.width() );
+    result.setHeight( _fontHeight * imageArea.height() );
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::blinkCursorEvent()
+{
+  _cursorBlinking = !_cursorBlinking;
+
+  QRect cursorRect = imageToWidget( QRect(cursorPosition(),QSize(1,1)) ); 
+
+  update(cursorRect);
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                  Resizing                                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+void TerminalView::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
+{
+  updateImageSize();
+}
+
+void TerminalView::propagateSize()
+{
+  if (_isFixedSize)
+  {
+     setSize(_columns, _lines);
+     QWidget::setFixedSize(sizeHint());
+     parentWidget()->adjustSize();
+     parentWidget()->setFixedSize(parentWidget()->sizeHint());
+     return;
+  }
+  if (_image)
+     updateImageSize();
+}
+
+void TerminalView::updateImageSize()
+{
+//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+  Character* oldimg = _image;
+  int oldlin = _lines;
+  int oldcol = _columns;
+
+  makeImage();
+
+  
+  // copy the old image to reduce flicker
+  int lines = qMin(oldlin,_lines);
+  int columns = qMin(oldcol,_columns);
+
+//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+  if (oldimg)
+  {
+    for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) 
+    {
+      memcpy((void*)&_image[_columns*line],
+             (void*)&oldimg[oldcol*line],columns*sizeof(Character));
+    }
+    delete[] oldimg;
+  }
+
+//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+  if (_screenWindow)
+  	_screenWindow->setWindowLines(_lines);
+
+  _resizing = (oldlin!=_lines) || (oldcol!=_columns);
+
+  if ( _resizing )
+  {
+//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+  	showResizeNotification();
+    emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight, _contentWidth); // expose resizeEvent
+  }
+//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+  
+  _resizing = false;
+}
+
+//showEvent and hideEvent are reimplemented here so that it appears to other classes that the 
+//display has been resized when the display is hidden or shown.
+//
+//this allows  
+//TODO: Perhaps it would be better to have separate signals for show and hide instead of using
+//the same signal as the one for a content size change 
+void TerminalView::showEvent(QShowEvent*)
+{
+    emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth);
+}
+void TerminalView::hideEvent(QHideEvent*)
+{
+    emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth);
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                Scrollbar                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+void TerminalView::scrollBarPositionChanged(int)
+{
+  if ( !_screenWindow ) 
+      return;
+
+  _screenWindow->scrollTo( _scrollBar->value() );
+
+  // if the thumb has been moved to the bottom of the _scrollBar then set
+  // the display to automatically track new output, 
+  // that is, scroll down automatically
+  // to how new _lines as they are added
+  const bool atEndOfOutput = (_scrollBar->value() == _scrollBar->maximum());
+  _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( atEndOfOutput );
+
+  updateImage();
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setScroll(int cursor, int slines)
+{
+//qDebug("%s %d setScroll", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+  // update _scrollBar if the range or value has changed,
+  // otherwise return
+  //
+  // setting the range or value of a _scrollBar will always trigger
+  // a repaint, so it should be avoided if it is not necessary
+  if ( _scrollBar->minimum() == 0                 &&
+       _scrollBar->maximum() == (slines - _lines) &&
+       _scrollBar->value()   == cursor )
+  {
+        return;
+  }
+
+  disconnect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int)));
+  _scrollBar->setRange(0,slines - _lines);
+  _scrollBar->setSingleStep(1);
+  _scrollBar->setPageStep(_lines);
+  _scrollBar->setValue(cursor);
+  connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int)));
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position)
+{
+  if (_scrollbarLocation == position) {
+//      return; 
+  }
+ 
+  if ( position == NoScrollBar )
+     _scrollBar->hide();
+  else 
+     _scrollBar->show(); 
+
+  _topMargin = _leftMargin = 1;
+  _scrollbarLocation = position;
+  
+  propagateSize();
+  update();
+}
+
+void TerminalView::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
+{
+  if ( _possibleTripleClick && (ev->button()==Qt::LeftButton) ) {
+    mouseTripleClickEvent(ev);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return;
+  
+  if ( !_screenWindow ) return;
+
+  int charLine;
+  int charColumn;
+  getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn);
+  QPoint pos = QPoint(charColumn,charLine);
+
+  if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
+  {
+    _lineSelectionMode = false;
+    _wordSelectionMode = false;
+
+    emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady...
+    // Drag only when the Control key is hold
+    bool selected = false;
+    
+    // The receiver of the testIsSelected() signal will adjust
+    // 'selected' accordingly.
+    //emit testIsSelected(pos.x(), pos.y(), selected);
+    
+    selected =  _screenWindow->isSelected(pos.x(),pos.y());
+
+    if ((!_ctrlDrag || ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) && selected ) {
+      // The user clicked inside selected text
+      dragInfo.state = diPending;
+      dragInfo.start = ev->pos();
+    }
+    else {
+      // No reason to ever start a drag event
+      dragInfo.state = diNone;
+
+      _preserveLineBreaks = !( ( ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier ) && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) );
+      _columnSelectionMode = (ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier);
+
+      if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))
+      {
+         _screenWindow->clearSelection();
+
+        //emit clearSelectionSignal();
+        pos.ry() += _scrollBar->value();
+        _iPntSel = _pntSel = pos;
+        _actSel = 1; // left mouse button pressed but nothing selected yet.
+        
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        emit mouseSignal( 0, charColumn + 1, charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  else if ( ev->button() == Qt::MidButton )
+  {
+    if ( _mouseMarks || (!_mouseMarks && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) )
+      emitSelection(true,ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier);
+    else
+      emit mouseSignal( 1, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0);
+  }
+  else if ( ev->button() == Qt::RightButton )
+  {
+    if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) 
+    {
+        emit configureRequest( this, 
+                               ev->modifiers() & (Qt::ShiftModifier|Qt::ControlModifier), 
+                               ev->pos()
+                             );
+    }
+    else
+      emit mouseSignal( 2, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0);
+  }
+}
+
+QList<QAction*> TerminalView::filterActions(const QPoint& position)
+{
+  int charLine, charColumn;
+  getCharacterPosition(position,charLine,charColumn);
+
+  Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn);
+
+  return spot ? spot->actions() : QList<QAction*>();
+}
+
+void TerminalView::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
+{
+  int charLine = 0;
+  int charColumn = 0;
+
+  getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); 
+
+  // handle filters
+  // change link hot-spot appearance on mouse-over
+  Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn);
+  if ( spot && spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link)
+  {
+    QRect previousHotspotArea = _mouseOverHotspotArea;
+    _mouseOverHotspotArea.setCoords( qMin(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontWidth,
+                                     spot->startLine() * _fontHeight,
+                                     qMax(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontHeight,
+                                     (spot->endLine()+1) * _fontHeight );
+
+    // display tooltips when mousing over links
+    // TODO: Extend this to work with filter types other than links
+    const QString& tooltip = spot->tooltip();
+    if ( !tooltip.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        QToolTip::showText( mapToGlobal(ev->pos()) , tooltip , this , _mouseOverHotspotArea );
+    }
+
+    update( _mouseOverHotspotArea | previousHotspotArea );
+  }
+  else if ( _mouseOverHotspotArea.isValid() )
+  {
+        update( _mouseOverHotspotArea );
+        // set hotspot area to an invalid rectangle
+        _mouseOverHotspotArea = QRect();
+  }
+  
+  // for auto-hiding the cursor, we need mouseTracking
+  if (ev->buttons() == Qt::NoButton ) return;
+
+  // if the terminal is interested in mouse movements 
+  // then emit a mouse movement signal, unless the shift
+  // key is being held down, which overrides this.
+  if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))
+  {
+	int button = 3;
+	if (ev->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton)
+		button = 0;
+	if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton)
+		button = 1;
+	if (ev->buttons() & Qt::RightButton)
+		button = 2;
+
+        
+        emit mouseSignal( button, 
+                        charColumn + 1,
+                        charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(),
+			 1 );
+      
+	return;
+  }
+      
+  if (dragInfo.state == diPending) 
+  {
+    // we had a mouse down, but haven't confirmed a drag yet
+    // if the mouse has moved sufficiently, we will confirm
+
+   int distance = 10; //KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay();
+   if ( ev->x() > dragInfo.start.x() + distance || ev->x() < dragInfo.start.x() - distance ||
+        ev->y() > dragInfo.start.y() + distance || ev->y() < dragInfo.start.y() - distance) 
+   {
+      // we've left the drag square, we can start a real drag operation now
+      emit isBusySelecting(false); // Ok.. we can breath again.
+      
+       _screenWindow->clearSelection();
+      doDrag();
+    }
+    return;
+  } 
+  else if (dragInfo.state == diDragging) 
+  {
+    // this isn't technically needed because mouseMoveEvent is suppressed during
+    // Qt drag operations, replaced by dragMoveEvent
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (_actSel == 0) return;
+
+ // don't extend selection while pasting
+  if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton) return;
+
+  extendSelection( ev->pos() );
+}
+
+#if 0
+void TerminalDisplay::setSelectionEnd()
+{
+  extendSelection( _configureRequestPoint );
+}
+#endif
+
+void TerminalView::extendSelection(const QPoint& position) {
+  QPoint pos = position;
+
+  if (!_screenWindow) {
+      return;
+  }
+
+  QPoint tL  = contentsRect().topLeft();
+  int    tLx = tL.x();
+  int    tLy = tL.y();
+  int    scroll = _scrollBar->value();
+
+  // we're in the process of moving the mouse with the left button pressed
+  // the mouse cursor will kept caught within the bounds of the text in
+  // this widget.
+
+  // Adjust position within text area bounds. See FIXME above.
+  if (pos.x() < tLx + _leftMargin) {
+      pos.setX(tLx + _leftMargin);
+  }
+  if (pos.x() > tLx + _leftMargin + _usedColumns * _fontWidth - 1) {
+      pos.setX(tLx + _leftMargin + _usedColumns * _fontWidth);
+  }
+  if (pos.y() < tLy + _topMargin) {
+      pos.setY(tLy + _topMargin);
+  }
+  if (pos.y() > tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1) {
+      pos.setY(tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1);
+  }
+
+  if (pos.y() == tLy + _topMargin + _usedLines * _fontHeight - 1) {
+    _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value() + yMouseScroll); // scrollforward
+  }
+  if (pos.y() == tLy + _topMargin) {
+    _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value() - yMouseScroll); // scrollback
+  }
+
+  int charColumn = 0;
+  int charLine = 0;
+  getCharacterPosition(pos, charLine, charColumn);
+
+  QPoint here = QPoint(charColumn, charLine);
+  QPoint ohere(here);
+  QPoint _iPntSelCorr = _iPntSel;
+  _iPntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value();
+  QPoint _pntSelCorr = _pntSel;
+  _pntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value();
+  bool swapping = false;
+
+  if (_wordSelectionMode) {
+    // Extend to word boundaries
+    int i = 0;
+    int selClass = 0;
+
+    bool left_not_right = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() ||
+						   (here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()));
+    bool old_left_not_right = (_pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() ||
+							   (_pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && _pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()));
+    swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right;
+
+    // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start)
+    QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr;
+    i = loc(left.x(), left.y());
+    if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) {
+      selClass = charClass(_image[i].character);
+      while (((left.x() > 0) || (left.y() > 0 && (_lineProperties[left.y() - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED))) 
+					  && charClass(_image[i - 1].character) == selClass) {
+		i--;
+		if (left.x() > 0) {
+		  left.rx()--;
+		} else {
+		  left.rx() = _usedColumns - 1;
+		  left.ry()--;
+		}
+	  }
+    }
+
+    // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here)
+    QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
+    i = loc(right.x(), right.y());
+    if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) {
+      selClass = charClass(_image[i].character);
+      while (((right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) || (right.y() < _usedLines - 1 && (_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED))) 
+					  && charClass(_image[i + 1].character) == selClass) {
+		i++;
+		if (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) {
+		  right.rx()++;
+		} else {
+		  right.rx() = 0;
+		  right.ry()++;
+		}
+	  }
+    }
+
+    // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
+    if (left_not_right) {
+      here = left;
+	  ohere = right;
+    } else {
+      here = right;
+	  ohere = left;
+    }
+    ohere.rx()++;
+  }
+
+  if (_lineSelectionMode) {
+    // Extend to complete line
+    bool above_not_below = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y());
+
+    QPoint above = above_not_below ? here : _iPntSelCorr;
+    QPoint below = above_not_below ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
+
+    while (above.y() > 0 && (_lineProperties[above.y() - 1] & LINE_WRAPPED)) {
+      above.ry()--;
+	}
+    while (below.y() < _usedLines - 1 && (_lineProperties[below.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED)) {
+      below.ry()++;
+	}
+
+    above.setX(0);
+    below.setX(_usedColumns - 1);
+
+    // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
+    if (above_not_below) {
+      here = above;
+	  ohere = below;
+    } else {
+      here = below;
+	  ohere = above;
+    }
+
+    QPoint newSelBegin = QPoint(ohere.x(), ohere.y());
+    swapping = !(_tripleSelBegin == newSelBegin);
+    _tripleSelBegin = newSelBegin;
+
+    ohere.rx()++;
+  }
+
+  int offset = 0;
+  if (!_wordSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode) {
+    int i = 0;
+    int selClass = 0;
+
+    bool left_not_right = (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() ||
+						   (here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()));
+    bool old_left_not_right = (_pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() ||
+							   (_pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && _pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()));
+    swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right;
+
+    // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start)
+    QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr;
+
+    // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here)
+    QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
+    if (right.x() > 0 && !_columnSelectionMode) {
+      i = loc(right.x(), right.y());
+      if (i >= 0 && i <= _imageSize) {
+        selClass = charClass(_image[i - 1].character);
+        if (selClass == ' ') {
+          while (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1 && charClass(_image[i + 1].character) == selClass && (right.y() < _usedLines - 1) && 
+						  !(_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED)) {
+			i++;
+			right.rx()++;
+		  }
+          if (right.x() < _usedColumns - 1) {
+            right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here;
+          } else {
+            right.rx()++;  // will be balanced later because of offset=-1;
+		  }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here)
+    if (left_not_right) {
+      here = left;
+	  ohere = right;
+	  offset = 0;
+    } else {
+      here = right;
+	  ohere = left;
+	  offset = -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ((here == _pntSelCorr) && (scroll == _scrollBar->value())) {
+	return; // not moved
+  }
+
+  if (here == ohere) {
+	return; // It's not left, it's not right.
+  }
+
+  if (_actSel < 2 || swapping) {
+    if (_columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode) {
+        _screenWindow->setSelectionStart(ohere.x(), ohere.y(), true);
+    } else {
+        _screenWindow->setSelectionStart(ohere.x() - 1 - offset , ohere.y(), false);
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  _actSel = 2; // within selection
+  _pntSel = here;
+  _pntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value();
+
+  if (_columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode) {
+     _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd(here.x(), here.y());
+  } else {
+     _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd(here.x() + offset, here.y());
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
+{
+    if ( !_screenWindow )
+        return;
+
+    int charLine;
+    int charColumn;
+    getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn);
+
+  if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton)
+  {
+    emit isBusySelecting(false); 
+    if(dragInfo.state == diPending)
+    {
+      // We had a drag event pending but never confirmed.  Kill selection
+       _screenWindow->clearSelection();
+      //emit clearSelectionSignal();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      if ( _actSel > 1 )
+      {
+          setSelection(  _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks)  );
+      }
+
+      _actSel = 0;
+
+      //FIXME: emits a release event even if the mouse is
+      //       outside the range. The procedure used in `mouseMoveEvent'
+      //       applies here, too.
+
+      if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))
+        emit mouseSignal( 3, // release
+                        charColumn + 1,
+                        charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0);
+    }
+    dragInfo.state = diNone;
+  }
+  
+  
+  if ( !_mouseMarks && 
+       ((ev->button() == Qt::RightButton && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))
+                        || ev->button() == Qt::MidButton) ) 
+  {
+    emit mouseSignal( 3, 
+                      charColumn + 1, 
+                      charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 
+                      0);
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const
+{
+
+    column = (widgetPoint.x() + _fontWidth/2 -contentsRect().left()-_leftMargin) / _fontWidth;
+    line = (widgetPoint.y()-contentsRect().top()-_topMargin) / _fontHeight;
+
+    if ( line < 0 )
+        line = 0;
+    if ( column < 0 )
+        column = 0;
+
+    if ( line >= _usedLines )
+        line = _usedLines-1;
+
+    // the column value returned can be equal to _usedColumns, which
+    // is the position just after the last character displayed in a line.
+    //
+    // this is required so that the user can select characters in the right-most
+    // column (or left-most for right-to-left input)
+    if ( column > _usedColumns )
+        column = _usedColumns;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::updateLineProperties()
+{
+    if ( !_screenWindow ) 
+        return;
+
+    _lineProperties = _screenWindow->getLineProperties();    
+}
+
+void TerminalView::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
+{
+  if ( ev->button() != Qt::LeftButton) return;
+  if ( !_screenWindow ) return;
+
+  int charLine = 0;
+  int charColumn = 0;
+
+  getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn);
+
+  QPoint pos(charColumn,charLine);
+
+  // pass on double click as two clicks.
+  if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))
+  {
+    // Send just _ONE_ click event, since the first click of the double click
+    // was already sent by the click handler
+    emit mouseSignal( 0, 
+                      pos.x()+1, 
+                      pos.y()+1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(),
+                      0 ); // left button
+    return;
+  }
+
+  _screenWindow->clearSelection();
+  QPoint bgnSel = pos;
+  QPoint endSel = pos;
+  int i = loc(bgnSel.x(),bgnSel.y());
+  _iPntSel = bgnSel;
+  _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value();
+
+  _wordSelectionMode = true;
+
+  // find word boundaries...
+  int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character);
+  {
+     // find the start of the word
+     int x = bgnSel.x();
+     while ( ((x>0) || (bgnSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[bgnSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) 
+					 && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass )
+     {  
+       i--; 
+       if (x>0) 
+           x--; 
+       else 
+       {
+           x=_usedColumns-1; 
+           bgnSel.ry()--;
+       } 
+     }
+
+     bgnSel.setX(x);
+     _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( bgnSel.x() , bgnSel.y() , false );
+
+     // find the end of the word
+     i = loc( endSel.x(), endSel.y() );
+     x = endSel.x();
+     while( ((x<_usedColumns-1) || (endSel.y()<_usedLines-1 && (_lineProperties[endSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) 
+					 && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass )
+     { 
+         i++; 
+         if (x<_usedColumns-1) 
+             x++; 
+         else 
+         {  
+             x=0; 
+             endSel.ry()++; 
+         } 
+     }
+
+     endSel.setX(x);
+
+     // In word selection mode don't select @ (64) if at end of word.
+     if ( ( QChar( _image[i].character ) == '@' ) && ( ( endSel.x() - bgnSel.x() ) > 0 ) )
+       endSel.setX( x - 1 );
+
+
+     _actSel = 2; // within selection
+     
+     _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( endSel.x() , endSel.y() );
+    
+     setSelection( _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks) ); 
+   }
+
+  _possibleTripleClick=true;
+
+  QTimer::singleShot(QApplication::doubleClickInterval(),this,
+                     SLOT(tripleClickTimeout()));
+}
+
+void TerminalView::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* ev )
+{
+  if (ev->orientation() != Qt::Vertical)
+    return;
+
+  if ( _mouseMarks )
+    _scrollBar->event(ev);
+  else
+  {
+    int charLine;
+    int charColumn;
+    getCharacterPosition( ev->pos() , charLine , charColumn );
+    
+    emit mouseSignal( ev->delta() > 0 ? 4 : 5, 
+                      charColumn + 1, 
+                      charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 
+                      0);
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::tripleClickTimeout()
+{
+  _possibleTripleClick=false;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev)
+{
+  if ( !_screenWindow ) return;
+
+  int charLine;
+  int charColumn;
+  getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn);
+  _iPntSel = QPoint(charColumn,charLine);
+
+  _screenWindow->clearSelection();
+
+  _lineSelectionMode = true;
+  _wordSelectionMode = false;
+
+  _actSel = 2; // within selection
+  emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady...
+
+  while (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )
+    _iPntSel.ry()--;
+  
+  if (_tripleClickMode == SelectForwardsFromCursor) {
+    // find word boundary start
+    int i = loc(_iPntSel.x(),_iPntSel.y());
+    int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character);
+    int x = _iPntSel.x();
+    
+    while ( ((x>0) || 
+             (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )
+            ) 
+            && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass )
+    {
+        i--; 
+        if (x>0) 
+            x--; 
+        else 
+        {
+            x=_columns-1; 
+            _iPntSel.ry()--;
+        } 
+    }
+
+    _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( x , _iPntSel.y() , false );
+    _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( x, _iPntSel.y() );
+  }
+  else if (_tripleClickMode == SelectWholeLine) {
+    _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( 0 , _iPntSel.y() , false );
+    _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( 0, _iPntSel.y() );
+  }
+
+  while (_iPntSel.y()<_lines-1 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) )
+    _iPntSel.ry()++;
+  
+  _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( _columns - 1 , _iPntSel.y() );
+
+  setSelection(_screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks));
+
+  _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value();
+
+  emit tripleClicked( _screenWindow->selectedText( _preserveLineBreaks ) ); 
+}
+
+
+bool TerminalView::focusNextPrevChild( bool next )
+{
+  if (next)
+    return false; // This disables changing the active part in konqueror
+                  // when pressing Tab
+  return QWidget::focusNextPrevChild( next );
+}
+
+
+int TerminalView::charClass(quint16 ch) const
+{
+    QChar qch=QChar(ch);
+    if ( qch.isSpace() ) return ' ';
+
+    if ( qch.isLetterOrNumber() || _wordCharacters.contains(qch, Qt::CaseInsensitive ) )
+    return 'a';
+
+    // Everything else is weird
+    return 1;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setWordCharacters(const QString& wc)
+{
+	_wordCharacters = wc;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setUsesMouse(bool on)
+{
+  _mouseMarks = on;
+  setCursor( _mouseMarks ? Qt::IBeamCursor : Qt::ArrowCursor );
+}
+bool TerminalView::usesMouse() const
+{
+    return _mouseMarks;
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                               Clipboard                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#undef KeyPress
+
+void TerminalView::emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn)
+{
+  if ( !_screenWindow ) 
+      return;
+
+  // Paste Clipboard by simulating keypress events
+  QString text = QApplication::clipboard()->text(useXselection ? QClipboard::Selection :
+                                                                 QClipboard::Clipboard);
+  if(appendReturn)
+    text.append("\r");
+  if ( ! text.isEmpty() )
+  {
+    text.replace("\n", "\r");
+    QKeyEvent e(QEvent::KeyPress, 0, Qt::NoModifier, text);
+    emit keyPressedSignal(&e); // expose as a big fat keypress event
+    
+    _screenWindow->clearSelection();
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setSelection(const QString& t)
+{
+  QApplication::clipboard()->setText(t, QClipboard::Selection);
+}
+
+void TerminalView::copyClipboard()
+{
+  if ( !_screenWindow )
+      return;
+
+  QString text = _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks);
+  QApplication::clipboard()->setText(text);
+}
+
+void TerminalView::pasteClipboard()
+{
+  emitSelection(false,false);
+}
+
+void TerminalView::pasteSelection()
+{
+  emitSelection(true,false);
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                Keyboard                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+void TerminalView::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent* event )
+{
+//qDebug("%s %d keyPressEvent and key is %d", __FILE__, __LINE__, event->key());
+
+    bool emitKeyPressSignal = true;
+
+    // Keyboard-based navigation
+    if ( event->modifiers() == Qt::ShiftModifier )
+    {
+        bool update = true;
+
+        if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageUp )
+        {
+	    //qDebug("%s %d pageup", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+            _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , -1 );
+        }
+        else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageDown )
+        {
+	    //qDebug("%s %d pagedown", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+            _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , 1 );
+        }
+        else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Up )
+        {
+	    //qDebug("%s %d keyup", __FILE__, __LINE__);	
+            _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , -1 );
+        }
+        else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Down )
+        {
+	    //qDebug("%s %d keydown", __FILE__, __LINE__);	
+            _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , 1 );
+        }
+        else {
+            update = false;
+	}
+
+        if ( update )
+        {
+	    //qDebug("%s %d updating", __FILE__, __LINE__);	
+            _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( _screenWindow->atEndOfOutput() );
+            
+            updateLineProperties();
+            updateImage();
+
+            // do not send key press to terminal
+            emitKeyPressSignal = false;
+        }
+    }
+    
+    _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( true );
+    
+    _actSel=0; // Key stroke implies a screen update, so TerminalDisplay won't
+              // know where the current selection is.
+
+    if (_hasBlinkingCursor) 
+    {
+      _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY);
+      if (_cursorBlinking)
+        blinkCursorEvent();
+      else
+        _cursorBlinking = false;
+    }
+
+    if ( emitKeyPressSignal && !_readonly )
+        emit keyPressedSignal(event);
+
+    if (_readonly) {
+	event->ignore();
+    }
+    else {
+        event->accept();
+    }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::inputMethodEvent( QInputMethodEvent* event )
+{
+    QKeyEvent keyEvent(QEvent::KeyPress,0,Qt::NoModifier,event->commitString());
+    emit keyPressedSignal(&keyEvent);
+
+    _inputMethodData.preeditString = event->preeditString();
+    update(preeditRect() | _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect);
+    
+    event->accept();
+}
+QVariant TerminalView::inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const
+{
+    const QPoint cursorPos = _screenWindow ? _screenWindow->cursorPosition() : QPoint(0,0);
+    switch ( query ) 
+    {
+        case Qt::ImMicroFocus:
+                return imageToWidget(QRect(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y(),1,1));
+            break;
+        case Qt::ImFont:
+                return font();
+            break;
+        case Qt::ImCursorPosition:
+                // return the cursor position within the current line
+                return cursorPos.x();
+            break;
+        case Qt::ImSurroundingText:
+            {
+                // return the text from the current line
+                QString lineText;
+                QTextStream stream(&lineText);
+                PlainTextDecoder decoder;
+                decoder.begin(&stream);
+                decoder.decodeLine(&_image[loc(0,cursorPos.y())],_usedColumns,_lineProperties[cursorPos.y()]);
+                decoder.end();
+                return lineText;
+            }
+            break;
+        case Qt::ImCurrentSelection:
+                return QString();
+            break;
+	    default:
+	        break;
+    }
+
+    return QVariant();
+}
+
+bool TerminalView::event( QEvent *e )
+{
+  if ( e->type() == QEvent::ShortcutOverride )
+  {
+    QKeyEvent* keyEvent = static_cast<QKeyEvent *>( e );
+
+    // a check to see if keyEvent->text() is empty is used
+    // to avoid intercepting the press of the modifier key on its own.
+    //
+    // this is important as it allows a press and release of the Alt key
+    // on its own to focus the menu bar, making it possible to
+    // work with the menu without using the mouse
+    if ( (keyEvent->modifiers() == Qt::AltModifier) && 
+         !keyEvent->text().isEmpty() )
+    {
+    	keyEvent->accept();
+      	return true;
+    }
+
+    // Override any of the following shortcuts because
+    // they are needed by the terminal
+    int keyCode = keyEvent->key() | keyEvent->modifiers();
+    switch ( keyCode )
+    {
+      // list is taken from the QLineEdit::event() code
+      case Qt::Key_Tab:
+      case Qt::Key_Delete:
+      case Qt::Key_Home:
+      case Qt::Key_End:
+      case Qt::Key_Backspace:
+      case Qt::Key_Left:
+      case Qt::Key_Right:
+        keyEvent->accept();
+        return true;
+    }
+  }
+  return QWidget::event( e );
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setBellMode(int mode)
+{
+  _bellMode=mode;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::enableBell()
+{
+    _allowBell = true;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::bell(const QString&)
+{
+  if (_bellMode==NoBell) return;
+
+  //limit the rate at which bells can occur 
+  //...mainly for sound effects where rapid bells in sequence 
+  //produce a horrible noise
+  if ( _allowBell )
+  {
+    _allowBell = false;
+    QTimer::singleShot(500,this,SLOT(enableBell()));
+ 
+    if (_bellMode==SystemBeepBell) 
+    {
+//        KNotification::beep();
+    } 
+    else if (_bellMode==NotifyBell) 
+    {
+//        KNotification::event("BellVisible", message,QPixmap(),this);
+    } 
+    else if (_bellMode==VisualBell) 
+    {
+        swapColorTable();
+        QTimer::singleShot(200,this,SLOT(swapColorTable()));
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::swapColorTable()
+{
+  ColorEntry color = _colorTable[1];
+  _colorTable[1]=_colorTable[0];
+  _colorTable[0]= color;
+  _colorsInverted = !_colorsInverted;
+  update();
+}
+
+void TerminalView::clearImage()
+{
+  // We initialize _image[_imageSize] too. See makeImage()
+  for (int i = 0; i <= _imageSize; i++)
+  {
+    _image[i].character = ' ';
+    _image[i].foregroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,
+                                               DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR);
+    _image[i].backgroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,
+                                               DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR);
+    _image[i].rendition = DEFAULT_RENDITION;
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::calcGeometry()
+{
+  _scrollBar->resize(QApplication::style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ScrollBarExtent),
+                    contentsRect().height());
+  switch(_scrollbarLocation)
+  {
+    case NoScrollBar :
+     _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
+     _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
+     break;
+    case ScrollBarLeft :
+     _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN + _scrollBar->width();
+     _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width();
+     _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topLeft());
+     break;
+    case ScrollBarRight:
+     _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN;
+     _contentWidth = contentsRect().width()  - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width();
+     _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topRight() - QPoint(_scrollBar->width()-1,0));
+     break;
+  }
+
+  _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN;
+  _contentHeight = contentsRect().height() - 2 * DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN + /* mysterious */ 1;
+
+  if (!_isFixedSize)
+  {
+     // ensure that display is always at least one column wide
+     _columns = qMax(1,_contentWidth / _fontWidth);
+     _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns);
+     
+     // ensure that display is always at least one line high
+     _lines = qMax(1,_contentHeight / _fontHeight);
+     _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines);
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::makeImage()
+{
+//qDebug("%s %d makeImage", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+  calcGeometry();
+
+  // confirm that array will be of non-zero size, since the painting code 
+  // assumes a non-zero array length
+  Q_ASSERT( _lines > 0 && _columns > 0 );
+  Q_ASSERT( _usedLines <= _lines && _usedColumns <= _columns );
+
+  _imageSize=_lines*_columns;
+  
+  // We over-commit one character so that we can be more relaxed in dealing with
+  // certain boundary conditions: _image[_imageSize] is a valid but unused position
+  _image = new Character[_imageSize+1];
+
+  clearImage();
+}
+
+// calculate the needed size
+void TerminalView::setSize(int columns, int lines)
+{
+  //FIXME - Not quite correct, a small amount of additional space
+  // will be used for margins, the scrollbar etc.
+  // we need to allow for this so that '_size' does allow
+  // enough room for the specified number of columns and lines to fit
+
+  QSize newSize = QSize( columns * _fontWidth  ,
+				 lines * _fontHeight   );
+
+  if ( newSize != size() )
+  {
+    _size = newSize;
+    updateGeometry();
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setFixedSize(int cols, int lins)
+{
+  _isFixedSize = true;
+  
+  //ensure that display is at least one line by one column in size
+  _columns = qMax(1,cols);
+  _lines = qMax(1,lins);
+  _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns);
+  _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines);
+
+  if (_image)
+  {
+     delete[] _image;
+     makeImage();
+  }
+  setSize(cols, lins);
+  QWidget::setFixedSize(_size);
+}
+
+QSize TerminalView::sizeHint() const
+{
+  return _size;
+}
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                       */
+/* Drag & Drop                                                           */
+/*                                                                       */
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+void TerminalView::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event)
+{
+  if (event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain"))
+      event->acceptProposedAction();
+}
+
+void TerminalView::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event)
+{
+//  KUrl::List urls = KUrl::List::fromMimeData(event->mimeData());
+
+  QString dropText;
+/*  if (!urls.isEmpty()) 
+  {
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < urls.count() ; i++ ) 
+    {
+        KUrl url = KIO::NetAccess::mostLocalUrl( urls[i] , 0 );
+        QString urlText;
+
+        if (url.isLocalFile())
+            urlText = url.path(); 
+        else
+            urlText = url.url();
+    
+        // in future it may be useful to be able to insert file names with drag-and-drop
+        // without quoting them (this only affects paths with spaces in) 
+        urlText = KShell::quoteArg(urlText);
+      
+        dropText += urlText;
+
+        if ( i != urls.count()-1 ) 
+            dropText += ' ';
+    }
+  }
+  else 
+  {
+    dropText = event->mimeData()->text();
+  }
+*/
+  if(event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain")) 
+  {
+    emit sendStringToEmu(dropText.toLocal8Bit());
+  }
+}
+
+void TerminalView::doDrag()
+{
+  dragInfo.state = diDragging;
+  dragInfo.dragObject = new QDrag(this);
+  QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData;
+  mimeData->setText(QApplication::clipboard()->text(QClipboard::Selection));
+  dragInfo.dragObject->setMimeData(mimeData);
+  dragInfo.dragObject->start(Qt::CopyAction);
+  // Don't delete the QTextDrag object.  Qt will delete it when it's done with it.
+}
+
+void TerminalView::outputSuspended(bool suspended)
+{
+	//create the label when this function is first called
+	if (!_outputSuspendedLabel)
+	{
+            //This label includes a link to an English language website
+            //describing the 'flow control' (Xon/Xoff) feature found in almost 
+            //all terminal emulators.
+            //If there isn't a suitable article available in the target language the link
+            //can simply be removed.
+			_outputSuspendedLabel = new QLabel( ("<qt>Output has been "
+                                                "<a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XON\">suspended</a>"
+                                                " by pressing Ctrl+S."
+											   "  Press <b>Ctrl+Q</b> to resume.</qt>"),
+											   this );
+
+            QPalette palette(_outputSuspendedLabel->palette());
+	    
+	    palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::WindowText, QColor(Qt::white));
+	    palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::Window, QColor(Qt::black));
+//            KColorScheme::adjustForeground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralText);
+//		KColorScheme::adjustBackground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralBackground);
+    	    _outputSuspendedLabel->setPalette(palette);
+	    _outputSuspendedLabel->setAutoFillBackground(true);
+	    _outputSuspendedLabel->setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base);
+	    _outputSuspendedLabel->setFont(QApplication::font());
+            _outputSuspendedLabel->setMargin(5);
+
+            //enable activation of "Xon/Xoff" link in label
+            _outputSuspendedLabel->setTextInteractionFlags(Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse | 
+                                                          Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard);
+            _outputSuspendedLabel->setOpenExternalLinks(true);
+            _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(false);
+
+            _gridLayout->addWidget(_outputSuspendedLabel);       
+            _gridLayout->addItem( new QSpacerItem(0,0,QSizePolicy::Expanding,
+                                                      QSizePolicy::Expanding),
+                                 1,0);
+
+    }
+
+	_outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(suspended);
+}
+
+uint TerminalView::lineSpacing() const
+{
+  return _lineSpacing;
+}
+
+void TerminalView::setLineSpacing(uint i)
+{
+  _lineSpacing = i;
+  setVTFont(font()); // Trigger an update.
+}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/TerminalView.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/TerminalView.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+    Copyright (C) 2012 Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef TERMINALVIEW_H
+#define TERMINALVIEW_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QColor>
+#include <QtCore/QPointer>
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "Filter.h"
+#include "Character.h"
+
+class QDrag;
+class QDragEnterEvent;
+class QDropEvent;
+class QLabel;
+class QTimer;
+class QEvent;
+class QFrame;
+class QGridLayout;
+class QKeyEvent;
+class QScrollBar;
+class QShowEvent;
+class QHideEvent;
+class QWidget;
+
+extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32];
+
+class ScreenWindow;
+
+/**
+ * A widget which displays output from a terminal emulation and sends input keypresses and mouse activity
+ * to the terminal.
+ *
+ * When the terminal emulation receives new output from the program running in the terminal, 
+ * it will update the display by calling updateImage().
+ *
+ * TODO More documentation
+ */
+class TerminalView : public QWidget
+{
+   Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    /** Constructs a new terminal display widget with the specified parent. */
+    TerminalView(QWidget *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~TerminalView();
+
+    /** Returns the terminal color palette used by the display. */
+    const ColorEntry* colorTable() const;
+    /** Sets the terminal color palette used by the display. */
+    void setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]);
+    /**
+     * Sets the seed used to generate random colors for the display
+     * (in color schemes that support them).
+     */
+    void setRandomSeed(uint seed);
+    /**
+     * Returns the seed used to generate random colors for the display
+     * (in color schemes that support them).
+     */
+    uint randomSeed() const;
+
+    /** Sets the opacity of the terminal display. */
+    void setOpacity(qreal opacity);
+
+    /** 
+     * This enum describes the location where the scroll bar is positioned in the display widget.
+     */
+    enum ScrollBarPosition 
+    { 
+        /** Do not show the scroll bar. */
+        NoScrollBar=0, 
+        /** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */
+        ScrollBarLeft=1, 
+        /** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */
+        ScrollBarRight=2 
+    };
+    /** 
+     * Specifies whether the terminal display has a vertical scroll bar, and if so whether it
+     * is shown on the left or right side of the display.
+     */
+    void setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position);
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the current position and range of the display's scroll bar.
+     *
+     * @param cursor The position of the scroll bar's thumb.
+     * @param lines The maximum value of the scroll bar.
+     */
+    void setScroll(int cursor, int lines);
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the display's filter chain.  When the image for the display is updated,
+     * the text is passed through each filter in the chain.  Each filter can define
+     * hotspots which correspond to certain strings (such as URLs or particular words).
+     * Depending on the type of the hotspots created by the filter ( returned by Filter::Hotspot::type() )
+     * the view will draw visual cues such as underlines on mouse-over for links or translucent
+     * rectangles for markers.
+     *
+     * To add a new filter to the view, call:
+     *      viewWidget->filterChain()->addFilter( filterObject );
+     */
+    FilterChain* filterChain() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Updates the filters in the display's filter chain.  This will cause
+     * the hotspots to be updated to match the current image.
+     *
+     * WARNING:  This function can be expensive depending on the 
+     * image size and number of filters in the filterChain()
+     *
+     * TODO - This API does not really allow efficient usage.  Revise it so
+     * that the processing can be done in a better way.
+     *
+     * eg:
+     *      - Area of interest may be known ( eg. mouse cursor hovering
+     *      over an area )
+     */  
+    void processFilters();
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns a list of menu actions created by the filters for the content
+     * at the given @p position.
+     */
+    QList<QAction*> filterActions(const QPoint& position);
+
+    /** Returns true if the cursor is set to blink or false otherwise. */
+    bool blinkingCursor() { return _hasBlinkingCursor; }
+    /** Specifies whether or not the cursor blinks. */
+    void setBlinkingCursor(bool blink);
+
+    void setCtrlDrag(bool enable) { _ctrlDrag=enable; }
+    bool ctrlDrag() { return _ctrlDrag; }
+
+	/** 
+     *  This enum describes the methods for selecting text when
+ 	 *  the user triple-clicks within the display. 
+ 	 */
+	enum TripleClickMode
+	{
+		/** Select the whole line underneath the cursor. */
+		SelectWholeLine,
+		/** Select from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */
+		SelectForwardsFromCursor
+	};
+    /** Sets how the text is selected when the user triple clicks within the display. */	
+    void setTripleClickMode(TripleClickMode mode) { _tripleClickMode = mode; }
+	/** See setTripleClickSelectionMode() */
+    TripleClickMode tripleClickMode() { return _tripleClickMode; }
+
+    void setLineSpacing(uint);
+    uint lineSpacing() const;
+
+    void emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn);
+
+    /**
+     * This enum describes the available shapes for the keyboard cursor.
+     * See setKeyboardCursorShape()
+     */
+    enum KeyboardCursorShape
+    {
+        /** A rectangular block which covers the entire area of the cursor character. */
+        BlockCursor,
+        /** 
+         * A single flat line which occupies the space at the bottom of the cursor
+         * character's area.
+         */
+        UnderlineCursor,
+        /** 
+         * An cursor shaped like the capital letter 'I', similar to the IBeam 
+         * cursor used in Qt/KDE text editors.
+         */
+        IBeamCursor
+    };
+    /** 
+     * Sets the shape of the keyboard cursor.  This is the cursor drawn   
+     * at the position in the terminal where keyboard input will appear.
+     *
+     * In addition the terminal display widget also has a cursor for 
+     * the mouse pointer, which can be set using the QWidget::setCursor()
+     * method.
+     *
+     * Defaults to BlockCursor
+     */
+    void setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape);
+    /**
+     * Returns the shape of the keyboard cursor.  See setKeyboardCursorShape()
+     */
+    KeyboardCursorShape keyboardCursorShape() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the color used to draw the keyboard cursor.  
+     *
+     * The keyboard cursor defaults to using the foreground color of the character
+     * underneath it.
+     *
+     * @param useForegroundColor If true, the cursor color will change to match
+     * the foreground color of the character underneath it as it is moved, in this
+     * case, the @p color parameter is ignored and the color of the character
+     * under the cursor is inverted to ensure that it is still readable.
+     * @param color The color to use to draw the cursor.  This is only taken into
+     * account if @p useForegroundColor is false.
+     */
+    void setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor , const QColor& color);
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the color of the keyboard cursor, or an invalid color if the keyboard
+     * cursor color is set to change according to the foreground color of the character
+     * underneath it. 
+     */
+    QColor keyboardCursorColor() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of lines of text which can be displayed in the widget.
+     *
+     * This will depend upon the height of the widget and the current font.
+     * See fontHeight()
+     */
+    int  lines()   { return _lines;   }
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of characters of text which can be displayed on
+     * each line in the widget.
+     *
+     * This will depend upon the width of the widget and the current font.
+     * See fontWidth()
+     */
+    int  columns() { return _columns; }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the height of the characters in the font used to draw the text in the display.
+     */
+    int  fontHeight()   { return _fontHeight;   }
+    /**
+     * Returns the width of the characters in the display.  
+     * This assumes the use of a fixed-width font.
+     */
+    int  fontWidth()    { return _fontWidth; }
+
+    void setSize(int cols, int lins);
+    void setFixedSize(int cols, int lins);
+    
+    // reimplemented
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Sets which characters, in addition to letters and numbers, 
+     * are regarded as being part of a word for the purposes
+     * of selecting words in the display by double clicking on them.
+     *
+     * The word boundaries occur at the first and last characters which
+     * are either a letter, number, or a character in @p wc
+     *
+     * @param wc An array of characters which are to be considered parts
+     * of a word ( in addition to letters and numbers ).
+     */
+    void setWordCharacters(const QString& wc);
+    /** 
+     * Returns the characters which are considered part of a word for the 
+     * purpose of selecting words in the display with the mouse.
+     *
+     * @see setWordCharacters()
+     */
+    QString wordCharacters() { return _wordCharacters; }
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the 
+     * terminal session.
+     *
+     * The terminal session can trigger the bell effect by calling bell() with
+     * the alert message.
+     */
+    void setBellMode(int mode);
+    /** 
+     * Returns the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in
+     * the terminal session.
+     * 
+     * See setBellMode()
+     */
+    int bellMode() { return _bellMode; }
+
+    /**
+     * This enum describes the different types of sounds and visual effects which
+     * can be used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the terminal
+     * session.
+     */
+    enum BellMode
+    { 
+        /** A system beep. */
+        SystemBeepBell=0, 
+        /** 
+         * KDE notification.  This may play a sound, show a passive popup
+         * or perform some other action depending on the user's settings.
+         */
+        NotifyBell=1, 
+        /** A silent, visual bell (eg. inverting the display's colors briefly) */
+        VisualBell=2, 
+        /** No bell effects */
+        NoBell=3 
+    };
+
+    void setSelection(const QString &t);
+
+    /** 
+     * Reimplemented.  Has no effect.  Use setVTFont() to change the font
+     * used to draw characters in the display.
+     */
+    virtual void setFont(const QFont &);
+
+
+    /** Returns the font used to draw characters in the display */
+    QFont getVTFont() { return font(); }
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the font used to draw the display.  Has no effect if @p font
+     * is larger than the size of the display itself.    
+     */
+    void setVTFont(const QFont& font);
+
+
+    /**
+     * Specified whether terminal widget should be at read-only mode
+     * Defaults to false.
+     */
+    void setReadOnly( bool readonly) { _readonly = readonly; }
+
+    /**
+     * Specified whether anti-aliasing of text in the terminal display
+     * is enabled or not.  Defaults to enabled.
+     */
+    static void setAntialias( bool antialias ) { _antialiasText = antialias; }
+    /** 
+     * Returns true if anti-aliasing of text in the terminal is enabled.
+     */
+    static bool antialias()                 { return _antialiasText;   }
+    
+    /**
+     * Sets whether or not the current height and width of the 
+     * terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget
+     * is being resized.
+     */
+    void setTerminalSizeHint(bool on) { _terminalSizeHint=on; }
+    /** 
+     * Returns whether or not the current height and width of
+     * the terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget
+     * is being resized.
+     */
+    bool terminalSizeHint() { return _terminalSizeHint; }
+    /** 
+     * Sets whether the terminal size display is shown briefly
+     * after the widget is first shown.
+     *
+     * See setTerminalSizeHint() , isTerminalSizeHint()
+     */
+    void setTerminalSizeStartup(bool on) { _terminalSizeStartup=on; }
+
+    void setBidiEnabled(bool set) { _bidiEnabled=set; }
+    bool isBidiEnabled() { return _bidiEnabled; }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget.
+     * When updateImage() is called, the display fetches the latest character image from the
+     * the associated terminal screen window.
+     *
+     * In terms of the model-view paradigm, the ScreenWindow is the model which is rendered
+     * by the TerminalDisplay.
+     */
+    void setScreenWindow( ScreenWindow* window );
+    /** Returns the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget.  See setScreenWindow() */
+    ScreenWindow* screenWindow() const;
+
+    static bool HAVE_TRANSPARENCY;
+
+public slots:
+
+    /** 
+     * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest character image from the associated
+     * terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ) and redraw the display.
+     */
+    void updateImage(); 
+    /**
+     * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest line status flags from the 
+     * associated terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ).  
+     */ 
+    void updateLineProperties();
+
+    /** Copies the selected text to the clipboard. */
+    void copyClipboard();
+    /** 
+     * Pastes the content of the clipboard into the 
+     * display.
+     */
+    void pasteClipboard();
+    /**
+     * Pastes the content of the selection into the
+     * display.
+     */
+    void pasteSelection();
+	
+    /** 
+	 * Causes the widget to display or hide a message informing the user that terminal
+	 * output has been suspended (by using the flow control key combination Ctrl+S)
+	 *
+	 * @param suspended True if terminal output has been suspended and the warning message should
+	 *				 	be shown or false to indicate that terminal output has been resumed and that
+	 *				 	the warning message should disappear.
+	 */ 
+	void outputSuspended(bool suspended);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets whether the program whoose output is being displayed in the view
+     * is interested in mouse events.
+     *
+     * If this is set to true, mouse signals will be emitted by the view when the user clicks, drags
+     * or otherwise moves the mouse inside the view.
+     * The user interaction needed to create selections will also change, and the user will be required
+     * to hold down the shift key to create a selection or perform other mouse activities inside the 
+     * view area - since the program running in the terminal is being allowed to handle normal mouse
+     * events itself.
+     *
+     * @param usesMouse Set to true if the program running in the terminal is interested in mouse events
+     * or false otherwise.
+     */
+    void setUsesMouse(bool usesMouse);
+  
+    /** See setUsesMouse() */
+    bool usesMouse() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Shows a notification that a bell event has occurred in the terminal.
+     * TODO: More documentation here
+     */
+    void bell(const QString& message);
+
+signals:
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the user presses a key whilst the terminal widget has focus.
+     */
+    void keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent *e);
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the user presses the suspend or resume flow control key combinations 
+     * 
+     * @param suspend true if the user pressed Ctrl+S (the suspend output key combination) or
+     * false if the user pressed Ctrl+Q (the resume output key combination)
+     */
+    void flowControlKeyPressed(bool suspend);
+    
+    /** 
+     * A mouse event occurred.
+     * @param button The mouse button (0 for left button, 1 for middle button, 2 for right button, 3 for release)
+     * @param column The character column where the event occurred
+     * @param line The character row where the event occurred
+     * @param eventType The type of event.  0 for a mouse press / release or 1 for mouse motion
+     */
+    void mouseSignal(int button, int column, int line, int eventType);
+    void changedFontMetricSignal(int height, int width);
+    void changedContentSizeSignal(int height, int width);
+
+    /** 
+     * Emitted when the user right clicks on the display, or right-clicks with the Shift
+     * key held down if usesMouse() is true.
+     *
+     * This can be used to display a context menu.
+     */
+    void configureRequest( TerminalView*, int state, const QPoint& position );
+
+   void isBusySelecting(bool);
+   void sendStringToEmu(const char*);
+   
+   void tripleClicked( const QString& text );
+
+protected:
+    virtual bool event( QEvent * );
+
+    virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * );
+
+    virtual void showEvent(QShowEvent*);
+    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent*);
+    virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
+
+    virtual void fontChange(const QFont &font);
+
+    virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event);
+    virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev);
+    virtual void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent* );
+    virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent* );
+    virtual void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent* );
+    virtual void extendSelection( const QPoint& pos );
+    virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* );
+
+    virtual bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next );
+    
+    // drag and drop
+    virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event);
+    virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent* event);
+    void doDrag();
+    enum DragState { diNone, diPending, diDragging };
+
+    struct _dragInfo {
+      DragState       state;
+      QPoint          start;
+      QDrag           *dragObject;
+    } dragInfo;
+
+    virtual int charClass(quint16) const;
+
+    void clearImage();
+
+    void mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev);
+
+    // reimplemented
+    virtual void inputMethodEvent ( QInputMethodEvent* event );
+    virtual QVariant inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const;
+
+protected slots:
+
+    void scrollBarPositionChanged(int value);
+    void blinkEvent();
+    void blinkCursorEvent();
+    
+    //Renables bell noises and visuals.  Used to disable further bells for a short period of time
+    //after emitting the first in a sequence of bell events.
+    void enableBell();
+
+private slots:
+
+    void swapColorTable();
+    void tripleClickTimeout();  // resets possibleTripleClick
+
+private:
+
+    // -- Drawing helpers --
+
+    // divides the part of the display specified by 'rect' into
+    // fragments according to their colors and styles and calls
+    // drawTextFragment() to draw the fragments 
+    void drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect);
+    // draws a section of text, all the text in this section
+    // has a common color and style
+    void drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, 
+                          const QString& text, const Character* style); 
+    // draws the background for a text fragment
+    // if useOpacitySetting is true then the color's alpha value will be set to
+    // the display's transparency (set with setOpacity()), otherwise the background
+    // will be drawn fully opaque
+    void drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& color,
+						bool useOpacitySetting);
+    // draws the cursor character
+    void drawCursor(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect , const QColor& foregroundColor, 
+                                       const QColor& backgroundColor , bool& invertColors);
+    // draws the characters or line graphics in a text fragment
+    void drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect,  const QString& text, 
+                                           const Character* style, bool invertCharacterColor);
+    // draws a string of line graphics
+	void drawLineCharString(QPainter& painter, int x, int y, 
+                            const QString& str, const Character* attributes);
+
+    // draws the preedit string for input methods
+    void drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect);
+
+    // --
+
+    // maps an area in the character image to an area on the widget 
+    QRect imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const;
+
+    // maps a point on the widget to the position ( ie. line and column ) 
+    // of the character at that point.
+    void getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const;
+
+    // the area where the preedit string for input methods will be draw
+    QRect preeditRect() const;
+
+    // shows a notification window in the middle of the widget indicating the terminal's
+    // current size in columns and lines
+    void showResizeNotification();
+
+    // scrolls the image by a number of lines.  
+    // 'lines' may be positive ( to scroll the image down ) 
+    // or negative ( to scroll the image up )
+    // 'region' is the part of the image to scroll - currently only
+    // the top, bottom and height of 'region' are taken into account,
+    // the left and right are ignored.
+    void scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& region);
+
+    void calcGeometry();
+    void propagateSize();
+    void updateImageSize();
+    void makeImage();
+    
+    void paintFilters(QPainter& painter);
+
+	// returns a region covering all of the areas of the widget which contain
+	// a hotspot
+	QRegion hotSpotRegion() const;
+
+	// returns the position of the cursor in columns and lines
+	QPoint cursorPosition() const;
+
+    // the window onto the terminal screen which this display
+    // is currently showing.  
+    QPointer<ScreenWindow> _screenWindow;
+
+    bool _allowBell;
+
+    QGridLayout* _gridLayout;
+
+    bool _fixedFont; // has fixed pitch
+    int  _fontHeight;     // height
+    int  _fontWidth;     // width
+    int  _fontAscent;     // ascend
+
+    int _leftMargin;    // offset
+    int _topMargin;    // offset
+
+    int _lines;      // the number of lines that can be displayed in the widget
+    int _columns;    // the number of columns that can be displayed in the widget
+    
+    int _usedLines;  // the number of lines that are actually being used, this will be less
+                    // than 'lines' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller
+                    // than the maximum image size which can be displayed
+
+    int _usedColumns; // the number of columns that are actually being used, this will be less
+                     // than 'columns' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller
+                     // than the maximum image size which can be displayed
+    
+    int _contentHeight;
+    int _contentWidth;
+    Character* _image; // [lines][columns]
+               // only the area [usedLines][usedColumns] in the image contains valid data
+
+    int _imageSize;
+    QVector<LineProperty> _lineProperties;
+
+    ColorEntry _colorTable[TABLE_COLORS];
+    uint _randomSeed;
+
+    bool _resizing;
+    bool _terminalSizeHint;
+    bool _terminalSizeStartup;
+    bool _bidiEnabled;
+    bool _mouseMarks;
+
+    QPoint  _iPntSel; // initial selection point
+    QPoint  _pntSel; // current selection point
+    QPoint  _tripleSelBegin; // help avoid flicker
+    int     _actSel; // selection state
+    bool    _wordSelectionMode;
+    bool    _lineSelectionMode;
+    bool    _preserveLineBreaks;
+    bool    _columnSelectionMode;
+
+    QClipboard*  _clipboard;
+    QScrollBar* _scrollBar;
+    ScrollBarPosition _scrollbarLocation;
+    QString     _wordCharacters;
+    int         _bellMode;
+
+    bool _blinking;   // hide text in paintEvent
+    bool _hasBlinker; // has characters to blink
+    bool _cursorBlinking;     // hide cursor in paintEvent
+    bool _hasBlinkingCursor;  // has blinking cursor enabled
+    bool _ctrlDrag;           // require Ctrl key for drag
+    TripleClickMode _tripleClickMode;
+    bool _isFixedSize; //Columns / lines are locked.
+    QTimer* _blinkTimer;  // active when hasBlinker
+    QTimer* _blinkCursorTimer;  // active when hasBlinkingCursor
+
+//    KMenu* _drop;
+    QString _dropText;
+    int _dndFileCount;
+
+    bool _possibleTripleClick;  // is set in mouseDoubleClickEvent and deleted
+                               // after QApplication::doubleClickInterval() delay
+
+
+    QLabel* _resizeWidget;
+    QTimer* _resizeTimer;
+
+	bool _flowControlWarningEnabled;
+
+    //widgets related to the warning message that appears when the user presses Ctrl+S to suspend
+    //terminal output - informing them what has happened and how to resume output
+    QLabel* _outputSuspendedLabel; 
+    	
+    uint _lineSpacing;
+
+    bool _colorsInverted; // true during visual bell
+
+    QSize _size;
+	
+    QRgb _blendColor;
+
+    // list of filters currently applied to the display.  used for links and
+    // search highlight
+    TerminalImageFilterChain* _filterChain;
+    QRect _mouseOverHotspotArea;
+
+    KeyboardCursorShape _cursorShape;
+
+    // custom cursor color.  if this is invalid then the foreground
+    // color of the character under the cursor is used
+    QColor _cursorColor;  
+
+
+    struct InputMethodData
+    {
+        QString preeditString;
+        QRect previousPreeditRect;
+    };
+    InputMethodData _inputMethodData;
+
+    static bool _antialiasText;   // do we antialias or not
+
+    //the delay in milliseconds between redrawing blinking text
+    static const int BLINK_DELAY = 500;
+	static const int DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN = 1;
+	static const int DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN = 1;
+	
+    bool _readonly;
+
+public:
+    static void setTransparencyEnabled(bool enable)
+    {
+        HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = enable;
+    }
+};
+
+#endif // TERMINALVIEW_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/Vt102Emulation.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/Vt102Emulation.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,1265 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "Vt102Emulation.h"
+
+#if defined(__osf__) || defined(__APPLE__)
+#define AVOID_XKB
+#endif
+
+// this allows konsole to be compiled without XKB and XTEST extensions
+// even though it might be available on a particular system.
+#if defined(AVOID_XKB)
+#undef HAVE_XKB
+#endif
+
+// Standard 
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QEvent>
+#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
+#include <QtCore/QByteRef>
+
+// KDE
+//#include <kdebug.h>
+//#include <klocale.h>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "KeyboardTranslator.h"
+#include "Screen.h"
+
+#if defined(HAVE_XKB)
+void scrolllock_set_off();
+void scrolllock_set_on();
+#endif
+
+
+/* VT102 Terminal Emulation
+
+   This class puts together the screens, the pty and the widget to a
+   complete terminal emulation. Beside combining it's componentes, it
+   handles the emulations's protocol.
+
+   This module consists of the following sections:
+
+   - Constructor/Destructor
+   - Incoming Bytes Event pipeline
+   - Outgoing Bytes
+     - Mouse Events
+     - Keyboard Events
+   - Modes and Charset State
+   - Diagnostics
+*/
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                       Constructor / Destructor                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+
+Vt102Emulation::Vt102Emulation() 
+    : Emulation(),
+     _titleUpdateTimer(new QTimer(this))
+{
+  _titleUpdateTimer->setSingleShot(true);
+
+  QObject::connect(_titleUpdateTimer , SIGNAL(timeout()) , this , SLOT(updateTitle()));
+
+  initTokenizer();
+  reset();
+}
+
+Vt102Emulation::~Vt102Emulation()
+{
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::clearEntireScreen()
+{
+  _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen();
+
+  bufferedUpdate(); 
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::reset()
+{
+  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetToken()";
+  resetToken();
+  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetModes()";
+  resetModes();
+  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()";
+  resetCharset(0);
+  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset screen0()";
+  _screen[0]->reset();
+  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()";
+  resetCharset(1);
+  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset _screen 1";
+  _screen[1]->reset();
+  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() setCodec()";
+  setCodec(LocaleCodec);
+  //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() done";
+ 
+  bufferedUpdate();
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                     Processing the incoming byte stream                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Incoming Bytes Event pipeline
+
+   This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream.
+   Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens'
+   which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the
+   `Screen' class or by the emulation class itself.
+
+   The pipeline proceeds as follows:
+
+   - Tokenizing the ESC codes (onReceiveChar)
+   - VT100 code page translation of plain characters (applyCharset)
+   - Interpretation of ESC codes (tau)
+
+   The escape codes and their meaning are described in the
+   technical reference of this program.
+*/
+
+// Tokens ------------------------------------------------------------------ --
+
+/*
+   Since the tokens are the central notion if this section, we've put them
+   in front. They provide the syntactical elements used to represent the
+   terminals operations as byte sequences.
+
+   They are encodes here into a single machine word, so that we can later
+   switch over them easily. Depending on the token itself, additional
+   argument variables are filled with parameter values.
+
+   The tokens are defined below:
+
+   - CHR        - Printable characters     (32..255 but DEL (=127))
+   - CTL        - Control characters       (0..31 but ESC (= 27), DEL)
+   - ESC        - Escape codes of the form <ESC><CHR but `[]()+*#'>
+   - ESC_DE     - Escape codes of the form <ESC><any of `()+*#%'> C
+   - CSI_PN     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'['     {Pn} ';' {Pn} C
+   - CSI_PS     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'['     {Pn} ';' ...  C
+   - CSI_PR     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '?' {Pn} ';' ...  C
+   - CSI_PE     - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '!' {Pn} ';' ...  C
+   - VT52       - VT52 escape codes
+                  - <ESC><Chr>
+                  - <ESC>'Y'{Pc}{Pc}
+   - XTE_HA     - Xterm hacks              <ESC>`]' {Pn} `;' {Text} <BEL>
+                  note that this is handled differently
+
+   The last two forms allow list of arguments. Since the elements of
+   the lists are treated individually the same way, they are passed
+   as individual tokens to the interpretation. Further, because the
+   meaning of the parameters are names (althought represented as numbers),
+   they are includes within the token ('N').
+
+*/
+
+#define TY_CONSTR(T,A,N) ( ((((int)N) & 0xffff) << 16) | ((((int)A) & 0xff) << 8) | (((int)T) & 0xff) )
+
+#define TY_CHR(   )     TY_CONSTR(0,0,0)
+#define TY_CTL(A  )     TY_CONSTR(1,A,0)
+#define TY_ESC(A  )     TY_CONSTR(2,A,0)
+#define TY_ESC_CS(A,B)  TY_CONSTR(3,A,B)
+#define TY_ESC_DE(A  )  TY_CONSTR(4,A,0)
+#define TY_CSI_PS(A,N)  TY_CONSTR(5,A,N)
+#define TY_CSI_PN(A  )  TY_CONSTR(6,A,0)
+#define TY_CSI_PR(A,N)  TY_CONSTR(7,A,N)
+
+#define TY_VT52(A  )    TY_CONSTR(8,A,0)
+
+#define TY_CSI_PG(A  )  TY_CONSTR(9,A,0)
+
+#define TY_CSI_PE(A  )  TY_CONSTR(10,A,0)
+
+// Tokenizer --------------------------------------------------------------- --
+
+/* The tokenizers state
+
+   The state is represented by the buffer (pbuf, ppos),
+   and accompanied by decoded arguments kept in (argv,argc).
+   Note that they are kept internal in the tokenizer.
+*/
+
+void Vt102Emulation::resetToken()
+{
+  ppos = 0; argc = 0; argv[0] = 0; argv[1] = 0;
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::addDigit(int dig)
+{
+  argv[argc] = 10*argv[argc] + dig;
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::addArgument()
+{
+  argc = qMin(argc+1,MAXARGS-1);
+  argv[argc] = 0;
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::pushToToken(int cc)
+{
+  pbuf[ppos] = cc;
+  ppos = qMin(ppos+1,MAXPBUF-1);
+}
+
+// Character Classes used while decoding
+
+#define CTL  1
+#define CHR  2
+#define CPN  4
+#define DIG  8
+#define SCS 16
+#define GRP 32
+#define CPS 64
+
+void Vt102Emulation::initTokenizer()
+{ int i; quint8* s;
+  for(i =  0;                      i < 256; i++) tbl[ i]  = 0;
+  for(i =  0;                      i <  32; i++) tbl[ i] |= CTL;
+  for(i = 32;                      i < 256; i++) tbl[ i] |= CHR;
+  for(s = (quint8*)"@ABCDGHILMPSTXZcdfry"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPN;
+// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t
+  for(s = (quint8*)"t"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPS;
+  for(s = (quint8*)"0123456789"        ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= DIG;
+  for(s = (quint8*)"()+*%"             ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= SCS;
+  for(s = (quint8*)"()+*#[]%"          ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= GRP;
+  resetToken();
+}
+
+/* Ok, here comes the nasty part of the decoder.
+
+   Instead of keeping an explicit state, we deduce it from the
+   token scanned so far. It is then immediately combined with
+   the current character to form a scanning decision.
+
+   This is done by the following defines.
+
+   - P is the length of the token scanned so far.
+   - L (often P-1) is the position on which contents we base a decision.
+   - C is a character or a group of characters (taken from 'tbl').
+
+   Note that they need to applied in proper order.
+*/
+
+#define lec(P,L,C) (p == (P) &&                     s[(L)]         == (C))
+#define lun(     ) (p ==  1  &&                       cc           >= 32 )
+#define les(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[L] < 256  && (tbl[s[(L)]] & (C)) == (C))
+#define eec(C)     (p >=  3  &&        cc                          == (C))
+#define ees(C)     (p >=  3  && cc < 256 &&    (tbl[  cc  ] & (C)) == (C))
+#define eps(C)     (p >=  3  && s[2] != '?' && s[2] != '!' && s[2] != '>' && cc < 256 && (tbl[  cc  ] & (C)) == (C))
+#define epp( )     (p >=  3  && s[2] == '?'                              )
+#define epe( )     (p >=  3  && s[2] == '!'                              )
+#define egt(     ) (p >=  3  && s[2] == '>'                              )
+#define Xpe        (ppos>=2  && pbuf[1] == ']'                           )
+#define Xte        (Xpe                        &&     cc           ==  7 )
+#define ces(C)     (            cc < 256 &&    (tbl[  cc  ] & (C)) == (C) && !Xte)
+
+#define ESC 27
+#define CNTL(c) ((c)-'@')
+
+// process an incoming unicode character
+
+void Vt102Emulation::receiveChar(int cc)
+{ 
+  int i;
+  if (cc == 127) return; //VT100: ignore.
+
+  if (ces(    CTL))
+  { // DEC HACK ALERT! Control Characters are allowed *within* esc sequences in VT100
+    // This means, they do neither a resetToken nor a pushToToken. Some of them, do
+    // of course. Guess this originates from a weakly layered handling of the X-on
+    // X-off protocol, which comes really below this level.
+    if (cc == CNTL('X') || cc == CNTL('Z') || cc == ESC) resetToken(); //VT100: CAN or SUB
+    if (cc != ESC)    { tau( TY_CTL(cc+'@' ),   0,  0); return; }
+  }
+
+  pushToToken(cc); // advance the state
+
+  int* s = pbuf;
+  int  p = ppos;
+
+  if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) // decide on proper action
+  {
+    if (lec(1,0,ESC)) {                                                       return; }
+    if (lec(1,0,ESC+128)) { s[0] = ESC; receiveChar('[');                   return; }
+    if (les(2,1,GRP)) {                                                       return; }
+    if (Xte         ) { XtermHack();                            resetToken(); return; }
+    if (Xpe         ) {                                                       return; }
+    if (lec(3,2,'?')) {                                                       return; }
+    if (lec(3,2,'>')) {                                                       return; }
+    if (lec(3,2,'!')) {                                                       return; }
+    if (lun(       )) { tau( TY_CHR(), applyCharset(cc), 0); resetToken(); return; }
+    if (lec(2,0,ESC)) { tau( TY_ESC(s[1]),   0,  0);       resetToken(); return; }
+    if (les(3,1,SCS)) { tau( TY_ESC_CS(s[1],s[2]),   0,  0);  resetToken(); return; }
+    if (lec(3,1,'#')) { tau( TY_ESC_DE(s[2]),   0,  0);       resetToken(); return; }
+    if (eps(    CPN)) { tau( TY_CSI_PN(cc), argv[0],argv[1]);   resetToken(); return; }
+
+// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t
+    if (eps(    CPS)) { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[0]), argv[1], argv[2]);   resetToken(); return; }
+
+    if (epe(       )) { tau( TY_CSI_PE(cc),     0,  0);       resetToken(); return; }
+    if (ees(    DIG)) { addDigit(cc-'0');                                     return; }
+    if (eec(    ';')) { addArgument();                                        return; }
+    for (i=0;i<=argc;i++)
+    if ( epp(     ))  { tau( TY_CSI_PR(cc,argv[i]),   0,  0); }
+    else if(egt(    ))   { tau( TY_CSI_PG(cc     ),   0,  0); } // spec. case for ESC]>0c or ESC]>c
+    else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 4 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 2)
+    { // ESC[ ... 48;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m
+      i += 2;
+      tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_RGB, (argv[i] << 16) | (argv[i+1] << 8) | argv[i+2]);
+      i += 2;
+    }
+    else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 2 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 5)
+    { // ESC[ ... 48;5;<index> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;5;<index> ... m
+      i += 2;
+      tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_256, argv[i]);
+    }
+    else              { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc,argv[i]),   0,  0); }
+    resetToken();
+  }
+  else // mode VT52
+  {
+    if (lec(1,0,ESC))                                                      return;
+    if (les(1,0,CHR)) { tau( TY_CHR(       ), s[0],  0); resetToken(); return; }
+    if (lec(2,1,'Y'))                                                      return;
+    if (lec(3,1,'Y'))                                                      return;
+    if (p < 4)        { tau( TY_VT52(s[1]   ),   0,  0); resetToken(); return; }
+                        tau( TY_VT52(s[1]   ), s[2],s[3]); resetToken(); return;
+  }
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::XtermHack()
+{ int i,arg = 0;
+  for (i = 2; i < ppos && '0'<=pbuf[i] && pbuf[i]<'9' ; i++)
+    arg = 10*arg + (pbuf[i]-'0');
+  if (pbuf[i] != ';') { ReportErrorToken(); return; }
+  QChar *str = new QChar[ppos-i-2];
+  for (int j = 0; j < ppos-i-2; j++) str[j] = pbuf[i+1+j];
+  QString unistr(str,ppos-i-2);
+  
+  // arg == 1 doesn't change the title. In XTerm it only changes the icon name
+  // (btw: arg=0 changes title and icon, arg=1 only icon, arg=2 only title
+//  emit changeTitle(arg,unistr);
+  _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] = unistr;
+  _titleUpdateTimer->start(20);
+
+  delete [] str;
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::updateTitle()
+{
+	QListIterator<int> iter( _pendingTitleUpdates.keys() );
+	while (iter.hasNext()) {
+		int arg = iter.next();
+		emit titleChanged( arg , _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] );	
+	}
+
+    _pendingTitleUpdates.clear();	
+}
+
+// Interpreting Codes ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+   Now that the incoming character stream is properly tokenized,
+   meaning is assigned to them. These are either operations of
+   the current _screen, or of the emulation class itself.
+
+   The token to be interpreteted comes in as a machine word
+   possibly accompanied by two parameters.
+
+   Likewise, the operations assigned to, come with up to two
+   arguments. One could consider to make up a proper table
+   from the function below.
+
+   The technical reference manual provides more information
+   about this mapping.
+*/
+
+void Vt102Emulation::tau( int token, int p, int q )
+{
+#if 0
+int N = (token>>0)&0xff;
+int A = (token>>8)&0xff;
+switch( N )
+{
+   case 0: printf("%c", (p < 128) ? p : '?');
+           break;
+   case 1: if (A == 'J') printf("\r");
+           else if (A == 'M') printf("\n");
+           else printf("CTL-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff);
+           break;
+   case 2: printf("ESC-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff);
+           break;
+   case 3: printf("ESC_CS-%c-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff);
+           break;
+   case 4: printf("ESC_DE-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff);
+           break;
+   case 5: printf("CSI-PS-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff );
+           break;
+   case 6: printf("CSI-PN-%c [%d]", (token>>8)&0xff, p);
+           break;
+   case 7: printf("CSI-PR-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff );
+           break;
+   case 8: printf("VT52-%c", (token>>8)&0xff);
+           break;
+   case 9: printf("CSI-PG-%c", (token>>8)&0xff);
+           break;
+   case 10: printf("CSI-PE-%c", (token>>8)&0xff);
+           break;
+}
+#endif
+
+  switch (token)
+  {
+
+    case TY_CHR(         ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter        (p         ); break; //UTF16
+
+    //             127 DEL    : ignored on input
+
+    case TY_CTL('@'      ) : /* NUL: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('A'      ) : /* SOH: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('B'      ) : /* STX: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('C'      ) : /* ETX: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('D'      ) : /* EOT: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('E'      ) :      reportAnswerBack     (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('F'      ) : /* ACK: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('G'      ) : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL);
+                                break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('H'      ) : _currentScreen->BackSpace            (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('I'      ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate             (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('J'      ) : _currentScreen->NewLine              (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('K'      ) : _currentScreen->NewLine              (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('L'      ) : _currentScreen->NewLine              (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('M'      ) : _currentScreen->Return               (          ); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CTL('N'      ) :      useCharset           (         1); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('O'      ) :      useCharset           (         0); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CTL('P'      ) : /* DLE: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('Q'      ) : /* DC1: XON continue                 */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('R'      ) : /* DC2: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('S'      ) : /* DC3: XOFF halt                    */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('T'      ) : /* DC4: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('U'      ) : /* NAK: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('V'      ) : /* SYN: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('W'      ) : /* ETB: ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('X'      ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter        (    0x2592); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('Y'      ) : /* EM : ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('Z'      ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter        (    0x2592); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CTL('['      ) : /* ESC: cannot be seen here.         */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('\\'     ) : /* FS : ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL(']'      ) : /* GS : ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('^'      ) : /* RS : ignored                      */ break;
+    case TY_CTL('_'      ) : /* US : ignored                      */ break;
+
+    case TY_ESC('D'      ) : _currentScreen->index                (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC('E'      ) : _currentScreen->NextLine             (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC('H'      ) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop        (true      ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC('M'      ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex         (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC('Z'      ) :      reportTerminalType   (          ); break;
+    case TY_ESC('c'      ) :      reset                (          ); break;
+
+    case TY_ESC('n'      ) :      useCharset           (         2); break;
+    case TY_ESC('o'      ) :      useCharset           (         3); break;
+    case TY_ESC('7'      ) :      saveCursor           (          ); break;
+    case TY_ESC('8'      ) :      restoreCursor        (          ); break;
+
+    case TY_ESC('='      ) :          setMode      (MODE_AppKeyPad); break;
+    case TY_ESC('>'      ) :        resetMode      (MODE_AppKeyPad); break;
+    case TY_ESC('<'      ) :          setMode      (MODE_Ansi     ); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_ESC_CS('(', '0') :      setCharset           (0,    '0'); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'A') :      setCharset           (0,    'A'); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'B') :      setCharset           (0,    'B'); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_ESC_CS(')', '0') :      setCharset           (1,    '0'); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'A') :      setCharset           (1,    'A'); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'B') :      setCharset           (1,    'B'); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_ESC_CS('*', '0') :      setCharset           (2,    '0'); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'A') :      setCharset           (2,    'A'); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'B') :      setCharset           (2,    'B'); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_ESC_CS('+', '0') :      setCharset           (3,    '0'); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'A') :      setCharset           (3,    'A'); break; //VT100
+    case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'B') :      setCharset           (3,    'B'); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_ESC_CS('%', 'G') :      setCodec             (Utf8Codec   ); break; //LINUX
+    case TY_ESC_CS('%', '@') :      setCodec             (LocaleCodec ); break; //LINUX
+
+    case TY_ESC_DE('3'      ) : /* Double height line, top half    */ 
+								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true );
+								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true );
+									break;
+    case TY_ESC_DE('4'      ) : /* Double height line, bottom half */ 
+								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true );
+								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true );
+									break;
+    case TY_ESC_DE('5'      ) : /* Single width, single height line*/
+								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , false);
+								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false);
+								break;
+    case TY_ESC_DE('6'      ) : /* Double width, single height line*/ 
+							    _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true);	
+								_currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false);
+								break;
+    case TY_ESC_DE('8'      ) : _currentScreen->helpAlign            (          ); break;
+
+// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t
+    case TY_CSI_PS('t',   8) : setImageSize( q /* colums */, p /* lines */ );    break;
+
+// change tab text color : \e[28;<color>t  color: 0-16,777,215
+    case TY_CSI_PS('t',   28) : emit changeTabTextColorRequest      ( p        );          break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('K',   0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine     (          ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('K',   1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfLine   (          ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('K',   2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireLine      (          ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('J',   0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen   (          ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('J',   1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfScreen (          ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('J',   2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen    (          ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('g',   0) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop        (false     ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('g',   3) : _currentScreen->clearTabStops        (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('h',   4) : _currentScreen->    setMode      (MODE_Insert   ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('h',  20) :          setMode      (MODE_NewLine  ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('i',   0) : /* IGNORE: attached printer          */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('l',   4) : _currentScreen->  resetMode      (MODE_Insert   ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('l',  20) :        resetMode      (MODE_NewLine  ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('s',   0) :      saveCursor           (          ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('u',   0) :      restoreCursor        (          ); break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   0) : _currentScreen->setDefaultRendition  (          ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   1) : _currentScreen->  setRendition     (RE_BOLD     ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   4) : _currentScreen->  setRendition     (RE_UNDERLINE); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   5) : _currentScreen->  setRendition     (RE_BLINK    ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   7) : _currentScreen->  setRendition     (RE_REVERSE  ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  10) : /* IGNORED: mapping related          */ break; //LINUX
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  11) : /* IGNORED: mapping related          */ break; //LINUX
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  12) : /* IGNORED: mapping related          */ break; //LINUX
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  22) : _currentScreen->resetRendition     (RE_BOLD     ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  24) : _currentScreen->resetRendition     (RE_UNDERLINE); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  25) : _currentScreen->resetRendition     (RE_BLINK    ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  27) : _currentScreen->resetRendition     (RE_REVERSE  ); break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   30) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  0); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   31) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  1); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   32) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  2); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   33) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  3); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   34) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  4); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   35) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  5); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   36) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  6); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   37) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  7); break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   38) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (p,       q); break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   39) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,  0); break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   40) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  0); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   41) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  1); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   42) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  2); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   43) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  3); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   44) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  4); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   45) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  5); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   46) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  6); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   47) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  7); break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   48) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (p,       q); break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   49) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,  1); break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   90) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  8); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   91) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  9); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   92) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   93) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   94) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   95) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   96) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',   97) : _currentScreen->setForeColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  100) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  8); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  101) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM,  9); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  102) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  103) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  104) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  105) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  106) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('m',  107) : _currentScreen->setBackColor         (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break;
+
+    case TY_CSI_PS('n',   5) :      reportStatus         (          ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('n',   6) :      reportCursorPosition (          ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PS('q',   0) : /* IGNORED: LEDs off                 */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('q',   1) : /* IGNORED: LED1 on                  */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('q',   2) : /* IGNORED: LED2 on                  */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('q',   3) : /* IGNORED: LED3 on                  */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('q',   4) : /* IGNORED: LED4 on                  */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('x',   0) :      reportTerminalParms  (         2); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PS('x',   1) :      reportTerminalParms  (         3); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CSI_PN('@'      ) : _currentScreen->insertChars          (p         ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PN('A'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp             (p         ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PN('B'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown           (p         ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PN('C'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight          (p         ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PN('D'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft           (p         ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PN('G'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorX           (p         ); break; //LINUX
+    case TY_CSI_PN('H'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX          (p,      q); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PN('I'      ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate             (p         ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PN('L'      ) : _currentScreen->insertLines          (p         ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PN('M'      ) : _currentScreen->deleteLines          (p         ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PN('P'      ) : _currentScreen->deleteChars          (p         ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PN('S'      ) : _currentScreen->scrollUp             (p         ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PN('T'      ) : _currentScreen->scrollDown           (p         ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PN('X'      ) : _currentScreen->eraseChars           (p         ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PN('Z'      ) : _currentScreen->backTabulate         (p         ); break;
+    case TY_CSI_PN('c'      ) :      reportTerminalType   (          ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PN('d'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorY           (p         ); break; //LINUX
+    case TY_CSI_PN('f'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX          (p,      q); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PN('r'      ) :      setMargins           (p,      q); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PN('y'      ) : /* IGNORED: Confidence test          */ break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   1) :          setMode      (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   1) :        resetMode      (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s',   1) :         saveMode      (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r',   1) :      restoreMode      (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   2) :        resetMode      (MODE_Ansi     ); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(132);          break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(80);           break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling           */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling           */ break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   5) : _currentScreen->    setMode      (MODE_Screen   ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   5) : _currentScreen->  resetMode      (MODE_Screen   ); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   6) : _currentScreen->    setMode      (MODE_Origin   ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   6) : _currentScreen->  resetMode      (MODE_Origin   ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s',   6) : _currentScreen->   saveMode      (MODE_Origin   ); break; //FIXME
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r',   6) : _currentScreen->restoreMode      (MODE_Origin   ); break; //FIXME
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   7) : _currentScreen->    setMode      (MODE_Wrap     ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   7) : _currentScreen->  resetMode      (MODE_Wrap     ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s',   7) : _currentScreen->   saveMode      (MODE_Wrap     ); break; //FIXME
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r',   7) : _currentScreen->restoreMode      (MODE_Wrap     ); break; //FIXME
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on            */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off           */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s',   8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on            */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r',   8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off           */ break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',   9) : /* IGNORED: interlace                */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',   9) : /* IGNORED: interlace                */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s',   9) : /* IGNORED: interlace                */ break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r',   9) : /* IGNORED: interlace                */ break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',  12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */ break; //att610
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',  12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */ break; //att610
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s',  12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */ break; //att610
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r',  12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink             */ break; //att610
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',  25) :          setMode      (MODE_Cursor   ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',  25) :        resetMode      (MODE_Cursor   ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s',  25) :         saveMode      (MODE_Cursor   ); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r',  25) :      restoreMode      (MODE_Cursor   ); break; //VT100
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',  41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */ break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',  41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */ break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s',  41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */ break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r',  41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix     */ break; //XTERM
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',  47) :          setMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',  47) :        resetMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s',  47) :         saveMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r',  47) :      restoreMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h',  67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */ break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l',  67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */ break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s',  67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */ break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r',  67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM                   */ break; //XTERM
+
+    // XTerm defines the following modes:
+    // SET_VT200_MOUSE             1000
+    // SET_VT200_HIGHLIGHT_MOUSE   1001
+    // SET_BTN_EVENT_MOUSE         1002
+    // SET_ANY_EVENT_MOUSE         1003
+    //
+    
+    //Note about mouse modes:
+    //There are four mouse modes which xterm-compatible terminals can support - 1000,1001,1002,1003
+    //Konsole currently supports mode 1000 (basic mouse press and release) and mode 1002 (dragging the mouse).
+    //TODO:  Implementation of mouse modes 1001 (something called hilight tracking) and 
+    //1003 (a slight variation on dragging the mouse)
+    //
+ 
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1000) :          setMode      (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1000) :        resetMode      (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1000) :         saveMode      (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1000) :      restoreMode      (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking    */ break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1001) :        resetMode      (MODE_Mouse1001); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking    */ break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking    */ break; //XTERM
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1002) :          setMode      (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1002) :        resetMode      (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1002) :         saveMode      (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1002) :      restoreMode      (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1003) :          setMode      (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1003) :        resetMode      (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1003) :         saveMode      (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1003) :      restoreMode      (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM
+
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1047) :          setMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1047) : _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1047) :         saveMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1047) :      restoreMode      (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
+
+    //FIXME: Unitoken: save translations
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1048) :      saveCursor           (          ); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1048) :      restoreCursor        (          ); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1048) :      saveCursor           (          ); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1048) :      restoreCursor        (          ); break; //XTERM
+
+    //FIXME: every once new sequences like this pop up in xterm.
+    //       Here's a guess of what they could mean.
+    case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1049) : saveCursor(); _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); setMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM
+    case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1049) : resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); restoreCursor(); break; //XTERM
+
+    //FIXME: weird DEC reset sequence
+    case TY_CSI_PE('p'      ) : /* IGNORED: reset         (        ) */ break;
+
+    //FIXME: when changing between vt52 and ansi mode evtl do some resetting.
+    case TY_VT52('A'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp             (         1); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('B'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown           (         1); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('C'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight          (         1); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('D'      ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft           (         1); break; //VT52
+
+    case TY_VT52('F'      ) :      setAndUseCharset     (0,    '0'); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('G'      ) :      setAndUseCharset     (0,    'B'); break; //VT52
+
+    case TY_VT52('H'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX          (1,1       ); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('I'      ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex         (          ); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('J'      ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen   (          ); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('K'      ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine     (          ); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('Y'      ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX          (p-31,q-31 ); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('Z'      ) :      reportTerminalType   (           ); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('<'      ) :          setMode      (MODE_Ansi     ); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('='      ) :          setMode      (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52
+    case TY_VT52('>'      ) :        resetMode      (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52
+
+    case TY_CSI_PG('c'      ) :  reportSecondaryAttributes(          ); break; //VT100
+
+    default : ReportErrorToken();    break;
+  };
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount)
+{
+    setImageSize(_currentScreen->getLines(),columnCount); 
+    clearEntireScreen();
+    setDefaultMargins(); 
+    _currentScreen->setCursorYX(0,0);
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                          Terminal to Host protocol                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* 
+   Outgoing bytes originate from several sources:
+
+   - Replies to Enquieries.
+   - Mouse Events
+   - Keyboard Events
+*/
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+void Vt102Emulation::sendString(const char* s , int length)
+{
+  if ( length >= 0 )
+    emit sendData(s,length);
+  else
+    emit sendData(s,strlen(s));
+}
+
+// Replies ----------------------------------------------------------------- --
+
+// This section copes with replies send as response to an enquiery control code.
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+void Vt102Emulation::reportCursorPosition()
+{ char tmp[20];
+  sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;%dR",_currentScreen->getCursorY()+1,_currentScreen->getCursorX()+1);
+  sendString(tmp);
+}
+
+/*
+   What follows here is rather obsolete and faked stuff.
+   The correspondent enquieries are neverthenless issued.
+*/
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalType()
+{
+  // Primary device attribute response (Request was: ^[[0c or ^[[c (from TT321 Users Guide))
+  //   VT220:  ^[[?63;1;2;3;6;7;8c   (list deps on emul. capabilities)
+  //   VT100:  ^[[?1;2c
+  //   VT101:  ^[[?1;0c
+  //   VT102:  ^[[?6v
+  if (getMode(MODE_Ansi))
+    sendString("\033[?1;2c");     // I'm a VT100
+  else
+    sendString("\033/Z");         // I'm a VT52
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::reportSecondaryAttributes()
+{
+  // Seconday device attribute response (Request was: ^[[>0c or ^[[>c)
+  if (getMode(MODE_Ansi))
+    sendString("\033[>0;115;0c"); // Why 115?  ;)
+  else
+    sendString("\033/Z");         // FIXME I don't think VT52 knows about it but kept for
+                                  // konsoles backward compatibility.
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalParms(int p)
+// DECREPTPARM
+{ char tmp[100];
+  sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;1;1;112;112;1;0x",p); // not really true.
+  sendString(tmp);
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+void Vt102Emulation::reportStatus()
+{
+  sendString("\033[0n"); //VT100. Device status report. 0 = Ready.
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+#define ANSWER_BACK "" // This is really obsolete VT100 stuff.
+
+void Vt102Emulation::reportAnswerBack()
+{
+  sendString(ANSWER_BACK);
+}
+
+// Mouse Handling ---------------------------------------------------------- --
+
+/*!
+    Mouse clicks are possibly reported to the client
+    application if it has issued interest in them.
+    They are normally consumed by the widget for copy
+    and paste, but may be propagated from the widget
+    when gui->setMouseMarks is set via setMode(MODE_Mouse1000).
+
+    `x',`y' are 1-based.
+    `ev' (event) indicates the button pressed (0-2)
+                 or a general mouse release (3).
+
+    eventType represents the kind of mouse action that occurred:
+    	0 = Mouse button press or release
+	1 = Mouse drag
+*/
+
+void Vt102Emulation::sendMouseEvent( int cb, int cx, int cy , int eventType )
+{ char tmp[20];
+  if (  cx<1 || cy<1 ) return;
+  // normal buttons are passed as 0x20 + button,
+  // mouse wheel (buttons 4,5) as 0x5c + button
+  if (cb >= 4) cb += 0x3c;
+
+  //Mouse motion handling
+  if ( (getMode(MODE_Mouse1002) || getMode(MODE_Mouse1003)) && eventType == 1 )
+	  cb += 0x20; //add 32 to signify motion event
+
+  sprintf(tmp,"\033[M%c%c%c",cb+0x20,cx+0x20,cy+0x20);
+  sendString(tmp);
+}
+
+// Keyboard Handling ------------------------------------------------------- --
+
+#define encodeMode(M,B) BITS(B,getMode(M))
+#define encodeStat(M,B) BITS(B,((ev->modifiers() & (M)) == (M)))
+
+void Vt102Emulation::sendText( const QString& text )
+{
+  if (!text.isEmpty()) {
+    QKeyEvent event(QEvent::KeyPress, 
+                    0, 
+                    Qt::NoModifier, 
+                    text);
+    sendKeyEvent(&event); // expose as a big fat keypress event
+  }
+
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* event )
+{
+    Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = event->modifiers();
+    KeyboardTranslator::States states = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
+
+    // get current states
+    if ( getMode(MODE_NewLine)  ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState;
+    if ( getMode(MODE_Ansi)     ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState;
+    if ( getMode(MODE_AppCuKeys)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState;
+    if ( getMode(MODE_AppScreen)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState;
+
+    // lookup key binding
+    if ( _keyTranslator )
+    {
+    KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry( 
+                                                event->key() , 
+                                                modifiers,
+                                                states );
+
+        // send result to terminal
+        QByteArray textToSend;
+
+        // special handling for the Alt (aka. Meta) modifier.  pressing
+        // Alt+[Character] results in Esc+[Character] being sent
+        // (unless there is an entry defined for this particular combination
+        //  in the keyboard modifier)
+        bool wantsAltModifier = entry.modifiers() & entry.modifierMask() & Qt::AltModifier;
+		bool wantsAnyModifier = entry.state() & entry.stateMask() & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState;
+
+        if ( modifiers & Qt::AltModifier && !(wantsAltModifier || wantsAnyModifier) 
+             && !event->text().isEmpty() )
+        {
+            textToSend.prepend("\033");
+        }
+
+        if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand )
+        {
+			if (entry.command() & KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand)
+				textToSend += getErase();
+            // TODO command handling
+        }
+        else if ( !entry.text().isEmpty() ) 
+        {
+            textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(entry.text(true,modifiers));
+        }
+        else
+            textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(event->text());
+
+        sendData( textToSend.constData() , textToSend.length() );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // print an error message to the terminal if no key translator has been
+        // set
+        QString translatorError =  ("No keyboard translator available.  "
+                                         "The information needed to convert key presses "
+                                         "into characters to send to the terminal " 
+                                         "is missing.");
+
+        reset();
+        receiveData( translatorError.toAscii().constData() , translatorError.count() );
+    }
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                VT100 Charsets                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+// Character Set Conversion ------------------------------------------------ --
+
+/* 
+   The processing contains a VT100 specific code translation layer.
+   It's still in use and mainly responsible for the line drawing graphics.
+
+   These and some other glyphs are assigned to codes (0x5f-0xfe)
+   normally occupied by the latin letters. Since this codes also
+   appear within control sequences, the extra code conversion
+   does not permute with the tokenizer and is placed behind it
+   in the pipeline. It only applies to tokens, which represent
+   plain characters.
+
+   This conversion it eventually continued in TerminalDisplay.C, since 
+   it might involve VT100 enhanced fonts, which have these
+   particular glyphs allocated in (0x00-0x1f) in their code page.
+*/
+
+#define CHARSET _charset[_currentScreen==_screen[1]]
+
+// Apply current character map.
+
+unsigned short Vt102Emulation::applyCharset(unsigned short c)
+{
+  if (CHARSET.graphic && 0x5f <= c && c <= 0x7e) return vt100_graphics[c-0x5f];
+  if (CHARSET.pound                && c == '#' ) return 0xa3; //This mode is obsolete
+  return c;
+}
+
+/*
+   "Charset" related part of the emulation state.
+   This configures the VT100 _charset filter.
+
+   While most operation work on the current _screen,
+   the following two are different.
+*/
+
+void Vt102Emulation::resetCharset(int scrno)
+{
+  _charset[scrno].cu_cs   = 0;
+  strncpy(_charset[scrno].charset,"BBBB",4);
+  _charset[scrno].sa_graphic = false;
+  _charset[scrno].sa_pound   = false;
+  _charset[scrno].graphic = false;
+  _charset[scrno].pound   = false;
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::setCharset(int n, int cs) // on both screens.
+{
+  _charset[0].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[0].cu_cs);
+  _charset[1].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[1].cu_cs);
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs)
+{
+  CHARSET.charset[n&3] = cs;
+  useCharset(n&3);
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::useCharset(int n)
+{
+  CHARSET.cu_cs   = n&3;
+  CHARSET.graphic = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == '0');
+  CHARSET.pound   = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == 'A'); //This mode is obsolete
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::setDefaultMargins()
+{
+	_screen[0]->setDefaultMargins();
+	_screen[1]->setDefaultMargins();
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::setMargins(int t, int b)
+{
+  _screen[0]->setMargins(t, b);
+  _screen[1]->setMargins(t, b);
+}
+
+/*! Save the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */
+
+void Vt102Emulation::saveCursor()
+{
+  CHARSET.sa_graphic = CHARSET.graphic;
+  CHARSET.sa_pound   = CHARSET.pound; //This mode is obsolete
+  // we are not clear about these
+  //sa_charset = charsets[cScreen->_charset];
+  //sa_charset_num = cScreen->_charset;
+  _currentScreen->saveCursor();
+}
+
+/*! Restore the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */
+
+void Vt102Emulation::restoreCursor()
+{
+  CHARSET.graphic = CHARSET.sa_graphic;
+  CHARSET.pound   = CHARSET.sa_pound; //This mode is obsolete
+  _currentScreen->restoreCursor();
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                Mode Operations                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+   Some of the emulations state is either added to the state of the screens.
+
+   This causes some scoping problems, since different emulations choose to
+   located the mode either to the current _screen or to both.
+
+   For strange reasons, the extend of the rendition attributes ranges over
+   all screens and not over the actual _screen.
+
+   We decided on the precise precise extend, somehow.
+*/
+
+// "Mode" related part of the state. These are all booleans.
+
+void Vt102Emulation::resetModes()
+{
+  resetMode(MODE_Mouse1000); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1000);
+  resetMode(MODE_Mouse1001); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1001);
+  resetMode(MODE_Mouse1002); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1002);
+  resetMode(MODE_Mouse1003); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1003);
+
+  resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); saveMode(MODE_AppScreen);
+  // here come obsolete modes
+  resetMode(MODE_AppCuKeys); saveMode(MODE_AppCuKeys);
+  resetMode(MODE_NewLine  );
+    setMode(MODE_Ansi     );
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::setMode(int m)
+{
+  _currParm.mode[m] = true;
+  switch (m)
+  {
+    case MODE_Mouse1000:
+    case MODE_Mouse1001:
+    case MODE_Mouse1002:
+    case MODE_Mouse1003:
+ 	    emit programUsesMouseChanged(false); 
+    break;
+
+    case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[1]->clearSelection();
+                          setScreen(1);
+    break;
+  }
+  if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine)
+  {
+    _screen[0]->setMode(m);
+    _screen[1]->setMode(m);
+  }
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::resetMode(int m)
+{
+  _currParm.mode[m] = false;
+  switch (m)
+  {
+    case MODE_Mouse1000 : 
+    case MODE_Mouse1001 :
+    case MODE_Mouse1002 :
+    case MODE_Mouse1003 :
+	    emit programUsesMouseChanged(true); 
+    break;
+
+    case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[0]->clearSelection();
+                          setScreen(0);
+    break;
+  }
+  if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine)
+  {
+    _screen[0]->resetMode(m);
+    _screen[1]->resetMode(m);
+  }
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::saveMode(int m)
+{
+  _saveParm.mode[m] = _currParm.mode[m];
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::restoreMode(int m)
+{
+  if (_saveParm.mode[m]) 
+      setMode(m); 
+  else 
+      resetMode(m);
+}
+
+bool Vt102Emulation::getMode(int m)
+{
+  return _currParm.mode[m];
+}
+
+char Vt102Emulation::getErase() const
+{
+  KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry(
+                                            Qt::Key_Backspace,
+                                            0,
+                                            0);
+  if ( entry.text().count() > 0 )
+      return entry.text()[0];
+  else
+      return '\b';
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                               Diagnostic                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*! shows the contents of the scan buffer.
+
+    This functions is used for diagnostics. It is called by \e ReportErrorToken
+    to inform about strings that cannot be decoded or handled by the emulation.
+
+    \sa ReportErrorToken
+*/
+
+static void hexdump(int* s, int len)
+{ int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+  {
+    if (s[i] == '\\')
+      printf("\\\\");
+    else
+    if ((s[i]) > 32 && s[i] < 127)
+      printf("%c",s[i]);
+    else
+      printf("\\%04x(hex)",s[i]);
+  }
+}
+
+void Vt102Emulation::scan_buffer_report() {
+  if (ppos == 0 || (ppos == 1 && (pbuf[0] & 0xff) >= 32)) {
+	return;
+  }
+  printf("token: ");
+  hexdump(pbuf,ppos);
+  printf("\n");
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+void Vt102Emulation::ReportErrorToken()
+{
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  printf("undecodable "); scan_buffer_report();
+#endif
+}
+
+//#include "moc_Vt102Emulation.cpp"
+
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/Vt102Emulation.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/Vt102Emulation.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef VT102EMULATION_H
+#define VT102EMULATION_H
+
+// Standard Library
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+// Qt 
+#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtCore/QTimer>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "Emulation.h"
+#include "Screen.h"
+
+#define MODE_AppScreen (MODES_SCREEN+0)
+#define MODE_AppCuKeys (MODES_SCREEN+1)
+#define MODE_AppKeyPad (MODES_SCREEN+2)
+#define MODE_Mouse1000 (MODES_SCREEN+3)
+#define MODE_Mouse1001 (MODES_SCREEN+4)
+#define MODE_Mouse1002 (MODES_SCREEN+5)
+#define MODE_Mouse1003 (MODES_SCREEN+6)
+#define MODE_Ansi      (MODES_SCREEN+7)
+#define MODE_total     (MODES_SCREEN+8)
+
+struct DECpar
+{
+  bool mode[MODE_total];
+};
+
+struct CharCodes
+{
+  // coding info
+  char charset[4]; //
+  int  cu_cs;      // actual charset.
+  bool graphic;    // Some VT100 tricks
+  bool pound  ;    // Some VT100 tricks
+  bool sa_graphic; // saved graphic
+  bool sa_pound;   // saved pound
+};
+
+/**
+ * Provides an xterm compatible terminal emulation based on the DEC VT102 terminal.
+ * A full description of this terminal can be found at http://vt100.net/docs/vt102-ug/
+ * 
+ * In addition, various additional xterm escape sequences are supported to provide 
+ * features such as mouse input handling.
+ * See http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.html for a description of xterm's escape
+ * sequences. 
+ *
+ */
+class Vt102Emulation : public Emulation
+{ 
+Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+
+  /** Constructs a new emulation */
+  Vt102Emulation();
+  ~Vt102Emulation();
+  
+  // reimplemented
+  virtual void clearEntireScreen();
+  virtual void reset();
+  
+  // reimplemented
+  virtual char getErase() const;
+  
+public slots: 
+
+  // reimplemented 
+  virtual void sendString(const char*,int length = -1);
+  virtual void sendText(const QString& text);
+  virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*);
+  virtual void sendMouseEvent( int buttons, int column, int line , int eventType );
+  
+protected:
+  // reimplemented
+  virtual void setMode    (int mode);
+  virtual void resetMode  (int mode);
+
+  // reimplemented 
+  virtual void receiveChar(int cc);
+  
+
+private slots:
+		
+  //causes changeTitle() to be emitted for each (int,QString) pair in pendingTitleUpdates
+  //used to buffer multiple title updates
+  void updateTitle();
+
+
+private:
+  unsigned short applyCharset(unsigned short c);
+  void setCharset(int n, int cs);
+  void useCharset(int n);
+  void setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs);
+  void saveCursor();
+  void restoreCursor();
+  void resetCharset(int scrno);
+
+  void setMargins(int top, int bottom);
+  //set margins for all screens back to their defaults
+  void setDefaultMargins();
+
+  // returns true if 'mode' is set or false otherwise
+  bool getMode    (int mode);
+  // saves the current boolean value of 'mode'
+  void saveMode   (int mode);
+  // restores the boolean value of 'mode' 
+  void restoreMode(int mode);
+  // resets all modes
+  void resetModes();
+
+  void resetToken();
+#define MAXPBUF 80
+  void pushToToken(int cc);
+  int pbuf[MAXPBUF]; //FIXME: overflow?
+  int ppos;
+#define MAXARGS 15
+  void addDigit(int dig);
+  void addArgument();
+  int argv[MAXARGS];
+  int argc;
+  void initTokenizer();
+  int tbl[256];
+
+  void scan_buffer_report(); //FIXME: rename
+  void ReportErrorToken();   //FIXME: rename
+
+  void tau(int code, int p, int q);
+  void XtermHack();
+
+  void reportTerminalType();
+  void reportSecondaryAttributes();
+  void reportStatus();
+  void reportAnswerBack();
+  void reportCursorPosition();
+  void reportTerminalParms(int p);
+
+  void onScrollLock();
+  void scrollLock(const bool lock);
+
+  // clears the screen and resizes it to the specified
+  // number of columns
+  void clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount);
+
+  CharCodes _charset[2];
+
+  DECpar _currParm;
+  DECpar _saveParm;
+
+  //hash table and timer for buffering calls to the session instance 
+  //to update the name of the session
+  //or window title.
+  //these calls occur when certain escape sequences are seen in the 
+  //output from the terminal
+  QHash<int,QString> _pendingTitleUpdates;
+  QTimer* _titleUpdateTimer;
+  
+};
+
+#endif // VT102EMULATION_H
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/konsole_wcwidth.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/konsole_wcwidth.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.character,v 1.3 2001/07/29 22:08:16 tsi Exp $ */
+/*
+ * This is an implementation of wcwidth() and wcswidth() as defined in
+ * "The Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, The Open Group, 1997"
+ * <http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html>
+ *
+ * Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain
+ */
+
+#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
+
+struct interval {
+  unsigned short first;
+  unsigned short last;
+};
+
+/* auxiliary function for binary search in interval table */
+static int bisearch(quint16 ucs, const struct interval *table, int max) {
+  int min = 0;
+  int mid;
+
+  if (ucs < table[0].first || ucs > table[max].last)
+    return 0;
+  while (max >= min) {
+    mid = (min + max) / 2;
+    if (ucs > table[mid].last)
+      min = mid + 1;
+    else if (ucs < table[mid].first)
+      max = mid - 1;
+    else
+      return 1;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* The following functions define the column width of an ISO 10646
+ * character as follows:
+ *
+ *    - The null character (U+0000) has a column width of 0.
+ *
+ *    - Other C0/C1 control characters and DEL will lead to a return
+ *      value of -1.
+ *
+ *    - Non-spacing and enclosing combining characters (general
+ *      category code Mn or Me in the Unicode database) have a
+ *      column width of 0.
+ *
+ *    - Other format characters (general category code Cf in the Unicode
+ *      database) and ZERO WIDTH SPACE (U+200B) have a column width of 0.
+ *
+ *    - Hangul Jamo medial vowels and final consonants (U+1160-U+11FF)
+ *      have a column width of 0.
+ *
+ *    - Spacing characters in the East Asian Wide (W) or East Asian
+ *      FullWidth (F) category as defined in Unicode Technical
+ *      Report #11 have a column width of 2.
+ *
+ *    - All remaining characters (including all printable
+ *      ISO 8859-1 and WGL4 characters, Unicode control characters,
+ *      etc.) have a column width of 1.
+ *
+ * This implementation assumes that quint16 characters are encoded
+ * in ISO 10646.
+ */
+
+int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs)
+{
+  /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of non-spacing characters */
+  static const struct interval combining[] = {
+    { 0x0300, 0x034E }, { 0x0360, 0x0362 }, { 0x0483, 0x0486 },
+    { 0x0488, 0x0489 }, { 0x0591, 0x05A1 }, { 0x05A3, 0x05B9 },
+    { 0x05BB, 0x05BD }, { 0x05BF, 0x05BF }, { 0x05C1, 0x05C2 },
+    { 0x05C4, 0x05C4 }, { 0x064B, 0x0655 }, { 0x0670, 0x0670 },
+    { 0x06D6, 0x06E4 }, { 0x06E7, 0x06E8 }, { 0x06EA, 0x06ED },
+    { 0x070F, 0x070F }, { 0x0711, 0x0711 }, { 0x0730, 0x074A },
+    { 0x07A6, 0x07B0 }, { 0x0901, 0x0902 }, { 0x093C, 0x093C },
+    { 0x0941, 0x0948 }, { 0x094D, 0x094D }, { 0x0951, 0x0954 },
+    { 0x0962, 0x0963 }, { 0x0981, 0x0981 }, { 0x09BC, 0x09BC },
+    { 0x09C1, 0x09C4 }, { 0x09CD, 0x09CD }, { 0x09E2, 0x09E3 },
+    { 0x0A02, 0x0A02 }, { 0x0A3C, 0x0A3C }, { 0x0A41, 0x0A42 },
+    { 0x0A47, 0x0A48 }, { 0x0A4B, 0x0A4D }, { 0x0A70, 0x0A71 },
+    { 0x0A81, 0x0A82 }, { 0x0ABC, 0x0ABC }, { 0x0AC1, 0x0AC5 },
+    { 0x0AC7, 0x0AC8 }, { 0x0ACD, 0x0ACD }, { 0x0B01, 0x0B01 },
+    { 0x0B3C, 0x0B3C }, { 0x0B3F, 0x0B3F }, { 0x0B41, 0x0B43 },
+    { 0x0B4D, 0x0B4D }, { 0x0B56, 0x0B56 }, { 0x0B82, 0x0B82 },
+    { 0x0BC0, 0x0BC0 }, { 0x0BCD, 0x0BCD }, { 0x0C3E, 0x0C40 },
+    { 0x0C46, 0x0C48 }, { 0x0C4A, 0x0C4D }, { 0x0C55, 0x0C56 },
+    { 0x0CBF, 0x0CBF }, { 0x0CC6, 0x0CC6 }, { 0x0CCC, 0x0CCD },
+    { 0x0D41, 0x0D43 }, { 0x0D4D, 0x0D4D }, { 0x0DCA, 0x0DCA },
+    { 0x0DD2, 0x0DD4 }, { 0x0DD6, 0x0DD6 }, { 0x0E31, 0x0E31 },
+    { 0x0E34, 0x0E3A }, { 0x0E47, 0x0E4E }, { 0x0EB1, 0x0EB1 },
+    { 0x0EB4, 0x0EB9 }, { 0x0EBB, 0x0EBC }, { 0x0EC8, 0x0ECD },
+    { 0x0F18, 0x0F19 }, { 0x0F35, 0x0F35 }, { 0x0F37, 0x0F37 },
+    { 0x0F39, 0x0F39 }, { 0x0F71, 0x0F7E }, { 0x0F80, 0x0F84 },
+    { 0x0F86, 0x0F87 }, { 0x0F90, 0x0F97 }, { 0x0F99, 0x0FBC },
+    { 0x0FC6, 0x0FC6 }, { 0x102D, 0x1030 }, { 0x1032, 0x1032 },
+    { 0x1036, 0x1037 }, { 0x1039, 0x1039 }, { 0x1058, 0x1059 },
+    { 0x1160, 0x11FF }, { 0x17B7, 0x17BD }, { 0x17C6, 0x17C6 },
+    { 0x17C9, 0x17D3 }, { 0x180B, 0x180E }, { 0x18A9, 0x18A9 },
+    { 0x200B, 0x200F }, { 0x202A, 0x202E }, { 0x206A, 0x206F },
+    { 0x20D0, 0x20E3 }, { 0x302A, 0x302F }, { 0x3099, 0x309A },
+    { 0xFB1E, 0xFB1E }, { 0xFE20, 0xFE23 }, { 0xFEFF, 0xFEFF },
+    { 0xFFF9, 0xFFFB }
+  };
+
+  /* test for 8-bit control characters */
+  if (ucs == 0)
+    return 0;
+  if (ucs < 32 || (ucs >= 0x7f && ucs < 0xa0))
+    return -1;
+
+  /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */
+  if (bisearch(ucs, combining,
+	       sizeof(combining) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* if we arrive here, ucs is not a combining or C0/C1 control character */
+
+  return 1 +
+    (ucs >= 0x1100 &&
+     (ucs <= 0x115f ||                    /* Hangul Jamo init. consonants */
+      (ucs >= 0x2e80 && ucs <= 0xa4cf && (ucs & ~0x0011) != 0x300a &&
+       ucs != 0x303f) ||                  /* CJK ... Yi */
+      (ucs >= 0xac00 && ucs <= 0xd7a3) || /* Hangul Syllables */
+      (ucs >= 0xf900 && ucs <= 0xfaff) || /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */
+      (ucs >= 0xfe30 && ucs <= 0xfe6f) || /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
+      (ucs >= 0xff00 && ucs <= 0xff5f) || /* Fullwidth Forms */
+      (ucs >= 0xffe0 && ucs <= 0xffe6) /* do not compare UINT16 with 0x20000 ||
+      (ucs >= 0x20000 && ucs <= 0x2ffff) */));
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*
+ * The following function is the same as konsole_wcwidth(), except that
+ * spacing characters in the East Asian Ambiguous (A) category as
+ * defined in Unicode Technical Report #11 have a column width of 2.
+ * This experimental variant might be useful for users of CJK legacy
+ * encodings who want to migrate to UCS. It is not otherwise
+ * recommended for general use.
+ */
+int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(quint16 ucs)
+{
+  /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous
+   * characters */
+  static const struct interval ambiguous[] = {
+    { 0x00A1, 0x00A1 }, { 0x00A4, 0x00A4 }, { 0x00A7, 0x00A8 },
+    { 0x00AA, 0x00AA }, { 0x00AD, 0x00AD }, { 0x00B0, 0x00B4 },
+    { 0x00B6, 0x00BA }, { 0x00BC, 0x00BF }, { 0x00C6, 0x00C6 },
+    { 0x00D0, 0x00D0 }, { 0x00D7, 0x00D8 }, { 0x00DE, 0x00E1 },
+    { 0x00E6, 0x00E6 }, { 0x00E8, 0x00EA }, { 0x00EC, 0x00ED },
+    { 0x00F0, 0x00F0 }, { 0x00F2, 0x00F3 }, { 0x00F7, 0x00FA },
+    { 0x00FC, 0x00FC }, { 0x00FE, 0x00FE }, { 0x0101, 0x0101 },
+    { 0x0111, 0x0111 }, { 0x0113, 0x0113 }, { 0x011B, 0x011B },
+    { 0x0126, 0x0127 }, { 0x012B, 0x012B }, { 0x0131, 0x0133 },
+    { 0x0138, 0x0138 }, { 0x013F, 0x0142 }, { 0x0144, 0x0144 },
+    { 0x0148, 0x014A }, { 0x014D, 0x014D }, { 0x0152, 0x0153 },
+    { 0x0166, 0x0167 }, { 0x016B, 0x016B }, { 0x01CE, 0x01CE },
+    { 0x01D0, 0x01D0 }, { 0x01D2, 0x01D2 }, { 0x01D4, 0x01D4 },
+    { 0x01D6, 0x01D6 }, { 0x01D8, 0x01D8 }, { 0x01DA, 0x01DA },
+    { 0x01DC, 0x01DC }, { 0x0251, 0x0251 }, { 0x0261, 0x0261 },
+    { 0x02C7, 0x02C7 }, { 0x02C9, 0x02CB }, { 0x02CD, 0x02CD },
+    { 0x02D0, 0x02D0 }, { 0x02D8, 0x02DB }, { 0x02DD, 0x02DD },
+    { 0x0391, 0x03A1 }, { 0x03A3, 0x03A9 }, { 0x03B1, 0x03C1 },
+    { 0x03C3, 0x03C9 }, { 0x0401, 0x0401 }, { 0x0410, 0x044F },
+    { 0x0451, 0x0451 }, { 0x2010, 0x2010 }, { 0x2013, 0x2016 },
+    { 0x2018, 0x2019 }, { 0x201C, 0x201D }, { 0x2020, 0x2021 },
+    { 0x2025, 0x2027 }, { 0x2030, 0x2030 }, { 0x2032, 0x2033 },
+    { 0x2035, 0x2035 }, { 0x203B, 0x203B }, { 0x2074, 0x2074 },
+    { 0x207F, 0x207F }, { 0x2081, 0x2084 }, { 0x20AC, 0x20AC },
+    { 0x2103, 0x2103 }, { 0x2105, 0x2105 }, { 0x2109, 0x2109 },
+    { 0x2113, 0x2113 }, { 0x2121, 0x2122 }, { 0x2126, 0x2126 },
+    { 0x212B, 0x212B }, { 0x2154, 0x2155 }, { 0x215B, 0x215B },
+    { 0x215E, 0x215E }, { 0x2160, 0x216B }, { 0x2170, 0x2179 },
+    { 0x2190, 0x2199 }, { 0x21D2, 0x21D2 }, { 0x21D4, 0x21D4 },
+    { 0x2200, 0x2200 }, { 0x2202, 0x2203 }, { 0x2207, 0x2208 },
+    { 0x220B, 0x220B }, { 0x220F, 0x220F }, { 0x2211, 0x2211 },
+    { 0x2215, 0x2215 }, { 0x221A, 0x221A }, { 0x221D, 0x2220 },
+    { 0x2223, 0x2223 }, { 0x2225, 0x2225 }, { 0x2227, 0x222C },
+    { 0x222E, 0x222E }, { 0x2234, 0x2237 }, { 0x223C, 0x223D },
+    { 0x2248, 0x2248 }, { 0x224C, 0x224C }, { 0x2252, 0x2252 },
+    { 0x2260, 0x2261 }, { 0x2264, 0x2267 }, { 0x226A, 0x226B },
+    { 0x226E, 0x226F }, { 0x2282, 0x2283 }, { 0x2286, 0x2287 },
+    { 0x2295, 0x2295 }, { 0x2299, 0x2299 }, { 0x22A5, 0x22A5 },
+    { 0x22BF, 0x22BF }, { 0x2312, 0x2312 }, { 0x2460, 0x24BF },
+    { 0x24D0, 0x24E9 }, { 0x2500, 0x254B }, { 0x2550, 0x2574 },
+    { 0x2580, 0x258F }, { 0x2592, 0x2595 }, { 0x25A0, 0x25A1 },
+    { 0x25A3, 0x25A9 }, { 0x25B2, 0x25B3 }, { 0x25B6, 0x25B7 },
+    { 0x25BC, 0x25BD }, { 0x25C0, 0x25C1 }, { 0x25C6, 0x25C8 },
+    { 0x25CB, 0x25CB }, { 0x25CE, 0x25D1 }, { 0x25E2, 0x25E5 },
+    { 0x25EF, 0x25EF }, { 0x2605, 0x2606 }, { 0x2609, 0x2609 },
+    { 0x260E, 0x260F }, { 0x261C, 0x261C }, { 0x261E, 0x261E },
+    { 0x2640, 0x2640 }, { 0x2642, 0x2642 }, { 0x2660, 0x2661 },
+    { 0x2663, 0x2665 }, { 0x2667, 0x266A }, { 0x266C, 0x266D },
+    { 0x266F, 0x266F }, { 0x300A, 0x300B }, { 0x301A, 0x301B },
+    { 0xE000, 0xF8FF }, { 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD }
+  };
+
+  /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */
+  if (bisearch(ucs, ambiguous,
+	       sizeof(ambiguous) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1))
+    return 2;
+
+  return konsole_wcwidth(ucs);
+}
+#endif
+
+// single byte char: +1, multi byte char: +2
+int string_width( const QString &txt )
+{
+  int w = 0;
+  for ( int i = 0; i < txt.length(); ++i )
+     w += konsole_wcwidth( txt[ i ].unicode() );
+ return w;
+}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/konsole_wcwidth.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/konsole_wcwidth.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.h,v 1.2 2001/06/18 19:09:27 dickey Exp $ */
+
+/* Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain */
+/* Adaptions for KDE by Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> */
+/*
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef	_KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_
+#define	_KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QBool>
+#include <QtCore/QString>
+
+int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs);
+#if 0
+int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(Q_UINT16 ucs);
+#endif
+
+int string_width( const QString &txt );
+
+#endif
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/kpty.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/kpty.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,641 @@
+/*
+
+   This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "kpty_p.h"
+
+#ifdef __sgi
+#define __svr4__
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __osf__
+#define _OSF_SOURCE
+#include <float.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _AIX
+#define _ALL_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+// __USE_XOPEN isn't defined by default in ICC
+// (needed for ptsname(), grantpt() and unlockpt())
+#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
+#  ifndef __USE_XOPEN
+#    define __USE_XOPEN
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+#if defined(HAVE_PTY_H)
+# include <pty.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBUTIL_H
+# include <libutil.h>
+#elif defined(HAVE_UTIL_H)
+# include <util.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER
+extern "C" {
+# include <utempter.h>
+}
+#else
+# include <utmp.h>
+# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+#  include <utmpx.h>
+# endif
+# if !defined(_PATH_UTMPX) && defined(_UTMPX_FILE)
+#  define _PATH_UTMPX _UTMPX_FILE
+# endif
+# if !defined(_PATH_WTMPX) && defined(_WTMPX_FILE)
+#  define _PATH_WTMPX _WTMPX_FILE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* for HP-UX (some versions) the extern C is needed, and for other
+   platforms it doesn't hurt */
+extern "C" {
+#include <termios.h>
+#if defined(HAVE_TERMIO_H)
+# include <termio.h> // struct winsize on some systems
+#endif
+}
+
+#if defined (_HPUX_SOURCE)
+# define _TERMIOS_INCLUDED
+# include <bsdtty.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H
+# include <sys/stropts.h>	// Defines I_PUSH
+# define _NEW_TTY_CTRL
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__)
+# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCGETA, (char *)ttmode)
+#else
+# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__Lynx__) || defined (__CYGWIN__)
+#  define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) tcgetattr(fd, ttmode)
+# else
+#  define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCGETS, (char *)ttmode)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__)
+# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCSETA, (char *)ttmode)
+#else
+# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
+#  define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) tcsetattr(fd, TCSANOW, ttmode)
+# else
+#  define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCSETS, (char *)ttmode)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// not defined on HP-UX for example
+#ifndef CTRL
+# define CTRL(x) ((x) & 037)
+#endif
+
+#define TTY_GROUP "tty"
+
+///////////////////////
+// private functions //
+///////////////////////
+
+//////////////////
+// private data //
+//////////////////
+
+KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent) :
+    masterFd(-1), slaveFd(-1), ownMaster(true), q_ptr(parent)
+{
+}
+
+KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate(KPty *parent, int _masterFd, int _slaveFd):
+    masterFd(_masterFd), slaveFd(_slaveFd), ownMaster(true), q_ptr(parent)
+{
+}
+
+
+KPtyPrivate::~KPtyPrivate()
+{
+}
+
+bool KPtyPrivate::chownpty(bool)
+{
+//    return !QProcess::execute(KStandardDirs::findExe("kgrantpty"),
+//        QStringList() << (grant?"--grant":"--revoke") << QString::number(masterFd));
+    return true;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////
+// public member functions //
+/////////////////////////////
+
+KPty::KPty() :
+    d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate(this))
+{
+}
+
+KPty::KPty(int masterFd, int slaveFd) :
+    d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate(this, masterFd, slaveFd))
+{
+}
+
+KPty::KPty(KPtyPrivate *d) :
+    d_ptr(d)
+{
+    d_ptr->q_ptr = this;
+}
+
+KPty::~KPty()
+{
+    close();
+    delete d_ptr;
+}
+
+bool KPty::open()
+{
+  Q_D(KPty);
+
+  if (d->masterFd >= 0) {
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  d->ownMaster = true;
+
+  QByteArray ptyName;
+
+  // Find a master pty that we can open ////////////////////////////////
+
+  // Because not all the pty animals are created equal, they want to
+  // be opened by several different methods.
+
+  // We try, as we know them, one by one.
+
+#ifdef HAVE_OPENPTY
+
+  char ptsn[PATH_MAX];
+  if (::openpty( &d->masterFd, &d->slaveFd, ptsn, 0, 0))
+  {
+    d->masterFd = -1;
+    d->slaveFd = -1;
+    qWarning(175) << "Can't open a pseudo teletype";
+    return false;
+  }
+  d->ttyName = ptsn;
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef HAVE__GETPTY // irix
+
+  char *ptsn = _getpty(&d->masterFd, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR, 0);
+  if (ptsn) {
+    d->ttyName = ptsn;
+    goto grantedpt;
+  }
+
+#elif defined(HAVE_PTSNAME) || defined(TIOCGPTN)
+
+#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT
+  d->masterFd = ::posix_openpt(O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY);
+#elif defined(HAVE_GETPT)
+  d->masterFd = ::getpt();
+#elif defined(PTM_DEVICE)
+  d->masterFd = ::open(PTM_DEVICE, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY);
+#else
+# error No method to open a PTY master detected.
+#endif
+  if (d->masterFd >= 0)
+  {
+#ifdef HAVE_PTSNAME
+    char *ptsn = ptsname(d->masterFd);
+    if (ptsn) {
+        d->ttyName = ptsn;
+#else
+    int ptyno;
+    if (!ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPTN, &ptyno)) {
+        char buf[32];
+        sprintf(buf, "/dev/pts/%d", ptyno);
+        d->ttyName = buf;
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_GRANTPT
+        if (!grantpt(d->masterFd))
+           goto grantedpt;
+#else
+        goto gotpty;
+#endif
+    }
+    ::close(d->masterFd);
+    d->masterFd = -1;
+  }
+#endif // HAVE_PTSNAME || TIOCGPTN
+
+  // Linux device names, FIXME: Trouble on other systems?
+  for (const char* s3 = "pqrstuvwxyzabcde"; *s3; s3++)
+  {
+    for (const char* s4 = "0123456789abcdef"; *s4; s4++)
+    {
+      ptyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/pty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii();
+      d->ttyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/tty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii();
+
+      d->masterFd = ::open(ptyName.data(), O_RDWR);
+      if (d->masterFd >= 0)
+      {
+#ifdef Q_OS_SOLARIS
+        /* Need to check the process group of the pty.
+         * If it exists, then the slave pty is in use,
+         * and we need to get another one.
+         */
+        int pgrp_rtn;
+        if (ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPGRP, &pgrp_rtn) == 0 || errno != EIO) {
+          ::close(d->masterFd);
+          d->masterFd = -1;
+          continue;
+        }
+#endif /* Q_OS_SOLARIS */
+        if (!access(d->ttyName.data(),R_OK|W_OK)) // checks availability based on permission bits
+        {
+          if (!geteuid())
+          {
+            struct group* p = getgrnam(TTY_GROUP);
+            if (!p)
+              p = getgrnam("wheel");
+            gid_t gid = p ? p->gr_gid : getgid ();
+
+            if (!chown(d->ttyName.data(), getuid(), gid)) {
+	      chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP);
+	    }
+          }
+          goto gotpty;
+        }
+        ::close(d->masterFd);
+        d->masterFd = -1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  qWarning() << "Can't open a pseudo teletype";
+  return false;
+
+ gotpty:
+  struct stat st;
+  if (stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st))
+    return false; // this just cannot happen ... *cough*  Yeah right, I just
+                  // had it happen when pty #349 was allocated.  I guess
+                  // there was some sort of leak?  I only had a few open.
+  if (((st.st_uid != getuid()) ||
+       (st.st_mode & (S_IRGRP|S_IXGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH|S_IXOTH))) &&
+      !d->chownpty(true))
+  {
+    qWarning()
+      << "chownpty failed for device " << ptyName << "::" << d->ttyName
+      << "\nThis means the communication can be eavesdropped." << endl;
+  }
+
+#if defined(HAVE_GRANTPT) || defined(HAVE__GETPTY)
+ grantedpt:
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_REVOKE
+  revoke(d->ttyName.data());
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNLOCKPT
+  unlockpt(d->masterFd);
+#elif defined(TIOCSPTLCK)
+  int flag = 0;
+  ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSPTLCK, &flag);
+#endif
+
+  d->slaveFd = ::open(d->ttyName.data(), O_RDWR | O_NOCTTY);
+  if (d->slaveFd < 0)
+  {
+    qWarning() << "Can't open slave pseudo teletype";
+    ::close(d->masterFd);
+    d->masterFd = -1;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+#if (defined(__svr4__) || defined(__sgi__))
+  // Solaris
+  ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ptem");
+  ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ldterm");
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_OPENPTY */
+  fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+  fcntl(d->slaveFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+
+  struct ::termios t;
+  tcGetAttr(&t);
+  t.c_lflag &= ~ECHOCTL;
+  tcSetAttr(&t);
+  return true;
+}
+
+void KPty::closeSlave()
+{
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    if (d->slaveFd < 0)
+        return;
+    ::close(d->slaveFd);
+    d->slaveFd = -1;
+}
+
+void KPty::close()
+{
+   Q_D(KPty);
+
+   if (d->masterFd < 0)
+      return;
+   closeSlave();
+   // don't bother resetting unix98 pty, it will go away after closing master anyway.
+   if (memcmp(d->ttyName.data(), "/dev/pts/", 9)) {
+      if (!geteuid()) {
+         struct stat st;
+         if (!stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) {
+            if (!chown(d->ttyName.data(), 0, st.st_gid == getgid() ? 0 : -1)) {
+	      chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
+	    }
+         }
+      } else {
+         fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, 0);
+         d->chownpty(false);
+      }
+   }
+   ::close(d->masterFd);
+   d->masterFd = -1;
+}
+
+void KPty::setCTty()
+{
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    // Setup job control //////////////////////////////////
+
+    // Become session leader, process group leader,
+    // and get rid of the old controlling terminal.
+    setsid();
+
+    // make our slave pty the new controlling terminal.
+#ifdef TIOCSCTTY
+    ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSCTTY, 0);
+#else
+    // __svr4__ hack: the first tty opened after setsid() becomes controlling tty
+    ::close(::open(d->ttyName, O_WRONLY, 0));
+#endif
+
+    // make our new process group the foreground group on the pty
+    int pgrp = getpid();
+#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || defined(__svr4__)
+    tcsetpgrp(d->slaveFd, pgrp);
+#elif defined(TIOCSPGRP)
+    ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSPGRP, (char *)&pgrp);
+#endif
+}
+
+void KPty::login(const char *user, const char *remotehost)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    addToUtmp(d->ttyName, remotehost, d->masterFd);
+    Q_UNUSED(user);
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+    struct utmpx l_struct;
+# else
+    struct utmp l_struct;
+# endif
+    memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct));
+    // note: strncpy without terminators _is_ correct here. man 4 utmp
+
+    if (user)
+      strncpy(l_struct.ut_name, user, sizeof(l_struct.ut_name));
+
+    if (remotehost) {
+      strncpy(l_struct.ut_host, remotehost, sizeof(l_struct.ut_host));
+# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN
+      l_struct.ut_syslen = qMin(strlen(remotehost), sizeof(l_struct.ut_host));
+# endif
+    }
+
+# ifndef __GLIBC__
+    Q_D(KPty);
+    const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data();
+    if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5))
+        str_ptr += 5;
+    strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line));
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
+    strncpy(l_struct.ut_id,
+            str_ptr + strlen(str_ptr) - sizeof(l_struct.ut_id),
+            sizeof(l_struct.ut_id));
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+    gettimeofday(&l_struct.ut_tv, 0);
+# else
+    l_struct.ut_time = time(0);
+# endif
+
+# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN
+#  ifdef HAVE_LOGINX
+    ::loginx(&l_struct);
+#  else
+    ::login(&l_struct);
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
+    l_struct.ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_PID
+    l_struct.ut_pid = getpid();
+#   ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SESSION
+    l_struct.ut_session = getsid(0);
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+    utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX);
+    setutxent();
+    pututxline(&l_struct);
+    endutxent();
+    updwtmpx(_PATH_WTMPX, &l_struct);
+#  else
+    utmpname(_PATH_UTMP);
+    setutent();
+    pututline(&l_struct);
+    endutent();
+    updwtmp(_PATH_WTMP, &l_struct);
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+void KPty::logout()
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    removeLineFromUtmp(d->ttyName, d->masterFd);
+#else
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data();
+    if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5))
+        str_ptr += 5;
+# ifdef __GLIBC__
+    else {
+        const char *sl_ptr = strrchr(str_ptr, '/');
+        if (sl_ptr)
+            str_ptr = sl_ptr + 1;
+    }
+# endif
+# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN
+#  ifdef HAVE_LOGINX
+    ::logoutx(str_ptr, 0, DEAD_PROCESS);
+#  else
+    ::logout(str_ptr);
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+    struct utmpx l_struct, *ut;
+#  else
+    struct utmp l_struct, *ut;
+#  endif
+    memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct));
+
+    strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line));
+
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+    utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX);
+    setutxent();
+    if ((ut = getutxline(&l_struct))) {
+#  else
+    utmpname(_PATH_UTMP);
+    setutent();
+    if ((ut = getutline(&l_struct))) {
+#  endif
+        memset(ut->ut_name, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_name));
+        memset(ut->ut_host, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_host));
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN
+        ut->ut_syslen = 0;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
+        ut->ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+        gettimeofday(ut->ut_tv, 0);
+        pututxline(ut);
+    }
+    endutxent();
+#  else
+        ut->ut_time = time(0);
+        pututline(ut);
+    }
+    endutent();
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+// XXX Supposedly, tc[gs]etattr do not work with the master on Solaris.
+// Please verify.
+
+bool KPty::tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const
+{
+    Q_D(const KPty);
+
+    return _tcgetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0;
+}
+
+bool KPty::tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode)
+{
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    return _tcsetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0;
+}
+
+bool KPty::setWinSize(int lines, int columns)
+{
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    struct winsize winSize;
+    memset(&winSize, 0, sizeof(winSize));
+    winSize.ws_row = (unsigned short)lines;
+    winSize.ws_col = (unsigned short)columns;
+    return ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSWINSZ, (char *)&winSize) == 0;
+}
+
+bool KPty::setEcho(bool echo)
+{
+    struct ::termios ttmode;
+    if (!tcGetAttr(&ttmode))
+        return false;
+    if (!echo)
+        ttmode.c_lflag &= ~ECHO;
+    else
+        ttmode.c_lflag |= ECHO;
+    return tcSetAttr(&ttmode);
+}
+
+const char *KPty::ttyName() const
+{
+    Q_D(const KPty);
+
+    return d->ttyName.data();
+}
+
+int KPty::masterFd() const
+{
+    Q_D(const KPty);
+
+    return d->masterFd;
+}
+
+int KPty::slaveFd() const
+{
+    Q_D(const KPty);
+
+    return d->slaveFd;
+}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/kpty.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/kpty.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef kpty_h
+#define kpty_h
+
+#include <QtCore>
+
+struct KPtyPrivate;
+struct termios;
+
+/**
+ * Provides primitives for opening & closing a pseudo TTY pair, assigning the
+ * controlling TTY, utmp registration and setting various terminal attributes.
+ */
+class KPty {
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(KPty)
+
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Constructor
+   */
+  KPty();
+  KPty(int masterFd, int slaveFd);
+
+  /**
+   * Destructor:
+   *
+   *  If the pty is still open, it will be closed. Note, however, that
+   *  an utmp registration is @em not undone.
+  */
+  ~KPty();
+
+  /**
+   * Create a pty master/slave pair.
+   *
+   * @return true if a pty pair was successfully opened
+   */
+  bool open();
+
+  /**
+   * Close the pty master/slave pair.
+   */
+  void close();
+
+  /**
+   * Close the pty slave descriptor.
+   *
+   * When creating the pty, KPty also opens the slave and keeps it open.
+   * Consequently the master will never receive an EOF notification.
+   * Usually this is the desired behavior, as a closed pty slave can be
+   * reopened any time - unlike a pipe or socket. However, in some cases
+   * pipe-alike behavior might be desired.
+   *
+   * After this function was called, slaveFd() and setCTty() cannot be
+   * used.
+   */
+  void closeSlave();
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a new session and process group and makes this pty the
+   * controlling tty.
+   */
+  void setCTty();
+
+  /**
+   * Creates an utmp entry for the tty.
+   * This function must be called after calling setCTty and
+   * making this pty the stdin.
+   * @param user the user to be logged on
+   * @param remotehost the host from which the login is coming. This is
+   *  @em not the local host. For remote logins it should be the hostname
+   *  of the client. For local logins from inside an X session it should
+   *  be the name of the X display. Otherwise it should be empty.
+   */
+  void login(const char *user = 0, const char *remotehost = 0);
+
+  /**
+   * Removes the utmp entry for this tty.
+   */
+  void logout();
+
+  /**
+   * Wrapper around tcgetattr(3).
+   *
+   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
+   * You will need an #include &lt;termios.h&gt; to do anything useful
+   * with it.
+   *
+   * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure.
+   *  Note: when declaring ttmode, @c struct @c ::termios must be used -
+   *  without the '::' some version of HP-UX thinks, this declares
+   *  the struct in your class, in your method.
+   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise
+   */
+  bool tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Wrapper around tcsetattr(3) with mode TCSANOW.
+   *
+   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
+   *
+   * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure.
+   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise. Note that success means
+   *  that @em at @em least @em one attribute could be set.
+   */
+  bool tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode);
+
+  /**
+   * Change the logical (screen) size of the pty.
+   * The default is 24 lines by 80 columns.
+   *
+   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
+   *
+   * @param lines the number of rows
+   * @param columns the number of columns
+   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise
+   */
+  bool setWinSize(int lines, int columns);
+
+  /**
+   * Set whether the pty should echo input.
+   *
+   * Echo is on by default.
+   * If the output of automatically fed (non-interactive) PTY clients
+   * needs to be parsed, disabling echo often makes it much simpler.
+   *
+   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
+   *
+   * @param echo true if input should be echoed.
+   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise
+   */
+  bool setEcho(bool echo);
+
+  /**
+   * @return the name of the slave pty device.
+   *
+   * This function should be called only while the pty is open.
+   */
+  const char *ttyName() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return the file descriptor of the master pty
+   *
+   * This function should be called only while the pty is open.
+   */
+  int masterFd() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return the file descriptor of the slave pty
+   *
+   * This function should be called only while the pty slave is open.
+   */
+  int slaveFd() const;
+
+protected:
+  /**
+   * @internal
+   */
+  KPty(KPtyPrivate *d);
+
+  /**
+   * @internal
+   */
+  KPtyPrivate * const d_ptr;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/unix/kpty_p.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/unix/kpty_p.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef kpty_p_h
+#define kpty_p_h
+
+#include "kpty.h"
+
+#include <QtCore/QByteArray>
+
+struct KPtyPrivate {
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(KPty)
+
+    KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent);
+    KPtyPrivate(KPty* parent, int masterFd, int slaveFd);
+
+    virtual ~KPtyPrivate();
+#ifndef HAVE_OPENPTY
+    bool chownpty(bool grant);
+#endif
+
+    int masterFd;
+    int slaveFd;
+    bool ownMaster:1;
+
+    QByteArray ttyName;
+
+    KPty *q_ptr;
+};
+
+#endif
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/win32/QTerminalColors.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/win32/QTerminalColors.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+
+Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Goffioul.
+
+This file is part of QConsole.
+
+Foobar is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+QConsole is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Foobar.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+*/
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include "QConsoleColors.h"
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+QConsoleColors::QConsoleColors (void)
+    : QMap<int, QColor> ()
+{
+  (*this)[0]  = Qt::black;
+  (*this)[1]  = Qt::darkBlue;
+  (*this)[2]  = Qt::darkGreen;
+  (*this)[3]  = Qt::darkCyan;
+  (*this)[4]  = Qt::darkRed;
+  (*this)[5]  = Qt::darkMagenta;
+  (*this)[6]  = Qt::darkYellow;
+  (*this)[7]  = Qt::lightGray;
+  (*this)[8]  = Qt::darkGray;
+  (*this)[9]  = Qt::blue;
+  (*this)[10] = Qt::green;
+  (*this)[11] = Qt::cyan;
+  (*this)[12] = Qt::red;
+  (*this)[13] = Qt::magenta;
+  (*this)[14] = Qt::yellow;
+  (*this)[15] = Qt::white;
+}
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/win32/QTerminalColors.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/win32/QTerminalColors.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+
+Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Goffioul.
+
+This file is part of QConsole.
+
+Foobar is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+QConsole is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Foobar.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef __QConsoleColors_h__
+#define __QConsoleColors_h__ 1
+
+#include <QColor>
+#include <QMap>
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class QConsoleColors : public QMap<int, QColor>
+{
+public:
+  QConsoleColors (void);
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif // __QConsoleColors_h__
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/win32/QWinTerminalImpl.cpp
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/win32/QWinTerminalImpl.cpp	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,874 @@
+/*
+
+Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Goffioul.
+
+This file is part of QConsole.
+
+Foobar is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+QConsole is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Foobar.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+*/
+
+#include <QApplication>
+#include <QColor>
+#include <QFont>
+#include <QHBoxLayout>
+#include <QPaintEvent>
+#include <QPainter>
+#include <QResizeEvent>
+#include <QScrollBar>
+#include <QtDebug>
+#include <QThread>
+#include <QTimer>
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <io.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <cstring>
+
+#include "QConsole.h"
+#include "QConsoleColors.h"
+
+// Uncomment to log activity to LOGFILENAME
+// #define DEBUG_QCONSOLE
+#define LOGFILENAME "QConsole.log"
+// Uncomment to create hidden console window
+#define HIDDEN_CONSOLE
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class QConsoleView : public QWidget
+{
+public:
+  QConsoleView (QConsole* parent = 0) : QWidget (parent), q (parent) { }
+  ~QConsoleView (void) { }
+
+protected:
+  void paintEvent (QPaintEvent* event) { q->viewPaintEvent (this, event); }
+  void resizeEvent (QResizeEvent* event) { q->viewResizeEvent (this, event); }
+
+private:
+  QConsole* q;
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class QConsoleThread : public QThread
+{
+public:
+  QConsoleThread (QConsole* console) : QThread (console), q (console) { }
+
+protected:
+  void run (void)
+    { q->start (); }
+
+private:
+  QConsole* q;
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class QConsolePrivate
+{
+  friend class QConsole;
+
+public:
+  QConsolePrivate (QConsole* parent, const QString& cmd = QString ());
+  ~QConsolePrivate (void);
+
+  void updateConsoleSize (bool sync = false);
+  void syncConsoleParameters (void);
+  void grabConsoleBuffer (CHAR_INFO* buf = 0);
+  void updateScrollBar (void);
+  void setScrollValue (int value);
+  void updateConsoleView (bool grab = true);
+  void monitorConsole (void);
+  void startCommand (void);
+  void sendConsoleText (const QString& s);
+
+  void log (const char* fmt, ...);
+
+  void closeStandardIO (int fd, DWORD stdHandleId, const char* name);
+  void setupStandardIO (DWORD stdHandleId, int fd, const char* name,
+                        const char* devName);
+
+private:
+  QConsole* q;
+
+private:
+  QFont m_font;
+  QColor m_backgroundColor;
+  QString m_command;
+  QConsoleColors m_colors;
+  bool m_inWheelEvent;
+  QString m_title;
+
+  QSize m_charSize;
+  QSize m_bufferSize;
+  QRect m_consoleRect;
+  QPoint m_cursorPos;
+
+  HANDLE m_stdOut;
+  HWND m_consoleWindow;
+  CHAR_INFO* m_buffer;
+  CHAR_INFO* m_tmpBuffer;
+  HANDLE m_process;
+
+  QConsoleView* m_consoleView;
+  QScrollBar* m_scrollBar;
+  QTimer* m_consoleWatcher;
+  QConsoleThread *m_consoleThread;
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+QConsolePrivate::QConsolePrivate (QConsole* parent, const QString& cmd)
+    : q (parent), m_command (cmd), m_process (NULL), m_inWheelEvent (false)
+{
+  log (NULL);
+
+  // Possibly detach from any existing console
+  log ("Detaching from existing console (if any)...\n");
+  FreeConsole ();
+  log ("Closing standard IO...\n");
+  closeStandardIO (0, STD_INPUT_HANDLE, "STDIN");
+  closeStandardIO (1, STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE, "STDOUT");
+  closeStandardIO (2, STD_ERROR_HANDLE, "STDERR");
+
+#ifdef HIDDEN_CONSOLE
+  HWINSTA hOrigSta, hNewSta;
+
+  // Create new (hidden) console
+  hOrigSta = GetProcessWindowStation ();
+  hNewSta = CreateWindowStation (NULL, 0, GENERIC_ALL, NULL);
+  log ("Current Windows station: %p.\nNew Windows station: %p.\n", hOrigSta,
+       hNewSta);
+  if (! SetProcessWindowStation (hNewSta))
+    log ("Failed to switch to new Windows station.\n");
+#endif
+  if (! AllocConsole ())
+    log ("Failed to create new console.\n");
+#ifdef HIDDEN_CONSOLE
+  if (! SetProcessWindowStation (hOrigSta))
+    log ("Failed to restore original Windows station.\n");
+  if (! CloseWindowStation (hNewSta))
+    log ("Failed to close new Windows station.\n");
+#endif
+
+  log ("New (hidden) console created.\n");
+
+  setupStandardIO (STD_INPUT_HANDLE,  0, "STDIN",  "CONIN$");
+  setupStandardIO (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE, 1, "STDOUT", "CONOUT$");
+  setupStandardIO (STD_ERROR_HANDLE,  2, "STDERR", "CONOUT$");
+
+  log ("Standard input/output/error set up.\n");
+
+  *stdin = *(fdopen (0, "rb"));
+  *stdout = *(fdopen (1, "wb"));
+  *stderr = *(fdopen (2, "wb"));
+
+  log ("POSIX standard streams created.\n");
+
+  setvbuf (stdin, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+  setvbuf (stdout, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+  setvbuf (stderr, NULL, _IONBF, 0);
+
+  log ("POSIX standard stream buffers adjusted.\n");
+
+  HANDLE hStdOut = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+
+  log ("Console allocated: hStdOut: %p\n", hStdOut);
+
+  m_stdOut = hStdOut;
+  m_consoleWindow = GetConsoleWindow ();
+
+  // In case the console window hasn't been created hidden...
+  ShowWindow (m_consoleWindow, SW_HIDE);
+
+  CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO sbi;
+
+  GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo (hStdOut, &sbi);
+  m_bufferSize = QSize (sbi.dwSize.X, qMax (sbi.dwSize.Y, (SHORT)500));
+  m_consoleRect = QRect (sbi.srWindow.Left, sbi.srWindow.Top,
+                         sbi.srWindow.Right - sbi.srWindow.Left + 1,
+                         sbi.srWindow.Bottom - sbi.srWindow.Top + 1);
+  m_cursorPos = QPoint (sbi.dwCursorPosition.X, sbi.dwCursorPosition.Y);
+
+  log ("Initial console parameters:\n");
+  log ("  buffer size: %d x %d\n", m_bufferSize.width (),
+       m_bufferSize.height ());
+  log ("  window: (%d, %d) -> (%d, %d) [%d x %d]\n",
+       m_consoleRect.left (), m_consoleRect.top (),
+       m_consoleRect.right (), m_consoleRect.bottom (),
+       m_consoleRect.width (), m_consoleRect.height ());
+
+  wchar_t titleBuf[260];
+  GetConsoleTitleW (titleBuf, sizeof (titleBuf));
+  q->setWindowTitle (QString::fromWCharArray (titleBuf));
+
+  m_font.setFamily ("Lucida Console");
+  m_font.setPointSize (9);
+  m_font.setStyleHint (QFont::TypeWriter);
+  m_backgroundColor = Qt::black;
+
+  m_buffer = m_tmpBuffer = 0;
+
+  m_consoleView = new QConsoleView (parent);
+  m_scrollBar = new QScrollBar (Qt::Vertical, parent);
+
+  QHBoxLayout* l = new QHBoxLayout (parent);
+  l->setContentsMargins (0, 0, 0, 0);
+  l->setSpacing (0);
+  l->addWidget (m_consoleView, 1);
+  l->addWidget (m_scrollBar, 0);
+
+  m_consoleView->setPalette (QPalette (m_backgroundColor));
+  m_consoleView->setAutoFillBackground (true);
+  m_consoleView->setFont (m_font);
+  parent->setFocusPolicy (Qt::StrongFocus);
+  parent->winId ();
+
+  updateScrollBar ();
+
+  m_consoleWatcher = new QTimer (parent);
+  m_consoleWatcher->setInterval (10);
+  m_consoleWatcher->setSingleShot (false);
+  
+  QObject::connect (m_scrollBar, SIGNAL (valueChanged (int)),
+                    q, SLOT (scrollValueChanged (int)));
+  QObject::connect (m_consoleWatcher, SIGNAL (timeout (void)),
+                    q, SLOT (monitorConsole (void)));
+
+  m_consoleWatcher->start ();
+
+  if (m_command.isEmpty ())
+    m_consoleThread = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      m_consoleThread = new QConsoleThread (q);
+      QObject::connect (m_consoleThread, SIGNAL (finished (void)),
+                        q, SIGNAL (terminated (void)));
+      m_consoleThread->start ();
+    }
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+QConsolePrivate::~QConsolePrivate (void)
+{
+  if (m_consoleThread && m_consoleThread->isRunning () && m_process)
+    {
+      TerminateProcess (m_process, (UINT)-1);
+      m_consoleThread->wait ();
+    }
+  if (m_buffer)
+    delete [] m_buffer;
+  if (m_tmpBuffer)
+    delete [] m_tmpBuffer;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::setupStandardIO (DWORD stdHandleId, int targetFd,
+                                       const char* name, const char* devName)
+{
+  log ("Opening %s...\n", devName);
+
+  int fd = open (devName, _O_RDWR | _O_BINARY);
+
+  if (fd != -1)
+    {
+      if (fd != targetFd)
+        {
+          log ("Opened %s is not at target file descriptor %d, "
+               "duplicating...\n", name, targetFd);
+          if (dup2 (fd, targetFd) == -1)
+            log ("Failed to duplicate file descriptor: errno=%d.\n", errno);
+          if (close (fd) == -1)
+            log ("Failed to close original file descriptor: errno=%d.\n",
+                 errno);
+        }
+      else
+        log ("%s opened and assigned to file descriptor %d.\n", devName, fd);
+      if (! SetStdHandle (stdHandleId, (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (targetFd)))
+        log ("Failed to re-assign %s: error=%08x.\n", name, GetLastError ());
+    }
+  else
+    log ("Failed to open %s: errno=%d.\n", devName, errno);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::closeStandardIO (int fd, DWORD stdHandleId,
+                                       const char* name)
+{
+  if (close (fd) == -1)
+    log ("Failed to close file descriptor %d: errno=%d.\n", fd, errno);
+  if (! CloseHandle (GetStdHandle (stdHandleId)))
+    log ("Failed to close Win32 %s: error=%08x.\n", name, GetLastError ());
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::log (const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG_QCONSOLE
+  if (fmt)
+    {
+      va_list l;
+      FILE* flog = fopen (LOGFILENAME, "ab");
+
+      va_start (l, fmt);
+      vfprintf (flog, fmt, l);
+      va_end (l);
+      fclose (flog);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      // Special case to re-initialize the log file
+      FILE* flog = fopen (LOGFILENAME, "w");
+      fclose (flog);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::updateConsoleSize (bool sync)
+{
+  QFontMetrics fm (m_font);
+  QSize winSize = m_consoleView->size ();
+
+  m_charSize.rwidth () = fm.maxWidth ();
+  m_charSize.rheight () = fm.lineSpacing ();
+
+  m_consoleRect.setWidth (winSize.width () / fm.maxWidth ());
+  m_consoleRect.setHeight (winSize.height () / fm.lineSpacing ());
+
+  m_bufferSize.rwidth () = m_consoleRect.width ();
+  m_bufferSize.rheight () = qMax (m_bufferSize.height (),
+                                  m_consoleRect.height ());
+
+  m_consoleRect.moveLeft (0);
+  if (m_consoleRect.bottom () >= m_bufferSize.height ())
+    m_consoleRect.moveTop (m_bufferSize.height () - m_consoleRect.height ());
+
+  log ("Console resized:\n");
+  log ("  widget size: %d x %d\n", winSize.width (), winSize.height ());
+  log ("  buffer size: %d x %d\n", m_bufferSize.width (),
+       m_bufferSize.height ());
+  log ("  window: (%d, %d) -> (%d, %d) [%d x %d]\n",
+       m_consoleRect.left (), m_consoleRect.top (),
+       m_consoleRect.right (), m_consoleRect.bottom (),
+       m_consoleRect.width (), m_consoleRect.height ());
+
+  if (sync)
+    syncConsoleParameters ();
+
+  updateScrollBar ();
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::syncConsoleParameters (void)
+{
+  CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO sbi;
+  HANDLE hStdOut = m_stdOut;
+
+  GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo (hStdOut, &sbi);
+
+  COORD bs;
+  SMALL_RECT sr;
+
+  bs.X = sbi.dwSize.X;
+  bs.Y = m_bufferSize.height ();
+  sr.Left   = sbi.srWindow.Left;
+  sr.Right  = sbi.srWindow.Right;
+  sr.Top    = m_consoleRect.top ();
+  sr.Bottom = m_consoleRect.bottom ();
+
+  if (bs.Y > sbi.dwSize.Y)
+    {
+      SetConsoleScreenBufferSize (hStdOut, bs);
+      SetConsoleWindowInfo (hStdOut, TRUE, &sr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      SetConsoleWindowInfo (hStdOut, TRUE, &sr);
+      SetConsoleScreenBufferSize (hStdOut, bs);
+    }
+
+  bs.X = m_bufferSize.width ();
+  sr.Left  = m_consoleRect.left ();
+  sr.Right = m_consoleRect.right ();
+
+  if (bs.X > sbi.dwSize.X)
+    {
+      SetConsoleScreenBufferSize (hStdOut, bs);
+      SetConsoleWindowInfo (hStdOut, TRUE, &sr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      SetConsoleWindowInfo (hStdOut, TRUE, &sr);
+      SetConsoleScreenBufferSize (hStdOut, bs);
+    }
+
+  log ("Sync'ing console parameters:\n");
+  log ("  buffer size: %d x %d\n", bs.X, bs.Y);
+  log ("  window: (%d, %d) -> (%d, %d)\n",
+       sr.Left, sr.Top, sr.Right, sr.Bottom);
+
+  if (m_buffer)
+    delete [] m_buffer;
+  if (m_tmpBuffer)
+    delete [] m_tmpBuffer;
+
+  int bufSize = m_consoleRect.width () * m_consoleRect.height ();
+
+  m_buffer = new CHAR_INFO[bufSize];
+  m_tmpBuffer = new CHAR_INFO[bufSize];
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::grabConsoleBuffer (CHAR_INFO* buf)
+{
+  COORD bs, bc;
+  SMALL_RECT r;
+
+  bs.X = m_consoleRect.width ();
+  bs.Y = m_consoleRect.height ();
+  bc.X = 0;
+  bc.Y = 0;
+
+  r.Left   = m_consoleRect.left ();
+  r.Top    = m_consoleRect.top ();
+  r.Right  = m_consoleRect.right ();
+  r.Bottom = m_consoleRect.bottom ();
+
+  if (! ReadConsoleOutput (m_stdOut, (buf ? buf : m_buffer), bs, bc, &r))
+    qCritical ("cannot read console output");
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::updateScrollBar (void)
+{
+  m_scrollBar->setMinimum (0);
+  if (m_bufferSize.height () > m_consoleRect.height ())
+    m_scrollBar->setMaximum (m_bufferSize.height () - m_consoleRect.height ());
+  else
+    m_scrollBar->setMaximum (0);
+  m_scrollBar->setSingleStep (1);
+  m_scrollBar->setPageStep (m_consoleRect.height ());
+  m_scrollBar->setValue (m_consoleRect.top ());
+
+  log ("Scrollbar parameters updated: %d/%d/%d/%d\n",
+       m_scrollBar->minimum (), m_scrollBar->maximum (),
+       m_scrollBar->singleStep (), m_scrollBar->pageStep ());
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::setScrollValue (int value)
+{
+  if (value == m_consoleRect.top ())
+    return;
+
+  SMALL_RECT r;
+  HANDLE hStdOut = m_stdOut;
+
+  if (value + m_consoleRect.height () > m_bufferSize.height ())
+    value = m_bufferSize.height () - m_consoleRect.height ();
+
+  r.Left = m_consoleRect.left ();
+  r.Top = value;
+  r.Right = m_consoleRect.right ();
+  r.Bottom = value + m_consoleRect.height () - 1;
+
+  log ("Scrolling window: (%d, %d) -> (%d, %d) [%d x %d]\n",
+       r.Left, r.Top, r.Right, r.Bottom, 
+       r.Right - r.Left + 1, r.Bottom - r.Top + 1);
+
+  if (SetConsoleWindowInfo (hStdOut, TRUE, &r))
+    {
+      m_consoleRect.moveTop (value);
+      updateConsoleView ();
+    }
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::updateConsoleView (bool grab)
+{
+  if (grab)
+    grabConsoleBuffer ();
+  m_consoleView->update ();
+  m_consoleWatcher->start ();
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::monitorConsole (void)
+{
+  CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO sbi;
+  HANDLE hStdOut = GetStdHandle (STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+
+  static wchar_t titleBuf[260];
+
+  GetConsoleTitleW (titleBuf, sizeof (titleBuf));
+  QString title = QString::fromWCharArray (titleBuf);
+
+  if (title != m_title)
+    {
+      q->setWindowTitle (title);
+      emit q->titleChanged (title);
+    }
+
+  if (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo (hStdOut, &sbi))
+    {
+      if (m_bufferSize.width () != sbi.dwSize.X
+          || m_bufferSize.height () != sbi.dwSize.Y)
+        {
+          // Buffer size changed
+          m_bufferSize.rwidth () = sbi.dwSize.X;
+          m_bufferSize.rheight () = sbi.dwSize.Y;
+          updateScrollBar ();
+        }
+
+      if (m_cursorPos.x () != sbi.dwCursorPosition.X
+          || m_cursorPos.y () != sbi.dwCursorPosition.Y)
+        {
+          // Cursor position changed
+          m_consoleView->update
+            ((m_cursorPos.x () - sbi.srWindow.Left) * m_charSize.width (),
+             (m_cursorPos.y () - sbi.srWindow.Top) * m_charSize.height (),
+             m_charSize.width (), m_charSize.height ());
+          m_cursorPos.rx () = sbi.dwCursorPosition.X;
+          m_cursorPos.ry () = sbi.dwCursorPosition.Y;
+          m_consoleView->update
+            ((m_cursorPos.x () - sbi.srWindow.Left) * m_charSize.width (),
+             (m_cursorPos.y () - sbi.srWindow.Top) * m_charSize.height (),
+             m_charSize.width (), m_charSize.height ());
+        }
+
+      if (m_consoleRect.left () != sbi.srWindow.Left
+          || m_consoleRect.right () != sbi.srWindow.Right
+          || m_consoleRect.top () != sbi.srWindow.Top
+          || m_consoleRect.bottom () != sbi.srWindow.Bottom)
+        {
+          // Console window changed
+          m_consoleRect = QRect (sbi.srWindow.Left, sbi.srWindow.Top,
+                                 sbi.srWindow.Right - sbi.srWindow.Left + 1,
+                                 sbi.srWindow.Bottom - sbi.srWindow.Top + 1);
+          updateScrollBar ();
+          updateConsoleView ();
+          return;
+        }
+
+      if (m_tmpBuffer && m_buffer)
+        {
+          grabConsoleBuffer (m_tmpBuffer);
+          if (memcmp (m_tmpBuffer, m_buffer,
+                      sizeof (CHAR_INFO) * m_consoleRect.width () *
+                      m_consoleRect.height ()))
+            {
+              // FIXME: compute the area to update based on the
+              // difference between the 2 buffers.
+              qSwap (m_buffer, m_tmpBuffer);
+              updateConsoleView (false);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::startCommand (void)
+{
+  if (! m_command.isEmpty ())
+    {
+      STARTUPINFO si;
+      PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
+
+      ZeroMemory (&si, sizeof (si));
+      si.cb = sizeof (si);
+      ZeroMemory (&pi, sizeof (pi));
+
+      if (CreateProcessW (NULL,
+                          (LPWSTR)m_command.unicode (),
+                          NULL,
+                          NULL,
+                          TRUE,
+                          0,
+                          NULL,
+                          NULL,
+                          &si,
+                          &pi))
+        {
+          CloseHandle (pi.hThread);
+          m_process = pi.hProcess;
+          WaitForSingleObject (m_process, INFINITE);
+          CloseHandle (m_process);
+          m_process = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsolePrivate::sendConsoleText (const QString& s)
+{
+  // Send the string in chunks of 512 characters. Each character is
+  // translated into an equivalent keypress event.
+
+#define TEXT_CHUNK_SIZE 512
+
+  int len = s.length ();
+  INPUT_RECORD events[TEXT_CHUNK_SIZE];
+  DWORD nEvents = 0, written;
+  HANDLE hStdIn = GetStdHandle (STD_INPUT_HANDLE);
+
+  ZeroMemory (events, sizeof (events));
+
+  for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
+    {
+      QChar c = s.at (i);
+
+      if (c == L'\r' || c == L'\n')
+        {
+          if (c == L'\r' && i < (len - 1) && s.at (i+1) == L'\n')
+            i++;
+          if (nEvents)
+            {
+              WriteConsoleInput (hStdIn, events, nEvents, &written);
+              nEvents = 0;
+              ZeroMemory (events, sizeof (events));
+            }
+          PostMessage (m_consoleWindow, WM_KEYDOWN, VK_RETURN, 0x001C0001);
+          PostMessage (m_consoleWindow, WM_KEYDOWN, VK_RETURN, 0xC01C0001);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          events[nEvents].EventType                        = KEY_EVENT;
+          events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.bKeyDown          = TRUE;
+          events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.wRepeatCount      = 1;
+          events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualKeyCode   =
+            LOBYTE (VkKeyScan (c.unicode ()));
+          events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.wVirtualScanCode  = 0;
+          events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.uChar.UnicodeChar = c.unicode ();
+          events[nEvents].Event.KeyEvent.dwControlKeyState = 0;
+          nEvents++;
+        }
+
+      if (nEvents == TEXT_CHUNK_SIZE
+          || (nEvents > 0 && i == (len - 1)))
+        {
+          WriteConsoleInput (hStdIn, events, nEvents, &written);
+          nEvents = 0;
+          ZeroMemory (events, sizeof (events));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+QConsole::QConsole (QWidget* parent)
+    : d (new QConsolePrivate (this))
+{
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+QConsole::QConsole (const QString& cmd, QWidget* parent)
+    : d (new QConsolePrivate (this, cmd))
+{
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+QConsole::~QConsole (void)
+{
+  delete d;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsole::viewResizeEvent (QConsoleView*, QResizeEvent*)
+{
+  d->updateConsoleSize (true);
+  d->grabConsoleBuffer ();
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsole::viewPaintEvent (QConsoleView* w, QPaintEvent* event)
+{
+  QPainter p (w);
+  int cw = d->m_charSize.width (), ch = d->m_charSize.height ();
+  int ascent, stride, cx1, cy1, cx2, cy2, x, y;
+  WORD attr = 0;
+  QString s;
+  bool hasChar = false;
+
+  QRect updateRect = event->rect ();
+
+  cx1 = updateRect.left () / cw;
+  cy1 = updateRect.top () / ch;
+  cx2 = qMin (d->m_consoleRect.width () - 1, updateRect.right () / cw);
+  cy2 = qMin (d->m_consoleRect.height () - 1, updateRect.bottom () / ch);
+
+  if (cx1 > d->m_consoleRect.width () - 1
+      || cy1 > d->m_consoleRect.height () - 1)
+    return;
+
+  p.setFont (d->m_font);
+  p.setPen (Qt::black);
+
+  ascent = p.fontMetrics ().ascent ();
+  stride = d->m_consoleRect.width ();
+
+  s.reserve (cx2 - cx1 + 1);
+  y = ascent + cy1 * ch;;
+
+  for (int j = cy1; j <= cy2; j++, y += ch)
+    {
+      // Reset string buffer and starting X coordinate
+      s.clear ();
+      hasChar = false;
+      x = cx1 * cw;
+
+      for (int i = cx1; i <= cx2; i++)
+        {
+          CHAR_INFO* ci = &(d->m_buffer[stride*j+i]);
+
+          if ((ci->Attributes & 0x00ff) != attr)
+            {
+              // Character attributes changed
+              if (! s.isEmpty ())
+                {
+                  // String buffer not empty -> draw it
+                  if (hasChar || (attr & 0x00f0))
+                    {
+                      if (attr & 0x00f0)
+                        p.fillRect (x, y-ascent, s.length () * cw, ch,
+                                    p.brush ());
+                      p.drawText (x, y, s);
+                    }
+                  x += (s.length () * cw);
+                  s.clear ();
+                  hasChar = false;
+                }
+              // Update current pen and store current attributes
+              // FIXME: what about background?
+              attr = (ci->Attributes & 0x00ff);
+              p.setPen (d->m_colors[attr & 0x000f]);
+              p.setBrush (d->m_colors[(attr >> 4) & 0x000f]);
+            }
+
+          // Append current character to the string buffer
+          s.append (ci->Char.UnicodeChar);
+          if (ci->Char.UnicodeChar != L' ')
+            hasChar = true;
+        }
+
+      if (! s.isEmpty () && (hasChar || (attr & 0x00f0)))
+        {
+          // Line end reached, but string buffer not empty -> draw it
+          // No need to update s or x, they will be reset on the next
+          // for-loop iteration
+          if (attr & 0x00f0)
+            p.fillRect (x, y-ascent, s.length () * cw, ch, p.brush ());
+          p.drawText (x, y, s);
+        }
+    }
+
+  // Draw cursor
+  p.setCompositionMode (QPainter::RasterOp_SourceXorDestination);
+  p.fillRect ((d->m_cursorPos.x () - d->m_consoleRect.x ()) * cw,
+              (d->m_cursorPos.y () - d->m_consoleRect.y ()) * ch,
+              cw, ch, d->m_colors[7]);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsole::wheelEvent (QWheelEvent* event)
+{
+  if (! d->m_inWheelEvent)
+    {
+      // Forward to the scrollbar (avoid recursion)
+      d->m_inWheelEvent = true;
+      QApplication::sendEvent (d->m_scrollBar, event);
+      d->m_inWheelEvent = false;
+    }
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+bool QConsole::winEvent (MSG* msg, long* result)
+{
+  switch (msg->message)
+    {
+    case WM_KEYDOWN:
+    case WM_KEYUP:
+    //case WM_CHAR:
+      // Forward Win32 message to the console window
+      PostMessage (d->m_consoleWindow,
+                   msg->message,
+                   msg->wParam,
+                   msg->lParam);
+      result = 0;
+      return true;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsole::scrollValueChanged (int value)
+{
+  d->setScrollValue (value);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsole::monitorConsole (void)
+{
+  d->monitorConsole ();
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsole::focusInEvent (QFocusEvent* event)
+{
+  QWidget::focusInEvent (event);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsole::start (void)
+{
+  d->startCommand ();
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void QConsole::sendText (const QString& s)
+{
+  d->sendConsoleText (s);
+}
+
diff -r ba360324035e -r 845cebf281aa libqterminal/win32/QWinTerminalImpl.h
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/libqterminal/win32/QWinTerminalImpl.h	Mon Jan 30 11:23:13 2012 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+
+Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Goffioul.
+
+This file is part of QConsole.
+
+Foobar is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+QConsole is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Foobar.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef __QConsole_h__
+#define __QConsole_h__ 1
+
+#include <QWidget>
+
+class QFocusEvent;
+class QKeyEvent;
+class QPaintEvent;
+class QResizeEvent;
+class QWheelEvent;
+
+class QConsolePrivate;
+class QConsoleThread;
+class QConsoleView;
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class QConsole : public QWidget
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  friend class QConsolePrivate;
+  friend class QConsoleThread;
+  friend class QConsoleView;
+
+public:
+  QConsole (QWidget* parent = 0);
+  QConsole (const QString& cmd, QWidget* parent = 0);
+  ~QConsole (void);
+
+  void sendText (const QString& s);
+
+signals:
+  void terminated (void);
+  void titleChanged (const QString&);
+
+protected:
+  void viewPaintEvent (QConsoleView*, QPaintEvent*);
+  void viewResizeEvent (QConsoleView*, QResizeEvent*);
+  void wheelEvent (QWheelEvent*);
+  void focusInEvent (QFocusEvent*);
+  bool winEvent (MSG*, long*);
+  virtual void start (void);
+
+private slots:
+  void scrollValueChanged (int value);
+  void monitorConsole (void);
+
+private:
+  QConsolePrivate* d;
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif // __QConsole_h__